diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'win')
| -rw-r--r-- | win/Makefile.in | 83 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/README | 2 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | win/buildall.vc.bat | 91 | ||||
| -rwxr-xr-x | win/configure | 5786 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/configure.in | 76 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/makefile.bc | 10 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/makefile.vc | 531 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/nmakehlp.c | 266 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor00.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor02.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor04.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor06.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor0a.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor0c.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor0e.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor12.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor1e.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor20.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor2a.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor3a.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor46.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor48.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor4c.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor4e.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor60.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor62.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor66.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor6c.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor72.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor74.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor86.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor88.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor8a.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor8c.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor90.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor94.cur | bin | 326 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/cursor9a.cur | bin | 0 -> 326 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/lamp.bmp (renamed from win/lamp.bmp) | bin | 2102 -> 2102 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/tk.rc | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/tk_base.rc | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rc/wish.rc | 12 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/rules.vc | 239 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/stubs.c | 383 | ||||
| -rw-r--r--[-rwxr-xr-x] | win/tcl.m4 | 97 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkConfig.sh.in | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWin.h | 48 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWin32Dll.c | 24 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWin3d.c | 374 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinButton.c | 937 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinClipboard.c | 172 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinColor.c | 231 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinConfig.c | 32 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinCursor.c | 90 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinDefault.h | 49 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinDialog.c | 2806 | ||||
| -rw-r--r--[-rwxr-xr-x] | win/tkWinDraw.c | 555 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinEmbed.c | 1031 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinFont.c | 1500 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinImage.c | 402 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinInit.c | 74 | ||||
| -rw-r--r--[-rwxr-xr-x] | win/tkWinInt.h | 146 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinKey.c | 532 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinMenu.c | 2296 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinPixmap.c | 126 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinPointer.c | 212 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinPort.h | 6 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinRegion.c | 146 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinScrlbr.c | 399 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinSend.c | 1043 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinSendCom.c | 462 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinSendCom.h | 61 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinTest.c | 315 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinWindow.c | 335 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinWm.c | 5171 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/tkWinX.c | 1616 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/ttkWinMonitor.c | 158 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/ttkWinTheme.c | 733 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/ttkWinXPTheme.c | 1324 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/winMain.c | 338 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | win/wish.exe.manifest.in | 47 |
80 files changed, 20598 insertions, 10781 deletions
diff --git a/win/Makefile.in b/win/Makefile.in index 19670c7..adfb20a 100644 --- a/win/Makefile.in +++ b/win/Makefile.in @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ TCLVERSION = @TCL_VERSION@ TCLPATCHL = @TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@ VERSION = @TK_VERSION@ +PATCH_LEVEL = @TK_PATCH_LEVEL@ #---------------------------------------------------------------- # Things you can change to personalize the Makefile for your own @@ -111,6 +112,7 @@ ROOT_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/.. WIN_DIR = $(SRC_DIR) UNIX_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/../unix GENERIC_DIR = $(SRC_DIR)/../generic +TTK_DIR = $(GENERIC_DIR)/ttk BITMAP_DIR = $(ROOT_DIR)/bitmaps XLIB_DIR = $(ROOT_DIR)/xlib RC_DIR = $(WIN_DIR)/rc @@ -147,7 +149,7 @@ MAN2TCL = man2tcl$(EXEEXT) # makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj # dependencies. -VPATH = $(GENERIC_DIR):$(WIN_DIR):$(UNIX_DIR):$(XLIB_DIR):$(RC_DIR) +VPATH = $(GENERIC_DIR):$(TTK_DIR):$(WIN_DIR):$(UNIX_DIR):$(XLIB_DIR):$(RC_DIR) # warning flags CFLAGS_WARNING = @CFLAGS_WARNING@ @@ -233,6 +235,7 @@ TKTEST_OBJS = \ testMain.$(OBJEXT) \ tkSquare.$(OBJEXT) \ tkTest.$(OBJEXT) \ + tkOldTest.$(OBJEXT) \ tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT) XLIB_OBJS = \ @@ -267,6 +270,7 @@ TK_OBJS = \ tkWinRegion.$(OBJEXT) \ tkWinScrlbr.$(OBJEXT) \ tkWinSend.$(OBJEXT) \ + tkWinSendCom.$(OBJEXT) \ tkWinWindow.$(OBJEXT) \ tkWinWm.$(OBJEXT) \ tkWinX.$(OBJEXT) \ @@ -343,11 +347,46 @@ TK_OBJS = \ tkVisual.$(OBJEXT) \ tkStubInit.$(OBJEXT) \ tkStubLib.$(OBJEXT) \ - tkWindow.$(OBJEXT) + tkWindow.$(OBJEXT) \ + $(TTK_OBJS) + +TTK_OBJS = \ + ttkWinMonitor.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkWinTheme.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkWinXPTheme.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkBlink.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkButton.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkCache.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkClamTheme.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkClassicTheme.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkDefaultTheme.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkElements.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkEntry.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkFrame.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkImage.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkInit.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkLabel.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkLayout.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkManager.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkNotebook.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkPanedwindow.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkProgress.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkScale.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkScrollbar.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkScroll.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkSeparator.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkSquare.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkState.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkTagSet.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkTheme.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkTrace.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkTrack.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkTreeview.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkWidget.$(OBJEXT) \ + ttkStubInit.$(OBJEXT) STUB_OBJS = \ - tkStubLib.$(OBJEXT) \ - tkStubImg.$(OBJEXT) + tkStubLib.$(OBJEXT) ttkStubLib.$(OBJEXT) TCL_DOCS = "$(TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE)/doc/*.[13n]" TK_DOCS = "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/doc/*.[13n]" @@ -387,12 +426,16 @@ $(MAN2TCL): $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/tools/man2tcl.c # args to tcltest, ie: # % make test TESTFLAGS="-verbose bps -file fileName.test" -test: test-classic +test: test-classic test-ttk test-classic: binaries $(TKTEST) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/all.tcl" \ $(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32) +test-ttk: binaries $(TKTEST) + $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) "$(ROOT_DIR_NATIVE)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" \ + $(TESTFLAGS) | ./$(CAT32) + runtest: binaries $(TKTEST) $(SHELL_ENV) ./$(TKTEST) $(TESTFLAGS) $(SCRIPT) @@ -434,12 +477,12 @@ install-binaries: binaries @echo "Creating package index $(PKG_INDEX)"; @$(RM) $(PKG_INDEX); @(\ - echo "if {[package vcompare [package provide Tcl] $(TCLVERSION)] != 0} { return }";\ + echo "if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.5.0}]} { return }";\ echo "if {(\$$::tcl_platform(platform) eq \"unix\") && ([info exists ::env(DISPLAY)]";\ - echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && [lsearch -exact \$$::argv -display] > -1))} {";\ - echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION) [list load [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll] Tk]";\ + echo " || ([info exists ::argv] && (\"-display\" in \$$::argv)))} {";\ + echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join \$$dir .. .. bin libtk$(VERSION).dll] Tk]";\ echo "} else {";\ - echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION) [list load [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)] Tk]";\ + echo " package ifneeded Tk $(VERSION)$(PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join \$$dir .. .. bin $(TK_DLL_FILE)] Tk]";\ echo "}";\ ) > $(PKG_INDEX); @for i in tkConfig.sh $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE); \ @@ -454,7 +497,7 @@ install-libraries: libraries @for i in $(INSTALL_ROOT)$(prefix)/lib \ $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR) $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11 \ $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR) $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/images \ - $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs; \ + $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/msgs $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk; \ do \ if [ ! -d $$i ] ; then \ echo "Making directory $$i"; \ @@ -474,11 +517,18 @@ install-libraries: libraries $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)/X11; \ done; @echo "Installing library files to $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)"; - @for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/*.tcl $(GENERIC_DIR)/prolog.ps \ + @for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/*.tcl \ $(ROOT_DIR)/library/tclIndex $(UNIX_DIR)/tkAppInit.c; \ do \ $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR); \ done; + @echo "Installing library ttk directory"; + @for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/ttk/*.tcl; \ + do \ + if [ -f $$i ] ; then \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)/ttk; \ + fi; \ + done; @echo "Installing library images directory"; @for i in $(ROOT_DIR)/library/images/*; \ do \ @@ -556,12 +606,13 @@ $(WISH): $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE) $(WISH_OBJS) wish.$(RES) wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW) @VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@ -tktest : $(TKTEST) +tktest: $(TKTEST) $(TKTEST): $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(TKTEST_OBJS) wish.$(RES) $(CAT32) $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(TKTEST_OBJS) $(TCL_LIB_FILE) \ $(TK_LIB_FILE) $(LIBS) \ wish.$(RES) $(CC_EXENAME) $(LDFLAGS_WINDOW) + @VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@ # Msys make requires this next rule for some reason. $(TCL_SRC_DIR)/win/cat.c: @@ -583,6 +634,7 @@ ${TK_STUB_LIB_FILE}: ${STUB_OBJS} ${TK_DLL_FILE}: ${TK_OBJS} $(TK_RES) @$(RM) ${TK_DLL_FILE} @MAKE_DLL@ ${TK_OBJS} $(TK_RES) $(SHLIB_LD_LIBS) + @VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@ ${TK_LIB_FILE}: ${TK_OBJS} @$(RM) ${TK_LIB_FILE} @@ -600,6 +652,9 @@ testMain.$(OBJEXT): winMain.c tkTest.$(OBJEXT): tkTest.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME) +tkOldTest.$(OBJEXT): tkOldTest.c + $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME) + tkWinTest.$(OBJEXT): tkWinTest.c $(CC) -c $(CC_SWITCHES) @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME) @@ -621,10 +676,10 @@ tkWindow.$(OBJEXT): configure Makefile # Implicit rule for all object files that will end up in the Tk library %.$(OBJEXT): %.c - $(CC) -c $(STUB_CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME) + $(CC) -c $(STUB_CC_SWITCHES) -DBUILD_tk -DBUILD_ttk @DEPARG@ $(CC_OBJNAME) .rc.$(RES): - $(RC) @RC_OUT@ $@ @RC_TYPE@ @RC_DEFINES@ @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(RC_DIR_NATIVE)" @DEPARG@ + $(RC) @RC_OUT@ $@ @RC_TYPE@ @RC_DEFINES@ @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(GENERIC_DIR_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE)" @RC_INCLUDE@ "$(RC_DIR_NATIVE)" @DEPARG@ depend: @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Tk 8.4 for Windows +Tk 8.5 for Windows Originally by Scott Stanton while at Sun Microsystems Labs diff --git a/win/buildall.vc.bat b/win/buildall.vc.bat index dd69d09..16605ee 100755 --- a/win/buildall.vc.bat +++ b/win/buildall.vc.bat @@ -4,58 +4,123 @@ :: edit this (or make your own) for your needs and wants using :: the instructions for calling makefile.vc found in makefile.vc +set SYMBOLS= + +:OPTIONS +if "%1" == "/?" goto help +if /i "%1" == "/help" goto help +if %1.==symbols. goto SYMBOLS +if %1.==debug. goto SYMBOLS +goto OPTIONS_DONE + +:SYMBOLS + set SYMBOLS=symbols + shift + goto OPTIONS + +:OPTIONS_DONE + +:: reset errorlevel +cd > nul + +:: We need to run the development environment batch script that comes +:: with developer studio (v4,5,6,7,etc...) All have it. These paths +:: might not be correct. You may need to edit these. +:: +if not defined MSDevDir ( + call "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Developer Studio\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat" + ::call "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Developer Studio\vc\bin\vcvars32.bat" + ::call c:\dev\devstudio60\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat + if errorlevel 1 goto no_vcvars +) + + echo Sit back and have a cup of coffee while this grinds through ;) echo You asked for *everything*, remember? echo. - title Building Tk, please wait... -if "%MSVCDir%" == "" call c:\dev\devstudio60\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat -::if "%MSVCDir%" == "" call "C:\Program Files\Microsoft Developer Studio\vc98\bin\vcvars32.bat" -set INSTALLDIR=C:\Program Files\Tcl +:: makefile.vc uses this for its default anyways, but show its use here +:: just to be explicit and convey understanding to the user. Setting +:: the INSTALLDIR envar prior to running this batchfile affects all builds. +:: +if "%INSTALLDIR%" == "" set INSTALLDIR=C:\Program Files\Tcl + :: Where is the Tcl source directory? -set TCLDIR=..\..\tcl_head_stock -::set TCLDIR=..\..\tcl8.4 +:: You can set the TCLDIR environment variable to your Tcl HEAD checkout +if "%TCLDIR%" == "" set TCLDIR=..\..\tcl :: Build the normal stuff along with the help file. :: -nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release winhelp OPTS=none +set OPTS=none +if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols +nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release winhelp OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error :: Build the static core, dlls and shell. :: -nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release OPTS=static +set OPTS=static +if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,static +nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error :: Build the special static libraries that use the dynamic runtime. :: -nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc core OPTS=static,msvcrt +set OPTS=static,msvcrt +if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,static,msvcrt +nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc core OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error :: Build the core and shell for thread support. :: -nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release OPTS=threads +set OPTS=threads +if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,threads +nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc release OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error :: Build a static, thread support core library (no shell). :: -nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc core OPTS=static,threads +set OPTS=static,threads +if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,static,threads +nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc core OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error :: Build the special static libraries the use the dynamic runtime, :: but now with thread support. :: -nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc core OPTS=static,msvcrt,threads +set OPTS=static,msvcrt,threads +if not %SYMBOLS%.==. set OPTS=symbols,static,msvcrt,threads +nmake -nologo -f makefile.vc core OPTS=%OPTS% %1 if errorlevel 1 goto error +set SYMBOLS= goto end :error echo *** BOOM! *** +goto end + +:no_vcvars +echo vcvars32.bat not found. You'll need to edit this batch script. +goto out + +:help +title buildall.vc.bat help message +echo usage: +echo %0 : builds Tk for all build types (do this first) +echo %0 install : installs all the release builds (do this second) +echo %0 symbols : builds Tk for all debugging build types. +echo %0 symbols install : install all the debug builds +echo. +goto out :end -title Building Tk, please wait...DONE! +title Building Tk, please wait... DONE! echo DONE! +goto out + +:out pause +title Command Prompt diff --git a/win/configure b/win/configure index 824a754..a02e87b 100755 --- a/win/configure +++ b/win/configure @@ -1,42 +1,325 @@ #! /bin/sh - # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.13 -# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. # +# Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' +elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + set -o posix +fi +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh + +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +for as_var in \ + LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ + LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ + LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME +do + if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then + eval $as_var=C; export $as_var + else + $as_unset $as_var + fi +done + +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi + + +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \ + . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || +echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } + s/.*/./; q'` + + +# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH. +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' + else + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all + # relative or not. + case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done + + ;; + esac + # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' + # in which case we are not to be found in the path. + if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 + fi + if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi + case $CONFIG_SHELL in + '') + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + case $as_dir in + /*) + if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c ' + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then + $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; } + $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; } + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"} + fi;; + esac + done +done +;; + esac + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real + # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line + # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during + # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-) + sed '=' <$as_myself | + sed ' + N + s,$,-, + : loop + s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3, + t loop + s,-$,, + s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,, + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x $as_me.lineno || + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this). + . ./$as_me.lineno + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in + *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C=' +' ECHO_T=' ' ;; + *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;; + *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;; +esac + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +echo >conf$$.file +if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic + # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04). + if test -f conf$$.exe; then + # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links + as_ln_s='cp -p' + else + as_ln_s='ln -s' + fi +elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file -# Defaults: -ac_help= +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +as_executable_p="test -f" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. +as_nl=' +' +IFS=" $as_nl" + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + + +# Name of the host. +# hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, +# so uname gets run too. +ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` + +exec 6>&1 + +# +# Initializations. +# ac_default_prefix=/usr/local -# Any additions from configure.in: -ac_help="$ac_help - --enable-threads build with threads" -ac_help="$ac_help - --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries [--enable-shared]" -ac_help="$ac_help - --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.4 binaries from DIR" -ac_help="$ac_help - --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable)" -ac_help="$ac_help - --enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable)" -ac_help="$ac_help - --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR" -ac_help="$ac_help - --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols [--disable-symbols]" -ac_help="$ac_help - --enable-embedded-manifest embed manifest if possible (default: yes)" +ac_config_libobj_dir=. +cross_compiling=no +subdirs= +MFLAGS= +MAKEFLAGS= +SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} + +# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. +# This variable seems obsolete. It should probably be removed, and +# only ac_max_sed_lines should be used. +: ${ac_max_here_lines=38} + +# Identity of this package. +PACKAGE_NAME= +PACKAGE_TARNAME= +PACKAGE_VERSION= +PACKAGE_STRING= +PACKAGE_BUGREPORT= + +ac_unique_file="../generic/tk.h" +# Factoring default headers for most tests. +ac_includes_default="\ +#include <stdio.h> +#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +# include <sys/types.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +# include <sys/stat.h> +#endif +#if STDC_HEADERS +# include <stdlib.h> +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# if HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +# endif +#endif +#if HAVE_STRING_H +# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H +# include <memory.h> +# endif +# include <string.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_STRINGS_H +# include <strings.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H +# include <inttypes.h> +#else +# if HAVE_STDINT_H +# include <stdint.h> +# endif +#endif +#if HAVE_UNISTD_H +# include <unistd.h> +#endif" + +ac_subst_vars='SHELL PATH_SEPARATOR PACKAGE_NAME PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_BUGREPORT exec_prefix prefix program_transform_name bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir build_alias host_alias target_alias DEFS ECHO_C ECHO_N ECHO_T LIBS CC CFLAGS LDFLAGS CPPFLAGS ac_ct_CC EXEEXT OBJEXT CPP EGREP AR ac_ct_AR RANLIB ac_ct_RANLIB RC ac_ct_RC SET_MAKE TCL_THREADS TCL_VERSION TCL_BIN_DIR TCL_SRC_DIR TCL_LIB_FILE TCL_LIB_FLAG TCL_LIB_SPEC TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC TCL_DEFS CYGPATH CELIB_DIR DL_LIBS CFLAGS_DEBUG CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE CFLAGS_WARNING MAN2TCLFLAGS CFLAGS_DEFAULT LDFLAGS_DEFAULT VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE BUILD_TCLSH TCLSH_PROG TK_WIN_VERSION MACHINE TK_VERSION TK_MAJOR_VERSION TK_MINOR_VERSION TK_PATCH_LEVEL TK_DBGX TK_LIB_FILE TK_DLL_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FILE TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_SRC_DIR TK_BIN_DIR TCL_MAJOR_VERSION TCL_MINOR_VERSION TCL_PATCH_LEVEL TCL_DBGX CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX TK_SHARED_BUILD DEPARG EXTRA_CFLAGS STLIB_LD SHLIB_LD SHLIB_LD_LIBS SHLIB_CFLAGS SHLIB_SUFFIX CC_OBJNAME CC_EXENAME LDFLAGS_DEBUG LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE LDFLAGS_CONSOLE LDFLAGS_WINDOW RC_OUT RC_TYPE RC_INCLUDE RC_DEFINE RC_DEFINES TK_RES RES LIBS_GUI DLLSUFFIX LIBPREFIX LIBSUFFIX EXESUFFIX LIBRARIES MAKE_LIB POST_MAKE_LIB MAKE_DLL MAKE_EXE TK_LIB_FLAG TK_LIB_SPEC TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC TK_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS LIBOBJS LTLIBOBJS' +ac_subst_files='' # Initialize some variables set by options. +ac_init_help= +ac_init_version=false # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. -build=NONE -cache_file=./config.cache +cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE -host=NONE no_create= -nonopt=NONE no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE @@ -45,10 +328,15 @@ program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= -target=NONE verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE + +# Installation directory options. +# These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" +# and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix +# by default will actually change. +# Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' @@ -62,17 +350,9 @@ oldincludedir='/usr/include' infodir='${prefix}/info' mandir='${prefix}/man' -# Initialize some other variables. -subdirs= -MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= -SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} -# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. -ac_max_here_lines=12 - ac_prev= for ac_option do - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" @@ -80,59 +360,59 @@ do continue fi - case "$ac_option" in - -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; - *) ac_optarg= ;; - esac + ac_optarg=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'` # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. - case "$ac_option" in + case $ac_option in -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) - bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) - ac_prev=build ;; + ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) - build="$ac_optarg" ;; + build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) - cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; + cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; + + --config-cache | -C) + cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ | --da=*) - datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; + datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) - ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` + ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then - { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` - eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; + expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "enable_$ac_feature=no" ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) - ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + ac_feature=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then - { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` - case "$ac_option" in - *=*) ;; + expr "x$ac_feature" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid feature name: $ac_feature" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/-/_/g'` + case $ac_option in + *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac - eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + eval "enable_$ac_feature='$ac_optarg'" ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ @@ -141,95 +421,47 @@ do -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) - exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; - -help | --help | --hel | --he) - # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. - # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. - cat << EOF -Usage: configure [options] [host] -Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] -Configuration: - --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE - --help print this message - --no-create do not create output files - --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages - --version print the version of autoconf that created configure -Directory and file names: - --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX - [$ac_default_prefix] - --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX - [same as prefix] - --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] - --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] - --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] - --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR - [PREFIX/share] - --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] - --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR - [PREFIX/com] - --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] - --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] - --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] - --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] - --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] - --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] - --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] - --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names - --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names - --program-transform-name=PROGRAM - run sed PROGRAM on installed program names -EOF - cat << EOF -Host type: - --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] - --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] - --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] -Features and packages: - --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) - --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] - --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] - --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) - --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR - --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR -EOF - if test -n "$ac_help"; then - echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" - fi - exit 0 ;; + -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) + ac_init_help=long ;; + -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) + ac_init_help=recursive ;; + -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) + ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) - ac_prev=host ;; + ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) - host="$ac_optarg" ;; + host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) - includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) - infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; + infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) - libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) - libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ @@ -238,19 +470,19 @@ EOF -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) - localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) - mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; + mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ - | --no-cr | --no-c) + | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ @@ -264,26 +496,26 @@ EOF -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) - oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) - prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) - program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) - program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; + program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ @@ -300,7 +532,7 @@ EOF | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) - program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; + program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) @@ -310,7 +542,7 @@ EOF ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) - sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ @@ -321,58 +553,57 @@ EOF | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) - sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) - site="$ac_optarg" ;; + site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) - srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) - sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) - ac_prev=target ;; + ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) - target="$ac_optarg" ;; + target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; - -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) - echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.13" - exit 0 ;; + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) + ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) - ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then - { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi + expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` - case "$ac_option" in - *=*) ;; + case $ac_option in + *=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac - eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + eval "with_$ac_package='$ac_optarg'" ;; -without-* | --without-*) - ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` + ac_package=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. - if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then - { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` - eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; + expr "x$ac_package" : ".*[^-_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid package name: $ac_package" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_package=`echo $ac_package | sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "with_$ac_package=no" ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. @@ -383,99 +614,110 @@ EOF ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) - x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; + x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) - x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; + x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; - -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + -*) { echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $ac_option +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + *=*) + ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + expr "x$ac_envvar" : ".*[^_$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + { echo "$as_me: error: invalid variable name: $ac_envvar" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` + eval "$ac_envvar='$ac_optarg'" + export $ac_envvar ;; + *) - if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then - echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 - fi - if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then - { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - nonopt="$ac_option" + # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. + echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 + expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && + echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 + : ${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option} ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then - { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` + { echo "$as_me: error: missing argument to $ac_option" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi -trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 - -# File descriptor usage: -# 0 standard input -# 1 file creation -# 2 errors and warnings -# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty -# 4 used on the Kubota Titan -# 6 checking for... messages and results -# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log -if test "$silent" = yes; then - exec 6>/dev/null -else - exec 6>&1 -fi -exec 5>./config.log - -echo "\ -This file contains any messages produced by compilers while -running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -" 1>&5 +# Be sure to have absolute paths. +for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix +do + eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* | NONE | '' ) ;; + *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + esac +done -# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. -# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. -ac_configure_args= -for ac_arg +# Be sure to have absolute paths. +for ac_var in bindir sbindir libexecdir datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir \ + localstatedir libdir includedir oldincludedir infodir mandir do - case "$ac_arg" in - -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ - | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; - -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ - | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; - *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; - *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; + eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` + case $ac_val in + [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ;; + *) { echo "$as_me: error: expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; esac done -# NLS nuisances. -# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally -# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). -# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'! -# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check. -if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi -if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi -if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi -if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi +# There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' +# used to hold the argument of --host etc. +# FIXME: To remove some day. +build=$build_alias +host=$host_alias +target=$target_alias + +# FIXME: To remove some day. +if test "x$host_alias" != x; then + if test "x$build_alias" = x; then + cross_compiling=maybe + echo "$as_me: WARNING: If you wanted to set the --build type, don't use --host. + If a cross compiler is detected then cross compile mode will be used." >&2 + elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then + cross_compiling=yes + fi +fi -# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. -rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h -# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. -echo > confdefs.h +ac_tool_prefix= +test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- + +test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null -# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that -# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. -ac_unique_file=../generic/tk.h # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. - ac_prog=$0 - ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` - test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. + ac_confdir=`(dirname "$0") 2>/dev/null || +$as_expr X"$0" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ + . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || +echo X"$0" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } + s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then srcdir=.. @@ -485,13 +727,471 @@ else fi if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then - { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $ac_confdir or .." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else - { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } + { echo "$as_me: error: cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi -srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` +(cd $srcdir && test -r ./$ac_unique_file) 2>/dev/null || + { echo "$as_me: error: sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +srcdir=`echo "$srcdir" | sed 's%\([^\\/]\)[\\/]*$%\1%'` +ac_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set} +ac_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias +ac_cv_env_build_alias_set=${build_alias+set} +ac_cv_env_build_alias_value=$build_alias +ac_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set} +ac_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias +ac_cv_env_host_alias_set=${host_alias+set} +ac_cv_env_host_alias_value=$host_alias +ac_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set} +ac_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias +ac_cv_env_target_alias_set=${target_alias+set} +ac_cv_env_target_alias_value=$target_alias +ac_env_CC_set=${CC+set} +ac_env_CC_value=$CC +ac_cv_env_CC_set=${CC+set} +ac_cv_env_CC_value=$CC +ac_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS +ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_set=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_cv_env_CFLAGS_value=$CFLAGS +ac_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set} +ac_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS +ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_set=${LDFLAGS+set} +ac_cv_env_LDFLAGS_value=$LDFLAGS +ac_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set} +ac_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS +ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_set=${CPPFLAGS+set} +ac_cv_env_CPPFLAGS_value=$CPPFLAGS +ac_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set} +ac_env_CPP_value=$CPP +ac_cv_env_CPP_set=${CPP+set} +ac_cv_env_CPP_value=$CPP + +# +# Report the --help message. +# +if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat <<_ACEOF +\`configure' configures this package to adapt to many kinds of systems. + +Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... +To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as +VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. + +Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. + +Configuration: + -h, --help display this help and exit + --help=short display options specific to this package + --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages + -V, --version display version information and exit + -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] + -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' + -n, --no-create do not create output files + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] + +_ACEOF + + cat <<_ACEOF +Installation directories: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [PREFIX] + +By default, \`make install' will install all the files in +\`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify +an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', +for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. + +For better control, use the options below. + +Fine tuning of the installation directories: + --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [PREFIX/share] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] + --infodir=DIR info documentation [PREFIX/info] + --mandir=DIR man documentation [PREFIX/man] +_ACEOF + + cat <<\_ACEOF +_ACEOF +fi + +if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then + + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Optional Features: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --enable-threads build with threads (default: off) + --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on) + --enable-64bit enable 64bit support (where applicable) + --enable-wince enable Win/CE support (where applicable) + --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off) + --enable-embedded-manifest + embed manifest if possible (default: yes) + +Optional Packages: + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.5 binaries from DIR + --with-celib=DIR use Windows/CE support library from DIR + +Some influential environment variables: + CC C compiler command + CFLAGS C compiler flags + LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L<lib dir> if you have libraries in a + nonstandard directory <lib dir> + CPPFLAGS C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I<include dir> if you have + headers in a nonstandard directory <include dir> + CPP C preprocessor + +Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help +it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. + +_ACEOF +fi + +if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then + # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. + ac_popdir=`pwd` + for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue + test -d $ac_dir || continue + ac_builddir=. + +if test "$ac_dir" != .; then + ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` +else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= +fi + +case $srcdir in + .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then + ac_top_srcdir=. + else + ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` + fi ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative path. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; +esac + +# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because +# the directories may not exist. +case `pwd` in +.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; +*) + case "$ac_dir" in + .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; + *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; + esac;; +esac +case $ac_abs_builddir in +.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; +*) + case ${ac_top_builddir}. in + .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; + *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; + esac;; +esac +case $ac_abs_builddir in +.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; +*) + case $ac_srcdir in + .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; + *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; + esac;; +esac +case $ac_abs_builddir in +.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; +*) + case $ac_top_srcdir in + .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; + *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; + esac;; +esac + + cd $ac_dir + # Check for guested configure; otherwise get Cygnus style configure. + if test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu; then + echo + $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure.gnu --help=recursive + elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure; then + echo + $SHELL $ac_srcdir/configure --help=recursive + elif test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.ac || + test -f $ac_srcdir/configure.in; then + echo + $ac_configure --help + else + echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 + fi + cd $ac_popdir + done +fi + +test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit 0 +if $ac_init_version; then + cat <<\_ACEOF + +Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. +_ACEOF + exit 0 +fi +exec 5>config.log +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. + +It was created by $as_me, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was + + $ $0 $@ + +_ACEOF +{ +cat <<_ASUNAME +## --------- ## +## Platform. ## +## --------- ## + +hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +_ASUNAME + +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + echo "PATH: $as_dir" +done + +} >&5 + +cat >&5 <<_ACEOF + + +## ----------- ## +## Core tests. ## +## ----------- ## + +_ACEOF + + +# Keep a trace of the command line. +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. +# Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. +# Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. +ac_configure_args= +ac_configure_args0= +ac_configure_args1= +ac_sep= +ac_must_keep_next=false +for ac_pass in 1 2 +do + for ac_arg + do + case $ac_arg in + -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + continue ;; + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*) + ac_arg=`echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + esac + case $ac_pass in + 1) ac_configure_args0="$ac_configure_args0 '$ac_arg'" ;; + 2) + ac_configure_args1="$ac_configure_args1 '$ac_arg'" + if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then + ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. + else + case $ac_arg in + *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ + | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ + | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ + | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) + case "$ac_configure_args0 " in + "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; + esac + ;; + -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; + esac + fi + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args$ac_sep'$ac_arg'" + # Get rid of the leading space. + ac_sep=" " + ;; + esac + done +done +$as_unset ac_configure_args0 || test "${ac_configure_args0+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args0=; export ac_configure_args0; } +$as_unset ac_configure_args1 || test "${ac_configure_args1+set}" != set || { ac_configure_args1=; export ac_configure_args1; } + +# When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete +# config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there +# would cause problems or look ugly. +# WARNING: Be sure not to use single quotes in there, as some shells, +# such as our DU 5.0 friend, will then `close' the trap. +trap 'exit_status=$? + # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. + { + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ---------------- ## +## Cache variables. ## +## ---------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +{ + (set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space='"'"' '"'"'; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in + *ac_space=\ *) + sed -n \ + "s/'"'"'/'"'"'\\\\'"'"''"'"'/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='"'"'\\2'"'"'/p" + ;; + *) + sed -n \ + "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p" + ;; + esac; +} + echo + + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------------- ## +## Output variables. ## +## ----------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars + do + eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` + echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'" + done | sort + echo + + if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ------------- ## +## Output files. ## +## ------------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + for ac_var in $ac_subst_files + do + eval ac_val=$`echo $ac_var` + echo "$ac_var='"'"'$ac_val'"'"'" + done | sort + echo + fi + + if test -s confdefs.h; then + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ----------- ## +## confdefs.h. ## +## ----------- ## +_ASBOX + echo + sed "/^$/d" confdefs.h | sort + echo + fi + test "$ac_signal" != 0 && + echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" + echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" + } >&5 + rm -f core *.core && + rm -rf conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && + exit $exit_status + ' 0 +for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do + trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; { (exit 1); exit 1; }' $ac_signal +done +ac_signal=0 + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h +# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. +echo >confdefs.h + +# Predefined preprocessor variables. + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" +_ACEOF + + +cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" +_ACEOF + + +# Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then @@ -502,47 +1202,116 @@ if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then fi for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then - echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} + sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then - echo "loading cache $cache_file" - . $cache_file + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special + # files actually), so we avoid doing that. + if test -f "$cache_file"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} + case $cache_file in + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . $cache_file;; + *) . ./$cache_file;; + esac + fi else - echo "creating cache $cache_file" - > $cache_file + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} + >$cache_file fi -ac_ext=c -# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' -ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' -cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross - -ac_exeext= -ac_objext=o -if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then - # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. - if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then - ac_n= ac_c=' -' ac_t=' ' - else - ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= +# Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same +# value. +ac_cache_corrupted=false +for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | + sed -n 's/^ac_env_\([a-zA-Z_0-9]*\)_set=.*/\1/p'`; do + eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set + eval ac_old_val="\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value" + eval ac_new_val="\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value" + case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in + set,) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,set) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; + ,);; + *) + if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: former value: $ac_old_val" >&5 +echo "$as_me: former value: $ac_old_val" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: current value: $ac_new_val" >&5 +echo "$as_me: current value: $ac_new_val" >&2;} + ac_cache_corrupted=: + fi;; + esac + # Pass precious variables to config.status. + if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then + case $ac_new_val in + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?\"\']*) + ac_arg=$ac_var=`echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; + *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; + esac + case " $ac_configure_args " in + *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + esac fi -else - ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= +done +if $ac_cache_corrupted; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + + + + + + + + -TK_VERSION=8.4 + + + + + + + + + +# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer +# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of +# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures. +SHELL=/bin/sh + +TK_VERSION=8.5 TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 -TK_MINOR_VERSION=4 -TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".19" +TK_MINOR_VERSION=5 +TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".11" VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION #------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -568,214 +1337,659 @@ if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then CFLAGS="" fi -# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}gcc; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}gcc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + +fi +fi +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:575: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="gcc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi + + CC=$ac_ct_CC +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}cc; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="${ac_tool_prefix}cc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + fi fi -CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="cc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi + CC=$ac_ct_CC +else + CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +fi + +fi if test -z "$CC"; then # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:605: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" ac_prog_rejected=no - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then - ac_prog_rejected=yes - continue - fi - ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + if test "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC shift - if test $# -gt 0; then + if test $# != 0; then # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. shift - set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" - shift - ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" + ac_cv_prog_CC="$as_dir/$ac_word${1+' '}$@" fi fi fi fi -CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi - if test -z "$CC"; then - case "`uname -s`" in - *win32* | *WIN32*) - # Extract the first word of "cl", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy cl; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:656: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + for ac_prog in cl + do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CC"; then ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - ac_cv_prog_CC="cl" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + fi fi -CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +CC=$ac_cv_prog_CC if test -n "$CC"; then - echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CC" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi - ;; - esac + + test -n "$CC" && break + done +fi +if test -z "$CC"; then + ac_ct_CC=$CC + for ac_prog in cl +do + # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_ct_CC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC="$ac_prog" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 fi - test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } +done +done + +fi +fi +ac_ct_CC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CC +if test -n "$ac_ct_CC"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_CC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_CC" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi + + test -n "$ac_ct_CC" && break +done + + CC=$ac_ct_CC +fi + fi -echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:688: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 -ac_ext=c -# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' -ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' -cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross - -cat > conftest.$ac_ext << EOF - -#line 699 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" - -main(){return(0);} -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:704: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes - # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. - if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no +test -z "$CC" && { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: no acceptable C compiler found in \$PATH +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + +# Provide some information about the compiler. +echo "$as_me:$LINENO:" \ + "checking for C compiler version" >&5 +ac_compiler=`set X $ac_compile; echo $2` +{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compiler --version </dev/null >&5) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compiler -v </dev/null >&5) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } +{ (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compiler -V </dev/null >&5) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } + +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.exe b.out" +# Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. +# It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition +# of exeext. +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for C compiler default output file name... $ECHO_C" >&6 +ac_link_default=`echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link_default\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link_default) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # Find the output, starting from the most likely. This scheme is +# not robust to junk in `.', hence go to wildcards (a.*) only as a last +# resort. + +# Be careful to initialize this variable, since it used to be cached. +# Otherwise an old cache value of `no' led to `EXEEXT = no' in a Makefile. +ac_cv_exeext= +# b.out is created by i960 compilers. +for ac_file in a_out.exe a.exe conftest.exe a.out conftest a.* conftest.* b.out +do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) + ;; + conftest.$ac_ext ) + # This is the source file. + ;; + [ab].out ) + # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most + # certainly right. + break;; + *.* ) + ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + # FIXME: I believe we export ac_cv_exeext for Libtool, + # but it would be cool to find out if it's true. Does anybody + # maintain Libtool? --akim. + export ac_cv_exeext + break;; + * ) + break;; + esac +done +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: C compiler cannot create executables +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 77); exit 77; }; } +fi + +ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_file" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_file" >&6 + +# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether the C compiler works... $ECHO_C" >&6 +# FIXME: These cross compiler hacks should be removed for Autoconf 3.0 +# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + if { ac_try='./$ac_file' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + cross_compiling=no else - ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi fi -else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no fi -rm -fr conftest* -ac_ext=c -# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. -ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' -ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' -ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest${ac_exeext} $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' -cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross - -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 -if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then - { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } -fi -echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:730: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 -cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross - -echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:735: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 -else - cat > conftest.c <<EOF -#ifdef __GNUC__ - yes; -#endif -EOF -if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:744: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then - ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 + +rm -f a.out a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save +# Check the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are cross compiling... $ECHO_C" >&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$cross_compiling" >&6 + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of executables... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) +# catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will +# work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with +# `rm'. +for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do + test -f "$ac_file" || continue + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.o | *.obj ) ;; + *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` + export ac_cv_exeext + break;; + * ) break;; + esac +done else - ac_cv_prog_gcc=no -fi + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 +rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_exeext" >&6 -if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then - GCC=yes +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext +EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext +ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for suffix of object files... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - GCC= + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; then + for ac_file in `(ls conftest.o conftest.obj; ls conftest.*) 2>/dev/null`; do + case $ac_file in + *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg ) ;; + *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` + break;; + esac +done +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +{ { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi -ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" -ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" -CFLAGS= -echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:763: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_objext" >&6 +OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext +ac_objext=$OBJEXT +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c -if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ +#ifndef __GNUC__ + choke me +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_compiler_gnu=yes else - ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_compiler_gnu=no fi -rm -f conftest* +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu" >&6 +GCC=`test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes && echo yes` +ac_test_CFLAGS=${CFLAGS+set} +ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS +CFLAGS="-g" +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether $CC accepts -g" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether $CC accepts -g... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_g+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 +ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" >&6 if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then - CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then if test "$GCC" = yes; then CFLAGS="-g -O2" @@ -789,272 +2003,1036 @@ else CFLAGS= fi fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $CC option to accept ANSI C... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no +ac_save_CC=$CC +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh. */ +struct buf { int x; }; +FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int); +static char *e (p, i) + char **p; + int i; +{ + return p[i]; +} +static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...) +{ + char *s; + va_list v; + va_start (v,p); + s = g (p, va_arg (v,int)); + va_end (v); + return s; +} + +/* OSF 4.0 Compaq cc is some sort of almost-ANSI by default. It has + function prototypes and stuff, but not '\xHH' hex character constants. + These don't provoke an error unfortunately, instead are silently treated + as 'x'. The following induces an error, until -std1 is added to get + proper ANSI mode. Curiously '\x00'!='x' always comes out true, for an + array size at least. It's necessary to write '\x00'==0 to get something + that's true only with -std1. */ +int osf4_cc_array ['\x00' == 0 ? 1 : -1]; + +int test (int i, double x); +struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);}; +struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);}; +int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int); +int argc; +char **argv; +int +main () +{ +return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0] || f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1]; + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and +# breaks some systems' header files. +# AIX -qlanglvl=ansi +# Ultrix and OSF/1 -std1 +# HP-UX 10.20 and later -Ae +# HP-UX older versions -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE +# SVR4 -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__ +for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__" +do + CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg" + rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc=$ac_arg +break +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext +done +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest.$ac_objext +CC=$ac_save_CC -# To properly support cross-compilation, one would -# need to use these tool checks instead of -# the ones below and reconfigure with -# autoconf 2.50. You can also just set -# the CC, AR, RANLIB, and RC environment -# variables if you want to cross compile. -#AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar) -#AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib) -#AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres) +fi -if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then - # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:809: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_AR'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +case "x$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in + x|xno) + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: none needed" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}none needed" >&6 ;; + *) + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" >&6 + CC="$CC $ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;; +esac + +# Some people use a C++ compiler to compile C. Since we use `exit', +# in C++ we need to declare it. In case someone uses the same compiler +# for both compiling C and C++ we need to have the C++ compiler decide +# the declaration of exit, since it's the most demanding environment. +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +#ifndef __cplusplus + choke me +#endif +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + for ac_declaration in \ + '' \ + 'extern "C" void std::exit (int) throw (); using std::exit;' \ + 'extern "C" void std::exit (int); using std::exit;' \ + 'extern "C" void exit (int) throw ();' \ + 'extern "C" void exit (int);' \ + 'void exit (int);' +do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_declaration +#include <stdlib.h> +int +main () +{ +exit (42); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : else - if test -n "$AR"; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_declaration +int +main () +{ +exit (42); + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + break else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - ac_cv_prog_AR="ar" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +done +rm -f conftest* +if test -n "$ac_declaration"; then + echo '#ifdef __cplusplus' >>confdefs.h + echo $ac_declaration >>confdefs.h + echo '#endif' >>confdefs.h fi -AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" -if test -n "$AR"; then - echo "$ac_t""$AR" 1>&6 + else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu - # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:838: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for inline" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for inline... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_c_inline+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. + ac_cv_c_inline=no +for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus +typedef int foo_t; +static $ac_kw foo_t static_foo () {return 0; } +$ac_kw foo_t foo () {return 0; } +#endif + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +done + fi -RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" -if test -n "$RANLIB"; then - echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_c_inline" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_c_inline" >&6 + + +case $ac_cv_c_inline in + inline | yes) ;; + *) + case $ac_cv_c_inline in + no) ac_val=;; + *) ac_val=$ac_cv_c_inline;; + esac + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#ifndef __cplusplus +#define inline $ac_val +#endif +_ACEOF + ;; +esac + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking how to run the C preprocessor... $ECHO_C" >&6 +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then + if test "${ac_cv_prog_CPP+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + # Double quotes because CPP needs to be expanded + for CPP in "$CC -E" "$CC -E -traditional-cpp" "/lib/cpp" + do + ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then + if test -s conftest.err; then + ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag + ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag + else + ac_cpp_err= + fi +else + ac_cpp_err=yes fi +if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args. -set dummy windres; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:867: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RC'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ac_nonexistent.h> +_ACEOF +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then + if test -s conftest.err; then + ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag + ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag + else + ac_cpp_err= + fi else - if test -n "$RC"; then - ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test. + ac_cpp_err=yes +fi +if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - ac_cv_prog_RC="windres" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + break fi -RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC" -if test -n "$RC"; then - echo "$ac_t""$RC" 1>&6 + + done + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP + +fi + CPP=$ac_cv_prog_CPP else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + ac_cv_prog_CPP=$CPP fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CPP" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CPP" >&6 +ac_preproc_ok=false +for ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes +do + # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc + # with a fresh cross-compiler works. + # Prefer <limits.h> to <assert.h> if __STDC__ is defined, since + # <limits.h> exists even on freestanding compilers. + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#ifdef __STDC__ +# include <limits.h> +#else +# include <assert.h> +#endif + Syntax error +_ACEOF +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then + if test -s conftest.err; then + ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag + ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag + else + ac_cpp_err= + fi +else + ac_cpp_err=yes +fi +if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then + : +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + # Broken: fails on valid input. +continue +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + + # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether non-existent headers + # can be detected and how. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ac_nonexistent.h> +_ACEOF +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then + if test -s conftest.err; then + ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag + ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag + else + ac_cpp_err= + fi +else + ac_cpp_err=yes +fi +if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then + # Broken: success on invalid input. +continue +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - if test "${AR}" = "" ; then - { echo "configure: error: Required archive tool 'ar' not found on PATH." 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - if test "${RANLIB}" = "" ; then - { echo "configure: error: Required archive index tool 'ranlib' not found on PATH." 1>&2; exit 1; } - fi - if test "${RC}" = "" ; then - { echo "configure: error: Required resource tool 'windres' not found on PATH." 1>&2; exit 1; } + # Passes both tests. +ac_preproc_ok=: +break +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext + +done +# Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +if $ac_preproc_ok; then + : +else + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: C preprocessor \"$CPP\" fails sanity check +See \`config.log' for more details." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } +fi + +ac_ext=c +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' +ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' +ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu + + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for egrep" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for egrep... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_egrep+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if echo a | (grep -E '(a|b)') >/dev/null 2>&1 + then ac_cv_prog_egrep='grep -E' + else ac_cv_prog_egrep='egrep' fi fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_prog_egrep" >&6 + EGREP=$ac_cv_prog_egrep -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Checks to see if the make progeam sets the $MAKE variable. -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:910: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5 -set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for ANSI C header files... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_header_stdc+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftestmake <<\EOF -all: - @echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"' -EOF -# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. -eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` -if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then - eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <float.h> + +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else - eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no -fi -rm -f conftestmake + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi -if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then - echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 - SET_MAKE= +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <string.h> + +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 - SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" + ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi +rm -f conftest* +fi -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.) -#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <stdlib.h> -echo $ac_n "checking for object suffix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:942: checking for object suffix" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_objext'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 -else - rm -f conftest* -echo 'int i = 1;' > conftest.$ac_ext -if { (eval echo configure:948: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - for ac_file in conftest.*; do - case $ac_file in - *.c) ;; - *) ac_cv_objext=`echo $ac_file | sed -e s/conftest.//` ;; - esac - done +_ACEOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : else - { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem; compiler does not work" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* + fi -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_objext" 1>&6 -OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext -ac_objext=$ac_cv_objext +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <ctype.h> +#if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) +# define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#else +# define ISLOWER(c) \ + (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ + || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ + || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) +# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) +#endif -echo $ac_n "checking for Cygwin environment""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:966: checking for Cygwin environment" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_cygwin'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int +main () +{ + int i; + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) + || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) + exit(2); + exit (0); +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + : else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 971 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -int main() { +( exit $ac_status ) +ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +fi +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +_ACEOF -#ifndef __CYGWIN__ -#define __CYGWIN__ __CYGWIN32__ -#endif -return __CYGWIN__; -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:982: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* - ac_cv_cygwin=yes -else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - ac_cv_cygwin=no fi -rm -f conftest* -rm -f conftest* + + +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ar; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_AR+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="$AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_AR="${ac_tool_prefix}ar" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + +fi +fi +AR=$ac_cv_prog_AR +if test -n "$AR"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $AR" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$AR" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_cygwin" 1>&6 -CYGWIN= -test "$ac_cv_cygwin" = yes && CYGWIN=yes -echo $ac_n "checking for mingw32 environment""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:999: checking for mingw32 environment" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_mingw32'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_AR"; then + ac_ct_AR=$AR + # Extract the first word of "ar", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ar; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1004 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="$ac_ct_AR" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR="ar" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done -int main() { -return __MINGW32__; -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1011: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* - ac_cv_mingw32=yes +fi +fi +ac_ct_AR=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_AR +if test -n "$ac_ct_AR"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_AR" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_AR" >&6 else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - ac_cv_mingw32=no + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi -rm -f conftest* -rm -f conftest* + + AR=$ac_ct_AR +else + AR="$ac_cv_prog_AR" fi -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_mingw32" 1>&6 -MINGW32= -test "$ac_cv_mingw32" = yes && MINGW32=yes +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_RANLIB+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="${ac_tool_prefix}ranlib" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done +fi +fi +RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RANLIB" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$RANLIB" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi -echo $ac_n "checking for executable suffix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1030: checking for executable suffix" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_exeext'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"; then + ac_ct_RANLIB=$RANLIB + # Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - if test "$CYGWIN" = yes || test "$MINGW32" = yes; then - ac_cv_exeext=.exe + if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="$ac_ct_RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. else - rm -f conftest* - echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.$ac_ext - ac_cv_exeext= - if { (eval echo configure:1040: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; }; then - for file in conftest.*; do - case $file in - *.c | *.o | *.obj) ;; - *) ac_cv_exeext=`echo $file | sed -e s/conftest//` ;; - esac - done - else - { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB="ranlib" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 fi - rm -f conftest* - test x"${ac_cv_exeext}" = x && ac_cv_exeext=no +done +done + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RANLIB=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RANLIB +if test -n "$ac_ct_RANLIB"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RANLIB" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RANLIB" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi + + RANLIB=$ac_ct_RANLIB +else + RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" fi -EXEEXT="" -test x"${ac_cv_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT=${ac_cv_exeext} -echo "$ac_t""${ac_cv_exeext}" 1>&6 -ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then + # Extract the first word of "${ac_tool_prefix}windres", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ${ac_tool_prefix}windres; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_RC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$RC"; then + ac_cv_prog_RC="$RC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_RC="${ac_tool_prefix}windres" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + +fi +fi +RC=$ac_cv_prog_RC +if test -n "$RC"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $RC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$RC" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi + +fi +if test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RC"; then + ac_ct_RC=$RC + # Extract the first word of "windres", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy windres; ac_word=$2 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="$ac_ct_RC" # Let the user override the test. +else +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC="windres" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + +fi +fi +ac_ct_RC=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_RC +if test -n "$ac_ct_RC"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_ct_RC" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_ct_RC" >&6 +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 +fi + + RC=$ac_ct_RC +else + RC="$ac_cv_prog_RC" +fi + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable. +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \$(MAKE)... $ECHO_C" >&6 +set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y,:./+-,___p_,'` +if eval "test \"\${ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set+set}\" = set"; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.make <<\_ACEOF +all: + @echo 'ac_maketemp="$(MAKE)"' +_ACEOF +# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us. +eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftest.make 2>/dev/null | grep temp=` +if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes +else + eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no +fi +rm -f conftest.make +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 + SET_MAKE= +else + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 + SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}" +fi + + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Determines the correct binary file extension (.o, .obj, .exe etc.) +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1062,35 +3040,36 @@ ac_exeext=$EXEEXT #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - echo $ac_n "checking for building with threads""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1067: checking for building with threads" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for building with threads" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for building with threads... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-threads or --disable-threads was given. if test "${enable_threads+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_threads" tcl_ok=$enableval else tcl_ok=no -fi - +fi; if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 TCL_THREADS=1 - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define TCL_THREADS 1 -EOF +_ACEOF # USE_THREAD_ALLOC tells us to try the special thread-based # allocator that significantly reduces lock contention - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define USE_THREAD_ALLOC 1 -EOF +_ACEOF else TCL_THREADS=0 - echo "$ac_t""no (default)" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no (default)" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no (default)" >&6 fi - + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1099,16 +3078,15 @@ EOF #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - echo $ac_n "checking how to build libraries""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1104: checking how to build libraries" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking how to build libraries" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking how to build libraries... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-shared or --disable-shared was given. if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_shared" tcl_ok=$enableval else tcl_ok=yes -fi - +fi; if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_shared" @@ -1118,14 +3096,16 @@ fi fi if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes" ; then - echo "$ac_t""shared" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: shared" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}shared" >&6 SHARED_BUILD=1 else - echo "$ac_t""static" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: static" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}static" >&6 SHARED_BUILD=0 - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define STATIC_BUILD 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi @@ -1135,45 +3115,52 @@ EOF #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - echo $ac_n "checking the location of tclConfig.sh""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1140: checking the location of tclConfig.sh" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking the location of tclConfig.sh" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking the location of tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6 - if test -d ../../tcl8.4$TK_PATCH_LEVEL/win; then - TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.4$TK_PATCH_LEVEL/win - elif test -d ../../tcl8.4/win; then - TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.4/win + if test -d ../../tcl8.5$TK_PATCH_LEVEL/win; then + TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5$TK_PATCH_LEVEL/win + elif test -d ../../tcl8.5/win; then + TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5/win else TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl/win fi - # Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given. + +# Check whether --with-tcl or --without-tcl was given. if test "${with_tcl+set}" = set; then withval="$with_tcl" TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval else TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT; pwd` -fi - +fi; if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then - { echo "configure: error: Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist" 1>&2; exit 1; } + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh; then if test ! -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/../unix/tclConfig.sh; then - { echo "configure: error: There is no tclConfig.sh in $TCL_BIN_DIR: perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?" 1>&2; exit 1; } + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: There is no tclConfig.sh in $TCL_BIN_DIR: perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: There is no tclConfig.sh in $TCL_BIN_DIR: perhaps you did not specify the Tcl *build* directory (not the toplevel Tcl directory) or you forgot to configure Tcl?" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd ${TCL_BIN_DIR}/../unix; pwd` fi - echo "$ac_t""$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&6 - echo $ac_n "checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1171: checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test -f "$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" ; then - echo "$ac_t""loading" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: loading" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}loading" >&6 . $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh else - echo "$ac_t""file not found" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: file not found" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}file not found" >&6 fi # @@ -1203,19 +3190,19 @@ echo "configure:1171: checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&5 eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\"" eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\"" - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1224,79 +3211,158 @@ echo "configure:1171: checking for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" >&5 # after SC_ENABLE_SHARED checks the configure switches. #-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. + + + + + + + + + +for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ + inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h +do +as_ac_Header=`echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_header" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_header... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if eval "test \"\${$as_ac_Header+set}\" = set"; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default + +#include <$ac_header> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + eval "$as_ac_Header=yes" +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +eval "$as_ac_Header=no" +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}`eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'`" >&6 +if test `eval echo '${'$as_ac_Header'}'` = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF +#define `echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 +_ACEOF + +fi + +done + + # Step 0: Enable 64 bit support? - echo $ac_n "checking if 64bit support is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1233: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if 64bit support is requested" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if 64bit support is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-64bit or --disable-64bit was given. if test "${enable_64bit+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_64bit" do64bit=$enableval else do64bit=no -fi - - echo "$ac_t""$do64bit" 1>&6 +fi; + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $do64bit" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$do64bit" >&6 # Cross-compiling options for Windows/CE builds - echo $ac_n "checking if Windows/CE build is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1247: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking if Windows/CE build is requested" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking if Windows/CE build is requested... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-wince or --disable-wince was given. if test "${enable_wince+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_wince" doWince=$enableval else doWince=no -fi +fi; + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $doWince" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$doWince" >&6 - echo "$ac_t""$doWince" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows/CE celib directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 - echo $ac_n "checking for Windows/CE celib directory""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1259: checking for Windows/CE celib directory" >&5 - # Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given. +# Check whether --with-celib or --without-celib was given. if test "${with_celib+set}" = set; then withval="$with_celib" CELIB_DIR=$withval else CELIB_DIR=NO_CELIB -fi - - echo "$ac_t""$CELIB_DIR" 1>&6 +fi; + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CELIB_DIR" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CELIB_DIR" >&6 # Set some defaults (may get changed below) EXTRA_CFLAGS="" # Extract the first word of "cygpath", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy cygpath; ac_word=$2 -echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1276: checking for $ac_word" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for $ac_word... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="$CYGPATH" # Let the user override the test. else - IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=":" - ac_dummy="$PATH" - for ac_dir in $ac_dummy; do - test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. - if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then - ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -w" - break - fi - done - IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do + if $as_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then + ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="cygpath -w" + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 + break 2 + fi +done +done + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" && ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH="echo" fi fi -CYGPATH="$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH" +CYGPATH=$ac_cv_prog_CYGPATH if test -n "$CYGPATH"; then - echo "$ac_t""$CYGPATH" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $CYGPATH" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$CYGPATH" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 fi @@ -1308,37 +3374,64 @@ fi if test "$GCC" = "yes"; then - echo $ac_n "checking for cross-compile version of gcc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1313: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_cross'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cross-compile version of gcc" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for cross-compile version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_cross+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1318 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef __WIN32__ #error cross-compiler #endif - -int main() { -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1329: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_cross=no else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - ac_cv_cross=yes -fi -rm -f conftest* - + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_cv_cross=yes fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_cross" 1>&6 +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_cross" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_cross" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_cross" = "yes"; then case "$do64bit" in @@ -1373,13 +3466,20 @@ echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_cross" 1>&6 echo "101 \"name\"" >> $conftest echo "END" >> $conftest - echo $ac_n "checking for Windows native path bug in windres""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1378: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for Windows native path bug in windres... $ECHO_C" >&6 cyg_conftest=`$CYGPATH $conftest` - if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest'; { (eval echo configure:1380: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } ; then - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + if { ac_try='$RC -o conftest.res.o $cyg_conftest' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } ; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes" >&6 CYGPATH=echo fi conftest= @@ -1395,49 +3495,79 @@ echo "configure:1378: checking for Windows native path bug in windres" >&5 # set various compiler flags depending on whether we are using gcc or cl if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then - echo $ac_n "checking for mingw32 version of gcc""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1400: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_win32'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for mingw32 version of gcc" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for mingw32 version of gcc... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_win32+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1405 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __WIN32__ #error win32 #endif - -int main() { -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1416: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then ac_cv_win32=no else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - ac_cv_win32=yes -fi -rm -f conftest* - + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_cv_win32=yes fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_win32" 1>&6 +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_win32" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_win32" >&6 if test "$ac_cv_win32" != "yes"; then - { echo "configure: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} cannot produce win32 executables." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi fi - echo $ac_n "checking compiler flags""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1436: checking compiler flags" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking compiler flags" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking compiler flags... $ECHO_C" >&6 if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then SHLIB_LD="" SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - LIBS="" - LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32" + LIBS="-lws2_32" + # mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't + LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32" STLIB_LD='${AR} cr' RC_OUT=-o RC_TYPE= @@ -1454,7 +3584,8 @@ echo "configure:1436: checking compiler flags" >&5 if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then # static - echo "$ac_t""using static flags" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6 runtime= MAKE_DLL="echo " LIBSUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.a" @@ -1463,12 +3594,16 @@ echo "configure:1436: checking compiler flags" >&5 EXESUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.exe" else # dynamic - echo "$ac_t""using shared flags" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6 # ad-hoc check to see if CC supports -shared. if "${CC}" -shared 2>&1 | egrep ': -shared not supported' >/dev/null; then - { echo "configure: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option. - You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." 1>&2; exit 1; } + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option. + You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: ${CC} does not support the -shared option. + You will need to upgrade to a newer version of the toolchain." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi runtime= @@ -1495,7 +3630,7 @@ echo "configure:1436: checking compiler flags" >&5 CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" - CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -fno-strict-aliasing" + CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall" LDFLAGS_DEBUG= LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE= @@ -1523,47 +3658,78 @@ echo "configure:1436: checking compiler flags" >&5 case "$do64bit" in amd64|x64|yes) MACHINE="AMD64" ; # assume AMD64 as default 64-bit build - echo "$ac_t"" Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6 ;; ia64) MACHINE="IA64" - echo "$ac_t"" Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6 ;; *) - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1535 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #ifndef _WIN64 #error 32-bit #endif - -int main() { -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1546: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* +int +main () +{ + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then tcl_win_64bit=yes else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - tcl_win_64bit=no - + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +tcl_win_64bit=no + fi -rm -f conftest* +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test "$tcl_win_64bit" = "yes" ; then do64bit=amd64 MACHINE="AMD64" - echo "$ac_t"" Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6 fi ;; esac else if test "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "0" ; then # static - echo "$ac_t""using static flags" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using static flags" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}using static flags" >&6 runtime=-MT MAKE_DLL="echo " LIBSUFFIX="s\${DBGX}.lib" @@ -1573,7 +3739,8 @@ rm -f conftest* SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" else # dynamic - echo "$ac_t""using shared flags" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: using shared flags" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}using shared flags" >&6 runtime=-MD # Add SHLIB_LD_LIBS to the Make rule, not here. MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -out:\$@" @@ -1607,21 +3774,88 @@ rm -f conftest* ;; esac if test ! -d "${PATH64}" ; then - echo "configure: warning: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" 1>&2 - echo "configure: warning: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" 1>&2 + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: Could not find 64-bit $MACHINE SDK to enable 64bit mode" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: Ensure latest Platform SDK is installed" >&2;} do64bit="no" else - echo "$ac_t"" Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T} Using 64-bit $MACHINE mode" >&6 fi fi - LIBS="user32.lib advapi32.lib" + LIBS="user32.lib advapi32.lib ws2_32.lib" if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called. TEA has the # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue. - CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \ - -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\"" + # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't + # need to modify CC. + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether _WIN64 is declared" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether _WIN64 is declared... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +int +main () +{ +#ifndef _WIN64 + char *p = (char *) _WIN64; +#endif + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64=no +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_have_decl__WIN64 = yes; then + : +else + CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \ + -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \ + -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\"" +fi + RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\"" CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od ${runtime}d" # Do not use -O2 for Win64 - this has proved buggy in code gen. @@ -1683,11 +3917,15 @@ rm -f conftest* SDKROOT=`echo "$SDKROOT" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` CELIB_DIR=`echo "$CELIB_DIR" | sed -e 's!\\\!/!g'` if test ! -d "${CELIB_DIR}/inc"; then - { echo "configure: error: Invalid celib directory "${CELIB_DIR}"" 1>&2; exit 1; } + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: Invalid celib directory \"${CELIB_DIR}\"" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi if test ! -d "${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/Lib/${TARGETCPU}"\ -o ! -d "${WCEROOT}/EVC/${OSVERSION}/bin"; then - { echo "configure: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" 1>&2; exit 1; } + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: could not find PocketPC SDK or target compiler to enable WinCE mode $CEVERSION,$TARGETCPU,$ARCH,$PLATFORM" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } else CEINCLUDE="${SDKROOT}/${OSVERSION}/${PLATFORM}/include" if test -d "${CEINCLUDE}/${TARGETCPU}" ; then @@ -1709,28 +3947,28 @@ rm -f conftest* arch=`echo ${ARCH} | awk '{print tolower($0)}'` defs="${ARCH} _${ARCH}_ ${arch} PALM_SIZE _MT _DLL _WINDOWS" for i in $defs ; do - cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define $i 1 -EOF +_ACEOF done # if test "${ARCH}" = "X86EM"; then # AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(_WIN32_WCE_EMULATION) # fi - cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define _WIN32_WCE $CEVERSION -EOF +_ACEOF - cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF + cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define UNDER_CE $CEVERSION -EOF +_ACEOF CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od" CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-nologo -O2" lversion=`echo ${CEVERSION} | sed -e 's/\(.\)\(..\)/\1\.\2/'` lflags="-nodefaultlib -MACHINE:${ARCH} -LIBPATH:\"${CELIBPATH}\" -subsystem:windowsce,${lversion} -nologo" LINKBIN="\"${CEBINROOT}/link.exe\"" - + if test "${CEVERSION}" -lt 400 ; then LIBS="coredll.lib corelibc.lib winsock.lib" else @@ -1741,7 +3979,7 @@ EOF LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\"" LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib" else - LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib" + LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib" fi SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}" @@ -1780,18 +4018,28 @@ EOF fi fi + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TCL_CFG_DO64BIT 1 +_ACEOF + + fi + if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then - echo $ac_n "checking for SEH support in compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1786: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'tcl_cv_seh'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for SEH support in compiler" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for SEH support in compiler... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${tcl_cv_seh+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then tcl_cv_seh=no else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1794 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #include <windows.h> @@ -1807,28 +4055,39 @@ else } return 1; } - -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1813: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext} && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null -then + +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest$ac_exeext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then tcl_cv_seh=yes else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -fr conftest* - tcl_cv_seh=no + echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 +echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +( exit $ac_status ) +tcl_cv_seh=no fi -rm -fr conftest* +rm -f core *.core gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi - fi - -echo "$ac_t""$tcl_cv_seh" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_seh" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_seh" >&6 if test "$tcl_cv_seh" = "no" ; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define HAVE_NO_SEH 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi @@ -1838,43 +4097,71 @@ EOF # with Cygwin's version as of 2002-04-10, define it to be int, # sufficient for getting the current code to work. # - echo $ac_n "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1843: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'tcl_cv_eh_disposition'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION support in include files... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${tcl_cv_eh_disposition+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1848 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ # define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN # include <windows.h> # undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN - -int main() { + +int +main () +{ EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION x; - -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1861: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then tcl_cv_eh_disposition=yes else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +tcl_cv_eh_disposition=no fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$ac_t""$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" 1>&6 +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" >&6 if test "$tcl_cv_eh_disposition" = "no" ; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define EXCEPTION_DISPOSITION int -EOF +_ACEOF fi @@ -1882,46 +4169,74 @@ EOF # even if VOID has already been #defined. The win32api # used by mingw and cygwin is known to do this. - echo $ac_n "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1887: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for winnt.h that ignores VOID define... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1892 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #define VOID void #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #include <windows.h> #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN - -int main() { + +int +main () +{ CHAR c; SHORT s; LONG l; - -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1908: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=yes else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void=no fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$ac_t""$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" 1>&6 +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" >&6 if test "$tcl_cv_winnt_ignore_void" = "yes" ; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define HAVE_WINNT_IGNORE_VOID 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi @@ -1929,210 +4244,359 @@ EOF # This is used to stop gcc from printing a compiler # warning when initializing a union member. - echo $ac_n "checking for cast to union support""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1934: checking for cast to union support" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'tcl_cv_cast_to_union'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for cast to union support" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for cast to union support... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${tcl_cv_cast_to_union+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1939 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ -int main() { +int +main () +{ union foo { int i; double d; }; union foo f = (union foo) (int) 0; - -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:1949: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then - rm -rf conftest* + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then tcl_cv_cast_to_union=yes else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no -fi -rm -f conftest* - + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +tcl_cv_cast_to_union=no fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext -echo "$ac_t""$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" 1>&6 +fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" >&6 if test "$tcl_cv_cast_to_union" = "yes"; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define HAVE_CAST_TO_UNION 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi fi # DL_LIBS is empty, but then we match the Unix version - - - - + + + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- # man2tcl needs this so that it can use errno.h #-------------------------------------------------------------------- -echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:1983: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 -# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. -if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then - CPP= +if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 fi -if test -z "$CPP"; then -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6 else - # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get - # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. - CPP="${CC-cc} -E" - # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, - # not just through cpp. - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 1998 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" -#include <assert.h> -Syntax Error -EOF -ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" -{ (eval echo configure:2004: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } -ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` -if test -z "$ac_err"; then - : -else - echo "$ac_err" >&5 - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 2015 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" -#include <assert.h> -Syntax Error -EOF -ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" -{ (eval echo configure:2021: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } -ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` -if test -z "$ac_err"; then - : -else - echo "$ac_err" >&5 - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - CPP="${CC-cc} -nologo -E" - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 2032 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" -#include <assert.h> -Syntax Error -EOF -ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" -{ (eval echo configure:2038: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } -ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` -if test -z "$ac_err"; then - : + # Is the header compilable? +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h usability" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h usability... $ECHO_C" >&6 +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +$ac_includes_default +#include <errno.h> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_header_compiler=yes else - echo "$ac_err" >&5 - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - CPP=/lib/cpp -fi -rm -f conftest* -fi -rm -f conftest* -fi -rm -f conftest* - ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_header_compiler=no fi - CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_compiler" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_compiler" >&6 + +# Is the header present? +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking errno.h presence" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking errno.h presence... $ECHO_C" >&6 +cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <errno.h> +_ACEOF +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } >/dev/null; then + if test -s conftest.err; then + ac_cpp_err=$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag + ac_cpp_err=$ac_cpp_err$ac_c_werror_flag + else + ac_cpp_err= + fi else - ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" + ac_cpp_err=yes fi -echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 +if test -z "$ac_cpp_err"; then + ac_header_preproc=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 -ac_safe=`echo "errno.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` -echo $ac_n "checking for errno.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:2064: checking for errno.h" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + ac_header_preproc=no +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_header_preproc" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_header_preproc" >&6 + +# So? What about this header? +case $ac_header_compiler:$ac_header_preproc:$ac_c_preproc_warn_flag in + yes:no: ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: accepted by the compiler, rejected by the preprocessor!" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the compiler's result" >&2;} + ac_header_preproc=yes + ;; + no:yes:* ) + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: present but cannot be compiled" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: see the Autoconf documentation" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: section \"Present But Cannot Be Compiled\"" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: proceeding with the preprocessor's result" >&2;} + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&5 +echo "$as_me: WARNING: errno.h: in the future, the compiler will take precedence" >&2;} + ( + cat <<\_ASBOX +## ------------------------------------------ ## +## Report this to the AC_PACKAGE_NAME lists. ## +## ------------------------------------------ ## +_ASBOX + ) | + sed "s/^/$as_me: WARNING: /" >&2 + ;; +esac +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for errno.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for errno.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_header_errno_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 2069 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" -#include <errno.h> -EOF -ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" -{ (eval echo configure:2074: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } -ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out | grep -v "^conftest.${ac_ext}\$"` -if test -z "$ac_err"; then - rm -rf conftest* - eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" -else - echo "$ac_err" >&5 - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" + ac_cv_header_errno_h=$ac_header_preproc fi -rm -f conftest* +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_errno_h" >&6 + fi -if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then - echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_errno_h = yes; then : else - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 -MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H" + MAN2TCLFLAGS="-DNO_ERRNO_H" fi + #------------------------------------------- # Check for _strtoi64 #------------------------------------------- -if test "${MACHINE}" = "X86" ; then -echo $ac_n "checking availability of _strtoi64""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:2104: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5 -if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'tcl_have_strtoi64'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking availability of _strtoi64" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking availability of _strtoi64... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${tcl_cv_strtoi64+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 2110 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #include <stdlib.h> -int main() { +int +main () +{ _strtoi64(0,0,0) -; return 0; } -EOF -if { (eval echo configure:2117: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest${ac_exeext}; then - rm -rf conftest* - tcl_have_strtoi64=yes + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext conftest$ac_exeext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_link\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_link) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest$ac_exeext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 - cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 - rm -rf conftest* - tcl_have_strtoi64=no + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +tcl_cv_strtoi64=no fi -rm -f conftest* +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ + conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$tcl_cv_strtoi64" >&6 +if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then -echo "$ac_t""$tcl_have_strtoi64" 1>&6 -if test $tcl_have_strtoi64 = no; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define NO_STRTOI64 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for uxtheme.h" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for uxtheme.h... $ECHO_C" >&6 +if test "${ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 +else + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include <windows.h> + +#include <uxtheme.h> +_ACEOF +rm -f conftest.$ac_objext +if { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_compile\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_compile) 2>conftest.er1 + ac_status=$? + grep -v '^ *+' conftest.er1 >conftest.err + rm -f conftest.er1 + cat conftest.err >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); } && + { ac_try='test -z "$ac_c_werror_flag" + || test ! -s conftest.err' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; } && + { ac_try='test -s conftest.$ac_objext' + { (eval echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \"$ac_try\"") >&5 + (eval $ac_try) 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + (exit $ac_status); }; }; then + ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=yes +else + echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 +sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + +ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h=no +fi +rm -f conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi +echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h" >&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_uxtheme_h = yes; then + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define HAVE_UXTHEME_H 1 +_ACEOF + +else + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&5 +echo "$as_me: xpnative theme will be unavailable" >&6;} +fi + + #-------------------------------------------------------------------- # Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols @@ -2141,60 +4605,72 @@ fi #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - echo $ac_n "checking for build with symbols""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:2146: checking for build with symbols" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for build with symbols" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for build with symbols... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-symbols or --disable-symbols was given. if test "${enable_symbols+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_symbols" tcl_ok=$enableval else tcl_ok=no -fi - +fi; # FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT. if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' DBGX="" - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define NDEBUG 1 -EOF +_ACEOF + + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: no" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}no" >&6 + + cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF +#define TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED 1 +_ACEOF - echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 else CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)' LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)' DBGX=g if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then - echo "$ac_t""yes (standard debugging)" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: yes (standard debugging)" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}yes (standard debugging)" >&6 fi fi - - + + if test "$tcl_ok" = "mem" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define TCL_MEM_DEBUG 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi if test "$tcl_ok" = "compile" -o "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF + +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG 1 -EOF +_ACEOF + - cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +cat >>confdefs.h <<\_ACEOF #define TCL_COMPILE_STATS 1 -EOF +_ACEOF fi if test "$tcl_ok" != "yes" -a "$tcl_ok" != "no"; then if test "$tcl_ok" = "all"; then - echo "$ac_t""enabled symbols mem compile debugging" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}enabled symbols mem compile debugging" >&6 else - echo "$ac_t""enabled $tcl_ok debugging" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}enabled $tcl_ok debugging" >&6 fi fi @@ -2206,16 +4682,15 @@ TK_DBGX=${DBGX} #-------------------------------------------------------------------- - echo $ac_n "checking whether to embed manifest""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:2211: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking whether to embed manifest" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking whether to embed manifest... $ECHO_C" >&6 # Check whether --enable-embedded-manifest or --disable-embedded-manifest was given. if test "${enable_embedded_manifest+set}" = set; then enableval="$enable_embedded_manifest" embed_ok=$enableval else embed_ok=yes -fi - +fi; VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL= VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE= @@ -2223,53 +4698,60 @@ fi if test "$embed_ok" = "yes" -a "${SHARED_BUILD}" = "1" \ -a "$GCC" != "yes" ; then # Add the magic to embed the manifest into the dll/exe - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF -#line 2228 "configure" -#include "confdefs.h" + cat >conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* confdefs.h. */ +_ACEOF +cat confdefs.h >>conftest.$ac_ext +cat >>conftest.$ac_ext <<_ACEOF +/* end confdefs.h. */ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1400 print("manifest needed") #endif - -EOF + +_ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | - egrep "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - rm -rf conftest* - + $EGREP "manifest needed" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+ # Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created # in this compiler case - VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2" - VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1" + # Add in a manifest argument that may be specified + # XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts + # XXX for a provided (known) manifest + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;2 ; fi" + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \$@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \$@.manifest wish.exe.manifest -outputresource:\$@\;1 ; fi" result=yes if test "xwish.exe.manifest" != x ; then result="yes (wish.exe.manifest)" fi - + fi rm -f conftest* fi - echo "$ac_t""$result" 1>&6 - - + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $result" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$result" >&6 - echo $ac_n "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:2261: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5 + + + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh in Tcl build directory... $ECHO_C" >&6 BUILD_TCLSH=${TCL_BIN_DIR}/tclsh${TCL_MAJOR_VERSION}${TCL_MINOR_VERSION}${TCL_DBGX}${EXEEXT} - echo "$ac_t""$BUILD_TCLSH" 1>&6 - + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $BUILD_TCLSH" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$BUILD_TCLSH" >&6 - echo $ac_n "checking for tclsh""... $ac_c" 1>&6 -echo "configure:2268: checking for tclsh" >&5 - if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_tclsh'+set}'`\" = set"; then - echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: checking for tclsh" >&5 +echo $ECHO_N "checking for tclsh... $ECHO_C" >&6 + + if test "${ac_cv_path_tclsh+set}" = set; then + echo $ECHO_N "(cached) $ECHO_C" >&6 else - + search_path=`echo ${PATH} | sed -e 's/:/ /g'` for dir in $search_path ; do for j in `ls -r $dir/tclsh[8-9]*.exe 2> /dev/null` \ @@ -2282,19 +4764,21 @@ else fi done done - + fi if test -f "$ac_cv_path_tclsh" ; then TCLSH_PROG="$ac_cv_path_tclsh" - echo "$ac_t""$TCLSH_PROG" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: $TCLSH_PROG" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}$TCLSH_PROG" >&6 else # It is not an error if an installed version of Tcl can't be located. TCLSH_PROG="" - echo "$ac_t""No tclsh found on PATH" 1>&6 + echo "$as_me:$LINENO: result: No tclsh found on PATH" >&5 +echo "${ECHO_T}No tclsh found on PATH" >&6 fi - + #------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -2362,12 +4846,14 @@ else fi # The wish.exe.manifest requires these -# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format +# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs +# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in - a*) TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.0.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d a`" ;; - b*) TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.1.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d b`" ;; - .*) TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.2$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" ;; + *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;; + *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;; + *) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;; esac +TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`" # X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest @@ -2442,358 +4928,1010 @@ esac - - - - - # undefined at this point for win -trap '' 1 2 15 -cat > confcache <<\EOF + ac_config_files="$ac_config_files Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest" +cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure -# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. -# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. +# It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't +# want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # -# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, -# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure -# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is -# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in -# subdirectories, so they share the cache. -# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. -# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the -# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it +# the --recheck option to rerun configure. # -EOF +# `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when +# loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the +# following values. + +_ACEOF + # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. -(set) 2>&1 | - case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in - *ac_space=\ *) - # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution - # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). - sed -n \ - -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ - -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" - ;; - *) - # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. - sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' - ;; - esac >> confcache -if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then - : -else +{ + (set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space=' '; set | grep ac_space) 2>&1` in + *ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote + # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + "s/'/'\\\\''/g; + s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" + ;; + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n \ + "s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\\2/p" + ;; + esac; +} | + sed ' + t clear + : clear + s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ + t end + /^ac_cv_env/!s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ + : end' >>confcache +if diff $cache_file confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w $cache_file; then - echo "updating cache $cache_file" - cat confcache > $cache_file + test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null" && echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache >$cache_file else echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" fi fi rm -f confcache -trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 - test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' -# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute -# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. -# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. +# VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove $(srcdir), +# ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and +# trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty +# (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then - ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=/{ +s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/; +s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/; +s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/; +s/^\([^=]*=[ ]*\):*/\1/; +s/:*$//; +s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$//; +}' fi -trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 - # Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. # Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. # Protect against Makefile macro expansion. -cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF -s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g -s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g -s%\[%\\&%g -s%\]%\\&%g -s%\$%$$%g -EOF -DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '` -rm -f conftest.defs - - -# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. -: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} +# +# If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that +# take arguments), then we branch to the quote section. Otherwise, +# look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. +cat >confdef2opt.sed <<\_ACEOF +t clear +: clear +s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g +t quote +s,^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\),-D\1=\2,g +t quote +d +: quote +s,[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?],\\&,g +s,\[,\\&,g +s,\],\\&,g +s,\$,$$,g +p +_ACEOF +# We use echo to avoid assuming a particular line-breaking character. +# The extra dot is to prevent the shell from consuming trailing +# line-breaks from the sub-command output. A line-break within +# single-quotes doesn't work because, if this script is created in a +# platform that uses two characters for line-breaks (e.g., DOS), tr +# would break. +ac_LF_and_DOT=`echo; echo .` +DEFS=`sed -n -f confdef2opt.sed confdefs.h | tr "$ac_LF_and_DOT" ' .'` +rm -f confdef2opt.sed + + +ac_libobjs= +ac_ltlibobjs= +for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue + # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. + ac_i=`echo "$ac_i" | + sed 's/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//'` + # 2. Add them. + ac_libobjs="$ac_libobjs $ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" + ac_ltlibobjs="$ac_ltlibobjs $ac_i"'$U.lo' +done +LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs -echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS -rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS -cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF -#! /bin/sh -# Generated automatically by configure. +LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs + + + +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} +ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" +{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 +echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} +cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +#! $SHELL +# Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. -# This directory was configured as follows, -# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: -# -# $0 $ac_configure_args -# # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging -# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. +# configure, is in config.log if it exists. + +debug=false +ac_cs_recheck=false +ac_cs_silent=false +SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +## --------------------- ## +## M4sh Initialization. ## +## --------------------- ## + +# Be Bourne compatible +if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + emulate sh + NULLCMD=: + # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which + # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. + alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' +elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + set -o posix +fi +DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh -ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" -for ac_option +# Support unset when possible. +if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_unset=unset +else + as_unset=false +fi + + +# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh. +$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH +PS1='$ ' +PS2='> ' +PS4='+ ' + +# NLS nuisances. +for as_var in \ + LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \ + LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \ + LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME do - case "\$ac_option" in - -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) - echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" - exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; - -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) - echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.13" - exit 0 ;; - -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) - echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; - *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; - esac + if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then + eval $as_var=C; export $as_var + else + $as_unset $as_var + fi done -ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir +# Required to use basename. +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi -trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 -EOF -cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF +if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then + as_basename=basename +else + as_basename=false +fi -# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. -sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g; - s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF -$ac_vpsub -$extrasub -s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g -s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g -s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g -s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g -s%@FFLAGS@%$FFLAGS%g -s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g -s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g -s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g -s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g -s%@prefix@%$prefix%g -s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g -s%@bindir@%$bindir%g -s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g -s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g -s%@datadir@%$datadir%g -s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g -s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g -s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g -s%@libdir@%$libdir%g -s%@includedir@%$includedir%g -s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g -s%@infodir@%$infodir%g -s%@mandir@%$mandir%g -s%@CC@%$CC%g -s%@AR@%$AR%g -s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g -s%@RC@%$RC%g -s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g -s%@OBJEXT@%$OBJEXT%g -s%@EXEEXT@%$EXEEXT%g -s%@TCL_THREADS@%$TCL_THREADS%g -s%@TCL_VERSION@%$TCL_VERSION%g -s%@TCL_BIN_DIR@%$TCL_BIN_DIR%g -s%@TCL_SRC_DIR@%$TCL_SRC_DIR%g -s%@TCL_LIB_FILE@%$TCL_LIB_FILE%g -s%@TCL_LIB_FLAG@%$TCL_LIB_FLAG%g -s%@TCL_LIB_SPEC@%$TCL_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@%$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE%g -s%@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@%$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG%g -s%@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@%$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TCL_DEFS@%$TCL_DEFS%g -s%@CYGPATH@%$CYGPATH%g -s%@CELIB_DIR@%$CELIB_DIR%g -s%@DL_LIBS@%$DL_LIBS%g -s%@CFLAGS_DEBUG@%$CFLAGS_DEBUG%g -s%@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@%$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE%g -s%@CFLAGS_WARNING@%$CFLAGS_WARNING%g -s%@CPP@%$CPP%g -s%@MAN2TCLFLAGS@%$MAN2TCLFLAGS%g -s%@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@%$CFLAGS_DEFAULT%g -s%@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@%$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT%g -s%@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@%$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL%g -s%@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@%$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE%g -s%@BUILD_TCLSH@%$BUILD_TCLSH%g -s%@TCLSH_PROG@%$TCLSH_PROG%g -s%@TK_WIN_VERSION@%$TK_WIN_VERSION%g -s%@MACHINE@%$MACHINE%g -s%@TK_VERSION@%$TK_VERSION%g -s%@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@%$TK_MAJOR_VERSION%g -s%@TK_MINOR_VERSION@%$TK_MINOR_VERSION%g -s%@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@%$TK_PATCH_LEVEL%g -s%@TK_DBGX@%$TK_DBGX%g -s%@TK_LIB_FILE@%$TK_LIB_FILE%g -s%@TK_DLL_FILE@%$TK_DLL_FILE%g -s%@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@%$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE%g -s%@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@%$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG%g -s%@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@%$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TK_SRC_DIR@%$TK_SRC_DIR%g -s%@TK_BIN_DIR@%$TK_BIN_DIR%g -s%@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@%$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION%g -s%@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@%$TCL_MINOR_VERSION%g -s%@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@%$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL%g -s%@TCL_DLL_FILE@%$TCL_DLL_FILE%g -s%@TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@%$TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TCL_DBGX@%$TCL_DBGX%g -s%@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@%$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX%g -s%@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@%$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX%g -s%@CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX@%$CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX%g -s%@TK_SHARED_BUILD@%$TK_SHARED_BUILD%g -s%@DEPARG@%$DEPARG%g -s%@EXTRA_CFLAGS@%$EXTRA_CFLAGS%g -s%@STLIB_LD@%$STLIB_LD%g -s%@SHLIB_LD@%$SHLIB_LD%g -s%@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@%$SHLIB_LD_LIBS%g -s%@SHLIB_CFLAGS@%$SHLIB_CFLAGS%g -s%@SHLIB_SUFFIX@%$SHLIB_SUFFIX%g -s%@CC_OBJNAME@%$CC_OBJNAME%g -s%@CC_EXENAME@%$CC_EXENAME%g -s%@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@%$LDFLAGS_DEBUG%g -s%@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@%$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE%g -s%@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@%$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE%g -s%@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@%$LDFLAGS_WINDOW%g -s%@RC_OUT@%$RC_OUT%g -s%@RC_TYPE@%$RC_TYPE%g -s%@RC_INCLUDE@%$RC_INCLUDE%g -s%@RC_DEFINE@%$RC_DEFINE%g -s%@RC_DEFINES@%$RC_DEFINES%g -s%@TK_RES@%$TK_RES%g -s%@RES@%$RES%g -s%@LIBS_GUI@%$LIBS_GUI%g -s%@DLLSUFFIX@%$DLLSUFFIX%g -s%@LIBPREFIX@%$LIBPREFIX%g -s%@LIBSUFFIX@%$LIBSUFFIX%g -s%@EXESUFFIX@%$EXESUFFIX%g -s%@LIBRARIES@%$LIBRARIES%g -s%@MAKE_LIB@%$MAKE_LIB%g -s%@POST_MAKE_LIB@%$POST_MAKE_LIB%g -s%@MAKE_DLL@%$MAKE_DLL%g -s%@MAKE_EXE@%$MAKE_EXE%g -s%@TK_LIB_FLAG@%$TK_LIB_FLAG%g -s%@TK_LIB_SPEC@%$TK_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@%$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@%$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC%g -s%@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@%$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH%g -s%@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@%$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH%g -s%@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@%$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS%g -s%@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@%$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS%g -CEOF -EOF - -cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF - -# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with -# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. -ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script. -ac_file=1 # Number of current file. -ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. -ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file. -ac_more_lines=: -ac_sed_cmds="" -while $ac_more_lines; do - if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then - sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file +# Name of the executable. +as_me=`$as_basename "$0" || +$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \ + . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || +echo X/"$0" | + sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } + s/.*/./; q'` + + +# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH. +# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. +as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' +as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' +as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS +as_cr_digits='0123456789' +as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits + +# The user is always right. +if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then + echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh + echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh + chmod +x conf$$.sh + if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then + PATH_SEPARATOR=';' else - sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + PATH_SEPARATOR=: + fi + rm -f conf$$.sh +fi + + + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" || { + # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no path at all + # relative or not. + case $0 in + *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; + *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in $PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break +done + + ;; + esac + # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' + # in which case we are not to be found in the path. + if test "x$as_myself" = x; then + as_myself=$0 + fi + if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } fi - if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then - ac_more_lines=false - rm -f conftest.s$ac_file + case $CONFIG_SHELL in + '') + as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR +for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH +do + IFS=$as_save_IFS + test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. + for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do + case $as_dir in + /*) + if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c ' + as_lineno_1=$LINENO + as_lineno_2=$LINENO + as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null` + test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" && + test "x$as_lineno_3" = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then + $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; } + $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; } + CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base + export CONFIG_SHELL + exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"} + fi;; + esac + done +done +;; + esac + + # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO + # uniformly replaced by the line number. The first 'sed' inserts a + # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real + # work. The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line + # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during + # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end. + # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the + # second 'sed' script. Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax. :-) + sed '=' <$as_myself | + sed ' + N + s,$,-, + : loop + s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3, + t loop + s,-$,, + s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,, + ' >$as_me.lineno && + chmod +x $as_me.lineno || + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + + # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems + # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the + # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensible to this). + . ./$as_me.lineno + # Exit status is that of the last command. + exit +} + + +case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in + *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C=' +' ECHO_T=' ' ;; + *c*,* ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;; + *) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;; +esac + +if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then + as_expr=expr +else + as_expr=false +fi + +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file +echo >conf$$.file +if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic + # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04). + if test -f conf$$.exe; then + # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links + as_ln_s='cp -p' else - if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then - ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" - else - ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" - fi - ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1` - ac_beg=$ac_end - ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds` + as_ln_s='ln -s' fi +elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then + as_ln_s=ln +else + as_ln_s='cp -p' +fi +rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file + +if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then + as_mkdir_p=: +else + test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p + as_mkdir_p=false +fi + +as_executable_p="test -f" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. +as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + +# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. +as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" + + +# IFS +# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. +as_nl=' +' +IFS=" $as_nl" + +# CDPATH. +$as_unset CDPATH + +exec 6>&1 + +# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to +# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their +# values after options handling. Logging --version etc. is OK. +exec 5>>config.log +{ + echo + sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX +## Running $as_me. ## +_ASBOX +} >&5 +cat >&5 <<_CSEOF + +This file was extended by $as_me, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59. Invocation command line was + + CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES + CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS + CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS + CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS + $ $0 $@ + +_CSEOF +echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5 +echo >&5 +_ACEOF + +# Files that config.status was made for. +if test -n "$ac_config_files"; then + echo "config_files=\"$ac_config_files\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS +fi + +if test -n "$ac_config_headers"; then + echo "config_headers=\"$ac_config_headers\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS +fi + +if test -n "$ac_config_links"; then + echo "config_links=\"$ac_config_links\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS +fi + +if test -n "$ac_config_commands"; then + echo "config_commands=\"$ac_config_commands\"" >>$CONFIG_STATUS +fi + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF + +ac_cs_usage="\ +\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the +current configuration. + +Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]... + + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -V, --version print version number, then exit + -q, --quiet do not print progress messages + -d, --debug don't remove temporary files + --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions + --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] + instantiate the configuration file FILE + +Configuration files: +$config_files + +Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>." +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +ac_cs_version="\\ +config.status +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59, + with options \\"`echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" + +Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." +srcdir=$srcdir +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default +# value. By we need to know if files were specified by the user. +ac_need_defaults=: +while test $# != 0 +do + case $1 in + --*=*) + ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` + ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'` + ac_shift=: + ;; + -*) + ac_option=$1 + ac_optarg=$2 + ac_shift=shift + ;; + *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit + # arguments. + ac_option=$1 + ac_need_defaults=false;; + esac + + case $ac_option in + # Handling of the options. +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + ac_cs_recheck=: ;; + --version | --vers* | -V ) + echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;; + --he | --h) + # Conflict between --help and --header + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; + --help | --hel | -h ) + echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; + --debug | --d* | -d ) + debug=: ;; + --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) + $ac_shift + CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + --header | --heade | --head | --hea ) + $ac_shift + CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg" + ac_need_defaults=false;; + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) + ac_cs_silent=: ;; + + # This is an error. + -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1 +Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;; + + *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;; + + esac + shift done -if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then - ac_sed_cmds=cat + +ac_configure_extra_args= + +if $ac_cs_silent; then + exec 6>/dev/null + ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi -EOF -cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF +if \$ac_cs_recheck; then + echo "running $SHELL $0 " $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6 + exec $SHELL $0 $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion +fi -CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile tkConfig.sh wish.exe.manifest"} -EOF -cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF -for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then - # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". - case "$ac_file" in - *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` - ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; - *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; +_ACEOF + + + + + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets +do + case "$ac_config_target" in + # Handling of arguments. + "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;; + "tkConfig.sh" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES tkConfig.sh" ;; + "wish.exe.manifest" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES wish.exe.manifest" ;; + *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };; esac +done - # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. +# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, +# then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. +# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely +# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. +if $ac_need_defaults; then + test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files +fi - # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. - ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` - if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then - # The file is in a subdirectory. - test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" - ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" - # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. - ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` - else - ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= +# Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree +# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition, +# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. +# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging. +$debug || +{ + trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0 + trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15 +} + +# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. + +{ + tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && + test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" +} || +{ + tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM + (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) +} || +{ + echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2 + { (exit 1); exit 1; } +} + +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF + +# +# CONFIG_FILES section. +# + +# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES. +# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h +if test -n "\$CONFIG_FILES"; then + # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. + sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t\$/@;t t/; /@;t t\$/s/[\\\\&,]/\\\\&/g; + s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t\$/,;t t/' >\$tmp/subs.sed <<\\CEOF +s,@SHELL@,$SHELL,;t t +s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,$PATH_SEPARATOR,;t t +s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,$PACKAGE_NAME,;t t +s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,$PACKAGE_TARNAME,;t t +s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,$PACKAGE_VERSION,;t t +s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,$PACKAGE_STRING,;t t +s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT,;t t +s,@exec_prefix@,$exec_prefix,;t t +s,@prefix@,$prefix,;t t +s,@program_transform_name@,$program_transform_name,;t t +s,@bindir@,$bindir,;t t +s,@sbindir@,$sbindir,;t t +s,@libexecdir@,$libexecdir,;t t +s,@datadir@,$datadir,;t t +s,@sysconfdir@,$sysconfdir,;t t +s,@sharedstatedir@,$sharedstatedir,;t t +s,@localstatedir@,$localstatedir,;t t +s,@libdir@,$libdir,;t t +s,@includedir@,$includedir,;t t +s,@oldincludedir@,$oldincludedir,;t t +s,@infodir@,$infodir,;t t +s,@mandir@,$mandir,;t t +s,@build_alias@,$build_alias,;t t +s,@host_alias@,$host_alias,;t t +s,@target_alias@,$target_alias,;t t +s,@DEFS@,$DEFS,;t t +s,@ECHO_C@,$ECHO_C,;t t +s,@ECHO_N@,$ECHO_N,;t t +s,@ECHO_T@,$ECHO_T,;t t +s,@LIBS@,$LIBS,;t t +s,@CC@,$CC,;t t +s,@CFLAGS@,$CFLAGS,;t t +s,@LDFLAGS@,$LDFLAGS,;t t +s,@CPPFLAGS@,$CPPFLAGS,;t t +s,@ac_ct_CC@,$ac_ct_CC,;t t +s,@EXEEXT@,$EXEEXT,;t t +s,@OBJEXT@,$OBJEXT,;t t +s,@CPP@,$CPP,;t t +s,@EGREP@,$EGREP,;t t +s,@AR@,$AR,;t t +s,@ac_ct_AR@,$ac_ct_AR,;t t +s,@RANLIB@,$RANLIB,;t t +s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,$ac_ct_RANLIB,;t t +s,@RC@,$RC,;t t +s,@ac_ct_RC@,$ac_ct_RC,;t t +s,@SET_MAKE@,$SET_MAKE,;t t +s,@TCL_THREADS@,$TCL_THREADS,;t t +s,@TCL_VERSION@,$TCL_VERSION,;t t +s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,$TCL_BIN_DIR,;t t +s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,$TCL_SRC_DIR,;t t +s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_LIB_FILE,;t t +s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_LIB_FLAG,;t t +s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_LIB_SPEC,;t t +s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t +s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t +s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t +s,@TCL_DEFS@,$TCL_DEFS,;t t +s,@CYGPATH@,$CYGPATH,;t t +s,@CELIB_DIR@,$CELIB_DIR,;t t +s,@DL_LIBS@,$DL_LIBS,;t t +s,@CFLAGS_DEBUG@,$CFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t +s,@CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t +s,@CFLAGS_WARNING@,$CFLAGS_WARNING,;t t +s,@MAN2TCLFLAGS@,$MAN2TCLFLAGS,;t t +s,@CFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$CFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t +s,@LDFLAGS_DEFAULT@,$LDFLAGS_DEFAULT,;t t +s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL,;t t +s,@VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE@,$VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE,;t t +s,@BUILD_TCLSH@,$BUILD_TCLSH,;t t +s,@TCLSH_PROG@,$TCLSH_PROG,;t t +s,@TK_WIN_VERSION@,$TK_WIN_VERSION,;t t +s,@MACHINE@,$MACHINE,;t t +s,@TK_VERSION@,$TK_VERSION,;t t +s,@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TK_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t +s,@TK_MINOR_VERSION@,$TK_MINOR_VERSION,;t t +s,@TK_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TK_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t +s,@TK_DBGX@,$TK_DBGX,;t t +s,@TK_LIB_FILE@,$TK_LIB_FILE,;t t +s,@TK_DLL_FILE@,$TK_DLL_FILE,;t t +s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FILE@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FILE,;t t +s,@TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_STUB_LIB_FLAG,;t t +s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t +s,@TK_SRC_DIR@,$TK_SRC_DIR,;t t +s,@TK_BIN_DIR@,$TK_BIN_DIR,;t t +s,@TCL_MAJOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MAJOR_VERSION,;t t +s,@TCL_MINOR_VERSION@,$TCL_MINOR_VERSION,;t t +s,@TCL_PATCH_LEVEL@,$TCL_PATCH_LEVEL,;t t +s,@TCL_DBGX@,$TCL_DBGX,;t t +s,@CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t +s,@CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX,;t t +s,@CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX@,$CFG_TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX,;t t +s,@TK_SHARED_BUILD@,$TK_SHARED_BUILD,;t t +s,@DEPARG@,$DEPARG,;t t +s,@EXTRA_CFLAGS@,$EXTRA_CFLAGS,;t t +s,@STLIB_LD@,$STLIB_LD,;t t +s,@SHLIB_LD@,$SHLIB_LD,;t t +s,@SHLIB_LD_LIBS@,$SHLIB_LD_LIBS,;t t +s,@SHLIB_CFLAGS@,$SHLIB_CFLAGS,;t t +s,@SHLIB_SUFFIX@,$SHLIB_SUFFIX,;t t +s,@CC_OBJNAME@,$CC_OBJNAME,;t t +s,@CC_EXENAME@,$CC_EXENAME,;t t +s,@LDFLAGS_DEBUG@,$LDFLAGS_DEBUG,;t t +s,@LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE@,$LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE,;t t +s,@LDFLAGS_CONSOLE@,$LDFLAGS_CONSOLE,;t t +s,@LDFLAGS_WINDOW@,$LDFLAGS_WINDOW,;t t +s,@RC_OUT@,$RC_OUT,;t t +s,@RC_TYPE@,$RC_TYPE,;t t +s,@RC_INCLUDE@,$RC_INCLUDE,;t t +s,@RC_DEFINE@,$RC_DEFINE,;t t +s,@RC_DEFINES@,$RC_DEFINES,;t t +s,@TK_RES@,$TK_RES,;t t +s,@RES@,$RES,;t t +s,@LIBS_GUI@,$LIBS_GUI,;t t +s,@DLLSUFFIX@,$DLLSUFFIX,;t t +s,@LIBPREFIX@,$LIBPREFIX,;t t +s,@LIBSUFFIX@,$LIBSUFFIX,;t t +s,@EXESUFFIX@,$EXESUFFIX,;t t +s,@LIBRARIES@,$LIBRARIES,;t t +s,@MAKE_LIB@,$MAKE_LIB,;t t +s,@POST_MAKE_LIB@,$POST_MAKE_LIB,;t t +s,@MAKE_DLL@,$MAKE_DLL,;t t +s,@MAKE_EXE@,$MAKE_EXE,;t t +s,@TK_LIB_FLAG@,$TK_LIB_FLAG,;t t +s,@TK_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_LIB_SPEC,;t t +s,@TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_BUILD_LIB_SPEC,;t t +s,@TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,$TK_STUB_LIB_SPEC,;t t +s,@TK_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t +s,@TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH@,$TK_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH,;t t +s,@TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_CC_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t +s,@TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS@,$TK_LD_SEARCH_FLAGS,;t t +s,@LIBOBJS@,$LIBOBJS,;t t +s,@LTLIBOBJS@,$LTLIBOBJS,;t t +CEOF + +_ACEOF + + cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF + # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with + # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. + ac_max_sed_lines=48 + ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file. + ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. + ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file. + ac_more_lines=: + ac_sed_cmds= + while $ac_more_lines; do + if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then + sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag + else + sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag + fi + if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then + ac_more_lines=false + else + # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to + # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there + # is no need to browse any of the substitutions). + # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above. + (echo ':t + /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed + if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed" + else + ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed" + fi + ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1` + ac_beg=$ac_end + ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines` + fi + done + if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds=cat fi +fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" - case "$ac_given_srcdir" in - .) srcdir=. - if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. - else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; - /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; - *) # Relative path. - srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" - top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case $ac_file in + - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin + cat >$tmp/stdin + ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; + *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;; + * ) ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;; esac + # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories. + ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null || +$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ + . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || +echo X"$ac_file" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } + s/.*/./; q'` + { if $as_mkdir_p; then + mkdir -p "$ac_dir" + else + as_dir="$ac_dir" + as_dirs= + while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do + as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs" + as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null || +$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ + X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \ + . : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null || +echo X"$as_dir" | + sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; } + /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; } + s/.*/./; q'` + done + test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs + fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; } - echo creating "$ac_file" - rm -f "$ac_file" - configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." - case "$ac_file" in - *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ -# $configure_input" ;; - *) ac_comsub= ;; - esac + ac_builddir=. - ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"` - sed -e "$ac_comsub -s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g -s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g -s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g -" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file -fi; done -rm -f conftest.s* +if test "$ac_dir" != .; then + ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'` + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'` +else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir= +fi -EOF -cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF +case $srcdir in + .) # No --srcdir option. We are building in place. + ac_srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then + ac_top_srcdir=. + else + ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'` + fi ;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute path. + ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; + ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; + *) # Relative path. + ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix + ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;; +esac -EOF -cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because +# the directories may not exist. +case `pwd` in +.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; +*) + case "$ac_dir" in + .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";; + *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";; + esac;; +esac +case $ac_abs_builddir in +.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; +*) + case ${ac_top_builddir}. in + .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;; + *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;; + esac;; +esac +case $ac_abs_builddir in +.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; +*) + case $ac_srcdir in + .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;; + *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;; + esac;; +esac +case $ac_abs_builddir in +.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; +*) + case $ac_top_srcdir in + .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;; + [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;; + *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;; + esac;; +esac -exit 0 -EOF + + + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5 +echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} + rm -f "$ac_file" + fi + # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't + # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: + # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ + if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then + configure_input= + else + configure_input="$ac_file. " + fi + configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in | + sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure." + + # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the + # src tree. + ac_file_inputs=`IFS=: + for f in $ac_file_in; do + case $f in + -) echo $tmp/stdin ;; + [\\/$]*) + # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:) + test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + echo "$f";; + *) # Relative + if test -f "$f"; then + # Build tree + echo "$f" + elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then + # Source tree + echo "$srcdir/$f" + else + # /dev/null tree + { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5 +echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;} + { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } + fi;; + esac + done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF + sed "$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +_ACEOF +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF +:t +/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b +s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t +s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t +s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t +s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t +s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t +s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t +s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t +s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t +s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t +" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out + rm -f $tmp/stdin + if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then + mv $tmp/out $ac_file + else + cat $tmp/out + rm -f $tmp/out + fi + +done +_ACEOF + +cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF + +{ (exit 0); exit 0; } +_ACEOF chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS -rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files -test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save + + +# configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. +# config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. +# Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open +# by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its +# output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, +# effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and +# appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we +# need to make the FD available again. +if test "$no_create" != yes; then + ac_cs_success=: + ac_config_status_args= + test "$silent" = yes && + ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" + exec 5>/dev/null + $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false + exec 5>>config.log + # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which + # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. + $ac_cs_success || { (exit 1); exit 1; } +fi diff --git a/win/configure.in b/win/configure.in index 5e73318..4154945 100644 --- a/win/configure.in +++ b/win/configure.in @@ -4,12 +4,17 @@ # to configure the system for the local environment. AC_INIT(../generic/tk.h) -AC_PREREQ(2.13) +AC_PREREQ(2.59) -TK_VERSION=8.4 +# The following define is needed when building with Cygwin since newer +# versions of autoconf incorrectly set SHELL to /bin/bash instead of +# /bin/sh. The bash shell seems to suffer from some strange failures. +SHELL=/bin/sh + +TK_VERSION=8.5 TK_MAJOR_VERSION=8 -TK_MINOR_VERSION=4 -TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".19" +TK_MINOR_VERSION=5 +TK_PATCH_LEVEL=".11" VER=$TK_MAJOR_VERSION$TK_MINOR_VERSION #------------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -36,35 +41,15 @@ if test "${CFLAGS+set}" != "set" ; then fi AC_PROG_CC +AC_C_INLINE +AC_HEADER_STDC -# To properly support cross-compilation, one would -# need to use these tool checks instead of -# the ones below and reconfigure with -# autoconf 2.50. You can also just set -# the CC, AR, RANLIB, and RC environment -# variables if you want to cross compile. -#AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar) -#AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib) -#AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres) - -if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then - AC_CHECK_PROG(AR, ar, ar) - AC_CHECK_PROG(RANLIB, ranlib, ranlib) - AC_CHECK_PROG(RC, windres, windres) - - if test "${AR}" = "" ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([Required archive tool 'ar' not found on PATH.]) - fi - if test "${RANLIB}" = "" ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([Required archive index tool 'ranlib' not found on PATH.]) - fi - if test "${RC}" = "" ; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([Required resource tool 'windres' not found on PATH.]) - fi -fi +AC_CHECK_TOOL(AR, ar) +AC_CHECK_TOOL(RANLIB, ranlib) +AC_CHECK_TOOL(RC, windres) #-------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Checks to see if the make progeam sets the $MAKE variable. +# Checks to see if the make program sets the $MAKE variable. #-------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_PROG_MAKE_SET @@ -115,15 +100,21 @@ AC_SUBST(MAN2TCLFLAGS) # Check for _strtoi64 #------------------------------------------- -if test "${MACHINE}" = "X86" ; then -AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_have_strtoi64, [ +AC_CACHE_CHECK([availability of _strtoi64], tcl_cv_strtoi64, [ AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>], [_strtoi64(0,0,0)], - tcl_have_strtoi64=yes, tcl_have_strtoi64=no)]) -if test $tcl_have_strtoi64 = no; then + tcl_cv_strtoi64=yes, tcl_cv_strtoi64=no)]) +if test $tcl_cv_strtoi64 = no; then AC_DEFINE(NO_STRTOI64, 1, [Is _strtoi64 function available?]) fi -fi + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Windows XP theme engine header for Ttk +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_CHECK_HEADER([uxtheme.h], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UXTHEME_H)], + [AC_MSG_NOTICE([xpnative theme will be unavailable])], + [#include <windows.h>]) #-------------------------------------------------------------------- # Set the default compiler switches based on the --enable-symbols @@ -209,12 +200,14 @@ else fi # The wish.exe.manifest requires these -# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format +# TK_WIN_VERSION is the 4 dotted pair Windows version format which needs +# the release level, and must account for interim release versioning case "$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" in - a*) TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.0.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d a`" ;; - b*) TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.1.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d b`" ;; - .*) TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.2$TK_PATCH_LEVEL" ;; + *a*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=0 ;; + *b*) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=1 ;; + *) TK_RELEASE_LEVEL=2 ;; esac +TK_WIN_VERSION="$TK_VERSION.$TK_RELEASE_LEVEL.`echo $TK_PATCH_LEVEL | tr -d ab.`" AC_SUBST(TK_WIN_VERSION) # X86|AMD64|IA64 for manifest AC_SUBST(MACHINE) @@ -236,11 +229,6 @@ AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION) AC_SUBST(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION) AC_SUBST(TCL_MINOR_VERSION) AC_SUBST(TCL_PATCH_LEVEL) -AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE) -AC_SUBST(TCL_DLL_FILE) -AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) -AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG) -AC_SUBST(TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC) AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR) AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR) AC_SUBST(TCL_DBGX) diff --git a/win/makefile.bc b/win/makefile.bc index b62b1a4..12fd5b8 100644 --- a/win/makefile.bc +++ b/win/makefile.bc @@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ TKTESTOBJS = \ $(TMPDIR)\tkTest.obj \ $(TMPDIR)\tkSquare.obj \ $(TMPDIR)\testMain.obj \ + $(TMPDIR)\tkOldTest.obj \ $(TMPDIR)\tkWinTest.obj \ $(TCLLIBDIR)\tclThreadTest.obj @@ -229,7 +230,7 @@ TKOBJS = \ # Maintenance hint: Please have multiple members of TKSTUBOBJS be separated # by exactly one ' ' (see below the rule for making TKSTUBLIB) -TKSTUBOBJS = $(TMPDIR)\tkStubLib.obj $(TMPDIR)\tkStubImg.obj +TKSTUBOBJS = $(TMPDIR)\tkStubLib.obj WINDIR = $(ROOT)\win GENERICDIR = $(ROOT)\generic @@ -239,9 +240,9 @@ TCLLIBDIR = $(TCLDIR)\win\$(OUTDIRNAME) RCDIR = $(WINDIR)\rc TK_INCLUDES = -I$(WINDIR) -I$(GENERICDIR) -I$(BITMAPDIR) -I$(XLIBDIR) \ - -I$(TCLDIR)\generic + -I$(TCLDIR)\generic -I$(TCLDIR)\win -TK_DEFINES = -D__WIN32__ $(DEBUGDEFINES) $(THREADDEFINES) +TK_DEFINES = -D__WIN32__ $(DEBUGDEFINES) $(THREADDEFINES) SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED ###################################################################### # Compile flags @@ -447,6 +448,9 @@ $(TMPDIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c $(TMPDIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $? +$(TMPDIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c + $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $? + $(TMPDIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -o$@ $? diff --git a/win/makefile.vc b/win/makefile.vc index 482cf13..2f60436 100644 --- a/win/makefile.vc +++ b/win/makefile.vc @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ # Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. # Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Ajuba Solutions. # Copyright (c) 2001-2005 ActiveState Corporation. -# Copyright (c) 2001-2002 David Gravereaux. +# Copyright (c) 2001-2004 David Gravereaux. #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ # Check to see we are configured to build with MSVC (MSDEVDIR, MSVCDIR or @@ -70,25 +70,32 @@ the build instructions. # Sets where to install Tcl from the built binaries. # C:\Progra~1\Tcl is assumed when not specified. # -# OPTS=static,msvcrt,linkexten,threads,symbols,profile,none +# OPTS=static,msvcrt,linkexten,threads,symbols,profile,unchecked,none # Sets special options for the core. The default is for none. # Any combination of the above may be used (comma separated). # 'none' will over-ride everything to nothing. # -# static = Builds a static library of the core instead of a +# static = Builds a static library of the core instead of a # dll. The shell will be static (and large), as well. -# msvcrt = Effects the static option only to switch it from +# msvcrt = Effects the static option only to switch it from # using libcmt(d) as the C runtime [by default] to # msvcrt(d). This is useful for static embedding # support. -# staticpkg = Affects the static option only to switch wishXX.exe +# staticpkg= Affects the static option only to switch wishXX.exe # to have the dde and reg extension linked inside it. -# threads = Turns on full multithreading support. -# thrdalloc = Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool). -# symbols = Adds symbols for step debugging. -# profile = Adds profiling hooks. Map file is assumed. -# loimpact = Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep memory -# in use, low. This is said to impact alloc performance. +# threads = Turns on full multithreading support. +# thrdalloc= Use the thread allocator (shared global free pool). +# symbols = Adds symbols for step debugging. +# profile = Adds profiling hooks. Map file is assumed. +# loimpact = Adds a flag for how NT treats the heap to keep +# memory in use, low. This is said to impact alloc +# performance. +# unchecked= Allows a symbols build to not use the debug +# enabled runtime (msvcrt.dll not msvcrtd.dll +# or libcmt.lib not libcmtd.lib). +# noxp = If you do not have the uxtheme.h header then you +# cannot include support for XP themeing. +# square = Include the demo square widget. # # STATS=memdbg,compdbg,none # Sets optional memory and bytecode compiler debugging code added @@ -99,6 +106,14 @@ the build instructions. # memdbg = Enables the debugging memory allocator. # compdbg = Enables byte compilation logging. # +# CHECKS=nodep,fullwarn,none +# Sets special macros for checking compatability. +# +# nodep = Turns off compatability macros to ensure Tk isn't +# being built with deprecated functions. +# fullwarn = Builds with full compiler and link warnings enabled. +# Very verbose. +# # MACHINE=(IX86|IA64|AMD64|ALPHA) # Set the machine type used for the compiler, linker, and # resource compiler. This hook is needed to tell the tools @@ -165,9 +180,26 @@ PROJECT = tk !message *** Tcl sources. !endif +# Extra makefile options processing... +!if "$(OPTS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "none"] +HAVE_UXTHEME_H = 1 +TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0 +!else +!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "noxp"] +!message *** Exclude support for XP theme +HAVE_UXTHEME_H = 0 +!else +HAVE_UXTHEME_H = 1 +!endif +!if [nmakehlp -f "$(OPTS)" "square"] +!message *** Include ttk square demo widget +TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 1 +!else +TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET = 0 +!endif +!endif + STUBPREFIX = $(PROJECT)stub -DOTVERSION = 8.4 -VERSION = $(DOTVERSION:.=) WISHNAMEPREFIX = wish BINROOT = . @@ -175,15 +207,15 @@ ROOT = .. TK_LIBRARY = $(ROOT)\library -TKIMPLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" -TKLIBNAME = $(PROJECT)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT) +TKIMPLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" +TKLIBNAME = $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).$(EXT) TKLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKLIBNAME)" -TKSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(VERSION).lib +TKSTUBLIBNAME = $(STUBPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION).lib TKSTUBLIB = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(TKSTUBLIBNAME)" -WISH = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" -WISHC = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" +WISH = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" +WISHC = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(WISHNAMEPREFIX)c$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" TKTEST = "$(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)test.exe" CAT32 = "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe" @@ -191,7 +223,7 @@ CAT32 = "$(OUT_DIR)\cat32.exe" LIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib BIN_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\bin DOC_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\doc -SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(DOTVERSION) +SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\$(PROJECT)$(TK_DOTVERSION) INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\include WISHOBJS = \ @@ -203,11 +235,11 @@ WISHOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\wish.res TKTESTOBJS = \ - $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj \ - $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj \ - $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj \ - $(TMP_DIR)\wish.res + $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj XLIBOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\xcolors.obj \ @@ -241,6 +273,7 @@ TKOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinRegion.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinScrlbr.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinSend.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinSendCom.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinWindow.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinWm.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinX.obj \ @@ -318,32 +351,73 @@ TKOBJS = \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubInit.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \ $(TMP_DIR)\tkWindow.obj \ + $(TTK_OBJS) \ !if !$(STATIC_BUILD) $(TMP_DIR)\tk.res !endif +TTK_OBJS = \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWinMonitor.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWinTheme.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWinXPTheme.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkBlink.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkButton.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkCache.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkClamTheme.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkClassicTheme.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkDefaultTheme.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkElements.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkEntry.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkFrame.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkImage.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkInit.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkLabel.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkLayout.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkManager.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkNotebook.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkPanedwindow.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkProgress.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkScale.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkScrollbar.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkScroll.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkSeparator.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkSquare.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkState.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTagSet.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTheme.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTrace.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTrack.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkTreeview.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkWidget.obj \ + $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubInit.obj + TKSTUBOBJS = \ - $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj \ - $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubImg.obj + $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj $(TMP_DIR)\ttkStubLib.obj WINDIR = $(ROOT)\win GENERICDIR = $(ROOT)\generic XLIBDIR = $(ROOT)\xlib +TTKDIR = $(ROOT)\generic\ttk BITMAPDIR = $(ROOT)\bitmaps DOCDIR = $(ROOT)\doc RCDIR = $(WINDIR)\rc -!if $(TCLINSTALL) -TCL_INCLUDES = -I "$(_TCLDIR)\include" -!else -TCL_INCLUDES = -I "$(_TCLDIR)\win" -I "$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -!endif TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(WINDIR)" -I"$(GENERICDIR)" -I"$(BITMAPDIR)" -I"$(XLIBDIR)" \ $(TCL_INCLUDES) -TK_DEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) +CONFIG_DEFS =-DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 \ + -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 \ + -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 \ + -DSUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED \ +!if $(HAVE_UXTHEME_H) + -DHAVE_UXTHEME_H=1 \ +!endif +!if $(TTK_SQUARE_WIDGET) + -DTTK_SQUARE_WIDGET=1 \ +!endif +TK_DEFINES =-DBUILD_ttk $(OPTDEFINES) $(CONFIG_DEFS) #--------------------------------------------------------------------- # Compile flags @@ -352,10 +426,14 @@ TK_DEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) !if !$(DEBUG) !if $(OPTIMIZING) ### This cranks the optimization level to maximize speed -cdebug = -O2 $(OPTIMIZATIONS) +### We can't use -O2 because sometimes it causes problems. +cdebug = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) !else cdebug = !endif +!if $(SYMBOLS) +cdebug = $(cdebug) -Zi +!endif !else if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" ### Warnings are too many, can't support warnings into errors. cdebug = -Zi -Od $(DEBUGFLAGS) @@ -364,26 +442,20 @@ cdebug = -Zi -WX $(DEBUGFLAGS) !endif ### Declarations common to all compiler options -cwarn = -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE +cwarn = $(WARNINGS) -D _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE -D _CRT_NONSTDC_NO_DEPRECATE cflags = -nologo -c $(COMPILERFLAGS) $(cwarn) -Fp$(TMP_DIR)^\ -!if $(FULLWARNINGS) -cflags = $(cflags) -W4 -!else -cflags = $(cflags) -W3 -!endif - !if $(MSVCRT) -!if "$(DBGX)" == "" -crt = -MD -!else +!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED) crt = -MDd -!endif !else -!if "$(DBGX)" == "" -crt = -MT +crt = -MD +!endif !else +!if $(DEBUG) && !$(UNCHECKED) crt = -MTd +!else +crt = -MT !endif !endif @@ -391,6 +463,7 @@ BASE_CFLAGS = $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) $(TK_INCLUDES) TK_CFLAGS = $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) -DUSE_TCL_STUBS CON_CFLAGS = $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(crt) -DCONSOLE WISH_CFLAGS = $(BASE_CFLAGS) $(TK_DEFINES) +STUB_CFLAGS = $(cflags) $(cdebug) $(TK_DEFINES) #--------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -406,10 +479,6 @@ ldebug = -release -opt:ref -opt:icf,3 ### Declarations common to all linker options lflags = -nologo -machine:$(MACHINE) $(LINKERFLAGS) $(ldebug) -!if $(FULLWARNINGS) -lflags = $(lflags) -warn:3 -!endif - !if $(PROFILE) lflags = $(lflags) -profile !endif @@ -430,13 +499,15 @@ dlllflags = $(lflags) -dll conlflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:console guilflags = $(lflags) -subsystem:windows -baselibs = kernel32.lib advapi32.lib user32.lib +baselibs = kernel32.lib user32.lib # Avoid 'unresolved external symbol __security_cookie' errors. # c.f. http://support.microsoft.com/?id=894573 !if "$(MACHINE)" == "IA64" || "$(MACHINE)" == "AMD64" +!if $(VCVERSION) > 1399 && $(VCVERSION) < 1500 baselibs = $(baselibs) bufferoverflowU.lib !endif -guilibs = $(baselibs) shell32.lib gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib winspool.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib +!endif +guilibs = $(baselibs) gdi32.lib #--------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -444,7 +515,7 @@ guilibs = $(baselibs) shell32.lib gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib winspool.lib imm32.li #--------------------------------------------------------------------- !if "$(TESTPAT)" != "" -TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT) +TESTFLAGS = $(TESTFLAGS) -file $(TESTPAT) !endif @@ -460,40 +531,84 @@ install: install-binaries install-libraries install-docs tktest: setup $(TKTEST) $(CAT32) -test: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32) - set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) - set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY) +test: test-classic test-ttk + +test-classic: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32) + @set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TCLLIBPATH= !if $(TCLINSTALL) - set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) !else - set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) !endif !if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT" || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE" $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32) !else - $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) > tests.log - type tests.log | more + $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT)/tests/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32) +!endif + +test-ttk: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32) + @set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TCLLIBPATH= +!if $(TCLINSTALL) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) +!else + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) +!endif +!if "$(OS)" == "Windows_NT" || "$(MSVCDIR)" == "IDE" + $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32) +!else + $(TKTEST) "$(ROOT)/tests/ttk/all.tcl" $(TESTFLAGS) | $(CAT32) !endif runtest: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32) - set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) - set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY) + @set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TCLLIBPATH= !if $(TCLINSTALL) - set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) !else - set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) !endif $(TKTEST) rundemo: setup $(TKTEST) $(TKLIB) $(CAT32) - set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) + @set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TCLLIBPATH= !if $(TCLINSTALL) - set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) !else - set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) !endif $(TKTEST) $(ROOT)\library\demos\widget +shell: setup $(WISH) + @set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TCLLIBPATH= +!if $(TCLINSTALL) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) +!else + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) +!endif + $(WISH) << + console show +<< + +dbgshell: setup $(WISH) + @set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TK_LIBRARY=$(TK_LIBRARY:\=/) + @set TCLLIBPATH= +!if $(TCLINSTALL) + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\bin;$(PATH) +!else + @set PATH=$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP);$(PATH) +!endif + windbg $(WISH) + setup: @if not exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul mkdir $(OUT_DIR) @if not exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul mkdir $(TMP_DIR) @@ -522,77 +637,37 @@ $(TKSTUBLIB): $(TKSTUBOBJS) $(WISH): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKIMPLIB) - $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $** + $(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $** $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) + $(WISHC): $(WISHOBJS) $(TKIMPLIB) - $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $** + $(link32) $(conlflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $** $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) + $(TKTEST): $(TKTESTOBJS) $(TKIMPLIB) - $(link32) $(guilflags) -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $** + $(link32) $(guilflags) -stack:2300000 -out:$@ $(guilibs) $(TCLIMPLIB) $** $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) + $(CAT32): $(_TCLDIR)\win\cat.c $(cc32) $(CON_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ $? $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(TMP_DIR)\cat.obj $(baselibs) $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) -install-binaries: - @echo installing binaries in "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)" - @$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\" -!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB) - @$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\" -!endif - @$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\" - @$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\" -!if !$(STATIC_BUILD) - @-del "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl" - @echo if {[package vcompare [package provide Tcl] $(TCL_DOTVERSION)] != 0} { return } > "$(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl" - @echo package ifneeded Tk $(DOTVERSION) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk] >>"$(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl" - @$(CPY) "$(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\" -!endif - -install-libraries: - @echo installing headers in "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)" - @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" - @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" - @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" - @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" - @$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\" - @echo installing library files in "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)" - @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\" - @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\" - @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\" - @echo installing demo files in "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos" - @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\" - @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images\" - #--------------------------------------------------------------------- # Regenerate the stubs files. #--------------------------------------------------------------------- genstubs: - set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) - $(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \ - $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls - - -#--------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Generate the makefile depedancies. -#--------------------------------------------------------------------- - -depend: !if !exist($(TCLSH)) @echo Build tclsh first! !else set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) - $(TCLSH) $(TOOLSDIR:\=/)/mkdepend.tcl -vc32 -out:"$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk" \ - -passthru:"-DBUILD_tcl $(TK_INCLUDES:"="")" $(GENERICDIR) \ - $(COMPATDIR) $(WINDIR) @<< -$(TKOBJS) -<< + $(TCLSH) $(_TCLDIR)\tools\genStubs.tcl $(GENERICDIR) \ + $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT).decls $(GENERICDIR)\$(PROJECT)Int.decls !endif @@ -600,7 +675,7 @@ $(TKOBJS) # Regenerate the windows help files. #--------------------------------------------------------------------- -HLPBASE = $(PROJECT)$(VERSION) +HLPBASE = $(PROJECT)$(TK_VERSION) HELPFILE = $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).hlp HELPCNT = $(OUT_DIR)\$(HLPBASE).cnt DOCTMP_DIR = $(OUT_DIR)\$(PROJECT)_docs @@ -621,7 +696,7 @@ $(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@F) $(CPY) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@F) $(@D) $(BMP): - $(CPY) $(WINDIR)\$(@F) $(@D) + $(CPY) $(WINDIR)\rc\$(@F) $(@D) $(HELPFILE): $(HELPRTF) $(BMP) cd $(DOCTMP_DIR) @@ -652,10 +727,12 @@ CreateButton(4, "FAQ", ExecFile("http://www.purl.org/NET/Tcl-FAQ/")) $(CPY) "$(DOCTMP_DIR)\$(@B).cnt" "$(OUT_DIR)" $(MAN2TCL): $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$$(@B).c - $(cc32) -nologo -G4 -ML -O2 -Fo$(@D)\ $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@B).c -link -out:$@ + $(cc32) $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(@D)\ $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\$(@B).c + $(link32) $(conlflags) -out:$@ -stack:16384 $(@D)\man2tcl.obj + $(_VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE) $(HELPRTF): $(MAN2TCL) $(MAN2HELP) $(MAN2HELP2) $(INDEX) - $(TCLSH) $(MAN2HELP) -bitmap $(BMP_NOPATH) $(PROJECT) $(VERSION) $(DOCDIR:\=/) + $(TCLSH) $(MAN2HELP) -bitmap $(BMP_NOPATH) $(PROJECT) $(TK_VERSION) $(DOCDIR:\=/) install-docs: !if exist($(HELPFILE)) @@ -663,25 +740,25 @@ install-docs: $(CPY) "$(HELPCNT)" "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\" $(TCLSH) << puts "Installing $(PROJECT)'s helpfile contents into Tcl's ..." -set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(VERSION).cnt" r] +set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" r] while {![eof $$f]} { if {[regexp {:Include $(PROJECT)([0-9]{2}).cnt} [gets $$f] dummy ver]} { - if {$$ver == $(VERSION)} { + if {$$ver == $(TK_VERSION)} { puts "Already installed." exit } else { # do something here logical to remove (or replace) it. - puts "$$ver != $(VERSION), unfinished code path, die, die!" + puts "$$ver != $(TK_VERSION), unfinished code path, die, die!" exit 1 } } } close $$f -set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(VERSION).cnt" a] +set f [open "$(DOC_INSTALL_DIR:\=/)/tcl$(TK_VERSION).cnt" a] puts $$f {:Include $(HLPBASE).cnt} close $$f << - start /wait winhlp32 -g $(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\tcl$(VERSION).hlp + start /wait winhlp32 -g $(DOC_INSTALL_DIR)\tcl$(TK_VERSION).hlp !endif #--------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -689,15 +766,16 @@ close $$f #--------------------------------------------------------------------- $(TMP_DIR)\testMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c -!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) - $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES -Fo$@ $? -!else - $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST -Fo$@ $? -!endif + $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTK_TEST \ + -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ + -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\tkTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkTest.c $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $? +$(TMP_DIR)\tkOldTest.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkOldTest.c + $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $? + $(TMP_DIR)\tkWinTest.obj: $(WINDIR)\tkWinTest.c $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $? @@ -705,87 +783,51 @@ $(TMP_DIR)\tkSquare.obj: $(GENERICDIR)\tkSquare.c $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $? $(TMP_DIR)\winMain.obj: $(WINDIR)\winMain.c -!if $(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) - $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES -Fo$@ $? -!else - $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) -Fo$@ $? -!endif + $(cc32) $(WISH_CFLAGS) \ + -DTCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES=$(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) \ + -Fo$@ $? # The following objects are part of the stub library and should not # be built as DLL objects but none of the symbols should be exported # and no reference made to a C runtime. $(TMP_DIR)\tkStubLib.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubLib.c - $(cc32) $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(TK_INCLUDES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD -Fo$@ $? + $(cc32) $(STUB_CFLAGS) $(TK_INCLUDES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD -Fo$@ $? -$(TMP_DIR)\tkStubImg.obj : $(GENERICDIR)\tkStubImg.c - $(cc32) $(cdebug) $(cflags) $(TK_INCLUDES) -Zl -DSTATIC_BUILD -Fo$@ $? +$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in + @nmakehlp -s << $** >$@ +@MACHINE@ $(MACHINE:IX86=X86) +@TK_WIN_VERSION@ $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION).0.0 +<< #--------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Dedependency rules +# Generate the makefile depedancies. #--------------------------------------------------------------------- -$(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest: $(WINDIR)\wish.exe.manifest.in -!if ![sed "1d" < NUL > NUL] - sed -f << $** > $@ -s/@MACHINE@/$(MACHINE:IX86=X86)/ -s/@TK_WIN_VERSION@/$(DOTVERSION).0.0/ -<< +depend: +!if !exist($(TCLSH)) + @echo Build tclsh first! !else - $(TCLSH) << -set f [open {$(WINDIR:\=/)/wish.exe.manifest.in} r] -set data [read $$f] -close $$f -set mach {$(MACHINE)} -if {[regexp -nocase {$(IX86)$$} $mach ]} {set mach X86} -set winver "$(DOTVERSION).0.0" -set data [string map [list @MACHINE@ $$mach @TK_WIN_VERSION@ $$winver] $$data] -puts {Creating $(TMP_DIR:\=/)/wish.exe.manifest} -set f [open {$(TMP_DIR:\=/)/wish.exe.manifest} w] -puts -nonewline $$f $$data -close $$f -exit + set TCL_LIBRARY=$(TCL_LIBRARY) + $(TCLSH) $(TCLTOOLSDIR)\mkdepend.tcl -vc32 -out:"$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk" \ + -passthru:"-DBUILD_tk $(TK_INCLUDES)" $(GENERICDIR),$$(GENERICDIR) \ + $(WINDIR),$$(WINDIR) $(TTKDIR),$$(TTKDIR) $(XLIBDIR),$$(XLIBDIR) \ + $(BITMAPDIR),$$(BITMAPDIR) @<< +$(TKOBJS) << !endif + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Dedependency rules +#--------------------------------------------------------------------- + $(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: \ $(RCDIR)\buttons.bmp \ $(RCDIR)\cursor*.cur \ $(RCDIR)\tk.ico -$(GENERICDIR)/default.h: $(WINDIR)/tkWinDefault.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkButton.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkCanvas.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkEntry.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkFrame.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkListbox.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenubutton.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkMessage.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkPanedWindow.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkScale.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkScrollbar.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkText.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextIndex.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextTag.c: $(GENERICDIR)/default.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkUndo.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkUndo.h - -$(GENERICDIR)/tkText.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextBTree.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextDisp.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextDisp.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextImage.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextIndex.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextMark.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextTag.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkTextWind.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkText.h - -$(GENERICDIR)/tkMacWinMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h -$(GENERICDIR)/tkMenuDraw.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h -$(WINDIR)/tkWinMenu.c: $(GENERICDIR)/tkMenu.h - !if exist("$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk") !include "$(OUT_DIR)\depend.mk" !message *** Dependency rules in effect. @@ -810,6 +852,11 @@ $< $< << +{$(TTKDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj:: + $(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<< +$< +<< + {$(WINDIR)}.c{$(TMP_DIR)}.obj:: $(cc32) -DBUILD_tk $(TK_CFLAGS) -Fo$(TMP_DIR)\ @<< $< @@ -820,40 +867,98 @@ $< $< << -!if $(DEBUG) -RCDEBUG = -d DEBUG -!else -RCDEBUG = -!endif -!if $(TCL_THREADS) -RCTHREADS = -d TCL_THREADS -!else -RCTHREADS = -!endif -!if $(STATIC_BUILD) -RCSTATIC = -d STATIC_BUILD -!else -RCSTATIC = -!endif - {$(RCDIR)}.rc{$(TMP_DIR)}.res: $(rc32) -fo $@ -r -i "$(GENERICDIR)" -i "$(TMP_DIR)" $(TCL_INCLUDES) \ - $(RCDEBUG) $(RCTHREADS) $(RCSTATIC) \ - $< + -d DEBUG=$(DEBUG) -d UNCHECKED=$(UNCHECKED) \ + -d TCL_THREADS=$(TCL_THREADS) \ + -d STATIC_BUILD=$(STATIC_BUILD) \ + $< $(TMP_DIR)\tk.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest $(TMP_DIR)\wish.res: $(TMP_DIR)\wish.exe.manifest +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES:.c .rc + + #--------------------------------------------------------------------- -# Clean up +# Installation. #--------------------------------------------------------------------- -clean: - -@$(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR) +install-binaries: + @echo installing binaries + @$(CPY) "$(WISH)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\" +!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB) + @$(CPY) "$(TKLIB)" "$(BIN_INSTALL_DIR)\" +!endif + @$(CPY) "$(TKIMPLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\" + @$(CPY) "$(TKSTUBLIB)" "$(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)\" +!if !$(STATIC_BUILD) + @echo creating package index + @type << > $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl +if {[catch {package present Tcl 8.5.0}]} { return } +package ifneeded Tk $(TK_PATCH_LEVEL) [list load [file join $$dir .. .. bin $(TKLIBNAME)] Tk] +<< + @$(CPY) $(OUT_DIR)\pkgIndex.tcl "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\" +!endif -hose: clean - -@$(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR) +#" +install-libraries: + @echo installing Tk headers + @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tk.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" + @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" + @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkPlatDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" + @$(CPY) "$(GENERICDIR)\tkIntXlibDecls.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\" + @$(CPY) "$(XLIBDIR)\X11\*.h" "$(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR)\X11\" + @echo installing script library + @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\" + @echo installing theme library + @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\ttk\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\ttk\" + @echo installing demos + @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\" + @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\demos\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\demos\images\" + @echo installing images + @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\images\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\images\" + @echo installing language files + @$(CPY) "$(ROOT)\library\msgs\*" "$(SCRIPT_INSTALL_DIR)\msgs\" -.SUFFIXES: -.SUFFIXES:.c .rc +#" + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Clean up +#--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +tidy: +!if $(TKLIB) != $(TKIMPLIB) + @echo Removing $(TKLIB) ... + @if exist $(TKLIB) del $(TKLIB) +!endif + @echo Removing $(TKIMPLIB) ... + @if exist $(TKIMPLIB) del $(TKIMPLIB) + @echo Removing $(WISH) ... + @if exist $(WISH) del $(WISH) + @echo Removing $(TKTEST) ... + @if exist $(TKTEST) del $(TKTEST) + @echo Removing $(TKSTUBLIB) ... + @if exist $(TKSTUBLIB) del $(TKSTUBLIB) + +clean: + @echo Cleaning $(TMP_DIR)\* ... + @if exist $(TMP_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(TMP_DIR) + @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj ... + @if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.obj + @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe ... + @if exist $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe del $(WINDIR)\nmakehlp.exe + @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch ... + @if exist $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch del $(WINDIR)\_junk.pch + @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.x ... + @if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.x del $(WINDIR)\vercl.x + @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\vercl.i ... + @if exist $(WINDIR)\vercl.i del $(WINDIR)\vercl.i + @echo Cleaning $(WINDIR)\versions.vc ... + @if exist $(WINDIR)\versions.vc del $(WINDIR)\versions.vc + +hose: + @echo Hosing $(OUT_DIR)\* ... + @if exist $(OUT_DIR)\nul $(RMDIR) $(OUT_DIR) diff --git a/win/nmakehlp.c b/win/nmakehlp.c index 4657c81..f1b5f34 100644 --- a/win/nmakehlp.c +++ b/win/nmakehlp.c @@ -5,9 +5,10 @@ * This is used to fix limitations within nmake and the environment. * * Copyright (c) 2002 by David Gravereaux. + * Copyright (c) 2006 by Pat Thoyts * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -17,9 +18,15 @@ #pragma comment (lib, "kernel32.lib") #include <stdio.h> #include <math.h> + +/* + * This library is required for x64 builds with _some_ versions + */ #if defined(_M_IA64) || defined(_M_AMD64) +#if _MSC_FULL_VER > 140000000 && _MSC_FULL_VER <= 140040310 #pragma comment(lib, "bufferoverflowU") #endif +#endif /* ISO hack for dumb VC++ */ #ifdef _MSC_VER @@ -34,6 +41,8 @@ int CheckForCompilerFeature(const char *option); int CheckForLinkerFeature(const char *option); int IsIn(const char *string, const char *substring); int GrepForDefine(const char *file, const char *string); +int SubstituteFile(const char *substs, const char *filename); +const char * GetVersionFromFile(const char *filename, const char *match); DWORD WINAPI ReadFromPipe(LPVOID args); /* globals */ @@ -128,10 +137,35 @@ main( return 2; } return GrepForDefine(argv[2], argv[3]); + case 's': + if (argc == 2) { + chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1, + "usage: %s -s <substitutions file> <file>\n" + "Perform a set of string map type substutitions on a file\n" + "exitcodes: 0\n", + argv[0]); + WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, + &dwWritten, NULL); + return 2; + } + return SubstituteFile(argv[2], argv[3]); + case 'V': + if (argc != 4) { + chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1, + "usage: %s -V filename matchstring\n" + "Extract a version from a file:\n" + "eg: pkgIndex.tcl \"package ifneeded http\"", + argv[0]); + WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, chars, + &dwWritten, NULL); + return 0; + } + printf("%s\n", GetVersionFromFile(argv[2], argv[3])); + return 0; } } chars = snprintf(msg, sizeof(msg) - 1, - "usage: %s -c|-l|-f ...\n" + "usage: %s -c|-l|-f|-g|-V ...\n" "This is a little helper app to equalize shell differences between WinNT and\n" "Win9x and get nmake.exe to accomplish its job.\n", argv[0]); @@ -190,7 +224,7 @@ CheckForCompilerFeature( * Base command line. */ - lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X "); + lstrcpy(cmdline, "cl.exe -nologo -c -TC -Zs -X -Fp.\\_junk.pch "); /* * Append our option for testing @@ -224,7 +258,7 @@ CheckForCompilerFeature( FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS| FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars], (300-chars), 0); - WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL); + WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg,lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL); return 2; } @@ -268,7 +302,9 @@ CheckForCompilerFeature( return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "D4002") != NULL || strstr(Err.buffer, "D4002") != NULL || strstr(Out.buffer, "D9002") != NULL - || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL); + || strstr(Err.buffer, "D9002") != NULL + || strstr(Out.buffer, "D2021") != NULL + || strstr(Err.buffer, "D2021") != NULL); } int @@ -350,7 +386,7 @@ CheckForLinkerFeature( FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM|FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS| FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK, 0L, err, 0, (LPVOID)&msg[chars], (300-chars), 0); - WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg, lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL); + WriteFile(GetStdHandle(STD_ERROR_HANDLE), msg,lstrlen(msg), &err,NULL); return 2; } @@ -391,9 +427,9 @@ CheckForLinkerFeature( */ return !(strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL || - strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL || - strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL || - strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL); + strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK1117") != NULL || + strstr(Out.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL || + strstr(Err.buffer, "LNK4044") != NULL); } DWORD WINAPI @@ -440,18 +476,16 @@ GrepForDefine( const char *file, const char *string) { - FILE *f; char s1[51], s2[51], s3[51]; - int r = 0; - double d1; + FILE *f = fopen(file, "rt"); - f = fopen(file, "rt"); if (f == NULL) { return 0; } do { - r = fscanf(f, "%50s", s1); + int r = fscanf(f, "%50s", s1); + if (r == 1 && !strcmp(s1, "#define")) { /* * Get next two words. @@ -467,6 +501,8 @@ GrepForDefine( */ if (!strcmp(s2, string)) { + double d1; + fclose(f); /* @@ -485,3 +521,203 @@ GrepForDefine( fclose(f); return 0; } + +/* + * GetVersionFromFile -- + * Looks for a match string in a file and then returns the version + * following the match where a version is anything acceptable to + * package provide or package ifneeded. + */ + +const char * +GetVersionFromFile( + const char *filename, + const char *match) +{ + size_t cbBuffer = 100; + static char szBuffer[100]; + char *szResult = NULL; + FILE *fp = fopen(filename, "rt"); + + if (fp != NULL) { + /* + * Read data until we see our match string. + */ + + while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) { + LPSTR p, q; + + p = strstr(szBuffer, match); + if (p != NULL) { + /* + * Skip to first digit. + */ + + while (*p && !isdigit(*p)) { + ++p; + } + + /* + * Find ending whitespace. + */ + + q = p; + while (*q && (isalnum(*q) || *q == '.')) { + ++q; + } + + memcpy(szBuffer, p, q - p); + szBuffer[q-p] = 0; + szResult = szBuffer; + break; + } + } + fclose(fp); + } + return szResult; +} + +/* + * List helpers for the SubstituteFile function + */ + +typedef struct list_item_t { + struct list_item_t *nextPtr; + char * key; + char * value; +} list_item_t; + +/* insert a list item into the list (list may be null) */ +static list_item_t * +list_insert(list_item_t **listPtrPtr, const char *key, const char *value) +{ + list_item_t *itemPtr = malloc(sizeof(list_item_t)); + if (itemPtr) { + itemPtr->key = strdup(key); + itemPtr->value = strdup(value); + itemPtr->nextPtr = NULL; + + while(*listPtrPtr) { + listPtrPtr = &(*listPtrPtr)->nextPtr; + } + *listPtrPtr = itemPtr; + } + return itemPtr; +} + +static void +list_free(list_item_t **listPtrPtr) +{ + list_item_t *tmpPtr, *listPtr = *listPtrPtr; + while (listPtr) { + tmpPtr = listPtr; + listPtr = listPtr->nextPtr; + free(tmpPtr->key); + free(tmpPtr->value); + free(tmpPtr); + } +} + +/* + * SubstituteFile -- + * As windows doesn't provide anything useful like sed and it's unreliable + * to use the tclsh you are building against (consider x-platform builds - + * eg compiling AMD64 target from IX86) we provide a simple substitution + * option here to handle autoconf style substitutions. + * The substitution file is whitespace and line delimited. The file should + * consist of lines matching the regular expression: + * \s*\S+\s+\S*$ + * + * Usage is something like: + * nmakehlp -S << $** > $@ + * @PACKAGE_NAME@ $(PACKAGE_NAME) + * @PACKAGE_VERSION@ $(PACKAGE_VERSION) + * << + */ + +int +SubstituteFile( + const char *substitutions, + const char *filename) +{ + size_t cbBuffer = 1024; + static char szBuffer[1024], szCopy[1024]; + char *szResult = NULL; + list_item_t *substPtr = NULL; + FILE *fp, *sp; + + fp = fopen(filename, "rt"); + if (fp != NULL) { + + /* + * Build a list of substutitions from the first filename + */ + + sp = fopen(substitutions, "rt"); + if (sp != NULL) { + while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, sp) != NULL) { + char *ks, *ke, *vs, *ve; + ks = szBuffer; + while (ks && *ks && isspace(*ks)) ++ks; + ke = ks; + while (ke && *ke && !isspace(*ke)) ++ke; + vs = ke; + while (vs && *vs && isspace(*vs)) ++vs; + ve = vs; + while (ve && *ve && !(*ve == '\r' || *ve == '\n')) ++ve; + *ke = 0, *ve = 0; + list_insert(&substPtr, ks, vs); + } + fclose(sp); + } + + /* debug: dump the list */ +#ifdef _DEBUG + { + int n = 0; + list_item_t *p = NULL; + for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr, ++n) { + fprintf(stderr, "% 3d '%s' => '%s'\n", n, p->key, p->value); + } + } +#endif + + /* + * Run the substitutions over each line of the input + */ + + while (fgets(szBuffer, cbBuffer, fp) != NULL) { + list_item_t *p = NULL; + for (p = substPtr; p != NULL; p = p->nextPtr) { + char *m = strstr(szBuffer, p->key); + if (m) { + char *cp, *op, *sp; + cp = szCopy; + op = szBuffer; + while (op != m) *cp++ = *op++; + sp = p->value; + while (sp && *sp) *cp++ = *sp++; + op += strlen(p->key); + while (*op) *cp++ = *op++; + *cp = 0; + memcpy(szBuffer, szCopy, sizeof(szCopy)); + } + } + printf(szBuffer); + } + + list_free(&substPtr); + } + fclose(fp); + return 0; +} + +/* + * Local variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * indent-tabs-mode: t + * tab-width: 8 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/rc/cursor00.cur b/win/rc/cursor00.cur Binary files differindex 337e6d4..0c58bfe 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor00.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor00.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor02.cur b/win/rc/cursor02.cur Binary files differindex fbc4774..46f0f11 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor02.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor02.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor04.cur b/win/rc/cursor04.cur Binary files differindex 9634c42..1b3028d 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor04.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor04.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor06.cur b/win/rc/cursor06.cur Binary files differindex f7188b2..bb06edf 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor06.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor06.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor0a.cur b/win/rc/cursor0a.cur Binary files differindex 3f8ef45..6bffda5 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor0a.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor0a.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor0c.cur b/win/rc/cursor0c.cur Binary files differindex 1014edd..a991da6 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor0c.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor0c.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor0e.cur b/win/rc/cursor0e.cur Binary files differindex 964058d..6e0434d 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor0e.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor0e.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor12.cur b/win/rc/cursor12.cur Binary files differindex 920c936..0d0d667 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor12.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor12.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor1e.cur b/win/rc/cursor1e.cur Binary files differindex 49fa7f7..3272db1 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor1e.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor1e.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor20.cur b/win/rc/cursor20.cur Binary files differindex cf177a1..48080be 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor20.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor20.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor2a.cur b/win/rc/cursor2a.cur Binary files differindex 8dca432..5e75f16 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor2a.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor2a.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor3a.cur b/win/rc/cursor3a.cur Binary files differindex 8176d1d..e3eda81 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor3a.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor3a.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor46.cur b/win/rc/cursor46.cur Binary files differindex 3e97094..4f969d1 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor46.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor46.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor48.cur b/win/rc/cursor48.cur Binary files differindex 2a56897..97e499a 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor48.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor48.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor4c.cur b/win/rc/cursor4c.cur Binary files differindex 0407d77..3512a51 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor4c.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor4c.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor4e.cur b/win/rc/cursor4e.cur Binary files differindex a58e3db..28992c4 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor4e.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor4e.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor60.cur b/win/rc/cursor60.cur Binary files differindex 847969d..dc61469 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor60.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor60.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor62.cur b/win/rc/cursor62.cur Binary files differindex 36404a5..ff7c009 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor62.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor62.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor66.cur b/win/rc/cursor66.cur Binary files differindex 81d53b4..269f772 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor66.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor66.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor6c.cur b/win/rc/cursor6c.cur Binary files differindex 1e8d6d8..d8fb0f1 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor6c.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor6c.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor72.cur b/win/rc/cursor72.cur Binary files differindex 4994c6e..471bcf0 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor72.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor72.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor74.cur b/win/rc/cursor74.cur Binary files differindex d5e4361..176d2b0 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor74.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor74.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor86.cur b/win/rc/cursor86.cur Binary files differindex 2d38c03..52cb5c3 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor86.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor86.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor88.cur b/win/rc/cursor88.cur Binary files differindex 62b8061..fdba0d63 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor88.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor88.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor8a.cur b/win/rc/cursor8a.cur Binary files differindex 6c5358d..369e71f 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor8a.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor8a.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor8c.cur b/win/rc/cursor8c.cur Binary files differindex 103010b..811a0c3 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor8c.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor8c.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor90.cur b/win/rc/cursor90.cur Binary files differindex 08731f8..3c655d5 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor90.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor90.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor94.cur b/win/rc/cursor94.cur Binary files differindex 7777d53..16e6b61 100644 --- a/win/rc/cursor94.cur +++ b/win/rc/cursor94.cur diff --git a/win/rc/cursor9a.cur b/win/rc/cursor9a.cur Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..048f06b --- /dev/null +++ b/win/rc/cursor9a.cur diff --git a/win/lamp.bmp b/win/rc/lamp.bmp Binary files differindex 834c0f9..834c0f9 100644 --- a/win/lamp.bmp +++ b/win/rc/lamp.bmp diff --git a/win/rc/tk.rc b/win/rc/tk.rc index 3c023cf..6a74be3 100644 --- a/win/rc/tk.rc +++ b/win/rc/tk.rc @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // -#ifdef TCL_THREADS +#if TCL_THREADS #define SUFFIX_THREADS "t" #else #define SUFFIX_THREADS "" #endif -#ifdef DEBUG -#define SUFFIX_DEBUG "d" +#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED +#define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ BEGIN BLOCK "040904b0" BEGIN VALUE "FileDescription", "Tk DLL\0" - VALUE "OriginalFilename", "tk" STRINGIFY(JOIN(TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION)) SUFFIX ".dll\0" + VALUE "OriginalFilename", "tk" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".dll\0" VALUE "CompanyName", "ActiveState Corporation\0" VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 2001 by ActiveState Corporation, et al\0" diff --git a/win/rc/tk_base.rc b/win/rc/tk_base.rc index 67d6807..3e065c9 100644 --- a/win/rc/tk_base.rc +++ b/win/rc/tk_base.rc @@ -136,3 +136,5 @@ umbrella CURSOR DISCARDABLE "cursor92.cur" ur_angle CURSOR DISCARDABLE "cursor94.cur" watch CURSOR DISCARDABLE "cursor96.cur" xterm CURSOR DISCARDABLE "cursor98.cur" +none CURSOR DISCARDABLE "cursor9a.cur" + diff --git a/win/rc/wish.rc b/win/rc/wish.rc index 533a97e..5cc2fa4 100644 --- a/win/rc/wish.rc +++ b/win/rc/wish.rc @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ // // build-up the name suffix that defines the type of build this is. // -#ifdef TCL_THREADS +#if TCL_THREADS #define SUFFIX_THREADS "t" #else #define SUFFIX_THREADS "" #endif -#ifdef STATIC_BUILD +#if STATIC_BUILD #define SUFFIX_STATIC "s" #else #define SUFFIX_STATIC "" #endif -#ifdef DEBUG -#define SUFFIX_DEBUG "d" +#if DEBUG && !UNCHECKED +#define SUFFIX_DEBUG "g" #else #define SUFFIX_DEBUG "" #endif @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ BEGIN BLOCK "040904b0" BEGIN VALUE "FileDescription", "Wish Application\0" - VALUE "OriginalFilename", "wish" STRINGIFY(JOIN(TK_MAJOR_VERSION,TK_MINOR_VERSION)) SUFFIX ".exe\0" + VALUE "OriginalFilename", "wish" STRINGIFY(TK_MAJOR_VERSION) STRINGIFY(TK_MINOR_VERSION) SUFFIX ".exe\0" VALUE "CompanyName", "ActiveState Corporation\0" VALUE "FileVersion", TK_PATCH_LEVEL VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 2000 by ActiveState Corporation, et al\0" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ END app ICON DISCARDABLE "wish.ico" -#ifdef STATIC_BUILD +#if STATIC_BUILD #include "tk_base.rc" #endif diff --git a/win/rules.vc b/win/rules.vc index 69f9fc8..20c967a 100644 --- a/win/rules.vc +++ b/win/rules.vc @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ # # See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution # of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. -# +# # Copyright (c) 2001-2003 David Gravereaux. -# Copyright (c) 2003-2006 Patrick Thoyts +# Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Patrick Thoyts #------------------------------------------------------------------------------ !ifndef _RULES_VC @@ -135,12 +135,8 @@ OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Oi OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -Op !endif -!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:precise] -OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:precise -!endif - -!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:except] -OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:except +!if [nmakehlp -c -fp:strict] +OPTIMIZATIONS = $(OPTIMIZATIONS) -fp:strict !endif !if [nmakehlp -c -Gs] @@ -219,6 +215,7 @@ LINKERFLAGS =-ltcg STATIC_BUILD = 0 TCL_THREADS = 0 DEBUG = 0 +SYMBOLS = 0 PROFILE = 0 MSVCRT = 0 LOIMPACT = 0 @@ -256,6 +253,12 @@ DEBUG = 1 !else DEBUG = 0 !endif +!if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "pdbs"] +!message *** Doing pdbs +SYMBOLS = 1 +!else +SYMBOLS = 0 +!endif !if [nmakehlp -f $(OPTS) "profile"] !message *** Doing profile PROFILE = 1 @@ -311,11 +314,8 @@ SUFX = tsgx !if $(DEBUG) BUILDDIRTOP = Debug -DBGX = g !else BUILDDIRTOP = Release -DBGX = -SUFX = $(SUFX:g=) !endif !if "$(MACHINE)" != "IX86" @@ -325,6 +325,10 @@ BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_$(MACHINE) BUILDDIRTOP =$(BUILDDIRTOP)_VC$(VCVER) !endif +!if !$(DEBUG) || $(DEBUG) && $(UNCHECKED) +SUFX = $(SUFX:g=) +!endif + TMP_DIRFULL = .\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\$(PROJECT)_ThreadedDynamicStaticX !if !$(STATIC_BUILD) @@ -383,13 +387,14 @@ TCL_COMPILE_DEBUG = 0 !endif !endif + #---------------------------------------------------------- # Decode the checks requested. #---------------------------------------------------------- !if "$(CHECKS)" == "" || [nmakehlp -f "$(CHECKS)" "none"] TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0 -FULLWARNINGS = 0 +WARNINGS = -W3 !else !if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "nodep"] !message *** Doing nodep check @@ -399,9 +404,16 @@ TCL_NO_DEPRECATED = 0 !endif !if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "fullwarn"] !message *** Doing full warnings check -FULLWARNINGS = 1 +WARNINGS = -W4 +!if [nmakehlp -l -warn:3] +LINKERFLAGS = $(LINKERFLAGS) -warn:3 +!endif !else -FULLWARNINGS = 0 +WARNINGS = -W3 +!endif +!if [nmakehlp -f $(CHECKS) "64bit"] && [nmakehlp -c -Wp64] +!message *** Doing 64bit portability warnings +WARNINGS = $(WARNINGS) -Wp64 !endif !endif @@ -409,7 +421,8 @@ FULLWARNINGS = 0 # Set our defines now armed with our options. #---------------------------------------------------------- -OPTDEFINES = +OPTDEFINES = -DTCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING=$(CFG_ENCODING) -DSTDC_HEADERS + !if $(TCL_MEM_DEBUG) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_MEM_DEBUG !endif @@ -425,6 +438,9 @@ OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DUSE_THREAD_ALLOC=1 !if $(STATIC_BUILD) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DSTATIC_BUILD !endif +!if $(TCL_NO_DEPRECATED) +OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DTCL_NO_DEPRECATED +!endif !if !$(DEBUG) OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DNDEBUG @@ -443,16 +459,26 @@ OPTDEFINES = $(OPTDEFINES) -DNO_STRTOI64 !endif #---------------------------------------------------------- -# Get common info used when building extensions. +# Locate the Tcl headers to build against #---------------------------------------------------------- -!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl" +!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl" -!if !defined(TCLDIR) +_TCL_H = ..\generic\tcl.h + +!else + +# If INSTALLDIR set to tcl root dir then reset to the lib dir. !if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h") -TCLH = "$(_INSTALLDIR)\include\tcl.h" +_INSTALLDIR=$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib +!endif + +!if !defined(TCLDIR) +!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h") TCLINSTALL = 1 -_TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR) +_TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\.. +_TCL_H = $(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tcl.h +TCLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\.. !else MSG=^ Failed to find tcl.h. Set the TCLDIR macro. @@ -461,53 +487,181 @@ Failed to find tcl.h. Set the TCLDIR macro. !else _TCLDIR = $(TCLDIR:/=\) !if exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h") -TCLH = "$(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h" TCLINSTALL = 1 +_TCL_H = $(_TCLDIR)\include\tcl.h !elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h") -TCLH = "$(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h" TCLINSTALL = 0 +_TCL_H = $(_TCLDIR)\generic\tcl.h !else MSG =^ Failed to find tcl.h. The TCLDIR macro does not appear correct. !error $(MSG) !endif !endif +!endif + +#-------------------------------------------------------------- +# Extract various version numbers from tcl headers +# The generated file is then included in the makefile. +#-------------------------------------------------------------- + +!if [echo REM = This file is generated from rules.vc > versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo TCL_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo TCL_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo TCL_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V "$(_TCL_H)" TCL_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc] +!endif + +# If building the tcl core then we need additional package versions +!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tcl" +!if [echo PKG_HTTP_VER = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\http\pkgIndex.tcl http >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo PKG_TCLTEST_VER = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\tcltest\pkgIndex.tcl tcltest >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo PKG_MSGCAT_VER = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\msgcat\pkgIndex.tcl msgcat >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo PKG_PLATFORM_VER = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform " >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo PKG_SHELL_VER = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\platform\pkgIndex.tcl "platform::shell" >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo PKG_DDE_VER = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\dde\pkgIndex.tcl "dde " >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo PKG_REG_VER =\>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V ..\library\reg\pkgIndex.tcl registry >> versions.vc] +!endif +!endif -### TODO: add a command to nmakehlp.c to grep for Tcl's version from tcl.h. -### Because nmake can't return a string, we'll need to play games with return -### codes. It might look something like this: -#!if [nmakehlp -g $(TCL.H)] == 81 -#TCL_DOTVERSION = 8.1 -#!elseif [nmakehlp -g $(TCL.H)] == 82 -#TCL_DOTVERSION = 8.2 -#... -#!endif +!include versions.vc -TCL_DOTVERSION = 8.4 -TCL_VERSION = $(TCL_DOTVERSION:.=) +#-------------------------------------------------------------- +# Setup tcl version dependent stuff headers +#-------------------------------------------------------------- + +!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tcl" + +TCL_VERSION = $(TCL_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TCL_MINOR_VERSION) + +!if $(TCL_VERSION) < 81 +TCL_DOES_STUBS = 0 +!else +TCL_DOES_STUBS = 1 +!endif !if $(TCLINSTALL) -TCLSH = "$(_INSTALLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" -TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib" -TCLIMPLIB = "$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" -TCL_LIBRARY = $(_INSTALLDIR)\lib -TCLREGLIB = "$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\tclreg11$(SUFX:t=).lib" -TCLDDELIB = "$(_INSTALLDIR)\lib\tcldde12$(SUFX:t=).lib" +TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" +!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS) +TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\bin\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe" +!endif +TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib" +TCLIMPLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" +TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\lib +TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tclreg12$(SUFX:t=).lib" +TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\lib\tcldde13$(SUFX:t=).lib" COFFBASE = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target TCLTOOLSDIR = \must\have\tcl\sources\to\build\this\target +TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\include" !else TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" +!if !exist($(TCLSH)) && $(TCL_THREADS) +TCLSH = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclsh$(TCL_VERSION)t$(SUFX).exe" +!endif TCLSTUBLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib" TCLIMPLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcl$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" TCL_LIBRARY = $(_TCLDIR)\library -TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg11$(SUFX:t=).lib" -TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde12$(SUFX:t=).lib" +TCLREGLIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tclreg12$(SUFX:t=).lib" +TCLDDELIB = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tcldde13$(SUFX:t=).lib" COFFBASE = "$(_TCLDIR)\win\coffbase.txt" TCLTOOLSDIR = $(_TCLDIR)\tools +TCL_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TCLDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TCLDIR)\win" !endif !endif +#------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Locate the Tk headers to build against +#------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +!if "$(PROJECT)" == "tk" +_TK_H = ..\generic\tk.h +_INSTALLDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\.. +!endif + +!ifdef PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK +!if !defined(TKDIR) +!if exist("$(_INSTALLDIR)\..\include\tk.h") +TKINSTALL = 1 +_TKDIR = $(_INSTALLDIR)\.. +_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h +TKDIR = $(_TKDIR) +!elseif exist("$(_TCLDIR)\include\tk.h") +TKINSTALL = 1 +_TKDIR = $(_TCLDIR) +_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h +TKDIR = $(_TKDIR) +!endif +!else +_TKDIR = $(TKDIR:/=\) +!if exist("$(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h") +TKINSTALL = 1 +_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\include\tk.h +!elseif exist("$(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h") +TKINSTALL = 0 +_TK_H = $(_TKDIR)\generic\tk.h +!else +MSG =^ +Failed to find tk.h. The TKDIR macro does not appear correct. +!error $(MSG) +!endif +!endif +!endif + +#------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Extract Tk version numbers +#------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +!if defined(PROJECT_REQUIRES_TK) || "$(PROJECT)" == "tk" + +!if [echo TK_MAJOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MAJOR_VERSION >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo TK_MINOR_VERSION = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_MINOR_VERSION >> versions.vc] +!endif +!if [echo TK_PATCH_LEVEL = \>> versions.vc] \ + && [nmakehlp -V $(_TK_H) TK_PATCH_LEVEL >> versions.vc] +!endif + +!include versions.vc + +TK_DOTVERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION).$(TK_MINOR_VERSION) +TK_VERSION = $(TK_MAJOR_VERSION)$(TK_MINOR_VERSION) + +!if "$(PROJECT)" != "tk" +!if $(TKINSTALL) +WISH = "$(_TKDIR)\bin\wish$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" +TKSTUBLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tkstub$(TK_VERSION).lib" +TKIMPLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\lib\tk$(TK_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" +TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\include" +!else +WISH = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\wish$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).exe" +TKSTUBLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tkstub$(TCL_VERSION).lib" +TKIMPLIB = "$(_TKDIR)\win\$(BUILDDIRTOP)\tk$(TCL_VERSION)$(SUFX).lib" +TK_INCLUDES = -I"$(_TKDIR)\generic" -I"$(_TKDIR)\win" -I"$(_TKDIR)\xlib" +!endif +!endif + +!endif #---------------------------------------------------------- # Display stats being used. @@ -518,7 +672,8 @@ TCLTOOLSDIR = $(_TCLDIR)\tools !message *** Suffix for binaries will be '$(SUFX)' !message *** Optional defines are '$(OPTDEFINES)' !message *** Compiler version $(VCVER). Target machine is $(MACHINE) -!message *** Compiler options '$(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS)' +!message *** Host architecture is $(NATIVE_ARCH) +!message *** Compiler options '$(COMPILERFLAGS) $(OPTIMIZATIONS) $(DEBUGFLAGS) $(WARNINGS)' !message *** Link options '$(LINKERFLAGS)' !endif diff --git a/win/stubs.c b/win/stubs.c index 8f70da6..4564639 100644 --- a/win/stubs.c +++ b/win/stubs.c @@ -4,7 +4,9 @@ * Undocumented Xlib internal function */ -int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image) +int +_XInitImageFuncPtrs( + XImage *image) { return Success; } @@ -14,20 +16,20 @@ int _XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image) */ void -XSetWMClientMachine(display, w, text_prop) - Display* display; - Window w; - XTextProperty* text_prop; +XSetWMClientMachine( + Display *display, + Window w, + XTextProperty *text_prop) { } Status -XStringListToTextProperty(list, count, text_prop_return) - char** list; - int count; - XTextProperty* text_prop_return; +XStringListToTextProperty( + char **list, + int count, + XTextProperty *text_prop_return) { - return (Status) NULL; + return (Status) 0; } /* @@ -35,372 +37,365 @@ XStringListToTextProperty(list, count, text_prop_return) */ int -XChangeProperty(display, w, property, type, format, mode, data, nelements) - Display* display; - Window w; - Atom property; - Atom type; - int format; - int mode; - _Xconst unsigned char* data; - int nelements; +XChangeProperty( + Display *display, + Window w, + Atom property, + Atom type, + int format, + int mode, + _Xconst unsigned char *data, + int nelements) { return Success; } Cursor -XCreateGlyphCursor(display, source_font, mask_font, source_char, mask_char, - foreground_color, background_color) - Display* display; - Font source_font; - Font mask_font; - unsigned int source_char; - unsigned int mask_char; - XColor _Xconst* foreground_color; - XColor _Xconst* background_color; +XCreateGlyphCursor( + Display *display, + Font source_font, + Font mask_font, + unsigned int source_char, + unsigned int mask_char, + XColor _Xconst *foreground_color, + XColor _Xconst *background_color) { return 1; } XIC -XCreateIC TCL_VARARGS_DEF(XIM,xim) +XCreateIC(XIM xim, ...) { return NULL; } Cursor -XCreatePixmapCursor(display, source, mask, foreground_color, - background_color, x, y) - Display* display; - Pixmap source; - Pixmap mask; - XColor* foreground_color; - XColor* background_color; - unsigned int x; - unsigned int y; +XCreatePixmapCursor( + Display *display, + Pixmap source, + Pixmap mask, + XColor *foreground_color, + XColor *background_color, + unsigned int x, + unsigned int y) { return (Cursor) NULL; } int -XDeleteProperty(display, w, property) - Display* display; - Window w; - Atom property; +XDeleteProperty( + Display *display, + Window w, + Atom property) { return Success; } void -XDestroyIC(ic) - XIC ic; +XDestroyIC( + XIC ic) { } Bool -XFilterEvent(event, window) - XEvent* event; - Window window; +XFilterEvent( + XEvent *event, + Window window) { return 0; } -int XForceScreenSaver(display, mode) - Display* display; - int mode; +int +XForceScreenSaver( + Display *display, + int mode) { return Success; } int -XFreeCursor(display, cursor) - Display* display; - Cursor cursor; +XFreeCursor( + Display *display, + Cursor cursor) { return Success; } GContext -XGContextFromGC(gc) - GC gc; +XGContextFromGC( + GC gc) { return (GContext) NULL; } char * -XGetAtomName(display, atom) - Display* display; - Atom atom; +XGetAtomName( + Display *display, + Atom atom) { return NULL; } int -XGetWindowAttributes(display, w, window_attributes_return) - Display* display; - Window w; - XWindowAttributes* window_attributes_return; +XGetWindowAttributes( + Display *display, + Window w, + XWindowAttributes *window_attributes_return) { return Success; } Status -XGetWMColormapWindows(display, w, windows_return, count_return) - Display* display; - Window w; - Window** windows_return; - int* count_return; +XGetWMColormapWindows( + Display *display, + Window w, + Window **windows_return, + int *count_return) { - return (Status) NULL; + return (Status) 0; } int -XIconifyWindow(display, w, screen_number) - Display* display; - Window w; - int screen_number; +XIconifyWindow( + Display *display, + Window w, + int screen_number) { return Success; } XHostAddress * -XListHosts(display, nhosts_return, state_return) - Display* display; - int* nhosts_return; - Bool* state_return; +XListHosts( + Display *display, + int *nhosts_return, + Bool *state_return) { return NULL; } int -XLookupColor(display, colormap, color_name, exact_def_return, - screen_def_return) - Display* display; - Colormap colormap; - _Xconst char* color_name; - XColor* exact_def_return; - XColor* screen_def_return; +XLookupColor( + Display *display, + Colormap colormap, + _Xconst char *color_name, + XColor *exact_def_return, + XColor *screen_def_return) { return Success; } int -XNextEvent(display, event_return) - Display* display; - XEvent* event_return; +XNextEvent( + Display *display, + XEvent *event_return) { return Success; } int -XPutBackEvent(display, event) - Display* display; - XEvent* event; +XPutBackEvent( + Display *display, + XEvent *event) { return Success; } int -XQueryColors(display, colormap, defs_in_out, ncolors) - Display* display; - Colormap colormap; - XColor* defs_in_out; - int ncolors; +XQueryColors( + Display *display, + Colormap colormap, + XColor *defs_in_out, + int ncolors) { return Success; } int -XQueryTree(display, w, root_return, parent_return, children_return, - nchildren_return) - Display* display; - Window w; - Window* root_return; - Window* parent_return; - Window** children_return; - unsigned int* nchildren_return; +XQueryTree( + Display *display, + Window w, + Window *root_return, + Window *parent_return, + Window **children_return, + unsigned int *nchildren_return) { return Success; } int -XRefreshKeyboardMapping(event_map) - XMappingEvent* event_map; +XRefreshKeyboardMapping( + XMappingEvent *event_map) { return Success; } Window -XRootWindow(display, screen_number) - Display* display; - int screen_number; +XRootWindow( + Display *display, + int screen_number) { return (Window) NULL; } int -XSelectInput(display, w, event_mask) - Display* display; - Window w; - long event_mask; +XSelectInput( + Display *display, + Window w, + long event_mask) { return Success; } int -XSendEvent(display, w, propagate, event_mask, event_send) - Display* display; - Window w; - Bool propagate; - long event_mask; - XEvent* event_send; +XSendEvent( + Display *display, + Window w, + Bool propagate, + long event_mask, + XEvent *event_send) { return Success; } int -XSetCommand(display, w, argv, argc) - Display* display; - Window w; - char** argv; - int argc; +XSetCommand( + Display *display, + Window w, + char **argv, + int argc) { return Success; } XErrorHandler -XSetErrorHandler (handler) - XErrorHandler handler; +XSetErrorHandler( + XErrorHandler handler) { return NULL; } int -XSetIconName(display, w, icon_name) - Display* display; - Window w; - _Xconst char* icon_name; +XSetIconName( + Display *display, + Window w, + _Xconst char *icon_name) { return Success; } int -XSetWindowBackground(display, w, background_pixel) - Display* display; - Window w; - unsigned long background_pixel; +XSetWindowBackground( + Display *display, + Window w, + unsigned long background_pixel) { return Success; } int -XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap(display, w, background_pixmap) - Display* display; - Window w; - Pixmap background_pixmap; +XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap( + Display *display, + Window w, + Pixmap background_pixmap) { return Success; } int -XSetWindowBorder(display, w, border_pixel) - Display* display; - Window w; - unsigned long border_pixel; +XSetWindowBorder( + Display *display, + Window w, + unsigned long border_pixel) { return Success; } int -XSetWindowBorderPixmap(display, w, border_pixmap) - Display* display; - Window w; - Pixmap border_pixmap; +XSetWindowBorderPixmap( + Display *display, + Window w, + Pixmap border_pixmap) { return Success; } int -XSetWindowBorderWidth(display, w, width) - Display* display; - Window w; - unsigned int width; +XSetWindowBorderWidth( + Display *display, + Window w, + unsigned int width) { return Success; } int -XSetWindowColormap(display, w, colormap) - Display* display; - Window w; - Colormap colormap; +XSetWindowColormap( + Display *display, + Window w, + Colormap colormap) { return Success; } Bool -XTranslateCoordinates(display, src_w, dest_w, src_x, src_y, dest_x_return, - dest_y_return, child_return) - Display* display; - Window src_w; - Window dest_w; - int src_x; - int src_y; - int* dest_x_return; - int* dest_y_return; - Window* child_return; +XTranslateCoordinates( + Display *display, + Window src_w, + Window dest_w, + int src_x, + int src_y, + int *dest_x_return, + int *dest_y_return, + Window *child_return) { return 0; } int -XWindowEvent(display, w, event_mask, event_return) - Display* display; - Window w; - long event_mask; - XEvent* event_return; +XWindowEvent( + Display *display, + Window w, + long event_mask, + XEvent *event_return) { return Success; } int -XWithdrawWindow(display, w, screen_number) - Display* display; - Window w; - int screen_number; +XWithdrawWindow( + Display *display, + Window w, + int screen_number) { return Success; } int -XmbLookupString(ic, event, buffer_return, bytes_buffer, keysym_return, - status_return) - XIC ic; - XKeyPressedEvent* event; - char* buffer_return; - int bytes_buffer; - KeySym* keysym_return; - Status* status_return; +XmbLookupString( + XIC ic, + XKeyPressedEvent *event, + char *buffer_return, + int bytes_buffer, + KeySym *keysym_return, + Status *status_return) { return Success; } int -XGetWindowProperty(display, w, property, long_offset, long_length, delete, - req_type, actual_type_return, actual_format_return, nitems_return, - bytes_after_return, prop_return) - Display* display; - Window w; - Atom property; - long long_offset; - long long_length; - Bool delete; - Atom req_type; - Atom* actual_type_return; - int* actual_format_return; - unsigned long* nitems_return; - unsigned long* bytes_after_return; - unsigned char** prop_return; +XGetWindowProperty( + Display *display, + Window w, + Atom property, + long long_offset, + long long_length, + Bool delete, + Atom req_type, + Atom *actual_type_return, + int *actual_format_return, + unsigned long *nitems_return, + unsigned long *bytes_after_return, + unsigned char **prop_return) { *actual_type_return = None; *actual_format_return = 0; diff --git a/win/tcl.m4 b/win/tcl.m4 index 708efc4..2f2964b 100755..100644 --- a/win/tcl.m4 +++ b/win/tcl.m4 @@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([the location of tclConfig.sh]) - if test -d ../../tcl8.4$1/win; then - TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.4$1/win - elif test -d ../../tcl8.4/win; then - TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.4/win + if test -d ../../tcl8.5$1/win; then + TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5$1/win + elif test -d ../../tcl8.5/win; then + TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5/win else TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tcl/win fi - AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.4 binaries from DIR], + AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.5 binaries from DIR], TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT; pwd`) if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist) @@ -63,15 +63,15 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG], [ AC_DEFUN([SC_PATH_TKCONFIG], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([the location of tkConfig.sh]) - if test -d ../../tk8.4$1/win; then - TK_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tk8.4$1/win - elif test -d ../../tk8.4/win; then - TK_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tk8.4/win + if test -d ../../tk8.5$1/win; then + TK_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tk8.5$1/win + elif test -d ../../tk8.5/win; then + TK_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tk8.5/win else TK_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT=../../tk/win fi - AC_ARG_WITH(tk, [ --with-tk=DIR use Tk 8.4 binaries from DIR], + AC_ARG_WITH(tk, [ --with-tk=DIR use Tk 8.5 binaries from DIR], TK_BIN_DIR=$withval, TK_BIN_DIR=`cd $TK_BIN_DIR_DEFAULT; pwd`) if test ! -d $TK_BIN_DIR; then AC_MSG_ERROR(Tk directory $TK_BIN_DIR does not exist) @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG], [ AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to build libraries]) AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared, - [ --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries [--enable-shared]], + [ --enable-shared build and link with shared libraries (default: on)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=yes]) if test "${enable_shared+set}" = set; then @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SHARED], [ AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING(for building with threads) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [ --enable-threads build with threads], + AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads, [ --enable-threads build with threads (default: off)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no]) if test "$tcl_ok" = "yes"; then @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_THREADS], [ AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([for build with symbols]) - AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [ --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols [--disable-symbols]], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no]) + AC_ARG_ENABLE(symbols, [ --enable-symbols build with debugging symbols (default: off)], [tcl_ok=$enableval], [tcl_ok=no]) # FIXME: Currently, LDFLAGS_DEFAULT is not used, it should work like CFLAGS_DEFAULT. if test "$tcl_ok" = "no"; then CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)' @@ -305,6 +305,8 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_ENABLE_SYMBOLS], [ DBGX="" AC_DEFINE(NDEBUG, 1, [Is no debugging enabled?]) AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) + + AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_OPTIMIZED) else CFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(CFLAGS_DEBUG)' LDFLAGS_DEFAULT='$(LDFLAGS_DEBUG)' @@ -498,8 +500,9 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then SHLIB_LD="" SHLIB_LD_LIBS="" - LIBS="" - LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32" + LIBS="-lws2_32" + # mingw needs to link ole32 and oleaut32 for [send], but MSVC doesn't + LIBS_GUI="-lgdi32 -lcomdlg32 -limm32 -lcomctl32 -lshell32 -luuid -lole32 -loleaut32" STLIB_LD='${AR} cr' RC_OUT=-o RC_TYPE= @@ -557,7 +560,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ CFLAGS_DEBUG=-g CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE="-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" - CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall -fno-strict-aliasing" + CFLAGS_WARNING="-Wall" LDFLAGS_DEBUG= LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE= @@ -662,13 +665,17 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ fi fi - LIBS="user32.lib advapi32.lib" + LIBS="user32.lib advapi32.lib ws2_32.lib" if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then # The space-based-path will work for the Makefile, but will # not work if AC_TRY_COMPILE is called. TEA has the # TEA_PATH_NOSPACE to avoid this issue. - CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \ - -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\"" + # Check if _WIN64 is already recognized, and if so we don't + # need to modify CC. + AC_CHECK_DECL([_WIN64], [], + [CC="\"${PATH64}/cl.exe\" -I\"${MSSDK}/Include\" \ + -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt\" \ + -I\"${MSSDK}/Include/crt/sys\""]) RC="\"${MSSDK}/bin/rc.exe\"" CFLAGS_DEBUG="-nologo -Zi -Od ${runtime}d" # Do not use -O2 for Win64 - this has proved buggy in code gen. @@ -779,7 +786,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ LIBS="$LIBS \"\${CELIB_DIR}/wince-${ARCH}-pocket-wce300-release/celib.lib\"" LIBS_GUI="commctrl.lib commdlg.lib" else - LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib" + LIBS_GUI="gdi32.lib comdlg32.lib imm32.lib comctl32.lib shell32.lib uuid.lib" fi SHLIB_LD="${LINKBIN} -dll -incremental:no ${lflags}" @@ -818,6 +825,10 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ fi fi + if test "$do64bit" != "no" ; then + AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFG_DO64BIT) + fi + if test "${GCC}" = "yes" ; then AC_CACHE_CHECK(for SEH support in compiler, tcl_cv_seh, @@ -938,13 +949,13 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_CONFIG_CFLAGS], [ #------------------------------------------------------------------------ AC_DEFUN([SC_WITH_TCL], [ - if test -d ../../tcl8.4$1/win; then - TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.4$1/win + if test -d ../../tcl8.5$1/win; then + TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5$1/win else - TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.4/win + TCL_BIN_DEFAULT=../../tcl8.5/win fi - AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.4 binaries from DIR], + AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl=DIR use Tcl 8.5 binaries from DIR], TCL_BIN_DIR=$withval, TCL_BIN_DIR=`cd $TCL_BIN_DEFAULT; pwd`) if test ! -d $TCL_BIN_DIR; then AC_MSG_ERROR(Tcl directory $TCL_BIN_DIR does not exist) @@ -1031,6 +1042,34 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [ ]) #-------------------------------------------------------------------- +# SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING TIP #59 +# +# Declare the encoding to use for embedded configuration information. +# +# Arguments: +# None. +# +# Results: +# Might append to the following vars: +# DEFS (implicit) +# +# Will define the following vars: +# TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING +# +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +AC_DEFUN([SC_TCL_CFG_ENCODING], [ + AC_ARG_WITH(encoding, [ --with-encoding encoding for configuration values], with_tcencoding=${withval}) + + if test x"${with_tcencoding}" != x ; then + AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"${with_tcencoding}") + else + # Default encoding on windows is not "iso8859-1" + AC_DEFINE(TCL_CFGVAL_ENCODING,"cp1252") + fi +]) + +#-------------------------------------------------------------------- # SC_EMBED_MANIFEST # # Figure out if we can embed the manifest where necessary @@ -1048,7 +1087,8 @@ AC_DEFUN([SC_BUILD_TCLSH], [ AC_DEFUN([SC_EMBED_MANIFEST], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to embed manifest) AC_ARG_ENABLE(embedded-manifest, - [ --enable-embedded-manifest embed manifest if possible (default: yes)], + AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-embedded-manifest], + [embed manifest if possible (default: yes)]), [embed_ok=$enableval], [embed_ok=yes]) VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL= @@ -1065,8 +1105,11 @@ print("manifest needed") # Could do a CHECK_PROG for mt, but should always be with MSVC8+ # Could add 'if test -f' check, but manifest should be created # in this compiler case - VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest $1 -outputresource:\[$]@\;2" - VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest $1 -outputresource:\[$]@\;1" + # Add in a manifest argument that may be specified + # XXX Needs improvement so that the test for existence accounts + # XXX for a provided (known) manifest + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_DLL="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest $1 -outputresource:\[$]@\;2 ; fi" + VC_MANIFEST_EMBED_EXE="if test -f \[$]@.manifest ; then mt.exe -nologo -manifest \[$]@.manifest $1 -outputresource:\[$]@\;1 ; fi" result=yes if test "x$1" != x ; then result="yes ($1)" diff --git a/win/tkConfig.sh.in b/win/tkConfig.sh.in index 0c53602..7816b15 100644 --- a/win/tkConfig.sh.in +++ b/win/tkConfig.sh.in @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ # # The information in this file is specific to a single platform. +TK_DLL_FILE="@TK_DLL_FILE@" + # Tk's version number. TK_VERSION='@TK_VERSION@' TK_MAJOR_VERSION='@TK_MAJOR_VERSION@' diff --git a/win/tkWin.h b/win/tkWin.h index 7c8eb59..00d3486 100644 --- a/win/tkWin.h +++ b/win/tkWin.h @@ -13,6 +13,21 @@ #ifndef _TKWIN #define _TKWIN +/* + * We must specify the lower version we intend to support. In particular + * the SystemParametersInfo API doesn't like to receive structures that + * are larger than it expects which affects the font assignements. + * + * WINVER = 0x0410 means Windows 98 and above + */ + +#ifndef WINVER +#define WINVER 0x0500 +#endif +#ifndef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500 +#endif + #ifndef _TK #include <tk.h> #endif @@ -27,14 +42,35 @@ #endif /* - * The following messages are use to communicate between a Tk toplevel - * and its container window. + * The following messages are used to communicate between a Tk toplevel + * and its container window. A Tk container may not be able to provide + * service to all of the following requests at the moment. But an embedded + * Tk window will send out these requests to support external Tk container + * application. */ -#define TK_CLAIMFOCUS (WM_USER) -#define TK_GEOMETRYREQ (WM_USER+1) -#define TK_ATTACHWINDOW (WM_USER+2) -#define TK_DETACHWINDOW (WM_USER+3) +#define TK_CLAIMFOCUS (WM_USER) /* an embedded window requests to focus */ +#define TK_GEOMETRYREQ (WM_USER+1) /* an embedded window requests to change size */ +#define TK_ATTACHWINDOW (WM_USER+2) /* an embedded window requests to attach */ +#define TK_DETACHWINDOW (WM_USER+3) /* an embedded window requests to detach */ +#define TK_MOVEWINDOW (WM_USER+4) /* an embedded window requests to move */ +#define TK_RAISEWINDOW (WM_USER+5) /* an embedded window requests to raise */ +#define TK_ICONIFY (WM_USER+6) /* an embedded window requests to iconify */ +#define TK_DEICONIFY (WM_USER+7) /* an embedded window requests to deiconify */ +#define TK_WITHDRAW (WM_USER+8) /* an embedded window requests to withdraw */ +#define TK_GETFRAMEWID (WM_USER+9) /* an embedded window requests a frame window id */ +#define TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT (WM_USER+10) /* an embedded window requests to overrideredirect */ +#define TK_SETMENU (WM_USER+11) /* an embedded window requests to setup menu */ +#define TK_STATE (WM_USER+12) /* an embedded window sets/gets state */ +#define TK_INFO (WM_USER+13) /* an embedded window requests a container's info */ + +/* + * The following are sub-messages (wParam) for TK_INFO. An embedded window may + * send a TK_INFO message with one of the sub-messages to query a container + * for verification and availability + */ +#define TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY 0x01 +#define TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE 0x02 /* diff --git a/win/tkWin32Dll.c b/win/tkWin32Dll.c index cd9942a..efefe86 100644 --- a/win/tkWin32Dll.c +++ b/win/tkWin32Dll.c @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ BOOL APIENTRY DllMain(HINSTANCE hInst, DWORD reason, */ BOOL APIENTRY -DllEntryPoint(hInst, reason, reserved) - HINSTANCE hInst; /* Library instance handle. */ - DWORD reason; /* Reason this function is being called. */ - LPVOID reserved; /* Not used. */ +DllEntryPoint( + HINSTANCE hInst, /* Library instance handle. */ + DWORD reason, /* Reason this function is being called. */ + LPVOID reserved) /* Not used. */ { return DllMain(hInst, reason, reserved); } @@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ DllEntryPoint(hInst, reason, reserved) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -BOOL WINAPI -DllMain(hInstance, reason, reserved) - HINSTANCE hInstance; - DWORD reason; - LPVOID reserved; +BOOL APIENTRY +DllMain( + HINSTANCE hInstance, + DWORD reason, + LPVOID reserved) { #ifdef HAVE_NO_SEH EXCEPTION_REGISTRATION registration; @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ DllMain(hInstance, reason, reserved) * Call TkFinalize */ - "movq $0x0, %%rcx" "\n\t" + "movq $0x0, 0x0(%%esp)" "\n\t" "call TkFinalize" "\n\t" /* diff --git a/win/tkWin3d.c b/win/tkWin3d.c index 8b541e7..df6aa95 100644 --- a/win/tkWin3d.c +++ b/win/tkWin3d.c @@ -1,29 +1,28 @@ -/* +/* * tkWin3d.c -- * - * This file contains the platform specific routines for - * drawing 3d borders in the Windows 95 style. + * This file contains the platform specific routines for drawing 3D + * borders in the Windows 95 style. * * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tk3d.h" /* - * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by - * Windows 3d borders. + * This structure is used to keep track of the extra colors used by Windows 3D + * borders. */ typedef struct { TkBorder info; - XColor *light2ColorPtr; /* System3dLight */ - XColor *dark2ColorPtr; /* System3dDarkShadow */ + XColor *light2ColorPtr; /* System3dLight */ + XColor *dark2ColorPtr; /* System3dDarkShadow */ } WinBorder; - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -42,9 +41,10 @@ typedef struct { */ TkBorder * -TkpGetBorder() +TkpGetBorder(void) { WinBorder *borderPtr = (WinBorder *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinBorder)); + borderPtr->light2ColorPtr = NULL; borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr = NULL; return (TkBorder *) borderPtr; @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ TkpGetBorder() * * TkpFreeBorder -- * - * This function frees any colors allocated by the platform - * specific part of this module. + * This function frees any colors allocated by the platform specific part + * of this module. * * Results: * None. @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ TkpGetBorder() */ void -TkpFreeBorder(borderPtr) - TkBorder *borderPtr; +TkpFreeBorder( + TkBorder *borderPtr) { WinBorder *winBorderPtr = (WinBorder *) borderPtr; if (winBorderPtr->light2ColorPtr) { @@ -85,18 +85,17 @@ TkpFreeBorder(borderPtr) * * Tk_3DVerticalBevel -- * - * This procedure draws a vertical bevel along one side of - * an object. The bevel is always rectangular in shape: + * This procedure draws a vertical bevel along one side of an object. The + * bevel is always rectangular in shape: * ||| * ||| * ||| * ||| * ||| * ||| - * An appropriate shadow color is chosen for the bevel based - * on the leftBevel and relief arguments. Normally this - * procedure is called first, then Tk_3DHorizontalBevel is - * called next to draw neat corners. + * An appropriate shadow color is chosen for the bevel based on the + * leftBevel and relief arguments. Normally this procedure is called + * first, then Tk_3DHorizontalBevel is called next to draw neat corners. * * Results: * None. @@ -108,22 +107,21 @@ TkpFreeBorder(borderPtr) */ void -Tk_3DVerticalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, - leftBevel, relief) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window for which border was allocated. */ - Drawable drawable; /* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - Tk_3DBorder border; /* Token for border to draw. */ - int x, y, width, height; /* Area of vertical bevel. */ - int leftBevel; /* Non-zero means this bevel forms the - * left side of the object; 0 means it - * forms the right side. */ - int relief; /* Kind of bevel to draw. For example, - * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of - * object should appear higher than - * exterior. */ +Tk_3DVerticalBevel( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which border was allocated. */ + Drawable drawable, /* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */ + Tk_3DBorder border, /* Token for border to draw. */ + int x, int y, int width, int height, + /* Area of vertical bevel. */ + int leftBevel, /* Non-zero means this bevel forms the left + * side of the object; 0 means it forms the + * right side. */ + int relief) /* Kind of bevel to draw. For example, + * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object + * should appear higher than exterior. */ { TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border; - int left = 0, right = 0; + int left, right; Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); TkWinDCState state; HDC dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state); @@ -134,36 +132,37 @@ Tk_3DVerticalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, } switch (relief) { - case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: - left = (leftBevel) + case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: + left = (leftBevel) ? borderPtr->lightGC->foreground : borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; - right = (leftBevel) + right = (leftBevel) ? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel : ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: - left = (leftBevel) - ? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel - : ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel; - right = (leftBevel) + break; + case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: + left = (leftBevel) ? borderPtr->darkGC->foreground + : ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel; + right = (leftBevel) + ? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel : borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE: - left = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; - right = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: - left = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; - right = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: - left = right = borderPtr->bgGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: - left = right = RGB(0,0,0); - break; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE: + left = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; + right = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: + left = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; + right = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: + left = right = borderPtr->bgGC->foreground; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: + default: + left = right = RGB(0,0,0); + break; } half = width/2; if (leftBevel && (width & 1)) { @@ -179,9 +178,9 @@ Tk_3DVerticalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, * * Tk_3DHorizontalBevel -- * - * This procedure draws a horizontal bevel along one side of - * an object. The bevel has mitered corners (depending on - * leftIn and rightIn arguments). + * This procedure draws a horizontal bevel along one side of an object. + * The bevel has mitered corners (depending on leftIn and rightIn + * arguments). * * Results: * None. @@ -193,77 +192,76 @@ Tk_3DVerticalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, */ void -Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, - leftIn, rightIn, topBevel, relief) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window for which border was allocated. */ - Drawable drawable; /* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */ - Tk_3DBorder border; /* Token for border to draw. */ - int x, y, width, height; /* Bounding box of area of bevel. Height - * gives width of border. */ - int leftIn, rightIn; /* Describes whether the left and right - * edges of the bevel angle in or out as - * they go down. For example, if "leftIn" - * is true, the left side of the bevel - * looks like this: +Tk_3DHorizontalBevel( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which border was allocated. */ + Drawable drawable, /* X window or pixmap in which to draw. */ + Tk_3DBorder border, /* Token for border to draw. */ + int x, int y, int width, int height, + /* Bounding box of area of bevel. Height gives + * width of border. */ + int leftIn, int rightIn, /* Describes whether the left and right edges + * of the bevel angle in or out as they go + * down. For example, if "leftIn" is true, the + * left side of the bevel looks like this: * ___________ * __________ * _________ * ________ */ - int topBevel; /* Non-zero means this bevel forms the - * top side of the object; 0 means it - * forms the bottom side. */ - int relief; /* Kind of bevel to draw. For example, - * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of - * object should appear higher than - * exterior. */ + int topBevel, /* Non-zero means this bevel forms the top + * side of the object; 0 means it forms the + * bottom side. */ + int relief) /* Kind of bevel to draw. For example, + * TK_RELIEF_RAISED means interior of object + * should appear higher than exterior. */ { TkBorder *borderPtr = (TkBorder *) border; Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); int bottom, halfway, x1, x2, x1Delta, x2Delta; TkWinDCState state; HDC dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state); - int topColor = 0, bottomColor = 0; + int topColor, bottomColor; if ((borderPtr->lightGC == None) && (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT)) { TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin); } /* - * Compute a GC for the top half of the bevel and a GC for the - * bottom half (they're the same in many cases). + * Compute a GC for the top half of the bevel and a GC for the bottom half + * (they're the same in many cases). */ switch (relief) { - case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: - topColor = (topBevel) + case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: + topColor = (topBevel) ? borderPtr->lightGC->foreground : borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; - bottomColor = (topBevel) + bottomColor = (topBevel) ? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel : ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: - topColor = (topBevel) - ? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel - : ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel; - bottomColor = (topBevel) + break; + case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: + topColor = (topBevel) ? borderPtr->darkGC->foreground + : ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr->pixel; + bottomColor = (topBevel) + ? ((WinBorder *)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr->pixel : borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE: - topColor = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; - bottomColor = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: - topColor = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; - bottomColor = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: - topColor = bottomColor = borderPtr->bgGC->foreground; - break; - case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: - topColor = bottomColor = RGB(0,0,0); + break; + case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE: + topColor = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; + bottomColor = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: + topColor = borderPtr->darkGC->foreground; + bottomColor = borderPtr->lightGC->foreground; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: + topColor = bottomColor = borderPtr->bgGC->foreground; + break; + case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: + default: + topColor = bottomColor = RGB(0,0,0); } /* @@ -296,8 +294,7 @@ Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, for ( ; y < bottom; y++) { /* * In some weird cases (such as large border widths for skinny - * rectangles) x1 can be >= x2. Don't draw the lines - * in these cases. + * rectangles) x1 can be >= x2. Don't draw the lines in these cases. */ if (x1 < x2) { @@ -315,27 +312,26 @@ Tk_3DHorizontalBevel(tkwin, drawable, border, x, y, width, height, * * TkpGetShadows -- * - * This procedure computes the shadow colors for a 3-D border - * and fills in the corresponding fields of the Border structure. - * It's called lazily, so that the colors aren't allocated until - * something is actually drawn with them. That way, if a border - * is only used for flat backgrounds the shadow colors will - * never be allocated. + * This procedure computes the shadow colors for a 3-D border and fills + * in the corresponding fields of the Border structure. It's called + * lazily, so that the colors aren't allocated until something is + * actually drawn with them. That way, if a border is only used for flat + * backgrounds the shadow colors will never be allocated. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The lightGC and darkGC fields in borderPtr get filled in, - * if they weren't already. + * The lightGC and darkGC fields in borderPtr get filled in, if they + * weren't already. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) - TkBorder *borderPtr; /* Information about border. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window where border will be used for +TkpGetShadows( + TkBorder *borderPtr, /* Information about border. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window where border will be used for * drawing. */ { XColor lightColor, darkColor; @@ -352,13 +348,13 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) */ if ((TkWinIndexOfColor(borderPtr->bgColorPtr) == COLOR_3DFACE) - || (TkWinIndexOfColor(borderPtr->bgColorPtr) == COLOR_WINDOW)) { + || (TkWinIndexOfColor(borderPtr->bgColorPtr) == COLOR_WINDOW)) { borderPtr->darkColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin, - Tk_GetUid("SystemButtonShadow")); + Tk_GetUid("SystemButtonShadow")); gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->darkColorPtr->pixel; borderPtr->darkGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin, - Tk_GetUid("SystemButtonHighlight")); + Tk_GetUid("SystemButtonHighlight")); gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel; borderPtr->lightGC = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin, @@ -366,45 +362,42 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColor(NULL, tkwin, Tk_GetUid("System3dLight")); return; - } else { - darkColor.red = 0; - darkColor.green = 0; - darkColor.blue = 0; - ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, + } + darkColor.red = 0; + darkColor.green = 0; + darkColor.blue = 0; + ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->dark2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &darkColor); - lightColor = *(borderPtr->bgColorPtr); - ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, + lightColor = *(borderPtr->bgColorPtr); + ((WinBorder*)borderPtr)->light2ColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor); - } - + /* - * First, handle the case of a color display with lots of colors. - * The shadow colors get computed using whichever formula results - * in the greatest change in color: - * 1. Lighter shadow is half-way to white, darker shadow is half - * way to dark. - * 2. Lighter shadow is 40% brighter than background, darker shadow - * is 40% darker than background. + * First, handle the case of a color display with lots of colors. The + * shadow colors get computed using whichever formula results in the + * greatest change in color: + * 1. Lighter shadow is half-way to white, darker shadow is half way to + * dark. + * 2. Lighter shadow is 40% brighter than background, darker shadow is 40% + * darker than background. */ if (Tk_Depth(tkwin) >= 6) { /* - * This is a color display with lots of colors. For the dark - * shadow, cut 40% from each of the background color components. - * But if the background is already very dark, make the - * dark color a little lighter than the background by increasing - * each color component 1/4th of the way to MAX_INTENSITY. + * This is a color display with lots of colors. For the dark shadow, + * cut 40% from each of the background color components. But if the + * background is already very dark, make the dark color a little + * lighter than the background by increasing each color component + * 1/4th of the way to MAX_INTENSITY. * - * For the light shadow, boost each component by 40% or half-way - * to white, whichever is greater (the first approach works - * better for unsaturated colors, the second for saturated ones). - * But if the background is already very bright, instead choose a - * slightly darker color for the light shadow by reducing each - * color component by 10%. + * For the light shadow, boost each component by 40% or half-way to + * white, whichever is greater (the first approach works better for + * unsaturated colors, the second for saturated ones). But if the + * background is already very bright, instead choose a slightly darker + * color for the light shadow by reducing each color component by 10%. * - * Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red - * etc.: these are shorts and may have problems with integer - * overflow. + * Compute the colors using integers, not using lightColor.red etc.: + * these are shorts and may have problems with integer overflow. */ /* @@ -461,10 +454,10 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) tmp2 = (MAX_INTENSITY + b)/2; lightColor.blue = (tmp1 > tmp2) ? tmp1 : tmp2; } - - /* - * Allocate the light shadow color and its GC - */ + + /* + * Allocate the light shadow color and its GC + */ borderPtr->lightColorPtr = Tk_GetColorByValue(tkwin, &lightColor); gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->lightColorPtr->pixel; @@ -476,15 +469,15 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) borderPtr->shadow = Tk_GetBitmap((Tcl_Interp *) NULL, tkwin, Tk_GetUid("gray50")); if (borderPtr->shadow == None) { - panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border"); + Tcl_Panic("TkpGetShadows couldn't allocate bitmap for border"); } } if (borderPtr->visual->map_entries > 2) { /* - * This isn't a monochrome display, but the colormap either - * ran out of entries or didn't have very many to begin with. - * Generate the light shadows with a white stipple and the - * dark shadows with a black stipple. + * This isn't a monochrome display, but the colormap either ran out of + * entries or didn't have very many to begin with. Generate the light + * shadows with a white stipple and the dark shadows with a black + * stipple. */ gcValues.foreground = borderPtr->bgColorPtr->pixel; @@ -502,8 +495,8 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) /* * This is just a measly monochrome display, hardly even worth its - * existence on this earth. Make one shadow a 50% stipple and the - * other the opposite of the background. + * existence on this earth. Make one shadow a 50% stipple and the other + * the opposite of the background. */ gcValues.foreground = WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->screen); @@ -527,8 +520,7 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) * * TkWinGetBorderPixels -- * - * This routine returns the 5 COLORREFs used to draw a given - * 3d border. + * This routine returns the 5 COLORREFs used to draw a given 3d border. * * Results: * Returns the colors in the specified array. @@ -540,34 +532,42 @@ TkpGetShadows(borderPtr, tkwin) */ COLORREF -TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin, border, which) - Tk_Window tkwin; - Tk_3DBorder border; - int which; /* One of TK_3D_FLAT_GC, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC, +TkWinGetBorderPixels( + Tk_Window tkwin, + Tk_3DBorder border, + int which) /* One of TK_3D_FLAT_GC, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC, * TK_3D_DARK_GC, TK_3D_LIGHT2, TK_3D_DARK2 */ { WinBorder *borderPtr = (WinBorder *) border; - + if (borderPtr->info.lightGC == None) { TkpGetShadows(&borderPtr->info, tkwin); } switch (which) { - case TK_3D_FLAT_GC: - return borderPtr->info.bgColorPtr->pixel; - case TK_3D_LIGHT_GC: - if (borderPtr->info.lightColorPtr == NULL) { - return WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->info.screen); - } - return borderPtr->info.lightColorPtr->pixel; - case TK_3D_DARK_GC: - if (borderPtr->info.darkColorPtr == NULL) { - return BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->info.screen); - } - return borderPtr->info.darkColorPtr->pixel; - case TK_3D_LIGHT2: - return borderPtr->light2ColorPtr->pixel; - case TK_3D_DARK2: - return borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr->pixel; + case TK_3D_FLAT_GC: + return borderPtr->info.bgColorPtr->pixel; + case TK_3D_LIGHT_GC: + if (borderPtr->info.lightColorPtr == NULL) { + return WhitePixelOfScreen(borderPtr->info.screen); + } + return borderPtr->info.lightColorPtr->pixel; + case TK_3D_DARK_GC: + if (borderPtr->info.darkColorPtr == NULL) { + return BlackPixelOfScreen(borderPtr->info.screen); + } + return borderPtr->info.darkColorPtr->pixel; + case TK_3D_LIGHT2: + return borderPtr->light2ColorPtr->pixel; + case TK_3D_DARK2: + return borderPtr->dark2ColorPtr->pixel; } return 0; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinButton.c b/win/tkWinButton.c index a002b9c..af1058d 100644 --- a/win/tkWinButton.c +++ b/win/tkWinButton.c @@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ */ #define LABEL_STYLE (BS_OWNERDRAW | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS) -#define PUSH_STYLE (BS_OWNERDRAW | BS_PUSHBUTTON | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS) -#define CHECK_STYLE (BS_OWNERDRAW | BS_CHECKBOX | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS) -#define RADIO_STYLE (BS_OWNERDRAW | BS_RADIOBUTTON | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS) +#define PUSH_STYLE (LABEL_STYLE | BS_PUSHBUTTON) +#define CHECK_STYLE (LABEL_STYLE | BS_CHECKBOX) +#define RADIO_STYLE (LABEL_STYLE | BS_RADIOBUTTON) /* * Declaration of Windows specific button structure. @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ enum { */ typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr; /* Information about the bitmap. */ - DWORD *boxesPalette; /* Pointer to color palette. */ - LPSTR boxesBits; /* Pointer to bitmap data. */ - DWORD boxHeight; /* Height of each sub-image. */ - DWORD boxWidth ; /* Width of each sub-image. */ + BITMAPINFOHEADER *boxesPtr; /* Information about the bitmap. */ + DWORD *boxesPalette; /* Pointer to color palette. */ + LPSTR boxesBits; /* Pointer to bitmap data. */ + DWORD boxHeight; /* Height of each sub-image. */ + DWORD boxWidth; /* Width of each sub-image. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; @@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; * Declarations for functions defined in this file. */ -static LRESULT CALLBACK ButtonProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message, - WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)); -static Window CreateProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - Window parent, ClientData instanceData)); -static void InitBoxes _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); +static LRESULT CALLBACK ButtonProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); +static Window CreateProc(Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent, + ClientData instanceData); +static void InitBoxes(void); /* * The class procedure table for the button widgets. @@ -90,6 +90,7 @@ Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = { sizeof(Tk_ClassProcs), /* size */ TkButtonWorldChanged, /* worldChangedProc */ CreateProc, /* createProc */ + NULL }; @@ -98,13 +99,13 @@ Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = { * * InitBoxes -- * - * This function load the Tk 3d button bitmap. "buttons" is a 16 - * color bitmap that is laid out such that the top row contains - * the 4 checkbox images, and the bottom row contains the radio - * button images. Note that the bitmap is stored in bottom-up - * format. Also, the first seven palette entries are used to - * identify the different parts of the bitmaps so we can do the - * appropriate color mappings based on the current button colors. + * This function load the Tk 3d button bitmap. "buttons" is a 16 color + * bitmap that is laid out such that the top row contains the 4 checkbox + * images, and the bottom row contains the radio button images. Note that + * the bitmap is stored in bottom-up format. Also, the first seven + * palette entries are used to identify the different parts of the + * bitmaps so we can do the appropriate color mappings based on the + * current button colors. * * Results: * None. @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ Tk_ClassProcs tkpButtonProcs = { */ static void -InitBoxes() +InitBoxes(void) { /* * For DLLs like Tk, the HINSTANCE is the same as the HMODULE. @@ -127,11 +128,14 @@ InitBoxes() HGLOBAL hblk; LPBITMAPINFOHEADER newBitmap; DWORD size; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); hrsrc = FindResource(module, "buttons", RT_BITMAP); - if (hrsrc) { + if (hrsrc == NULL) { + Tcl_Panic("FindResource() failed for buttons bitmap resource, " + "resources in tk_base.rc must be linked into Tk dll or static executable"); + } else { hblk = LoadResource(module, hrsrc); tsdPtr->boxesPtr = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)LockResource(hblk); } @@ -142,15 +146,15 @@ InitBoxes() if (tsdPtr->boxesPtr != NULL && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth % 4) && !(tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight % 2)) { - size = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize + (1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) - * sizeof(RGBQUAD) + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSizeImage; + size = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize + (1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) + * sizeof(RGBQUAD) + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSizeImage; newBitmap = (LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) ckalloc(size); memcpy(newBitmap, tsdPtr->boxesPtr, size); tsdPtr->boxesPtr = newBitmap; tsdPtr->boxWidth = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biWidth / 4; tsdPtr->boxHeight = tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biHeight / 2; - tsdPtr->boxesPalette = (DWORD*) (((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPtr) - + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize); + tsdPtr->boxesPalette = (DWORD*) (((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPtr) + + tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biSize); tsdPtr->boxesBits = ((LPSTR) tsdPtr->boxesPalette) + ((1 << tsdPtr->boxesPtr->biBitCount) * sizeof(RGBQUAD)); } else { @@ -164,8 +168,8 @@ InitBoxes() * TkpButtonSetDefaults -- * * This procedure is invoked before option tables are created for - * buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the - * current values defined for this platform. + * buttons. It modifies some of the default values to match the current + * values defined for this platform. * * Results: * Some of the default values in *specPtr are modified. @@ -177,8 +181,8 @@ InitBoxes() */ void -TkpButtonSetDefaults(specPtr) - Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; /* Points to an array of option specs, +TkpButtonSetDefaults( + Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr) /* Points to an array of option specs, * terminated by one with type * TK_OPTION_END. */ { @@ -205,8 +209,8 @@ TkpButtonSetDefaults(specPtr) */ TkButton * -TkpCreateButton(tkwin) - Tk_Window tkwin; +TkpCreateButton( + Tk_Window tkwin) { WinButton *butPtr; @@ -220,8 +224,8 @@ TkpCreateButton(tkwin) * * CreateProc -- * - * This function creates a new Button control, subclasses - * the instance, and generates a new Window object. + * This function creates a new Button control, subclasses the instance, + * and generates a new Window object. * * Results: * Returns the newly allocated Window object, or None on failure. @@ -233,10 +237,10 @@ TkpCreateButton(tkwin) */ static Window -CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. */ - Window parentWin; /* Parent of new window. */ - ClientData instanceData; /* Button instance data. */ +CreateProc( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */ + Window parentWin, /* Parent of new window. */ + ClientData instanceData) /* Button instance data. */ { Window window; HWND parent; @@ -256,13 +260,8 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) parent, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); SetWindowPos(butPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); -#ifdef _WIN64 butPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(butPtr->hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, - (LONG_PTR) ButtonProc); -#else - butPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLong(butPtr->hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, - (DWORD) ButtonProc); -#endif + (INT_PTR) ButtonProc); window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, butPtr->hwnd); return window; @@ -285,17 +284,14 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) */ void -TkpDestroyButton(butPtr) - TkButton *butPtr; +TkpDestroyButton( + TkButton *butPtr) { WinButton *winButPtr = (WinButton *)butPtr; HWND hwnd = winButPtr->hwnd; + if (hwnd) { -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) winButPtr->oldProc); -#else - SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (DWORD) winButPtr->oldProc); -#endif + SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winButPtr->oldProc); } } @@ -304,22 +300,21 @@ TkpDestroyButton(butPtr) * * TkpDisplayButton -- * - * This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is - * normally invoked as an idle handler. + * This procedure is invoked to display a button widget. It is normally + * invoked as an idle handler. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Information appears on the screen. The REDRAW_PENDING flag - * is cleared. + * Information appears on the screen. The REDRAW_PENDING flag is cleared. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpDisplayButton(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about widget. */ +TkpDisplayButton( + ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ { TkWinDCState state; HDC dc; @@ -327,27 +322,28 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) GC gc; Tk_3DBorder border; Pixmap pixmap; - int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop - * compiler warning. */ + int x = 0; /* Initialization only needed to stop compiler + * warning. */ int y, relief; register Tk_Window tkwin = butPtr->tkwin; int width = 0, height = 0, haveImage = 0, haveText = 0, drawRing = 0; RECT rect; int defaultWidth; /* Width of default ring. */ - int offset; /* 0 means this is a label widget. 1 means - * it is a flavor of button, so we offset - * the text to make the button appear to - * move up and down as the relief changes. */ - int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; /* text offsets for use with - * compound buttons and focus ring */ + int offset; /* 0 means this is a label widget. 1 means it + * is a flavor of button, so we offset the + * text to make the button appear to move up + * and down as the relief changes. */ + int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; + /* Text offsets for use with compound buttons + * and focus ring. */ int imageWidth, imageHeight; - int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; /* image information that will - * be used to restrict disabled - * pixmap as well */ + int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; + /* Image information that will be used to + * restrict disabled pixmap as well. */ DWORD *boxesPalette; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); boxesPalette= tsdPtr->boxesPalette; butPtr->flags &= ~REDRAW_PENDING; @@ -371,9 +367,8 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) } /* - * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a - * checkbutton or radiobutton and there's no indicator. The new - * relief is as follows: + * Override the relief specified for the button if this is a checkbutton + * or radiobutton and there's no indicator. The new relief is as follows: * If the button is select --> "sunken" * If relief==overrelief --> relief * Otherwise --> overrelief @@ -387,15 +382,15 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) * on no sunken * on yes sunken * - * This is accomplished by configuring the checkbutton or radiobutton - * like this: + * This is accomplished by configuring the checkbutton or radiobutton like + * this: * * -indicatoron 0 -overrelief raised -offrelief flat * * Bindings (see library/button.tcl) will copy the -overrelief into - * -relief on mouseover. Hence, we can tell if we are in mouse-over by - * comparing relief against overRelief. This is an aweful kludge, but - * it gives use the desired behavior while keeping the code backwards + * -relief on mouseover. Hence, we can tell if we are in mouse-over by + * comparing relief against overRelief. This is an aweful kludge, but it + * gives use the desired behavior while keeping the code backwards * compatible. */ @@ -426,10 +421,10 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) } /* - * In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws - * the button in a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the - * screen in a single operation. This means that there's no - * point in time where the on-sreen image has been cleared. + * In order to avoid screen flashes, this procedure redraws the button in + * a pixmap, then copies the pixmap to the screen in a single operation. + * This means that there's no point in time where the on-sreen image has + * been cleared. */ pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(butPtr->display, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), @@ -448,7 +443,7 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, &width, &height); haveImage = 1; } - imageWidth = width; + imageWidth = width; imageHeight = height; haveText = (butPtr->textWidth != 0 && butPtr->textHeight != 0); @@ -457,49 +452,58 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) int fullWidth = 0, fullHeight = 0; switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { - /* Image is above or below text */ - if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { - textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; - } else { - imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; - } - fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; - fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : - butPtr->textWidth); - textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; - break; - } - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { - /* Image is left or right of text */ - if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { - textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX; - } else { - imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; - } - fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; - fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : - butPtr->textHeight); - textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; - imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; - break; + case COMPOUND_TOP: + case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: + /* + * Image is above or below text. + */ + + if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_TOP) { + textYOffset = height + butPtr->padY; + } else { + imageYOffset = butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; } - case COMPOUND_CENTER: { - /* Image and text are superimposed */ - fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : - butPtr->textWidth); - fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : - butPtr->textHeight); - textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; - textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; - imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; - break; + fullHeight = height + butPtr->textHeight + butPtr->padY; + fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : + butPtr->textWidth); + textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; + imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; + break; + + case COMPOUND_LEFT: + case COMPOUND_RIGHT: + /* + * Image is left or right of text. + */ + + if (butPtr->compound == COMPOUND_LEFT) { + textXOffset = width + butPtr->padX; + } else { + imageXOffset = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX; } - case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;} + fullWidth = butPtr->textWidth + butPtr->padX + width; + fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : + butPtr->textHeight); + textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; + imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; + break; + + case COMPOUND_CENTER: + /* + * Image and text are superimposed. + */ + + fullWidth = (width > butPtr->textWidth ? width : + butPtr->textWidth); + fullHeight = (height > butPtr->textHeight ? height : + butPtr->textHeight); + textXOffset = (fullWidth - butPtr->textWidth)/2; + imageXOffset = (fullWidth - width)/2; + textYOffset = (fullHeight - butPtr->textHeight)/2; + imageYOffset = (fullHeight - height)/2; + break; + case COMPOUND_NONE: + break; } TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, butPtr->padX, butPtr->padY, butPtr->indicatorSpace + fullWidth, fullHeight, &x, &y); @@ -515,9 +519,13 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) if ((butPtr->selectImage != NULL) && (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); - } else { - Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, + } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) + && (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { + Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); + } else { + Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, + imageXOffset, imageYOffset); } } else { XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); @@ -526,6 +534,22 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) imageXOffset, imageYOffset, 1); XSetClipOrigin(butPtr->display, gc, 0, 0); } + if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && + (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { + COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground; + + if (gc->background == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) { + gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT); + Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, + butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset + 1, + y + textYOffset + 1, 0, -1); + Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, + butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset + 1, + y + textYOffset + 1, + butPtr->underline); + gc->foreground = oldFgColor; + } + } Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout, x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, 0, -1); @@ -539,7 +563,7 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) TkComputeAnchor(butPtr->anchor, tkwin, 0, 0, butPtr->indicatorSpace + width, height, &x, &y); x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; - + if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) { x += offset; y += offset; @@ -551,6 +575,10 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) (butPtr->flags & SELECTED)) { Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->selectImage, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); + } else if ((butPtr->tristateImage != NULL) && + (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { + Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->tristateImage, 0, 0, width, height, + pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); } else { Tk_RedrawImage(butPtr->image, 0, 0, width, height, pixmap, imageXOffset, imageYOffset); @@ -567,11 +595,24 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) butPtr->textHeight, &x, &y); x += butPtr->indicatorSpace; - + if (relief == TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN) { x += offset; y += offset; } + if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) && + (butPtr->disabledFg != NULL)) { + COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground; + if (gc->background == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) { + gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT); + Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, + butPtr->textLayout, + x + 1, y + 1, 0, -1); + Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, + butPtr->textLayout, x + 1, y + 1, butPtr->underline); + gc->foreground = oldFgColor; + } + } Tk_DrawTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, butPtr->textLayout, x, y, 0, -1); Tk_UnderlineTextLayout(butPtr->display, pixmap, gc, @@ -583,12 +624,12 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) } /* - * Draw the focus ring. If this is a push button then we need to - * put it around the inner edge of the border, otherwise we put it - * around the text. The text offsets are only non-zero when this - * is a compound button. + * Draw the focus ring. If this is a push button then we need to put it + * around the inner edge of the border, otherwise we put it around the + * text. The text offsets are only non-zero when this is a compound + * button. */ - + if (drawRing && butPtr->flags & GOT_FOCUS && butPtr->type != TYPE_LABEL) { dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state); if (butPtr->type == TYPE_BUTTON || !butPtr->indicatorOn) { @@ -609,11 +650,10 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) } y += height/2; - + /* - * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this - * point x and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image - * or bitmap. + * Draw the indicator for check buttons and radio buttons. At this point x + * and y refer to the top-left corner of the text or image or bitmap. */ if ((butPtr->type >= TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) && butPtr->indicatorOn @@ -623,7 +663,7 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) x -= butPtr->indicatorSpace; y -= butPtr->indicatorDiameter / 2; - xSrc = (butPtr->flags & SELECTED) ? tsdPtr->boxWidth : 0; + xSrc = (butPtr->flags & (SELECTED|TRISTATED)) ? tsdPtr->boxWidth : 0; if (butPtr->state == STATE_ACTIVE) { xSrc += tsdPtr->boxWidth*2; } @@ -631,11 +671,11 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) /* * Update the palette in the boxes bitmap to reflect the current - * button colors. Note that this code relies on the layout of the - * bitmap's palette. Also, all of the colors used to draw the - * bitmap must be in the palette that is selected into the DC of - * the offscreen pixmap. This requires that the static colors - * be placed into the palette. + * button colors. Note that this code relies on the layout of the + * bitmap's palette. Also, all of the colors used to draw the bitmap + * must be in the palette that is selected into the DC of the + * offscreen pixmap. This requires that the static colors be placed + * into the palette. */ if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) @@ -653,7 +693,7 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) border, TK_3D_LIGHT2)); boxesPalette[PAL_BOTTOM_OUTER] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT_GC)); - if (butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) { + if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) || (butPtr->flags & TRISTATED)) { boxesPalette[PAL_INTERIOR] = FlipColor(TkWinGetBorderPixels(tkwin, border, TK_3D_LIGHT2)); } else if (butPtr->selectBorder != NULL) { @@ -666,18 +706,18 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) border, TK_3D_FLAT_GC)); dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state); - StretchDIBits(dc, x, y, tsdPtr->boxWidth, tsdPtr->boxHeight, - xSrc, ySrc, tsdPtr->boxWidth, tsdPtr->boxHeight, - tsdPtr->boxesBits, (LPBITMAPINFO) tsdPtr->boxesPtr, - DIB_RGB_COLORS, SRCCOPY); + StretchDIBits(dc, x, y, (int)tsdPtr->boxWidth, (int)tsdPtr->boxHeight, + xSrc, ySrc, (int)tsdPtr->boxWidth, (int)tsdPtr->boxHeight, + tsdPtr->boxesBits, (LPBITMAPINFO) tsdPtr->boxesPtr, + DIB_RGB_COLORS, SRCCOPY); TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state); } /* * If the button is disabled with a stipple rather than a special - * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget - * is selected and we use a different background color when selected, - * must temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color. + * foreground color, generate the stippled effect. If the widget is + * selected and we use a different background color when selected, must + * temporarily modify the GC so the stippling is the right color. */ if ((butPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) @@ -687,10 +727,12 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) XSetForeground(butPtr->display, butPtr->stippleGC, Tk_3DBorderColor(butPtr->selectBorder)->pixel); } + /* - * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, - * otherwise restrict stippling only to displayed image + * Stipple the whole button if no disabledFg was specified, otherwise + * restrict stippling only to displayed image */ + if (butPtr->disabledFg == NULL) { XFillRectangle(butPtr->display, pixmap, butPtr->stippleGC, 0, 0, (unsigned) Tk_Width(tkwin), (unsigned) Tk_Height(tkwin)); @@ -707,8 +749,8 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) } /* - * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the - * button's contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. + * Draw the border and traversal highlight last. This way, if the button's + * contents overflow they'll be covered up by the border. */ if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { @@ -721,15 +763,15 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) if (defaultWidth != 0) { dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(butPtr->display, pixmap, &state); TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth, - butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); + (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin), - butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); + (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); TkWinFillRect(dc, 0, Tk_Height(tkwin) - defaultWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin), defaultWidth, - butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); + (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); TkWinFillRect(dc, Tk_Width(tkwin) - defaultWidth, 0, defaultWidth, Tk_Height(tkwin), - butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); + (int) butPtr->highlightColorPtr->pixel); TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(pixmap, dc, &state); } @@ -738,8 +780,8 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) } /* - * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, - * then delete the pixmap. + * Copy the information from the off-screen pixmap onto the screen, then + * delete the pixmap. */ XCopyArea(butPtr->display, pixmap, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), @@ -753,9 +795,9 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) * * TkpComputeButtonGeometry -- * - * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure - * recomputes the button's geometry and passes this information - * along to the geometry manager for the window. + * After changes in a button's text or bitmap, this procedure recomputes + * the button's geometry and passes this information along to the + * geometry manager for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -767,21 +809,21 @@ TkpDisplayButton(clientData) */ void -TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) - register TkButton *butPtr; /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */ +TkpComputeButtonGeometry( + register TkButton *butPtr) /* Button whose geometry may have changed. */ { - int txtWidth, txtHeight; /* Width and height of text */ - int imgWidth, imgHeight; /* Width and height of image */ - int width = 0, height = 0; /* Width and height of button */ + int txtWidth, txtHeight; /* Width and height of text */ + int imgWidth, imgHeight; /* Width and height of image */ + int width = 0, height = 0; /* Width and height of button */ int haveImage, haveText; int avgWidth; int minWidth; /* Vertical and horizontal dialog units size in pixels. */ double vDLU, hDLU; Tk_FontMetrics fm; - - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (butPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { butPtr->highlightWidth = 0; @@ -793,13 +835,16 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) InitBoxes(); } - /* Figure out image metrics */ + /* + * Figure out image metrics. + */ + if (butPtr->image != NULL) { Tk_SizeOfImage(butPtr->image, &imgWidth, &imgHeight); haveImage = 1; } else if (butPtr->bitmap != None) { Tk_SizeOfBitmap(butPtr->display, butPtr->bitmap, - &imgWidth, &imgHeight); + &imgWidth, &imgHeight); haveImage = 1; } else { imgWidth = 0; @@ -807,10 +852,11 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) haveImage = 0; } - /* + /* * Figure out font metrics (even if we don't have text because we need * DLUs (based on font, not text) for some spacing calculations below). */ + Tk_FreeTextLayout(butPtr->textLayout); butPtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(butPtr->tkfont, Tcl_GetString(butPtr->textPtr), -1, butPtr->wrapLength, @@ -824,7 +870,10 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) 52) + 26) / 52; Tk_GetFontMetrics(butPtr->tkfont, &fm); - /* Compute dialog units for layout calculations. */ + /* + * Compute dialog units for layout calculations. + */ + hDLU = avgWidth / 4.0; vDLU = fm.linespace / 8.0; @@ -841,182 +890,199 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) /* * Set width and height by button type; See User Experience table, p449. - * These are text-based measurements, even if the text is "". - * If there is an image, height will get set again later. + * These are text-based measurements, even if the text is "". If there is + * an image, height will get set again later. */ + switch (butPtr->type) { - case TYPE_BUTTON: { - /* - * First compute the minimum width of the button in - * characters. MWUE says that the button should be - * 50 DLUs. We allow 6 DLUs padding left and right. - * (There is no rule but this is consistent with the - * fact that button text is 8 DLUs high and buttons - * are 14 DLUs high.) - * - * The width is specified in characters. A character - * is, by definition, 4 DLUs wide. 11 char * 4 DLU - * is 44 DLU + 6 DLU padding = 50 DLU. Therefore, - * width = -11 -> MWUE compliant buttons. - */ - if (butPtr->width < 0) { - /* Min width in characters */ - minWidth = -(butPtr->width); - /* Allow for characters */ - width = avgWidth * minWidth; - /* Add for padding */ - width += (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)); - } + case TYPE_BUTTON: + /* + * First compute the minimum width of the button in characters. MWUE + * says that the button should be 50 DLUs. We allow 6 DLUs padding + * left and right. (There is no rule but this is consistent with the + * fact that button text is 8 DLUs high and buttons are 14 DLUs high.) + * + * The width is specified in characters. A character is, by + * definition, 4 DLUs wide. 11 char * 4 DLU is 44 DLU + 6 DLU padding + * = 50 DLU. Therefore, width = -11 -> MWUE compliant buttons. + */ - /* - * If shrink-wrapping was requested (width = 0) or - * if the text is wider than the default button width, - * adjust the button width up to suit. - */ - if (butPtr->width == 0 - || (txtWidth + (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)) > width)) { - width = txtWidth + (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)); - } + if (butPtr->width < 0) { + minWidth = -(butPtr->width); /* Min width in chars */ + width = avgWidth * minWidth; /* Allow for characters */ + width += (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)); /* Add for padding */ + } + + /* + * If shrink-wrapping was requested (width = 0) or if the text is + * wider than the default button width, adjust the button width up to + * suit. + */ + + if (butPtr->width == 0 + || (txtWidth + (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)) > width)) { + width = txtWidth + (int)(0.5 + (6 * hDLU)); + } + + /* + * The User Experience says 14 DLUs. Since text is, by definition, 8 + * DLU/line, this allows for multi-line text while working perfectly + * for single-line text. + */ + + height = txtHeight + (int)(0.5 + (6 * vDLU)); + /* + * The above includes 6 DLUs of padding which should include defaults + * of 1 pixel of highlightwidth, 2 pixels of borderwidth, 1 pixel of + * padding and 1 pixel of extra inset on each side. Those will be + * added later so reduce width and height now to compensate. + */ + + width -= 10; + height -= 10; + + if (!haveImage) { /* - * The User Experience says 14 DLUs. Since text is, by - * definition, 8 DLU/line, this allows for multi-line text - * while working perfectly for single-line text. + * Extra inset for the focus ring. */ - height = txtHeight + (int)(0.5 + (6 * vDLU)); + butPtr->inset += 1; + } + break; + + case TYPE_LABEL: + /* + * The User Experience says, "as wide as needed". + */ + + width = txtWidth; + + /* + * The User Experience says, "8 (DLUs) per line of text". Since text + * is, by definition, 8 DLU/line, this allows for multi-line text + * while working perfectly for single-line text. + */ + + if (txtHeight) { + height = txtHeight; + } else { /* - * The above includes 6 DLUs of padding which should include - * defaults of 1 pixel of highlightwidth, 2 pixels of - * borderwidth, 1 pixel of padding and 1 pixel of extra inset - * on each side. Those will be added later so reduce width - * and height now to compensate. + * If there's no text, we want the height to be one linespace. */ - width -= 10; - height -= 10; - - if (!haveImage) { - /* - * Extra inset for the focus ring. - */ - butPtr->inset += 1; - } - break; + height = fm.linespace; } + break; - case TYPE_LABEL: { - /* - * The User Experience says, "as wide as needed". - */ - width = txtWidth; - - /* - * The User Experience says, "8 (DLUs) per line of text." - * Since text is, by definition, 8 DLU/line, this allows - * for multi-line text while working perfectly for single-line - * text. - */ - if (txtHeight) { - height = txtHeight; - } else { - /* - * If there's no text, we want the height to be one linespace. - */ - height = fm.linespace; - } - break; - } - - case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: - case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: { - /* See note for TYPE_LABEL */ - width = txtWidth; - /* - * The User Experience says 10 DLUs. (Is that one DLU above - * and below for the focus ring?) See note above about - * multi-line text and 8 DLU/line. - */ - height = txtHeight + (int)(0.5 + (2.0 * vDLU)); - - /* - * The above includes 2 DLUs of padding which should include - * defaults of 1 pixel of highlightwidth, 0 pixels of - * borderwidth, and 1 pixel of padding on each side. Those - * will be added later so reduce height now to compensate. - */ - height -= 4; - - /* - * Extra inset for the focus ring. - */ - butPtr->inset += 1; - break; - } + case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: + case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: { + /* + * See note for TYPE_LABEL. + */ + + width = txtWidth; + + /* + * The User Experience says 10 DLUs. (Is that one DLU above and below + * for the focus ring?) See note above about multi-line text and 8 + * DLU/line. + */ + + height = txtHeight + (int)(0.5 + (2.0 * vDLU)); + + /* + * The above includes 2 DLUs of padding which should include defaults + * of 1 pixel of highlightwidth, 0 pixels of borderwidth, and 1 pixel + * of padding on each side. Those will be added later so reduce height + * now to compensate. + */ + + height -= 4; + + /* + * Extra inset for the focus ring. + */ + butPtr->inset += 1; + break; + } }/* switch */ /* - * At this point, the width and height are correct for a Tk text - * button, excluding padding and inset, but we have to allow for - * compound buttons. The image may be above, below, left, or right - * of the text. + * At this point, the width and height are correct for a Tk text button, + * excluding padding and inset, but we have to allow for compound buttons. + * The image may be above, below, left, or right of the text. */ /* - * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), - * the new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. - * We only honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an - * image, because otherwise it is not really a compound button. + * If the button is compound (i.e., it shows both an image and text), the + * new geometry is a combination of the image and text geometry. We only + * honor the compound bit if the button has both text and an image, + * because otherwise it is not really a compound button. */ + if (butPtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE && haveImage && haveText) { switch ((enum compound) butPtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { - /* Image is above or below text */ - if (imgWidth > width) { - width = imgWidth; - } - height += imgHeight + butPtr->padY; - break; + case COMPOUND_TOP: + case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: + /* + * Image is above or below text. + */ + + if (imgWidth > width) { + width = imgWidth; } - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { - /* Image is left or right of text */ - /* - * Only increase width of button if image doesn't fit in - * slack space of default button width - */ - if ((imgWidth + txtWidth + butPtr->padX) > width) { - width = imgWidth + txtWidth + butPtr->padX; - } + height += imgHeight + butPtr->padY; + break; - if (imgHeight > height) { - height = imgHeight; - } - break; + case COMPOUND_LEFT: + case COMPOUND_RIGHT: + + /* + * Image is left or right of text. + * + * Only increase width of button if image doesn't fit in slack + * space of default button width + */ + + if ((imgWidth + txtWidth + butPtr->padX) > width) { + width = imgWidth + txtWidth + butPtr->padX; } - case COMPOUND_CENTER: { - /* Image and text are superimposed */ - if (imgWidth > width) { - width = imgWidth; - } - if (imgHeight > height) { - height = imgHeight; - } - break; + + if (imgHeight > height) { + height = imgHeight; } - case COMPOUND_NONE: { - break; + break; + + case COMPOUND_CENTER: + /* + * Image and text are superimposed. + */ + + if (imgWidth > width) { + width = imgWidth; } + if (imgHeight > height) { + height = imgHeight; + } + break; + case COMPOUND_NONE: + break; } /* switch */ - /* Fix up for minimum width */ - if (butPtr->width < 0) { - /* minWidth in pixels (because there's an image */ - minWidth = -(butPtr->width); - if (width < minWidth) { - width = minWidth; - } - } else if (butPtr->width > 0) { + /* + * Fix up for minimum width. + */ + + if (butPtr->width < 0) { + /* + * minWidth in pixels (because there's an image. + */ + + minWidth = -(butPtr->width); + if (width < minWidth) { + width = minWidth; + } + } else if (butPtr->width > 0) { width = butPtr->width; } @@ -1038,68 +1104,76 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) height = imgHeight; } } else { - /* No image. May or may not be text. May or may not be compound. */ + /* + * No image. May or may not be text. May or may not be compound. + */ - /* - * butPtr->width is in characters. We need to allow for that - * many characters on the face, not in the over-all button width + /* + * butPtr->width is in characters. We need to allow for that many + * characters on the face, not in the over-all button width */ - if (butPtr->width > 0) { + + if (butPtr->width > 0) { width = butPtr->width * avgWidth; } /* - * butPtr->height is in lines of text. We need to allow for - * that many lines on the face, not in the over-all button - * height. + * butPtr->height is in lines of text. We need to allow for that many + * lines on the face, not in the over-all button height. */ + if (butPtr->height > 0) { height = butPtr->height * fm.linespace; /* - * Make the same adjustments as above to get same height for - * e.g. a one line text with -height 0 or 1. [Bug #565485] + * Make the same adjustments as above to get same height for e.g. + * a one line text with -height 0 or 1. [Bug #565485] */ switch (butPtr->type) { - case TYPE_BUTTON: { - height += (int)(0.5 + (6 * vDLU)) - 10; - break; - } - case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: - case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: { - height += (int)(0.5 + (2.0 * vDLU)) - 4; - break; - } + case TYPE_BUTTON: { + height += (int)(0.5 + (6 * vDLU)) - 10; + break; + } + case TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON: + case TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON: { + height += (int)(0.5 + (2.0 * vDLU)) - 4; + break; + } } } - - width += 2 * butPtr->padX; + + width += 2 * butPtr->padX; height += 2 * butPtr->padY; } - /* Fix up width and height for indicator sizing and spacing */ + /* + * Fix up width and height for indicator sizing and spacing. + */ + if (butPtr->type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON || butPtr->type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) { if (butPtr->indicatorOn) { butPtr->indicatorDiameter = tsdPtr->boxHeight; - /* - * Make sure we can see the whole indicator, even if the text - * or image is very small. - */ - if (height < butPtr->indicatorDiameter) { - height = butPtr->indicatorDiameter; - } + /* + * Make sure we can see the whole indicator, even if the text or + * image is very small. + */ + + if (height < butPtr->indicatorDiameter) { + height = butPtr->indicatorDiameter; + } /* - * There is no rule for space between the indicator and - * the text (the two are atomic on 'Windows) but the User - * Experience page 451 says leave 3 hDLUs between "text - * labels and their associated controls". + * There is no rule for space between the indicator and the text + * (the two are atomic on 'Windows) but the User Experience page + * 451 says leave 3 hDLUs between "text labels and their + * associated controls". */ + butPtr->indicatorSpace = butPtr->indicatorDiameter + - (int)(0.5 + (3.0 * hDLU)); + (int)(0.5 + (3.0 * hDLU)); width += butPtr->indicatorSpace; } } @@ -1107,7 +1181,8 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) /* * Inset is always added to the size. */ - width += 2 * butPtr->inset; + + width += 2 * butPtr->inset; height += 2 * butPtr->inset; Tk_GeometryRequest(butPtr->tkwin, width, height); @@ -1119,8 +1194,8 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) * * ButtonProc -- * - * This function is call by Windows whenever an event occurs on - * a button control created by Tk. + * This function is call by Windows whenever an event occurs on a button + * control created by Tk. * * Results: * Standard Windows return value. @@ -1132,86 +1207,96 @@ TkpComputeButtonGeometry(butPtr) */ static LRESULT CALLBACK -ButtonProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +ButtonProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { LRESULT result; WinButton *butPtr; Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); if (tkwin == NULL) { - panic("ButtonProc called on an invalid HWND"); + Tcl_Panic("ButtonProc called on an invalid HWND"); } butPtr = (WinButton *)((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData; switch(message) { - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - return 0; - - case BM_GETCHECK: - if (((butPtr->info.type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) - || (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON)) - && butPtr->info.indicatorOn) { - return (butPtr->info.flags & SELECTED) - ? BST_CHECKED : BST_UNCHECKED; - } - return 0; - - case BM_GETSTATE: { - DWORD state = 0; - if (((butPtr->info.type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) - || (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON)) - && butPtr->info.indicatorOn) { - state = (butPtr->info.flags & SELECTED) + case WM_ERASEBKGND: + return 0; + + case BM_GETCHECK: + if (((butPtr->info.type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) + || (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON)) + && butPtr->info.indicatorOn) { + return (butPtr->info.flags & SELECTED) ? BST_CHECKED : BST_UNCHECKED; - } - if (butPtr->info.flags & GOT_FOCUS) { - state |= BST_FOCUS; - } - return state; } - case WM_ENABLE: - break; + return 0; - case WM_PAINT: { - PAINTSTRUCT ps; - BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps); - EndPaint(hwnd, &ps); - TkpDisplayButton((ClientData)butPtr); + case BM_GETSTATE: { + DWORD state = 0; - /* - * Special note: must cancel any existing idle handler - * for TkpDisplayButton; it's no longer needed, and - * TkpDisplayButton cleared the REDRAW_PENDING flag. - */ - - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData)butPtr); - return 0; + if (((butPtr->info.type == TYPE_CHECK_BUTTON) + || (butPtr->info.type == TYPE_RADIO_BUTTON)) + && butPtr->info.indicatorOn) { + state = (butPtr->info.flags & SELECTED) + ? BST_CHECKED : BST_UNCHECKED; } - case BN_CLICKED: { - int code; - Tcl_Interp *interp = butPtr->info.interp; - if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) { - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp); - code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr); - if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE - && code != TCL_BREAK) { - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (button invoke)"); - Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); - } - Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp); - } - Tcl_ServiceAll(); - return 0; + if (butPtr->info.flags & GOT_FOCUS) { + state |= BST_FOCUS; } + return state; + } + case WM_ENABLE: + break; + + case WM_PAINT: { + PAINTSTRUCT ps; + BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps); + EndPaint(hwnd, &ps); + TkpDisplayButton((ClientData)butPtr); - default: - if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { - return result; + /* + * Special note: must cancel any existing idle handler for + * TkpDisplayButton; it's no longer needed, and TkpDisplayButton + * cleared the REDRAW_PENDING flag. + */ + + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayButton, (ClientData)butPtr); + return 0; + } + case BN_CLICKED: { + int code; + Tcl_Interp *interp = butPtr->info.interp; + + if (butPtr->info.state != STATE_DISABLED) { + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp); + code = TkInvokeButton((TkButton*)butPtr); + if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE + && code != TCL_BREAK) { + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (button invoke)"); + Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } + Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp); + } + Tcl_ServiceAll(); + return 0; + } + + default: + if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { + return result; + } } return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinClipboard.c b/win/tkWinClipboard.c index 38037c2..76711b5 100644 --- a/win/tkWinClipboard.c +++ b/win/tkWinClipboard.c @@ -6,28 +6,28 @@ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkSelect.h" -static void UpdateClipboard _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd)); +static void UpdateClipboard(HWND hwnd); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkSelGetSelection -- * - * Retrieve the specified selection from another process. For - * now, only fetching XA_STRING from CLIPBOARD is supported. - * Eventually other types should be allowed. + * Retrieve the specified selection from another process. For now, only + * fetching XA_STRING from CLIPBOARD is supported. Eventually other types + * should be allowed. * * Results: - * The return value is a standard Tcl return value. - * If an error occurs (such as no selection exists) - * then an error message is left in the interp's result. + * The return value is a standard Tcl return value. If an error occurs + * (such as no selection exists) then an error message is left in the + * interp's result. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -36,18 +36,17 @@ static void UpdateClipboard _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd)); */ int -TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for reporting - * errors. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window on whose behalf to retrieve - * the selection (determines display - * from which to retrieve). */ - Atom selection; /* Selection to retrieve. */ - Atom target; /* Desired form in which selection - * is to be returned. */ - Tk_GetSelProc *proc; /* Procedure to call to process the - * selection, once it has been retrieved. */ - ClientData clientData; /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */ +TkSelGetSelection( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on whose behalf to retrieve the + * selection (determines display from which to + * retrieve). */ + Atom selection, /* Selection to retrieve. */ + Atom target, /* Desired form in which selection is to be + * returned. */ + Tk_GetSelProc *proc, /* Procedure to call to process the selection, + * once it has been retrieved. */ + ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary value to pass to proc. */ { char *data, *destPtr; Tcl_DString ds; @@ -62,8 +61,8 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) } /* - * Attempt to get the data in Unicode form if available as this is - * less work that CF_TEXT. + * Attempt to get the data in Unicode form if available as this is less + * work that CF_TEXT. */ result = TCL_ERROR; @@ -91,8 +90,8 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) } /* - * Get the locale identifier, determine the proper code page - * to use, and find the corresponding encoding. + * Get the locale identifier, determine the proper code page to + * use, and find the corresponding encoding. */ Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); @@ -100,9 +99,8 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) data = GlobalLock(handle); /* - * Even though the documentation claims that GetLocaleInfo - * expects an LCID, on Windows 9x it really seems to expect - * a LanguageID. + * Even though the documentation claims that GetLocaleInfo expects + * an LCID, on Windows 9x it really seems to expect a LanguageID. */ locale = LANGIDFROMLCID(*((int*)data)); @@ -163,11 +161,10 @@ TkSelGetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, proc, clientData) CloseClipboard(); return result; -error: + error: Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, selection), " selection doesn't exist or form \"", - Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target), - "\" not defined", (char *) NULL); + Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, target), "\" not defined", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -176,9 +173,8 @@ error: * * TkSetSelectionOwner -- * - * This function claims ownership of the specified selection. - * If the selection is CLIPBOARD, then we empty the system - * clipboard. + * This function claims ownership of the specified selection. If the + * selection is CLIPBOARD, then we empty the system clipboard. * * Results: * None. @@ -190,27 +186,26 @@ error: */ int -XSetSelectionOwner(display, selection, owner, time) - Display* display; - Atom selection; - Window owner; - Time time; +XSetSelectionOwner( + Display *display, + Atom selection, + Window owner, + Time time) { HWND hwnd = owner ? TkWinGetHWND(owner) : NULL; Tk_Window tkwin; /* - * This is a gross hack because the Tk_InternAtom interface is broken. - * It expects a Tk_Window, even though it only needs a Tk_Display. + * This is a gross hack because the Tk_InternAtom interface is broken. It + * expects a Tk_Window, even though it only needs a Tk_Display. */ tkwin = (Tk_Window) TkGetMainInfoList()->winPtr; if (selection == Tk_InternAtom(tkwin, "CLIPBOARD")) { - /* - * Only claim and empty the clipboard if we aren't already the - * owner of the clipboard. + * Only claim and empty the clipboard if we aren't already the owner + * of the clipboard. */ if (GetClipboardOwner() != hwnd) { @@ -225,8 +220,8 @@ XSetSelectionOwner(display, selection, owner, time) * * TkWinClipboardRender -- * - * This function supplies the contents of the clipboard in - * response to a WM_RENDERFORMAT message. + * This function supplies the contents of the clipboard in response to a + * WM_RENDERFORMAT message. * * Results: * None. @@ -238,9 +233,9 @@ XSetSelectionOwner(display, selection, owner, time) */ void -TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; - UINT format; +TkWinClipboardRender( + TkDisplay *dispPtr, + UINT format) { TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr; TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr; @@ -251,13 +246,14 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) for (targetPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; targetPtr != NULL; targetPtr = targetPtr->nextPtr) { - if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING) + if (targetPtr->type == XA_STRING) { break; + } } /* - * Count the number of newlines so we can add space for them in - * the resulting string. + * Count the number of newlines so we can add space for them in the + * resulting string. */ length = 0; @@ -278,7 +274,7 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) * Copy the data and change EOL characters. */ - buffer = rawText = ckalloc(length + 1); + buffer = rawText = ckalloc((unsigned)length + 1); if (targetPtr != NULL) { for (cbPtr = targetPtr->firstBufferPtr; cbPtr != NULL; cbPtr = cbPtr->nextPtr) { @@ -294,8 +290,8 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) *buffer = '\0'; /* - * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the - * system encoding before placing it on the clipboard. + * Depending on the platform, turn the data into Unicode or the system + * encoding before placing it on the clipboard. */ if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { @@ -303,13 +299,14 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(rawText, -1, &ds); ckfree(rawText); handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)+2); + (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); if (!handle) { Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); return; } buffer = GlobalLock(handle); - memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); + memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 2); GlobalUnlock(handle); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, handle); @@ -317,19 +314,18 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, rawText, -1, &ds); ckfree(rawText); handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE, - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)+1); + (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1); if (!handle) { Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); return; } buffer = GlobalLock(handle); - memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1); + memcpy(buffer, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + (unsigned) Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) + 1); GlobalUnlock(handle); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); SetClipboardData(CF_TEXT, handle); } - - return; } /* @@ -337,8 +333,8 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) * * TkSelUpdateClipboard -- * - * This function is called to force the clipboard to be updated - * after new data is added. + * This function is called to force the clipboard to be updated after new + * data is added. * * Results: * None. @@ -350,9 +346,9 @@ TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, format) */ void -TkSelUpdateClipboard(winPtr, targetPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; - TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr; +TkSelUpdateClipboard( + TkWindow *winPtr, + TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr) { HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window); UpdateClipboard(hwnd); @@ -363,8 +359,8 @@ TkSelUpdateClipboard(winPtr, targetPtr) * * UpdateClipboard -- * - * Take ownership of the clipboard, clear it, and indicate to the - * system the supported formats. + * Take ownership of the clipboard, clear it, and indicate to the system + * the supported formats. * * Results: * None. @@ -376,16 +372,16 @@ TkSelUpdateClipboard(winPtr, targetPtr) */ static void -UpdateClipboard(hwnd) - HWND hwnd; +UpdateClipboard( + HWND hwnd) { TkWinUpdatingClipboard(TRUE); OpenClipboard(hwnd); EmptyClipboard(); /* - * CF_UNICODETEXT is only supported on NT, but it it is prefered - * when possible. + * CF_UNICODETEXT is only supported on NT, but it it is prefered when + * possible. */ if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { @@ -402,25 +398,22 @@ UpdateClipboard(hwnd) * * TkSelEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a selection-related - * event occurs. + * This procedure is invoked whenever a selection-related event occurs. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Lots: depends on the type of event. + * Lots: depends on the type of event. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window for which event was - * targeted. */ - register XEvent *eventPtr; /* X event: either SelectionClear, - * SelectionRequest, or - * SelectionNotify. */ +TkSelEventProc( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window for which event was targeted. */ + register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event: either SelectionClear, + * SelectionRequest, or SelectionNotify. */ { if (eventPtr->type == SelectionClear) { TkSelClearSelection(tkwin, eventPtr); @@ -432,9 +425,8 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) * * TkSelPropProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked when property-change events - * occur on windows not known to the toolkit. This is a stub - * function under Windows. + * This procedure is invoked when property-change events occur on windows + * not known to the toolkit. This is a stub function under Windows. * * Results: * None. @@ -446,7 +438,15 @@ TkSelEventProc(tkwin, eventPtr) */ void -TkSelPropProc(eventPtr) - register XEvent *eventPtr; /* X PropertyChange event. */ +TkSelPropProc( + register XEvent *eventPtr) /* X PropertyChange event. */ { } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinColor.c b/win/tkWinColor.c index ffb4bd1..20ab2e0 100644 --- a/win/tkWinColor.c +++ b/win/tkWinColor.c @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -20,15 +20,14 @@ typedef struct WinColor { TkColor info; /* Generic color information. */ - int index; /* Index for GetSysColor(), -1 if color - * is not a "live" system color. */ + int index; /* Index for GetSysColor(), -1 if color is not + * a "live" system color. */ } WinColor; /* - * The sysColors array contains the names and index values for the - * Windows indirect system color names. In use, all of the names - * will have the string "System" prepended, but we omit it in the table - * to save space. + * The sysColors array contains the names and index values for the Windows + * indirect system color names. In use, all of the names will have the string + * "System" prepended, but we omit it in the table to save space. */ typedef struct { @@ -36,7 +35,6 @@ typedef struct { int index; } SystemColorEntry; - static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = { {"3dDarkShadow", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW}, {"3dLight", COLOR_3DLIGHT}, @@ -50,16 +48,16 @@ static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = { {"ButtonText", COLOR_BTNTEXT}, {"CaptionText", COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT}, {"DisabledText", COLOR_GRAYTEXT}, - {"GrayText", COLOR_GRAYTEXT}, + {"GrayText", COLOR_GRAYTEXT}, {"Highlight", COLOR_HIGHLIGHT}, {"HighlightText", COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT}, {"InactiveBorder", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER}, {"InactiveCaption", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION}, {"InactiveCaptionText", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT}, {"InfoBackground", COLOR_INFOBK}, - {"InfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT}, + {"InfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT}, {"Menu", COLOR_MENU}, - {"MenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT}, + {"MenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT}, {"Scrollbar", COLOR_SCROLLBAR}, {"Window", COLOR_WINDOW}, {"WindowFrame", COLOR_WINDOWFRAME}, @@ -76,20 +74,20 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file. */ -static int FindSystemColor _ANSI_ARGS_((const char *name, - XColor *colorPtr, int *indexPtr)); +static int FindSystemColor(const char *name, XColor *colorPtr, + int *indexPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * FindSystemColor -- * - * This routine finds the color entry that corresponds to the - * specified color. + * This routine finds the color entry that corresponds to the specified + * color. * * Results: - * Returns non-zero on success. The RGB values of the XColor - * will be initialized to the proper values on success. + * Returns non-zero on success. The RGB values of the XColor will be + * initialized to the proper values on success. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -98,18 +96,18 @@ static int FindSystemColor _ANSI_ARGS_((const char *name, */ static int -FindSystemColor(name, colorPtr, indexPtr) - const char *name; /* Color name. */ - XColor *colorPtr; /* Where to store results. */ - int *indexPtr; /* Out parameter to store color index. */ +FindSystemColor( + const char *name, /* Color name. */ + XColor *colorPtr, /* Where to store results. */ + int *indexPtr) /* Out parameter to store color index. */ { int l, u, r, i; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* - * Count the number of elements in the color array if we haven't - * done so yet. + * Count the number of elements in the color array if we haven't done so + * yet. */ if (tsdPtr->ncolors == 0) { @@ -152,10 +150,12 @@ FindSystemColor(name, colorPtr, indexPtr) *indexPtr = sysColors[i].index; colorPtr->pixel = GetSysColor(sysColors[i].index); + /* - * x257 is (value<<8 + value) to get the properly bit shifted - * and padded value. [Bug: 4919] + * x257 is (value<<8 + value) to get the properly bit shifted and padded + * value. [Bug: 4919] */ + colorPtr->red = GetRValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257; colorPtr->green = GetGValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257; colorPtr->blue = GetBValue(colorPtr->pixel) * 257; @@ -176,27 +176,26 @@ FindSystemColor(name, colorPtr, indexPtr) * * Side effects: * May invalidate the colormap cache associated with tkwin upon - * allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor - * structure. + * allocating a new colormap entry. Allocates a new TkColor structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkColor * -TkpGetColor(tkwin, name) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which color will be used. */ - Tk_Uid name; /* Name of color to allocated (in form +TkpGetColor( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ + Tk_Uid name) /* Name of color to allocated (in form * suitable for passing to XParseColor). */ { WinColor *winColPtr; XColor color; int index = -1; /* -1 indicates that this is not an indirect - * sytem color. */ + * system color. */ /* - * Check to see if it is a system color or an X color string. If the - * color is found, allocate a new WinColor and store the XColor and the - * system color index. + * Check to see if it is a system color or an X color string. If the color + * is found, allocate a new WinColor and store the XColor and the system + * color index. */ if (((strncasecmp(name, "system", 6) == 0) @@ -219,27 +218,26 @@ TkpGetColor(tkwin, name) * * TkpGetColorByValue -- * - * Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, - * locate a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given - * window. + * Given a desired set of red-green-blue intensities for a color, locate + * a pixel value to use to draw that color in a given window. * * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that - * indicates the closest red, blue, and green intensities available - * to those specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel - * value to use to draw in that color. + * The return value is a pointer to an TkColor structure that indicates + * the closest red, blue, and green intensities available to those + * specified in colorPtr, and also specifies a pixel value to use to draw + * in that color. * * Side effects: - * May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. - * Allocates a new TkColor structure. + * May invalidate the colormap cache for the specified window. Allocates + * a new TkColor structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ TkColor * -TkpGetColorByValue(tkwin, colorPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which color will be used. */ - XColor *colorPtr; /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate +TkpGetColorByValue( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which color will be used. */ + XColor *colorPtr) /* Red, green, and blue fields indicate * desired color. */ { WinColor *tkColPtr = (WinColor *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinColor)); @@ -264,15 +262,15 @@ TkpGetColorByValue(tkwin, colorPtr) * None * * Side effects: - * Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with - * the given color. + * Invalidates the colormap cache for the colormap associated with the + * given color. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) - TkColor *tkColPtr; /* Color to be released. Must have been +TkpFreeColor( + TkColor *tkColPtr) /* Color to be released. Must have been * allocated by TkpGetColor or * TkpGetColorByValue. */ { @@ -287,13 +285,13 @@ TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) * * TkWinIndexOfColor -- * - * Given a color, return the system color index that was used - * to create the color. + * Given a color, return the system color index that was used to create + * the color. * * Results: - * If the color was allocated using a system indirect color name, - * then the corresponding GetSysColor() index is returned. - * Otherwise, -1 is returned. + * If the color was allocated using a system indirect color name, then + * the corresponding GetSysColor() index is returned. Otherwise, -1 is + * returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -302,8 +300,8 @@ TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr) */ int -TkWinIndexOfColor(colorPtr) - XColor *colorPtr; +TkWinIndexOfColor( + XColor *colorPtr) { register WinColor *winColPtr = (WinColor *) colorPtr; if (winColPtr->info.magic == COLOR_MAGIC) { @@ -320,8 +318,8 @@ TkWinIndexOfColor(colorPtr) * Find the closest available color to the specified XColor. * * Results: - * Updates the color argument and returns 1 on success. Otherwise - * returns 0. + * Updates the color argument and returns 1 on success. Otherwise returns + * 0. * * Side effects: * Allocates a new color in the palette. @@ -330,10 +328,10 @@ TkWinIndexOfColor(colorPtr) */ int -XAllocColor(display, colormap, color) - Display* display; - Colormap colormap; - XColor* color; +XAllocColor( + Display *display, + Colormap colormap, + XColor *color) { TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap; PALETTEENTRY entry, closeEntry; @@ -362,13 +360,12 @@ XAllocColor(display, colormap, color) closeEntry.peBlue); /* - * If this is not a duplicate, allocate a new entry. Note that - * we may get values for index that are above the current size - * of the palette. This happens because we don't shrink the size of - * the palette object when we deallocate colors so there may be - * stale values that match in the upper slots. We should ignore - * those values and just put the new color in as if the colors - * had not matched. + * If this is not a duplicate, allocate a new entry. Note that we may + * get values for index that are above the current size of the + * palette. This happens because we don't shrink the size of the + * palette object when we deallocate colors so there may be stale + * values that match in the upper slots. We should ignore those values + * and just put the new color in as if the colors had not matched. */ if ((index >= cmap->size) || (newPixel != closePixel)) { @@ -389,15 +386,14 @@ XAllocColor(display, colormap, color) color->pixel = PALETTERGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue); entryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, - (char *) color->pixel, &new); + INT2PTR(color->pixel), &new); if (new) { refCount = 1; } else { - refCount = ((int) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr)) + 1; + refCount = (PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr))) + 1; } - Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData)refCount); + Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount)); } else { - /* * Determine what color will actually be used on non-colormap systems. */ @@ -424,19 +420,19 @@ XAllocColor(display, colormap, color) * None. * * Side effects: - * Removes entries for the current palette and compacts the - * remaining set. + * Removes entries for the current palette and compacts the remaining + * set. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XFreeColors(display, colormap, pixels, npixels, planes) - Display* display; - Colormap colormap; - unsigned long* pixels; - int npixels; - unsigned long planes; +XFreeColors( + Display *display, + Colormap colormap, + unsigned long *pixels, + int npixels, + unsigned long planes) { TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap; COLORREF cref; @@ -451,36 +447,34 @@ XFreeColors(display, colormap, pixels, npixels, planes) */ if (GetDeviceCaps(dc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE) { - /* * This is really slow for large values of npixels. */ for (i = 0; i < npixels; i++) { - entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, - (char *) pixels[i]); + entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, INT2PTR(pixels[i])); if (!entryPtr) { - panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated."); + Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated."); } - refCount = (int) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr) - 1; + refCount = PTR2INT(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr)) - 1; if (refCount == 0) { cref = pixels[i] & 0x00ffffff; index = GetNearestPaletteIndex(cmap->palette, cref); GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, 1, &entry); if (cref == RGB(entry.peRed, entry.peGreen, entry.peBlue)) { count = cmap->size - index; - entries = (PALETTEENTRY *) ckalloc(sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) - * count); + entries = (PALETTEENTRY *) + ckalloc(sizeof(PALETTEENTRY) * count); GetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index+1, count, entries); SetPaletteEntries(cmap->palette, index, count, entries); ckfree((char *) entries); cmap->size--; } else { - panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated."); + Tcl_Panic("Tried to free a color that isn't allocated."); } Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr); } else { - Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData)refCount); + Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(refCount)); } } } @@ -505,11 +499,11 @@ XFreeColors(display, colormap, pixels, npixels, planes) */ Colormap -XCreateColormap(display, w, visual, alloc) - Display* display; - Window w; - Visual* visual; - int alloc; +XCreateColormap( + Display *display, + Window w, + Visual *visual, + int alloc) { char logPalBuf[sizeof(LOGPALETTE) + 256 * sizeof(PALETTEENTRY)]; LOGPALETTE *logPalettePtr; @@ -542,9 +536,9 @@ XCreateColormap(display, w, visual, alloc) Tcl_InitHashTable(&cmap->refCounts, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); for (i = 0; i < logPalettePtr->palNumEntries; i++) { entryPtr = logPalettePtr->palPalEntry + i; - hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, (char*) PALETTERGB( - entryPtr->peRed, entryPtr->peGreen, entryPtr->peBlue), &new); - Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, (ClientData)1); + hashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&cmap->refCounts, INT2PTR(PALETTERGB( + entryPtr->peRed, entryPtr->peGreen, entryPtr->peBlue)), &new); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hashPtr, INT2PTR(1)); } return (Colormap)cmap; @@ -561,21 +555,21 @@ XCreateColormap(display, w, visual, alloc) * None. * * Side effects: - * Deletes the palette associated with the colormap. Note that - * the palette must not be selected into a device context when - * this occurs. + * Deletes the palette associated with the colormap. Note that the + * palette must not be selected into a device context when this occurs. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XFreeColormap(display, colormap) - Display* display; - Colormap colormap; +XFreeColormap( + Display *display, + Colormap colormap) { TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap; + if (!DeleteObject(cmap->palette)) { - panic("Unable to free colormap, palette is still selected."); + Tcl_Panic("Unable to free colormap, palette is still selected."); } Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&cmap->refCounts); ckfree((char *) cmap); @@ -587,10 +581,9 @@ XFreeColormap(display, colormap) * * TkWinSelectPalette -- * - * This function sets up the specified device context with a - * given palette. If the palette is stale, it realizes it in - * the background unless the palette is the current global - * palette. + * This function sets up the specified device context with a given + * palette. If the palette is stale, it realizes it in the background + * unless the palette is the current global palette. * * Results: * Returns the previous palette selected into the device context. @@ -602,9 +595,9 @@ XFreeColormap(display, colormap) */ HPALETTE -TkWinSelectPalette(dc, colormap) - HDC dc; - Colormap colormap; +TkWinSelectPalette( + HDC dc, + Colormap colormap) { TkWinColormap *cmap = (TkWinColormap *) colormap; HPALETTE oldPalette; @@ -614,3 +607,11 @@ TkWinSelectPalette(dc, colormap) RealizePalette(dc); return oldPalette; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinConfig.c b/win/tkWinConfig.c index efb619e..422e399 100644 --- a/win/tkWinConfig.c +++ b/win/tkWinConfig.c @@ -1,17 +1,15 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinConfig.c -- * - * This module implements the Windows system defaults for - * the configuration package. + * This module implements the Windows system defaults for the + * configuration package. * * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ -#include "tk.h" -#include "tkInt.h" #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -20,13 +18,13 @@ * * TkpGetSystemDefault -- * - * Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, - * return a string representation of the option. + * Given a dbName and className for a configuration option, return a + * string representation of the option. * * Results: - * Returns a Tk_Uid that is the string identifier that identifies - * this option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults - * that match this pair. + * Returns a Tk_Uid that is the string identifier that identifies this + * option. Returns NULL if there are no system defaults that match this + * pair. * * Side effects: * None, once the package is initialized. @@ -38,7 +36,7 @@ Tcl_Obj * TkpGetSystemDefault( Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */ CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ - CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ + CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ { Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr; Tk_Uid classUid; @@ -56,3 +54,11 @@ TkpGetSystemDefault( return valueObjPtr; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinCursor.c b/win/tkWinCursor.c index 4a0f11a..dee3419 100644 --- a/win/tkWinCursor.c +++ b/win/tkWinCursor.c @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinCursor.c -- * * This file contains Win32 specific cursor related routines. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" /* - * The following data structure contains the system specific data - * necessary to control Windows cursors. + * The following data structure contains the system specific data necessary to + * control Windows cursors. */ typedef struct { @@ -23,16 +23,20 @@ typedef struct { } TkWinCursor; /* - * The HAND cursor is only present when WINVER >= 0x0500. If this is - * not available at runtime, it will default to the unix-style cursor. + * The HAND cursor is only present when WINVER >= 0x0500. If this is not + * available at runtime, it will default to the unix-style cursor. */ + #ifndef IDC_HAND #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649) #endif +#ifndef IDC_HELP +#define IDC_HELP MAKEINTRESOURCE(32651) +#endif /* - * The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor - * to its resource identifier. + * The table below is used to map from the name of a predefined cursor to its + * resource identifier. */ static struct CursorName { @@ -59,6 +63,7 @@ static struct CursorName { {"watch", IDC_WAIT}, {"xterm", IDC_IBEAM}, {"hand2", IDC_HAND}, + {"question_arrow", IDC_HELP}, {NULL, 0} }; @@ -74,10 +79,10 @@ static struct CursorName { * * TkGetCursorByName -- * - * Retrieve a system cursor by name. + * Retrieve a system cursor by name. * * Results: - * Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors. + * Returns a new cursor, or NULL on errors. * * Side effects: * Allocates a new cursor. @@ -86,11 +91,11 @@ static struct CursorName { */ TkCursor * -TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - Tk_Uid string; /* Description of cursor. See manual entry - * for details on legal syntax. */ +TkGetCursorByName( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ + Tk_Uid string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for + * details on legal syntax. */ { struct CursorName *namePtr; TkWinCursor *cursorPtr; @@ -116,8 +121,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) if (argv[0][0] == '@') { /* - * Check for system cursor of type @<filename>, where only - * the name is allowed. This accepts any of: + * Check for system cursor of type @<filename>, where only the name is + * allowed. This accepts any of: * -cursor @/winnt/cursors/globe.ani * -cursor @C:/Winnt/cursors/E_arrow.cur * -cursor {@C:/Program\ Files/Cursors/bart.ani} @@ -127,7 +132,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't get cursor from a file in", - " a safe interpreter", (char *) NULL); + " a safe interpreter", NULL); ckfree((char *) argv); ckfree((char *) cursorPtr); return NULL; @@ -137,6 +142,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) /* * Check for the cursor in the system cursor set. */ + for (namePtr = cursorNames; namePtr->name != NULL; namePtr++) { if (strcmp(namePtr->name, argv[0]) == 0) { cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, namePtr->id); @@ -146,9 +152,10 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) if (cursorPtr->winCursor == NULL) { /* - * Hmm, it is not in the system cursor set. Check to see - * if it is one of our application resources. + * Hmm, it is not in the system cursor set. Check to see if it is + * one of our application resources. */ + cursorPtr->winCursor = LoadCursor(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), argv[0]); } else { cursorPtr->system = 1; @@ -159,8 +166,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) ckfree((char *) cursorPtr); badCursorSpec: ckfree((char *) argv); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL); return NULL; } else { ckfree((char *) argv); @@ -185,15 +191,14 @@ TkGetCursorByName(interp, tkwin, string) */ TkCursor * -TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, - fgColor, bgColor) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *source; /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - CONST char *mask; /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ - int width, height; /* Dimensions of cursor. */ - int xHot, yHot; /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ - XColor fgColor; /* Foreground color for cursor. */ - XColor bgColor; /* Background color for cursor. */ +TkCreateCursorFromData( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ + CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ + CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ + int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ + int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ + XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ + XColor bgColor) /* Background color for cursor. */ { return NULL; } @@ -216,9 +221,10 @@ TkCreateCursorFromData(tkwin, source, mask, width, height, xHot, yHot, */ void -TkpFreeCursor(cursorPtr) - TkCursor *cursorPtr; +TkpFreeCursor( + TkCursor *cursorPtr) { + /* TkWinCursor *winCursorPtr = (TkWinCursor *) cursorPtr; */ } /* @@ -226,8 +232,8 @@ TkpFreeCursor(cursorPtr) * * TkpSetCursor -- * - * Set the global cursor. If the cursor is None, then use the - * default Tk cursor. + * Set the global cursor. If the cursor is None, then use the default Tk + * cursor. * * Results: * None. @@ -239,8 +245,8 @@ TkpFreeCursor(cursorPtr) */ void -TkpSetCursor(cursor) - TkpCursor cursor; +TkpSetCursor( + TkpCursor cursor) { HCURSOR hcursor; TkWinCursor *winCursor = (TkWinCursor *) cursor; @@ -255,3 +261,11 @@ TkpSetCursor(cursor) SetCursor(hcursor); } } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinDefault.h b/win/tkWinDefault.h index dcc810e..a1a76c7 100644 --- a/win/tkWinDefault.h +++ b/win/tkWinDefault.h @@ -26,7 +26,6 @@ #define BLACK "Black" #define WHITE "White" -#define CTL_FONT "{MS Sans Serif} 8" #define NORMAL_BG "SystemButtonFace" #define NORMAL_FG "SystemButtonText" #define ACTIVE_BG NORMAL_BG @@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ #define DEF_BUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" #define DEF_BUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_CHKRAD_FG TEXT_FG -#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_BUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_BUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_BUTTON_BG_COLOR #define DEF_BUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_MONO DEF_BUTTON_BG_MONO @@ -91,6 +90,7 @@ #define DEF_BUTTON_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT "" #define DEF_BUTTON_TEXT_VARIABLE "" +#define DEF_BUTTON_TRISTATE_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_UNDERLINE "-1" #define DEF_BUTTON_VALUE "" #define DEF_BUTTON_WIDTH "0" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_COLOR "SystemWindow" #define DEF_ENTRY_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH "2" +#define DEF_ENTRY_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_ENTRY_CURSOR "xterm" #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_COLOR "SystemButtonFace" #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_ENTRY_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_ENTRY_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" -#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_ENTRY_FONT "TkTextFont" #define DEF_ENTRY_FG TEXT_FG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_ENTRY_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ #define DEF_LABELFRAME_CLASS "Labelframe" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_RELIEF "groove" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_FG NORMAL_FG -#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_LABELFRAME_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_TEXT "" #define DEF_LABELFRAME_LABELANCHOR "nw" @@ -214,11 +214,11 @@ #define DEF_LISTBOX_ACTIVE_STYLE "underline" #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_COLOR "SystemWindow" #define DEF_LISTBOX_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH "2" +#define DEF_LISTBOX_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_LISTBOX_CURSOR "" #define DEF_LISTBOX_DISABLED_FG DISABLED #define DEF_LISTBOX_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" -#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_LISTBOX_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_LISTBOX_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_LISTBOX_HEIGHT "10" #define DEF_LISTBOX_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ #define DEF_MENU_CURSOR "arrow" #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENU_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" -#define DEF_MENU_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_MENU_FONT "TkMenuFont" #define DEF_MENU_FG MENU_FG #define DEF_MENU_POST_COMMAND "" #define DEF_MENU_RELIEF "flat" @@ -306,12 +306,12 @@ #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BITMAP "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "2" +#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DIRECTION "below" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_COLOR DISABLED #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_DISABLED_FG_MONO "" -#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_FG NORMAL_FG #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HEIGHT "0" #define DEF_MENUBUTTON_HIGHLIGHT_BG_COLOR DEF_MENUBUTTON_BG_COLOR @@ -341,10 +341,10 @@ #define DEF_MESSAGE_ASPECT "150" #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "2" +#define DEF_MESSAGE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_MESSAGE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_MESSAGE_FG NORMAL_FG -#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_MESSAGE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT #define DEF_MESSAGE_HIGHLIGHT_WIDTH "0" @@ -363,18 +363,18 @@ #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH "2" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_BORDERWIDTH "1" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_CURSOR "" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLEPAD "8" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HANDLESIZE "8" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_HEIGHT "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE "0" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_OPAQUERESIZE "1" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_ORIENT "horizontal" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_RELIEF "flat" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHCURSOR "" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD "2" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF "raised" -#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH "2" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHPAD "0" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHRELIEF "flat" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SASHWIDTH "3" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_SHOWHANDLE "0" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_WIDTH "" @@ -390,6 +390,8 @@ #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_PADY "0" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STICKY "nsew" #define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_WIDTH "" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_HIDE "0" +#define DEF_PANEDWINDOW_PANE_STRETCH "last" /* * Defaults for scales: @@ -400,11 +402,11 @@ #define DEF_SCALE_BG_COLOR NORMAL_BG #define DEF_SCALE_BG_MONO WHITE #define DEF_SCALE_BIG_INCREMENT "0" -#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH "2" +#define DEF_SCALE_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_SCALE_COMMAND "" #define DEF_SCALE_CURSOR "" #define DEF_SCALE_DIGITS "0" -#define DEF_SCALE_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_SCALE_FONT "TkDefaultFont" #define DEF_SCALE_FG_COLOR NORMAL_FG #define DEF_SCALE_FG_MONO BLACK #define DEF_SCALE_FROM "0" @@ -464,11 +466,12 @@ #define DEF_TEXT_AUTO_SEPARATORS "1" #define DEF_TEXT_BG_COLOR "SystemWindow" #define DEF_TEXT_BG_MONO WHITE -#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "2" +#define DEF_TEXT_BLOCK_CURSOR "0" +#define DEF_TEXT_BORDER_WIDTH "1" #define DEF_TEXT_CURSOR "xterm" #define DEF_TEXT_FG TEXT_FG #define DEF_TEXT_EXPORT_SELECTION "1" -#define DEF_TEXT_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_TEXT_FONT "TkFixedFont" #define DEF_TEXT_HEIGHT "24" #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT_BG NORMAL_BG #define DEF_TEXT_HIGHLIGHT HIGHLIGHT @@ -483,6 +486,7 @@ #define DEF_TEXT_PADX "1" #define DEF_TEXT_PADY "1" #define DEF_TEXT_RELIEF "sunken" +#define DEF_TEXT_INACTIVE_SELECT_COLOR NULL #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_COLOR SELECT_BG #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_MONO BLACK #define DEF_TEXT_SELECT_BD_COLOR "0" @@ -496,6 +500,7 @@ #define DEF_TEXT_SPACING3 "0" #define DEF_TEXT_STATE "normal" #define DEF_TEXT_TABS "" +#define DEF_TEXT_TABSTYLE "tabular" #define DEF_TEXT_TAKE_FOCUS (char *) NULL #define DEF_TEXT_UNDO "0" #define DEF_TEXT_WIDTH "80" @@ -507,7 +512,7 @@ * Defaults for canvas text: */ -#define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT CTL_FONT +#define DEF_CANVTEXT_FONT "TkDefaultFont" /* * Defaults for toplevels (most of the defaults for frames also apply diff --git a/win/tkWinDialog.c b/win/tkWinDialog.c index 382c454..069991b 100644 --- a/win/tkWinDialog.c +++ b/win/tkWinDialog.c @@ -5,69 +5,82 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ +#define WINVER 0x0500 /* Requires Windows 2K definitions */ +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500 #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkFileFilter.h" -#include <commdlg.h> /* includes common dialog functionality */ -#include <dlgs.h> /* includes common dialog template defines */ -#include <cderr.h> /* includes the common dialog error codes */ +#include <commdlg.h> /* includes common dialog functionality */ +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma comment (lib, "comdlg32.lib") +#endif +#include <dlgs.h> /* includes common dialog template defines */ +#include <cderr.h> /* includes the common dialog error codes */ -/* - * This controls the use of the new style tk_chooseDirectory dialog. - */ -#define USE_NEW_CHOOSEDIR 1 -#ifdef USE_NEW_CHOOSEDIR -#include <shlobj.h> /* includes SHBrowseForFolder */ +#include <shlobj.h> /* includes SHBrowseForFolder */ +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma comment (lib, "shell32.lib") +#endif /* These needed for compilation with VC++ 5.2 */ #ifndef BIF_EDITBOX #define BIF_EDITBOX 0x10 #endif + #ifndef BIF_VALIDATE #define BIF_VALIDATE 0x0020 #endif + +#ifndef BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE +#define BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE 0x0040 +#endif + #ifndef BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED #ifdef UNICODE #define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 4 #else #define BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED 3 #endif -#endif +#endif /* BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED */ + +#ifndef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400 +#define OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400 76 +#endif /* - * The following structure is used by the new Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd - * to pass data between it and its callback. Unqiue to Winodws platform. + * The following structure is used by the new Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd to pass + * data between it and its callback. Unqiue to Winodws platform. */ + typedef struct ChooseDirData { - TCHAR utfInitDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Initial folder to use */ - TCHAR utfRetDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Returned folder to use */ + TCHAR utfInitDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Initial folder to use */ + TCHAR utfRetDir[MAX_PATH]; /* Returned folder to use */ Tcl_Interp *interp; - int mustExist; /* true if file must exist to return from - * callback */ + int mustExist; /* True if file must exist to return from + * callback */ } CHOOSEDIRDATA; -#endif -typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - int debugFlag; /* Flags whether we should output debugging - * information while displaying a builtin - * dialog. */ - Tcl_Interp *debugInterp; /* Interpreter to used for debugging. */ - UINT WM_LBSELCHANGED; /* Holds a registered windows event used for - * communicating between the Directory - * Chooser dialog and its hook proc. */ - HHOOK hMsgBoxHook; /* Hook proc for tk_messageBox and the */ - HICON hSmallIcon; /* icons used by a parent to be used in */ - HICON hBigIcon; /* the message box */ +typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { + int debugFlag; /* Flags whether we should output debugging + * information while displaying a builtin + * dialog. */ + Tcl_Interp *debugInterp; /* Interpreter to used for debugging. */ + UINT WM_LBSELCHANGED; /* Holds a registered windows event used for + * communicating between the Directory Chooser + * dialog and its hook proc. */ + HHOOK hMsgBoxHook; /* Hook proc for tk_messageBox and the */ + HICON hSmallIcon; /* icons used by a parent to be used in */ + HICON hBigIcon; /* the message box */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * The following structures are used by Tk_MessageBoxCmd() to parse - * arguments and return results. + * The following structures are used by Tk_MessageBoxCmd() to parse arguments + * and return results. */ static const TkStateMap iconMap[] = { @@ -77,10 +90,10 @@ static const TkStateMap iconMap[] = { {MB_ICONWARNING, "warning"}, {-1, NULL} }; - + static const TkStateMap typeMap[] = { {MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE, "abortretryignore"}, - {MB_OK, "ok"}, + {MB_OK, "ok"}, {MB_OKCANCEL, "okcancel"}, {MB_RETRYCANCEL, "retrycancel"}, {MB_YESNO, "yesno"}, @@ -105,99 +118,123 @@ static const int buttonFlagMap[] = { static const struct {int type; int btnIds[3];} allowedTypes[] = { {MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE, {IDABORT, IDRETRY, IDIGNORE}}, - {MB_OK, {IDOK, -1, -1 }}, - {MB_OKCANCEL, {IDOK, IDCANCEL, -1 }}, - {MB_RETRYCANCEL, {IDRETRY, IDCANCEL, -1 }}, - {MB_YESNO, {IDYES, IDNO, -1 }}, - {MB_YESNOCANCEL, {IDYES, IDNO, IDCANCEL}} + {MB_OK, {IDOK, -1, -1 }}, + {MB_OKCANCEL, {IDOK, IDCANCEL, -1 }}, + {MB_RETRYCANCEL, {IDRETRY, IDCANCEL, -1 }}, + {MB_YESNO, {IDYES, IDNO, -1 }}, + {MB_YESNOCANCEL, {IDYES, IDNO, IDCANCEL}} }; #define NUM_TYPES (sizeof(allowedTypes) / sizeof(allowedTypes[0])) /* - * The value of TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH dictactes how many files can - * be retrieved with tk_get*File -multiple 1. It must be allocated - * on the stack, so make it large enough but not too large. -- hobbs - * The data is stored as <dir>\0<file1>\0<file2>\0...<fileN>\0\0. - * MAX_PATH == 260 on Win2K/NT, so *40 is ~10K. + * Abstract trivial differences between Win32 and Win64. + */ + +#define TkWinGetHInstance(from) \ + ((HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtr((from), GWLP_HINSTANCE)) +#define TkWinGetUserData(from) \ + GetWindowLongPtr((from), GWLP_USERDATA) +#define TkWinSetUserData(to,what) \ + SetWindowLongPtr((to), GWLP_USERDATA, (LPARAM)(what)) + +/* + * The value of TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH dictactes how many files can be retrieved + * with tk_get*File -multiple 1. It must be allocated on the stack, so make it + * large enough but not too large. - hobbs + * + * The data is stored as <dir>\0<file1>\0<file2>\0...<fileN>\0\0. Since + * MAX_PATH == 260 on Win2K/NT, *40 is ~10Kbytes. */ #define TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH (MAX_PATH*40) /* * The following structure is used to pass information between the directory - * chooser procedure, Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(), and its dialog hook proc. + * chooser function, Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(), and its dialog hook proc. */ typedef struct ChooseDir { - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interp, used only if debug is turned on, + Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interp, used only if debug is turned on, * for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */ int lastCtrl; /* Used by hook proc to keep track of last - * control that had input focus, so when OK - * is pressed we know whether to browse a - * new directory or return. */ - int lastIdx; /* Last item that was selected in directory + * control that had input focus, so when OK is + * pressed we know whether to browse a new + * directory or return. */ + int lastIdx; /* Last item that was selected in directory * browser listbox. */ - TCHAR path[MAX_PATH]; /* On return from choose directory dialog, - * holds the selected path. Cannot return + TCHAR path[MAX_PATH]; /* On return from choose directory dialog, + * holds the selected path. Cannot return * selected path in ofnPtr->lpstrFile because - * the default dialog proc stores a '\0' in - * it, since, of course, no _file_ was + * the default dialog proc stores a '\0' in + * it, since, of course, no _file_ was * selected. */ OPENFILENAME *ofnPtr; /* pointer to the OFN structure */ } ChooseDir; /* - * Definitions of procedures used only in this file. + * The following structure is used to pass information between GetFileName/W + * functions and OFN dialog hook procedures. [Bug 2896501, Patch 2898255] + */ + +typedef struct OFNData { + Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interp, used only if debug is turned on, + * for setting the "tk_dialog" variable. */ + int dynFileBufferSize; /* Dynamic filename buffer size, stored to + * avoid shrinking and expanding the buffer + * when selection changes */ + char *dynFileBuffer; /* Dynamic filename buffer, cast to WCHAR* in + * UNICODE procedures */ +} OFNData; + +/* + * Definitions of functions used only in this file. */ -#ifdef USE_NEW_CHOOSEDIR static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryValidateProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, LPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); -#else -static UINT APIENTRY ChooseDirectoryHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, - WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); -#endif static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); -static int GetFileNameA(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, +static int GetFileNameA(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int isOpen); -static int GetFileNameW(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, +static int GetFileNameW(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int isOpen); -static int MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string, - Tcl_DString *dsPtr); -static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProc(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, +static int MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, + Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr, + int *index); +static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProcA(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); -static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProcW(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, +static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProcW(HWND hdlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static void SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData); +static char * ConvertExternalFilename(Tcl_Encoding encoding, + char *filename, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * EatSpuriousMessageBugFix -- * - * In the file open/save dialog, double clicking on a list item - * causes the dialog box to close, but an unwanted WM_LBUTTONUP - * message is sent to the window underneath. If the window underneath - * happens to be a windows control (eg a button) then it will be - * activated by accident. - * - * This problem does not occur in dialog boxes, because windows - * must do some special processing to solve the problem. (separate - * message processing functions are used to cope with keyboard - * navigation of controls.) - * - * Here is one solution. After returning, we poll the message queue - * for 200ms looking for WM_LBUTTON up messages. If we see one it's - * consumed. If we get a WM_LBUTTONDOWN message, then we exit early, - * since the user must be doing something new. This fix only works - * for the current application, so the problem will still occur if - * the open dialog happens to be over another applications button. - * However this is a fairly rare occurrance. + * In the file open/save dialog, double clicking on a list item causes + * the dialog box to close, but an unwanted WM_LBUTTONUP message is sent + * to the window underneath. If the window underneath happens to be a + * windows control (eg a button) then it will be activated by accident. + * + * This problem does not occur in dialog boxes, because windows must do + * some special processing to solve the problem. (separate message + * processing functions are used to cope with keyboard navigation of + * controls.) + * + * Here is one solution. After returning, we poll the message queue for + * 1/4s looking for WM_LBUTTON up messages. If we see one it's consumed. + * If we get a WM_LBUTTONDOWN message, then we exit early, since the user + * must be doing something new. This fix only works for the current + * application, so the problem will still occur if the open dialog + * happens to be over another applications button. However this is a + * fairly rare occurrance. * * Results: * None. @@ -212,12 +249,13 @@ static void EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(void) { MSG msg; - DWORD nTime = GetTickCount() + 200; + DWORD nTime = GetTickCount() + 250; + while (GetTickCount() < nTime) { - if (PeekMessage(&msg,0,WM_LBUTTONDOWN,WM_LBUTTONDOWN,PM_NOREMOVE)) { + if (PeekMessage(&msg, 0, WM_LBUTTONDOWN, WM_LBUTTONDOWN, PM_NOREMOVE)){ break; } - PeekMessage(&msg,0,WM_LBUTTONUP,WM_LBUTTONUP,PM_REMOVE); + PeekMessage(&msg, 0, WM_LBUTTONUP, WM_LBUTTONUP, PM_REMOVE); } } @@ -227,8 +265,8 @@ EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(void) * TkWinDialogDebug -- * * Function to turn on/off debugging support for common dialogs under - * windows. The variable "tk_debug" is set to the identifier of the - * dialog window when the modal dialog window pops up and it is safe to + * windows. The variable "tk_debug" is set to the identifier of the + * dialog window when the modal dialog window pops up and it is safe to * send messages to the dialog. * * Results: @@ -240,12 +278,12 @@ EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(void) *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -void +void TkWinDialogDebug( int debug) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); tsdPtr->debugFlag = debug; } @@ -255,15 +293,14 @@ TkWinDialogDebug( * * Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Windows - * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it - * does. + * This function implements the color dialog box for the Windows + * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * See user documentation. * * Side effects: - * A dialog window is created the first time this procedure is called. + * A dialog window is created the first time this function is called. * This window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time the * application invokes the "tk_chooseColor" command. * @@ -271,13 +308,13 @@ TkWinDialogDebug( */ int -Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin, parent; + Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData, parent; HWND hWnd; int i, oldMode, winCode, result; CHOOSECOLOR chooseColor; @@ -294,11 +331,12 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) result = TCL_OK; if (inited == 0) { /* - * dwCustColors stores the custom color which the user can - * modify. We store these colors in a static array so that the next - * time the color dialog pops up, the same set of custom colors - * remain in the dialog. + * dwCustColors stores the custom color which the user can modify. We + * store these colors in a static array so that the next time the + * color dialog pops up, the same set of custom colors remain in the + * dialog. */ + for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) { dwCustColors[i] = RGB(255-i * 10, i, i * 10); } @@ -306,11 +344,9 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) inited = 1; } - tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - parent = tkwin; chooseColor.lStructSize = sizeof(CHOOSECOLOR); - chooseColor.hwndOwner = NULL; + chooseColor.hwndOwner = NULL; chooseColor.hInstance = NULL; chooseColor.rgbResult = oldColor; chooseColor.lpCustColors = dwCustColors; @@ -332,36 +368,34 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_ERROR; } if (i + 1 == objc) { - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(optionPtr, NULL); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", - (char *) NULL); + string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", + NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); + string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); switch ((enum options) index) { - case COLOR_INITIAL: { - XColor *colorPtr; + case COLOR_INITIAL: { + XColor *colorPtr; - colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, string); - if (colorPtr == NULL) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - chooseColor.rgbResult = RGB(colorPtr->red / 0x100, - colorPtr->green / 0x100, colorPtr->blue / 0x100); - break; - } - case COLOR_PARENT: { - parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); - if (parent == NULL) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - break; + colorPtr = Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, string); + if (colorPtr == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; } - case COLOR_TITLE: { - chooseColor.lCustData = (LPARAM) string; - break; + chooseColor.rgbResult = RGB(colorPtr->red / 0x100, + colorPtr->green / 0x100, colorPtr->blue / 0x100); + break; + } + case COLOR_PARENT: + parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); + if (parent == NULL) { + return TCL_ERROR; } + break; + case COLOR_TITLE: + chooseColor.lCustData = (LPARAM) string; + break; } } @@ -369,16 +403,17 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) chooseColor.hwndOwner = NULL; hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(parent)); chooseColor.hwndOwner = hWnd; - + oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); winCode = ChooseColor(&chooseColor); (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); /* - * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we - * have updated the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to - * leave this child disabled (Windows loses sync). + * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated + * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled + * (Windows loses sync). */ + EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); /* @@ -399,10 +434,10 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) char color[100]; sprintf(color, "#%02x%02x%02x", - GetRValue(chooseColor.rgbResult), - GetGValue(chooseColor.rgbResult), + GetRValue(chooseColor.rgbResult), + GetGValue(chooseColor.rgbResult), GetBValue(chooseColor.rgbResult)); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, color, NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, color, NULL); oldColor = chooseColor.rgbResult; result = TCL_OK; } @@ -415,12 +450,12 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) * * ColorDlgHookProc -- * - * Provides special handling of messages for the Color common dialog - * box. Used to set the title when the dialog first appears. + * Provides special handling of messages for the Color common dialog box. + * Used to set the title when the dialog first appears. * * Results: - * The return value is 0 if the default dialog box procedure should - * handle the message, non-zero otherwise. + * The return value is 0 if the default dialog box function should handle + * the message, non-zero otherwise. * * Side effects: * Changes the title of the dialog window. @@ -428,39 +463,39 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static UINT CALLBACK -ColorDlgHookProc(hDlg, uMsg, wParam, lParam) - HWND hDlg; /* Handle to the color dialog. */ - UINT uMsg; /* Type of message. */ - WPARAM wParam; /* First message parameter. */ - LPARAM lParam; /* Second message parameter. */ +static UINT CALLBACK +ColorDlgHookProc( + HWND hDlg, /* Handle to the color dialog. */ + UINT uMsg, /* Type of message. */ + WPARAM wParam, /* First message parameter. */ + LPARAM lParam) /* Second message parameter. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + const char *title; + CHOOSECOLOR *ccPtr; - switch (uMsg) { - case WM_INITDIALOG: { - const char *title; - CHOOSECOLOR *ccPtr; - Tcl_DString ds; + if (WM_INITDIALOG == uMsg) { - /* - * Set the title string of the dialog. - */ + /* + * Set the title string of the dialog. + */ - ccPtr = (CHOOSECOLOR *) lParam; - title = (const char *) ccPtr->lCustData; - if ((title != NULL) && (title[0] != '\0')) { - (*tkWinProcs->setWindowText)(hDlg, - Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title, -1, &ds)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) { - tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) ccPtr->lpTemplateName; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hDlg); - } - return TRUE; + ccPtr = (CHOOSECOLOR *) lParam; + title = (const char *) ccPtr->lCustData; + + if ((title != NULL) && (title[0] != '\0')) { + Tcl_DString ds; + + (*tkWinProcs->setWindowText)(hDlg, + Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(title, -1, &ds)); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + } + if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) { + tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) ccPtr->lpTemplateName; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hDlg); } + return TRUE; } return FALSE; } @@ -470,25 +505,24 @@ ColorDlgHookProc(hDlg, uMsg, wParam, lParam) * * Tk_GetOpenFileCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the - * Windows platform. See the user documentation for details on what - * it does. + * This function implements the "open file" dialog box for the Windows + * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * See user documentation. * * Side effects: - * A dialog window is created the first this procedure is called. + * A dialog window is created the first this function is called. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { return GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 1); @@ -515,11 +549,11 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) */ int -Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { return GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 0); @@ -544,42 +578,47 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static int -GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ - int open; /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to - * call GetSaveFileName(). */ +static int +GetFileNameW( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + int open) /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call + * GetSaveFileName(). */ { OPENFILENAMEW ofn; WCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH]; - int result, winCode, oldMode, i, multi = 0; - char *extension, *filter, *title; - Tk_Window tkwin; + OFNData ofnData; + int cdlgerr; + int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode, i, multi = 0; + int confirmOverwrite = 1; + char *extension = NULL, *title = NULL; + Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; HWND hWnd; - Tcl_DString utfFilterString, utfDirString; + Tcl_Obj *filterObj = NULL, *initialTypeObj = NULL, *typeVariableObj = NULL; + Tcl_DString utfFilterString, utfDirString, ds; Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString; Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); enum options { - FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, - FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_PARENT, FILE_TITLE + FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, FILE_PARENT, + FILE_TITLE, FILE_TYPEVARIABLE, FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_CONFIRMOW }; struct Options { CONST char *name; enum options value; }; - CONST struct Options *options; static CONST struct Options saveOptions[] = { + {"-confirmoverwrite", FILE_CONFIRMOW}, {"-defaultextension", FILE_DEFAULT}, {"-filetypes", FILE_TYPES}, {"-initialdir", FILE_INITDIR}, {"-initialfile", FILE_INITFILE}, {"-parent", FILE_PARENT}, {"-title", FILE_TITLE}, + {"-typevariable", FILE_TYPEVARIABLE}, {NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ } }; static CONST struct Options openOptions[] = { @@ -590,142 +629,130 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) {"-multiple", FILE_MULTIPLE}, {"-parent", FILE_PARENT}, {"-title", FILE_TITLE}, + {"-typevariable", FILE_TYPEVARIABLE}, {NULL, FILE_DEFAULT/*ignored*/ } }; + CONST struct Options *options = open ? openOptions : saveOptions; - /* - * Parse the arguments. - */ - - result = TCL_ERROR; file[0] = '\0'; - extension = NULL; - filter = NULL; + ZeroMemory(&ofnData, sizeof(OFNData)); Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString); Tcl_DStringInit(&utfDirString); - tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - title = NULL; - if (open) { - options = openOptions; - } else { - options = saveOptions; - } + /* + * Parse the arguments. + */ for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { int index; char *string; - Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr; - - optionPtr = objv[i]; - valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; + Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, optionPtr, options, + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObjStruct(interp, objv[i], options, sizeof(struct Options), "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { goto end; - } - if (i + 1 == objc) { - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(optionPtr, NULL); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", - (char *) NULL); + } else if (i + 1 == objc) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", options[index].name, + "\" missing", NULL); goto end; } - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); + string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); switch (options[index].value) { - case FILE_DEFAULT: { - if (string[0] == '.') { - string++; - } - extension = string; - break; + case FILE_DEFAULT: + if (string[0] == '.') { + string++; } - case FILE_TYPES: { - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfFilterString); - if (MakeFilter(interp, string, &utfFilterString) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - filter = Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString); - break; - } - case FILE_INITDIR: { - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, - &utfDirString) == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; + extension = string; + break; + case FILE_TYPES: + filterObj = valuePtr; + break; + case FILE_INITDIR: + Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); + if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, + &utfDirString) == NULL) { + goto end; } - case FILE_INITFILE: { - Tcl_DString ds; - - if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL) { - goto end; - } - Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, unicodeEncoding, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0, NULL, (char *) file, - sizeof(file), NULL, NULL, NULL); - break; + break; + case FILE_INITFILE: + if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL) { + goto end; } - case FILE_MULTIPLE: { - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, - &multi) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - break; + Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, unicodeEncoding, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0, NULL, (char *) file, + sizeof(file), NULL, NULL, NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + break; + case FILE_PARENT: + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); + if (tkwin == NULL) { + goto end; } - case FILE_PARENT: { - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); - if (tkwin == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; + break; + case FILE_TITLE: + title = string; + break; + case FILE_TYPEVARIABLE: + typeVariableObj = valuePtr; + initialTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariableObj, NULL, + TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + break; + case FILE_MULTIPLE: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &multi) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; } - case FILE_TITLE: { - title = string; - break; + break; + case FILE_CONFIRMOW: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, + &confirmOverwrite) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; } + break; } } - if (filter == NULL) { - if (MakeFilter(interp, "", &utfFilterString) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } + if (MakeFilter(interp, filterObj, &utfFilterString, initialTypeObj, + &filterIndex) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; } Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); ZeroMemory(&ofn, sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW)); - ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW); - ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd; -#ifdef _WIN64 - ofn.hInstance = (HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtr(ofn.hwndOwner, - GWLP_HINSTANCE); -#else - ofn.hInstance = (HINSTANCE) GetWindowLong(ofn.hwndOwner, - GWL_HINSTANCE); -#endif - ofn.lpstrFile = (WCHAR *) file; - ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH; - ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST - | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR | OFN_EXPLORER; - ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) OFNHookProcW; - ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) interp; + if (LOBYTE(LOWORD(GetVersion())) < 5) { + ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400; + } else { + ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW); + } + ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd; + ofn.hInstance = TkWinGetHInstance(ofn.hwndOwner); + ofn.lpstrFile = (WCHAR *) file; + ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH; + ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR + | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK| OFN_ENABLESIZING; + ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) OFNHookProcW; + ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) &ofnData; if (open != 0) { ofn.Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST; - } else { + } else if (confirmOverwrite) { ofn.Flags |= OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT; } - if (tsdPtr->debugFlag != 0) { - ofn.Flags |= OFN_ENABLEHOOK; + ofnData.interp = interp; } - if (multi != 0) { ofn.Flags |= OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT; + + /* + * Starting buffer size. The buffer will be expanded by the OFN dialog + * procedure when necessary + */ + + ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 1024; + ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(1024); } if (extension != NULL) { @@ -737,6 +764,7 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString), Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString); ofn.lpstrFilter = (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString); + ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex; if (Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString)[0] != '\0') { Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, @@ -744,14 +772,14 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) Tcl_DStringLength(&utfDirString), &dirString); } else { /* - * NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have - * to ensure that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify - * anything else. + * NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have to ensure + * that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify anything else. */ + Tcl_DString cwd; Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &utfDirString) == (char *) NULL) || + if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &utfDirString) == NULL) || (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) { Tcl_ResetResult(interp); @@ -782,10 +810,11 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) EatSpuriousMessageBugFix(); /* - * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we - * have updated the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to - * leave this child disabled (Windows loses sync). + * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated + * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled + * (Windows loses sync). */ + EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); /* @@ -797,42 +826,48 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) /* * Process the results. + * + * Use the CommDlgExtendedError() function to retrieve the error code. + * This function can return one of about two dozen codes; most of these + * indicate some sort of gross system failure (insufficient memory, bad + * window handles, etc.). Most of the error codes will be ignored; as we + * find we want more specific error messages for particular errors, we can + * extend the code as needed. */ - if (winCode != 0) { + cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError(); + + /* + * We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The + * filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog + * procedure to accomodate all selected files. + */ + + if ((winCode != 0) + || ((cdlgerr == FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL) + && (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT))) { + int gotFilename = 0; /* Flag for tracking whether we have any + * filename at all. For details, see + * http://stackoverflow.com/q/9227859/301832 + */ + if (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT) { - /* - * The result in custData->szFile contains many items, - * separated with null characters. It is terminated with - * two nulls in a row. The first element is the directory - * path. + /* + * The result in dynFileBuffer contains many items, separated by + * NUL characters. It is terminated with two nulls in a row. The + * first element is the directory path. */ - char *dir; - char *p; - char *file; - WCHAR *files; - Tcl_DString ds; - Tcl_DString fullname, filename; - Tcl_Obj *returnList; - int count = 0; - returnList = Tcl_NewObj(); - Tcl_IncrRefCount(returnList); + WCHAR *files = (WCHAR *) ofnData.dynFileBuffer; + Tcl_Obj *returnList = Tcl_NewObj(); + int count = 0; - files = ofn.lpstrFile; - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(unicodeEncoding, (char *) files, -1, &ds); + /* + * Get directory. + */ - /* Get directory */ - dir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); - for (p = dir; p && *p; p++) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where - * back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } + (void) ConvertExternalFilename(unicodeEncoding, (char *) files, + &ds); while (*files != '\0') { while (*files != '\0') { @@ -840,90 +875,70 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) } files++; if (*files != '\0') { + Tcl_Obj *fullnameObj; + Tcl_DString filenameBuf; + count++; - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(unicodeEncoding, - (char *)files, -1, &filename); - file = Tcl_DStringValue(&filename); - for (p = file; *p != '\0'; p++) { - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } - Tcl_DStringInit(&fullname); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&fullname, dir, -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&fullname, "/", -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&fullname, file, -1); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, returnList, - Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fullname), -1)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&fullname); - Tcl_DStringFree(&filename); + (void) ConvertExternalFilename(unicodeEncoding, + (char *) files, &filenameBuf); + + fullnameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); + Tcl_AppendToObj(fullnameObj, "/", -1); + Tcl_AppendToObj(fullnameObj, Tcl_DStringValue(&filenameBuf), + Tcl_DStringLength(&filenameBuf)); + gotFilename = 1; + Tcl_DStringFree(&filenameBuf); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, returnList, fullnameObj); } } + if (count == 0) { /* * Only one file was returned. */ - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, returnList, - Tcl_NewStringObj(dir, -1)); + + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, returnList, + Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + Tcl_DStringLength(&ds))); + gotFilename |= (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0); } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, returnList); - Tcl_DecrRefCount(returnList); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } else { - char *p; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(unicodeEncoding, - (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, -1, &ds); - for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); *p != '\0'; p++) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where - * back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(unicodeEncoding, + (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), NULL); + gotFilename = (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) > 0); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } result = TCL_OK; - } else { - /* - * Use the CommDlgExtendedError() function to retrieve the error code. - * This function can return one of about two dozen codes; most of - * these indicate some sort of gross system failure (insufficient - * memory, bad window handles, etc.). Most of the error codes will be - * ignored; as we find we want more specific error messages for - * particular errors, we can extend the code as needed. - * - * We could also check for FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL, but we can't - * really do anything about it when it happens. - */ - - if (CommDlgExtendedError() == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) { - char *p; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(unicodeEncoding, - (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, -1, &ds); - for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); *p != '\0'; p++) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, - * where back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } + if ((ofn.nFilterIndex > 0) && gotFilename && typeVariableObj + && filterObj) { + int listObjc, count; + Tcl_Obj **listObjv = NULL; + Tcl_Obj **typeInfo = NULL; + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, filterObj, + &listObjc, &listObjv) != TCL_OK) { + result = TCL_ERROR; + } else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, + listObjv[ofn.nFilterIndex - 1], &count, + &typeInfo) != TCL_OK) { + result = TCL_ERROR; + } else if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariableObj, NULL, + typeInfo[0], TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { + result = TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid filename \"", TCL_STATIC); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), "\"", NULL); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } else { - result = TCL_OK; } + } else if (cdlgerr == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid filename \"", TCL_STATIC); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(unicodeEncoding, + (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), "\"", NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + } else { + result = TCL_OK; } - + if (ofn.lpstrTitle != NULL) { Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); } @@ -935,9 +950,13 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) Tcl_DStringFree(&extString); } - end: + end: Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); Tcl_DStringFree(&utfFilterString); + if (ofnData.dynFileBuffer != NULL) { + ckfree(ofnData.dynFileBuffer); + ofnData.dynFileBuffer = NULL; + } return result; } @@ -947,9 +966,10 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) * * OFNHookProcW -- * - * Hook procedure called only if debugging is turned on. Sets - * the "tk_dialog" variable when the dialog is ready to receive - * messages. + * Dialog box hook function. This is used to sets the "tk_dialog" + * variable for test/debugging when the dialog is ready to receive + * messages. When multiple file selection is enabled this function + * is used to process the list of names. * * Results: * Returns 0 to allow default processing of messages to occur. @@ -960,45 +980,127 @@ GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static UINT APIENTRY +static UINT APIENTRY OFNHookProcW( - HWND hdlg, // handle to child dialog window - UINT uMsg, // message identifier - WPARAM wParam, // message parameter - LPARAM lParam) // message parameter + HWND hdlg, /* Handle to child dialog window. */ + UINT uMsg, /* Message identifier */ + WPARAM wParam, /* Message parameter */ + LPARAM lParam) /* Message parameter */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); OPENFILENAMEW *ofnPtr; + OFNData *ofnData; if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG) { -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hdlg, GWLP_USERDATA, lParam); -#else - SetWindowLong(hdlg, GWL_USERDATA, lParam); -#endif + TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, lParam); + } else if (uMsg == WM_NOTIFY) { + OFNOTIFYW *notifyPtr = (OFNOTIFYW *) lParam; + + /* + * This is weird... or not. The CDN_FILEOK is NOT sent when the selection + * exceeds declared buffer size (the nMaxFile member of the OPENFILENAMEW + * struct passed to GetOpenFileNameW function). So, we have to rely on + * the most recent CDN_SELCHANGE then. Unfortunately this means, that + * gathering the selected filenames happens twice when they fit into the + * declared buffer. Luckily, it's not frequent operation so it should + * not incur any noticeable delay. See [tktoolkit-Bugs-2987995] + */ + if (notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_FILEOK || + notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_SELCHANGE) { + int dirsize, selsize; + WCHAR *buffer; + int buffersize; + + /* + * Change of selection. Unscramble the unholy mess that's in the + * selection buffer, resizing it if necessary. + */ + + ofnPtr = notifyPtr->lpOFN; + ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData; + buffer = (WCHAR *) ofnData->dynFileBuffer; + hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); + + selsize = SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, 0, 0); + dirsize = SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, 0, 0); + buffersize = (selsize + dirsize + 1) * 2; + + /* + * Just empty the buffer if dirsize indicates an error [Bug 3071836] + */ + if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) { + if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) { + buffer = (WCHAR *) ckrealloc((char *) buffer, buffersize); + ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize; + ofnData->dynFileBuffer = (char *) buffer; + } + + SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer); + buffer += dirsize; + + SendMessageW(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer); + + /* + * If there are multiple files, delete the quotes and change + * every second quote to NULL terminator + */ + + if (buffer[0] == '"') { + BOOL findquote = TRUE; + WCHAR *tmp = buffer; + + while(*buffer != '\0') { + if (findquote) { + if (*buffer == '"') { + findquote = FALSE; + } + buffer++; + } else { + if (*buffer == '"') { + findquote = TRUE; + *buffer = '\0'; + } + *tmp++ = *buffer++; + } + } + *tmp = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */ + } else { + buffer[selsize] = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */ + + /* + * Replace directory terminating NULL with a backslash. + */ + + buffer--; + *buffer = '\\'; + } + } else { + /* + * Nothing is selected, so just empty the string. + */ + + if (buffer != NULL) { + *buffer = '\0'; + } + } + } } else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) { /* - * This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk - * to set the debug information. Unhooks itself so it - * won't set the debug information every time it gets a - * WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message. + * This message is delivered at the right time to enable Tk to set the + * debug information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug + * information every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message. */ -#ifdef _WIN64 - ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAMEW *) GetWindowLongPtr(hdlg, GWLP_USERDATA); -#else - ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAMEW *) GetWindowLong(hdlg, GWL_USERDATA); -#endif + ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAMEW *) TkWinGetUserData(hdlg); if (ofnPtr != NULL) { - hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); - tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) ofnPtr->lCustData; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hdlg); -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hdlg, GWLP_USERDATA, (LPARAM) NULL); -#else - SetWindowLong(hdlg, GWL_USERDATA, (LPARAM) NULL); -#endif + ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData; + if (ofnData->interp != NULL) { + hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); + tsdPtr->debugInterp = ofnData->interp; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hdlg); + } + TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, NULL); } } return 0; @@ -1020,54 +1122,52 @@ OFNHookProcW( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static int -GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ - int open; /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to - * call GetSaveFileName(). */ +static int +GetFileNameA( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + int open) /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call + * GetSaveFileName(). */ { OPENFILENAME ofn; TCHAR file[TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH], savePath[MAX_PATH]; - int result, winCode, oldMode, i, multi = 0; - char *extension, *filter, *title; - Tk_Window tkwin; + OFNData ofnData; + int cdlgerr; + int filterIndex = 0, result = TCL_ERROR, winCode, oldMode, i, multi = 0; + char *extension = NULL, *title = NULL; + Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; HWND hWnd; - Tcl_DString utfFilterString, utfDirString; + Tcl_Obj *filterObj = NULL, *initialTypeObj = NULL, *typeVariableObj = NULL; + Tcl_DString utfFilterString, utfDirString, ds; Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); static CONST char *saveOptionStrings[] = { "-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile", - "-parent", "-title", NULL + "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL }; static CONST char *openOptionStrings[] = { "-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile", - "-multiple", "-parent", "-title", NULL + "-multiple", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL }; CONST char **optionStrings; enum options { FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, - FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_PARENT, FILE_TITLE + FILE_MULTIPLE, FILE_PARENT, FILE_TITLE, FILE_TYPEVARIABLE }; - result = TCL_ERROR; file[0] = '\0'; + ZeroMemory(&ofnData, sizeof(OFNData)); + Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString); + Tcl_DStringInit(&utfDirString); /* * Parse the arguments. */ - extension = NULL; - filter = NULL; - Tcl_DStringInit(&utfFilterString); - Tcl_DStringInit(&utfDirString); - tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - title = NULL; - if (open) { optionStrings = openOptionStrings; } else { @@ -1082,124 +1182,114 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) optionPtr = objv[i]; valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, - "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option", 0, + &index) != TCL_OK) { goto end; } + /* * We want to maximize code sharing between the open and save file * dialog implementations; in particular, the switch statement below. * We use different sets of option strings from the GetIndexFromObj - * call above, but a single enumeration for both. The save file - * dialog doesn't support -multiple, but it falls in the middle of - * the enumeration. Ultimately, this means that when the index found - * by GetIndexFromObj is >= FILE_MULTIPLE, when doing a save file - * dialog, we have to increment the index, so that it matches the - * open file dialog enumeration. + * call above, but a single enumeration for both. The save file dialog + * doesn't support -multiple, but it falls in the middle of the + * enumeration. Ultimately, this means that when the index found by + * GetIndexFromObj is >= FILE_MULTIPLE, when doing a save file dialog, + * we have to increment the index, so that it matches the open file + * dialog enumeration. */ + if (!open && index >= FILE_MULTIPLE) { index++; } if (i + 1 == objc) { - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(optionPtr, NULL); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", - (char *) NULL); + string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", + NULL); goto end; } - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); + string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); switch ((enum options) index) { - case FILE_DEFAULT: { - if (string[0] == '.') { - string++; - } - extension = string; - break; - } - case FILE_TYPES: { - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfFilterString); - if (MakeFilter(interp, string, &utfFilterString) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - filter = Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString); - break; - } - case FILE_INITDIR: { - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, - &utfDirString) == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; + case FILE_DEFAULT: + if (string[0] == '.') { + string++; } - case FILE_INITFILE: { - Tcl_DString ds; - - if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL) { - goto end; - } - Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0, NULL, (char *) file, - sizeof(file), NULL, NULL, NULL); - break; + extension = string; + break; + case FILE_TYPES: + filterObj = valuePtr; + break; + case FILE_INITDIR: + Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); + if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &utfDirString) == NULL) { + goto end; } - case FILE_MULTIPLE: { - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, - &multi) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - break; + break; + case FILE_INITFILE: + if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, &ds) == NULL) { + goto end; } - case FILE_PARENT: { - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); - if (tkwin == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; + Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + Tcl_DStringLength(&ds), 0, NULL, (char *) file, + sizeof(file), NULL, NULL, NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + break; + case FILE_MULTIPLE: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &multi) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; } - case FILE_TITLE: { - title = string; - break; + break; + case FILE_PARENT: + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); + if (tkwin == NULL) { + goto end; } + break; + case FILE_TITLE: + title = string; + break; + case FILE_TYPEVARIABLE: + typeVariableObj = valuePtr; + initialTypeObj = Tcl_ObjGetVar2(interp, typeVariableObj, NULL, + TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + break; } } - if (filter == NULL) { - if (MakeFilter(interp, "", &utfFilterString) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } + if (MakeFilter(interp, filterObj, &utfFilterString, initialTypeObj, + &filterIndex) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; } Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); - ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(ofn); - ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd; -#ifdef _WIN64 - ofn.hInstance = (HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtr(ofn.hwndOwner, - GWLP_HINSTANCE); -#else - ofn.hInstance = (HINSTANCE) GetWindowLong(ofn.hwndOwner, - GWL_HINSTANCE); -#endif - ofn.lpstrFilter = NULL; - ofn.lpstrCustomFilter = NULL; - ofn.nMaxCustFilter = 0; - ofn.nFilterIndex = 0; - ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR) file; - ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH; - ofn.lpstrFileTitle = NULL; - ofn.nMaxFileTitle = 0; - ofn.lpstrInitialDir = NULL; - ofn.lpstrTitle = NULL; - ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST - | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR | OFN_EXPLORER; - ofn.nFileOffset = 0; - ofn.nFileExtension = 0; - ofn.lpstrDefExt = NULL; - ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) OFNHookProc; - ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) interp; - ofn.lpTemplateName = NULL; + ZeroMemory(&ofn, sizeof(OPENFILENAMEA)); + if (LOBYTE(LOWORD(GetVersion())) < 5) { + ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400; + } else { + ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(ofn); + } + ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd; + ofn.hInstance = TkWinGetHInstance(ofn.hwndOwner); + ofn.lpstrFilter = NULL; + ofn.lpstrCustomFilter = NULL; + ofn.nMaxCustFilter = 0; + ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR) file; + ofn.nMaxFile = TK_MULTI_MAX_PATH; + ofn.lpstrFileTitle = NULL; + ofn.nMaxFileTitle = 0; + ofn.lpstrInitialDir = NULL; + ofn.lpstrTitle = NULL; + ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR + | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK; + ofn.nFileOffset = 0; + ofn.nFileExtension = 0; + ofn.lpstrDefExt = NULL; + ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) OFNHookProcA; + ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) &ofnData; + ofn.lpTemplateName = NULL; if (open != 0) { ofn.Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST; @@ -1208,11 +1298,19 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) } if (tsdPtr->debugFlag != 0) { - ofn.Flags |= OFN_ENABLEHOOK; + ofnData.interp = interp; } if (multi != 0) { ofn.Flags |= OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT; + + /* + * Starting buffer size. The buffer will be expanded by the OFN dialog + * procedure when necessary + */ + + ofnData.dynFileBufferSize = 1024; + ofnData.dynFileBuffer = ckalloc(1024); } if (extension != NULL) { @@ -1222,20 +1320,21 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&utfFilterString), Tcl_DStringLength(&utfFilterString), &filterString); ofn.lpstrFilter = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&filterString); + ofn.nFilterIndex = filterIndex; if (Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString)[0] != '\0') { Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString), Tcl_DStringLength(&utfDirString), &dirString); } else { /* - * NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have - * to ensure that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify - * anything else. + * NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have to ensure + * that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify anything else. */ + Tcl_DString cwd; Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &utfDirString) == (char *) NULL) || + if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &utfDirString) == NULL) || (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) { Tcl_ResetResult(interp); @@ -1268,10 +1367,11 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) SetCurrentDirectory(savePath); /* - * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we - * have updated the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to - * leave this child disabled (Windows loses sync). + * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated + * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled + * (Windows loses sync). */ + EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); /* @@ -1283,42 +1383,44 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) /* * Process the results. + * + * Use the CommDlgExtendedError() function to retrieve the error code. + * This function can return one of about two dozen codes; most of these + * indicate some sort of gross system failure (insufficient memory, bad + * window handles, etc.) Most of the error codes will be ignored; as we + * find we want specific error messages for particular errors, we can + * extend the code as needed. + */ + + cdlgerr = CommDlgExtendedError(); + + /* + * We now allow FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL when multiselection is enabled. The + * filename buffer has been dynamically allocated by the OFN dialog + * procedure to accomodate all selected files. */ - if (winCode != 0) { + if ((winCode != 0) + || ((cdlgerr == FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL) + && (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT))) { if (ofn.Flags & OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT) { - /* - * The result in custData->szFile contains many items, - * separated with null characters. It is terminated with - * two nulls in a row. The first element is the directory - * path. + /* + * The result in dynFileBuffer contains many items, separated by + * NUL characters. It is terminated with two nulls in a row. The + * first element is the directory path (if multiple files are + * selected) or the only returned file (if only a single file has + * been chosen). */ - char *dir; - char *p; - char *file; - char *files; - Tcl_DString ds; - Tcl_DString fullname, filename; - Tcl_Obj *returnList; - int count = 0; - returnList = Tcl_NewObj(); - Tcl_IncrRefCount(returnList); + char *files = ofnData.dynFileBuffer; + Tcl_Obj *returnList = Tcl_NewObj(); + int count = 0; - files = ofn.lpstrFile; - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) files, -1, &ds); + /* + * Get directory. + */ - /* Get directory */ - dir = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); - for (p = dir; p && *p; p++) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where - * back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } + (void) ConvertExternalFilename(NULL, (char *) files, &ds); while (*files != '\0') { while (*files != '\0') { @@ -1326,85 +1428,63 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) } files++; if (*files != '\0') { + Tcl_Obj *fullnameObj; + Tcl_DString filename; + count++; - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, - (char *)files, -1, &filename); - file = Tcl_DStringValue(&filename); - for (p = file; *p != '\0'; p++) { - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } - Tcl_DStringInit(&fullname); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&fullname, dir, -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&fullname, "/", -1); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&fullname, file, -1); - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, returnList, - Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&fullname), -1)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&fullname); + (void) ConvertExternalFilename(NULL, (char *) files, + &filename); + fullnameObj = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), + Tcl_DStringLength(&ds)); + Tcl_AppendToObj(fullnameObj, "/", -1); + Tcl_AppendToObj(fullnameObj, Tcl_DStringValue(&filename), + Tcl_DStringLength(&filename)); Tcl_DStringFree(&filename); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, returnList, fullnameObj); } } if (count == 0) { /* * Only one file was returned. */ - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, returnList, - Tcl_NewStringObj(dir, -1)); + + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, returnList, Tcl_NewStringObj( + Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), Tcl_DStringLength(&ds))); } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, returnList); - Tcl_DecrRefCount(returnList); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } else { - char *p; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, -1, &ds); - for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); *p != '\0'; p++) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where - * back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(NULL, + (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), NULL); Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } result = TCL_OK; - } else { - /* - * Use the CommDlgExtendedError() function to retrieve the error code. - * This function can return one of about two dozen codes; most of - * these indicate some sort of gross system failure (insufficient - * memory, bad window handles, etc.). Most of the error codes will be - * ignored;; as we find we want specific error messages for particular - * errors, we can extend the code as needed. - * - * We could also check for FNERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL, but we can't - * really do anything about it when it happens. - */ - if (CommDlgExtendedError() == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) { - char *p; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, -1, &ds); - for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); *p != '\0'; p++) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, - * where back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } + if ((ofn.nFilterIndex > 0) && + (Tcl_GetCharLength(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp)) > 0) && + typeVariableObj && filterObj) { + int listObjc, count; + Tcl_Obj **listObjv = NULL; + Tcl_Obj **typeInfo = NULL; + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, filterObj, &listObjc, + &listObjv) != TCL_OK) { + result = TCL_ERROR; + } else if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, + listObjv[ofn.nFilterIndex - 1], &count, + &typeInfo) != TCL_OK) { + result = TCL_ERROR; + } else if (Tcl_ObjSetVar2(interp, typeVariableObj, NULL, + typeInfo[0], TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_LEAVE_ERR_MSG) == NULL) { + result = TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid filename \"", TCL_STATIC); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), "\"", NULL); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } else { - result = TCL_OK; } + } else if (cdlgerr == FNERR_INVALIDFILENAME) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "invalid filename \"", TCL_STATIC); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(NULL, + (char *) ofn.lpstrFile, &ds), "\"", NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + } else { + result = TCL_OK; } if (ofn.lpstrTitle != NULL) { @@ -1418,9 +1498,13 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) Tcl_DStringFree(&extString); } - end: + end: Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); Tcl_DStringFree(&utfFilterString); + if (ofnData.dynFileBuffer != NULL) { + ckfree(ofnData.dynFileBuffer); + ofnData.dynFileBuffer = NULL; + } return result; } @@ -1428,11 +1512,12 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * OFNHookProc -- + * OFNHookProcA -- * - * Hook procedure called only if debugging is turned on. Sets - * the "tk_dialog" variable when the dialog is ready to receive - * messages. + * Dialog box hook function. This is used to sets the "tk_dialog" + * variable for test/debugging when the dialog is ready to receive + * messages. When multiple file selection is enabled this function + * is used to process the list of names. * * Results: * Returns 0 to allow default processing of messages to occur. @@ -1443,48 +1528,130 @@ GetFileNameA(clientData, interp, objc, objv, open) *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static UINT APIENTRY -OFNHookProc( - HWND hdlg, // handle to child dialog window - UINT uMsg, // message identifier - WPARAM wParam, // message parameter - LPARAM lParam) // message parameter +static UINT APIENTRY +OFNHookProcA( + HWND hdlg, /* handle to child dialog window */ + UINT uMsg, /* message identifier */ + WPARAM wParam, /* message parameter */ + LPARAM lParam) /* message parameter */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); OPENFILENAME *ofnPtr; + OFNData *ofnData; if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG) { -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hdlg, GWLP_USERDATA, lParam); -#else - SetWindowLong(hdlg, GWL_USERDATA, lParam); -#endif + TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, lParam); + } else if (uMsg == WM_NOTIFY) { + OFNOTIFY *notifyPtr = (OFNOTIFY *) lParam; + + /* + * This is weird... or not. The CDN_FILEOK is NOT sent when the selection + * exceeds declared buffer size (the nMaxFile member of the OPENFILENAMEW + * struct passed to GetOpenFileNameW function). So, we have to rely on + * the most recent CDN_SELCHANGE then. Unfortunately this means, that + * gathering the selected filenames happens twice when they fit into the + * declared buffer. Luckily, it's not frequent operation so it should + * not incur any noticeable delay. See [tktoolkit-Bugs-2987995] + */ + if (notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_FILEOK || + notifyPtr->hdr.code == CDN_SELCHANGE) { + int dirsize, selsize; + char *buffer; + int buffersize; + + /* + * Change of selection. Unscramble the unholy mess that's in the + * selection buffer, resizing it if necessary. + */ + + ofnPtr = notifyPtr->lpOFN; + ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData; + buffer = ofnData->dynFileBuffer; + hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); + + selsize = SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, 0, 0); + dirsize = SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, 0, 0); + buffersize = selsize + dirsize + 1; + + /* + * Just empty the buffer if dirsize indicates an error [Bug 3071836] + */ + if ((selsize > 1) && (dirsize > 0)) { + if (ofnData->dynFileBufferSize < buffersize) { + buffer = ckrealloc(buffer, buffersize); + ofnData->dynFileBufferSize = buffersize; + ofnData->dynFileBuffer = buffer; + } + + SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, dirsize, (LPARAM) buffer); + buffer += dirsize; + SendMessage(hdlg, CDM_GETSPEC, selsize, (LPARAM) buffer); + + /* + * If there are multiple files, delete the quotes and change + * every second quote to NULL terminator. + */ + + if (buffer[0] == '"') { + BOOL findquote = TRUE; + char *tmp = buffer; + + while (*buffer != '\0') { + if (findquote) { + if (*buffer == '"') { + findquote = FALSE; + } + buffer++; + } else { + if (*buffer == '"') { + findquote = TRUE; + *buffer = '\0'; + } + *tmp++ = *buffer++; + } + } + *tmp = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */ + } else { + buffer[selsize] = '\0'; /* Second NULL terminator. */ + + /* + * Replace directory terminating NULL with a backslash. + */ + + buffer--; + *buffer = '\\'; + } + + } else { + /* + * Nothing is selected, so just empty the string. + */ + + if (buffer != NULL) { + *buffer = '\0'; + } + } + } } else if (uMsg == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) { /* - * This message is delivered at the right time to both - * old-style and explorer-style hook procs to enable Tk - * to set the debug information. Unhooks itself so it - * won't set the debug information every time it gets a - * WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message. + * This message is delivered at the right time to both old-style and + * explorer-style hook procs to enable Tk to set the debug + * information. Unhooks itself so it won't set the debug information + * every time it gets a WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED message. */ -#ifdef _WIN64 - ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAME *) GetWindowLongPtr(hdlg, GWLP_USERDATA); -#else - ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAME *) GetWindowLong(hdlg, GWL_USERDATA); -#endif + ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAME *) TkWinGetUserData(hdlg); if (ofnPtr != NULL) { - if (ofnPtr->Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) { - hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); + ofnData = (OFNData *) ofnPtr->lCustData; + if (ofnData->interp != NULL) { + if (ofnPtr->Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) { + hdlg = GetParent(hdlg); + } + tsdPtr->debugInterp = ofnData->interp; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, hdlg); } - tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) ofnPtr->lCustData; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hdlg); -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hdlg, GWLP_USERDATA, (LPARAM) NULL); -#else - SetWindowLong(hdlg, GWL_USERDATA, (LPARAM) NULL); -#endif + TkWinSetUserData(hdlg, NULL); } } return 0; @@ -1496,7 +1663,7 @@ OFNHookProc( * MakeFilter -- * * Allocate a buffer to store the filters in a format understood by - * Windows + * Windows. * * Results: * A standard TCL return value. @@ -1506,20 +1673,28 @@ OFNHookProc( * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static int -MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - char *string; /* String value of the -filetypes option */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr; /* Filled with windows filter string. */ + +static int +MakeFilter( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, /* Value of the -filetypes option */ + Tcl_DString *dsPtr, /* Filled with windows filter string. */ + Tcl_Obj *initialPtr, /* Initial type name */ + int *index) /* Index of initial type in filter string */ { char *filterStr; char *p; + char *initial = NULL; int pass; + int ix = 0; /* index counter */ FileFilterList flist; FileFilter *filterPtr; + if (initialPtr) { + initial = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(initialPtr, NULL); + } TkInitFileFilters(&flist); - if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &flist, string, 1) != TCL_OK) { + if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &flist, valuePtr, 1) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1543,9 +1718,18 @@ MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) *p = '\0'; } else { - /* We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: - * {"Text Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes - * "Text Documents (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0" + int len; + + if (valuePtr == NULL) { + len = 0; + } else { + (void) Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, &len); + } + + /* + * We format the filetype into a string understood by Windows: {"Text + * Documents" {.doc .txt} {TEXT}} becomes "Text Documents + * (*.doc,*.txt)\0*.doc;*.txt\0" * * See the Windows OPENFILENAME manual page for details on the filter * string format. @@ -1555,16 +1739,27 @@ MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) * Since we may only add asterisks (*) to the filter, we need at most * twice the size of the string to format the filter */ - filterStr = ckalloc((unsigned int) strlen(string) * 3); + + filterStr = ckalloc((unsigned int) len * 3); for (filterPtr = flist.filters, p = filterStr; filterPtr; - filterPtr = filterPtr->next) { + filterPtr = filterPtr->next) { char *sep; FileFilterClause *clausePtr; /* - * First, put in the name of the file type + * Check initial index for match, set index. Filter index is 1 + * based so increment first */ + ix++; + if (index && initial && (strcmp(initial, filterPtr->name) == 0)) { + *index = ix; + } + + /* + * First, put in the name of the file type. + */ + strcpy(p, filterPtr->name); p+= strlen(filterPtr->name); *p++ = ' '; @@ -1572,24 +1767,24 @@ MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) for (pass = 1; pass <= 2; pass++) { /* - * In the first pass, we format the extensions in the - * name field. In the second pass, we format the extensions in - * the filter pattern field + * In the first pass, we format the extensions in the name + * field. In the second pass, we format the extensions in the + * filter pattern field */ + sep = ""; for (clausePtr=filterPtr->clauses;clausePtr; - clausePtr=clausePtr->next) { + clausePtr=clausePtr->next) { GlobPattern *globPtr; - - for (globPtr=clausePtr->patterns; globPtr; - globPtr=globPtr->next) { + for (globPtr = clausePtr->patterns; globPtr; + globPtr = globPtr->next) { strcpy(p, sep); - p+= strlen(sep); + p += strlen(sep); strcpy(p, globPtr->pattern); - p+= strlen(globPtr->pattern); + p += strlen(globPtr->pattern); - if (pass==1) { + if (pass == 1) { sep = ","; } else { sep = ";"; @@ -1597,11 +1792,9 @@ MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) } } if (pass == 1) { - if (pass == 1) { - *p ++ = ')'; - } + *p ++ = ')'; } - *p ++ = '\0'; + *p++ = '\0'; } } @@ -1609,6 +1802,7 @@ MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) * Windows requires the filter string to be ended by two NULL * characters. */ + *p++ = '\0'; *p = '\0'; } @@ -1620,176 +1814,167 @@ MakeFilter(interp, string, dsPtr) return TCL_OK; } -#ifdef USE_NEW_CHOOSEDIR /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box - * for the Windows platform. See the user documentation for details - * on what it does. Uses the newer SHBrowseForFolder explorer type - * interface. + * This function implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box for the + * Windows platform. See the user documentation for details on what it + * does. Uses the newer SHBrowseForFolder explorer type interface. * * Results: - * See user documentation. + * See user documentation. * * Side effects: - * A modal dialog window is created. Tcl_SetServiceMode() is - * called to allow background events to be processed + * A modal dialog window is created. Tcl_SetServiceMode() is called to + * allow background events to be processed * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - -The procedure tk_chooseDirectory pops up a dialog box for the user to -select a directory. The following option-value pairs are possible as -command line arguments: - --initialdir dirname - -Specifies that the directories in directory should be displayed when the -dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified, then the directories -in the current working directory are displayed. If the parameter specifies -a relative path, the return value will convert the relative path to an -absolute path. This option may not always work on the Macintosh. This is -not a bug. Rather, the General Controls control panel on the Mac allows -the end user to override the application default directory. - --parent window - -Makes window the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog is displayed on -top of its parent window. - --title titleString - -Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this -option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed. - --mustexist boolean - -Specifies whether the user may specify non-existant directories. If this -parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that already -exist. The default value is false. - -New Behaviour: - -- If mustexist = 0 and a user entered folder does not exist, a prompt will - pop-up asking if the user wants another chance to change it. The old - dialog just returned the bogus entry. On mustexist = 1, the entries MUST - exist before exiting the box with OK. - - Bugs: - -- If valid abs directory name is entered into the entry box and Enter - pressed, the box will close returning the name. This is inconsistent when - entering relative names or names with forward slashes, which are - invalidated then corrected in the callback. After correction, the box is - held open to allow further modification by the user. - -- Not sure how to implement localization of message prompts. - -- -title is really -message. -ToDo: -- Fix bugs. -- test to see what platforms this really works on. May require v4.71 - of shell32.dll everywhere (what is standard?). * + * The function tk_chooseDirectory pops up a dialog box for the user to select + * a directory. The following option-value pairs are possible as command line + * arguments: + * + * -initialdir dirname + * + * Specifies that the directories in directory should be displayed when the + * dialog pops up. If this parameter is not specified, then the directories in + * the current working directory are displayed. If the parameter specifies a + * relative path, the return value will convert the relative path to an + * absolute path. This option may not always work on the Macintosh. This is + * not a bug. Rather, the General Controls control panel on the Mac allows the + * end user to override the application default directory. + * + * -parent window + * + * Makes window the logical parent of the dialog. The dialog is displayed on + * top of its parent window. + * + * -title titleString + * + * Specifies a string to display as the title of the dialog box. If this + * option is not specified, then a default title will be displayed. + * + * -mustexist boolean + * + * Specifies whether the user may specify non-existant directories. If this + * parameter is true, then the user may only select directories that already + * exist. The default value is false. + * + * New Behaviour: + * + * - If mustexist = 0 and a user entered folder does not exist, a prompt will + * pop-up asking if the user wants another chance to change it. The old + * dialog just returned the bogus entry. On mustexist = 1, the entries MUST + * exist before exiting the box with OK. + * + * Bugs: + * + * - If valid abs directory name is entered into the entry box and Enter + * pressed, the box will close returning the name. This is inconsistent when + * entering relative names or names with forward slashes, which are + * invalidated then corrected in the callback. After correction, the box is + * held open to allow further modification by the user. + * + * - Not sure how to implement localization of message prompts. + * + * - -title is really -message. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + int -Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { char path[MAX_PATH]; - int oldMode, result, i; + int oldMode, result = TCL_ERROR, i; LPCITEMIDLIST pidl; /* Returned by browser */ BROWSEINFO bInfo; /* Used by browser */ CHOOSEDIRDATA cdCBData; /* Structure to pass back and forth */ LPMALLOC pMalloc; /* Used by shell */ - - Tk_Window tkwin; + Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; HWND hWnd; - char *utfTitle; /* Title for window */ + char *utfTitle = NULL;/* Title for window */ TCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH]; Tcl_DString titleString; /* UTF Title */ Tcl_DString initDirString; /* Initial directory */ + Tcl_Obj *objPtr; static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "-initialdir", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", (char *) NULL + "-initialdir", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", NULL }; enum options { - DIR_INITIAL, DIR_EXIST, DIR_PARENT, FILE_TITLE + DIR_INITIAL, DIR_EXIST, DIR_PARENT, FILE_TITLE }; /* * Initialize */ - result = TCL_ERROR; - path[0] = '\0'; - utfTitle = NULL; + path[0] = '\0'; ZeroMemory(&cdCBData, sizeof(CHOOSEDIRDATA)); - cdCBData.interp = interp; + cdCBData.interp = interp; - tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; /* * Process the command line options */ + for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { - int index; - char *string; - Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr; - - optionPtr = objv[i]; - valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option", - 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - goto cleanup; - } - if (i + 1 == objc) { - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(optionPtr, NULL); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", - (char *) NULL); - goto cleanup; - } + int index; + char *string; + Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr; + + optionPtr = objv[i]; + valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; + + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option", 0, + &index) != TCL_OK) { + goto cleanup; + } + if (i + 1 == objc) { + string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", + NULL); + goto cleanup; + } string = Tcl_GetString(valuePtr); - switch ((enum options) index) { - case DIR_INITIAL: { - if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, - &initDirString) == NULL) { - goto cleanup; - } - string = Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString); - /* - * Convert possible relative path to full path to keep - * dialog happy - */ - GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL); - lstrcpyn(cdCBData.utfInitDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH); - Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString); - break; - } - case DIR_EXIST: { - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, - &cdCBData.mustExist) != TCL_OK) { - goto cleanup; - } - break; - } - case DIR_PARENT: { - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); - if (tkwin == NULL) { - goto cleanup; - } - break; - } - case FILE_TITLE: { - utfTitle = string; - break; - } - } + switch ((enum options) index) { + case DIR_INITIAL: + if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp,string,&initDirString) == NULL) { + goto cleanup; + } + string = Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString); + + /* + * Convert possible relative path to full path to keep dialog + * happy. + */ + + GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH, saveDir, NULL); + lstrcpyn(cdCBData.utfInitDir, saveDir, MAX_PATH); + Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString); + break; + case DIR_EXIST: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, + &cdCBData.mustExist) != TCL_OK) { + goto cleanup; + } + break; + case DIR_PARENT: + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); + if (tkwin == NULL) { + goto cleanup; + } + break; + case FILE_TITLE: + utfTitle = string; + break; + } } /* @@ -1803,44 +1988,66 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) * Setup the parameters used by SHBrowseForFolder */ - bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd; + bInfo.hwndOwner = hWnd; bInfo.pszDisplayName = path; - bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL; + bInfo.pidlRoot = NULL; if (lstrlen(cdCBData.utfInitDir) == 0) { - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.utfInitDir); + GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdCBData.utfInitDir); } bInfo.lParam = (LPARAM) &cdCBData; if (utfTitle != NULL) { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, utfTitle, -1, &titleString); - bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString); + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, utfTitle, -1, &titleString); + bInfo.lpszTitle = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString); } else { - bInfo.lpszTitle = "Please choose a directory, then select OK."; + bInfo.lpszTitle = "Please choose a directory, then select OK."; } /* - * Set flags to add edit box (needs 4.71 Shell DLLs), status text line, - * validate edit box and + * Set flags to add edit box, status text line and use the new ui. Allow + * override with magic variable (ignore errors in retrieval). See + * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb773205(VS.85).aspx for + * possible flag values. */ - bInfo.ulFlags = BIF_EDITBOX | BIF_STATUSTEXT | BIF_RETURNFSANCESTORS - | BIF_VALIDATE; + + bInfo.ulFlags = BIF_EDITBOX | BIF_STATUSTEXT | BIF_RETURNFSANCESTORS + | BIF_VALIDATE | BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE; + objPtr = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "::tk::winChooseDirFlags", NULL, + TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + if (objPtr != NULL) { + int flags; + Tcl_GetIntFromObj(NULL, objPtr, &flags); + bInfo.ulFlags = flags; + } /* * Callback to handle events */ - bInfo.lpfn = (BFFCALLBACK) ChooseDirectoryValidateProc; + + bInfo.lpfn = (BFFCALLBACK) ChooseDirectoryValidateProc; /* - * Display dialog in background and process result. - * We look to give the user a chance to change their mind - * on an invalid folder if mustexist is 0; + * Display dialog in background and process result. We look to give the + * user a chance to change their mind on an invalid folder if mustexist is + * 0. */ oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, saveDir); if (SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc) == NOERROR) { pidl = SHBrowseForFolder(&bInfo); - /* Null for cancel button or invalid dir, otherwise valid*/ + + /* + * This is a fix for Windows 2000, which seems to modify the folder name + * buffer even when the dialog is canceled (in this case the buffer + * contains garbage). See [Bug #3002230] + */ + path[0] = '\0'; + + /* + * Null for cancel button or invalid dir, otherwise valid. + */ + if (pidl != NULL) { if (!SHGetPathFromIDList(pidl, path)) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Error: Not a file system folder\n", @@ -1856,38 +2063,34 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); /* - * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we - * have updated the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to - * leave this child disabled (Windows loses sync). + * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated + * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled + * (Windows loses sync). */ + EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where - * back slashes are used instead of forward slashes + * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where back + * slashes are used instead of forward slashes */ + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); if (*path) { - char *p; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) path, -1, &ds); - for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); *p != '\0'; p++) { - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + Tcl_DString ds; + + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, ConvertExternalFilename(NULL, (char *) path, + &ds), NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } result = TCL_OK; if (utfTitle != NULL) { - Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); + Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); } - cleanup: + cleanup: return result; } @@ -1896,658 +2099,213 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) * * ChooseDirectoryValidateProc -- * - * Hook procedure called by the explorer ChooseDirectory dialog when events - * occur. It is used to validate the text entry the user may have entered. + * Hook function called by the explorer ChooseDirectory dialog when + * events occur. It is used to validate the text entry the user may have + * entered. * * Results: - * Returns 0 to allow default processing of message, or 1 to - * tell default dialog procedure not to close. + * Returns 0 to allow default processing of message, or 1 to tell default + * dialog function not to close. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static UINT APIENTRY -ChooseDirectoryValidateProc ( +ChooseDirectoryValidateProc( HWND hwnd, UINT message, LPARAM lParam, LPARAM lpData) { TCHAR selDir[MAX_PATH]; - CHOOSEDIRDATA *chooseDirSharedData; + CHOOSEDIRDATA *chooseDirSharedData = (CHOOSEDIRDATA *) lpData; Tcl_DString initDirString; char string[MAX_PATH]; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - chooseDirSharedData = (CHOOSEDIRDATA *)lpData; - -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, lpData); -#else - SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA, lpData); -#endif + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) { - tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hwnd); + tsdPtr->debugInterp = (Tcl_Interp *) chooseDirSharedData->interp; + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hwnd); } chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir[0] = '\0'; switch (message) { - case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED: - /* - * First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if - * so then make that path the one shown in the - * window. Otherwise, it failed the check and should be treated - * as such. Use Set/GetCurrentDirectory which allows relative - * path names and names with forward slashes. Use - * Tcl_TranslateFileName to make sure names like ~ are - * converted correctly. - */ - Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp, - (char *)lParam, &initDirString); - lstrcpyn (string, Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), MAX_PATH); - Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString); - - if (SetCurrentDirectory((char *)string) == 0) { - LPTSTR lpFilePart[MAX_PATH]; - - /* - * Get the full path name to the user entry, - * at this point it doesn't exist so see if - * it is supposed to. Otherwise just return it. - */ - GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH, - chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir, /*unused*/ lpFilePart); - if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) { - /* - * User HAS to select a valid directory. - */ - wsprintf(selDir, TEXT("Directory '%.200s' does not exist,\nplease select or enter an existing directory."), chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir); - MessageBox(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK); - chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir[0] = '\0'; - return 1; - } - } else { - /* - * Changed to new folder OK, return immediatly with the - * current directory in utfRetDir. - */ - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir); - return 0; - } - return 0; - - case BFFM_SELCHANGED: - /* - * Set the status window to the currently selected path. - * And enable the OK button if a file system folder, otherwise - * disable the OK button for things like server names. - * perhaps a new switch -enablenonfolders can be used to allow - * non folders to be selected. - * - * Not called when user changes edit box directly. - */ - - if (SHGetPathFromIDList((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) { - SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXT, 0, (LPARAM) selDir); - // enable the OK button - SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); - SetCurrentDirectory(selDir); - } else { - // disable the OK button - SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0); - } - UpdateWindow(hwnd); - return 1; - - case BFFM_INITIALIZED: { - /* - * Directory browser intializing - tell it where to start from, - * user specified parameter. - */ - char *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->utfInitDir; - - SetCurrentDirectory(initDir); - if (*initDir == '\\') { - /* - * BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, - * so convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface. - */ - LPMALLOC pMalloc; - LPSHELLFOLDER psfFolder; - - if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc))) { - if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetDesktopFolder(&psfFolder))) { - LPITEMIDLIST pidlMain; - ULONG ulCount, ulAttr; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(), - initDir, -1, &ds); - if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName( - psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, - (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), - &ulCount, &pidlMain, &ulAttr)) - && (pidlMain != NULL)) { - SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE, - (LPARAM)pidlMain); - pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain); - } - psfFolder->lpVtbl->Release(psfFolder); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc); - } - } else { - SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, TRUE, (LPARAM)initDir); - } - SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); - break; - } - - } - return 0; -} -#else -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd -- - * - * This procedure implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box - * for the Windows platform. See the user documentation for details - * on what it does. - * - * Results: - * See user documentation. - * - * Side effects: - * A modal dialog window is created. Tcl_SetServiceMode() is - * called to allow background events to be processed - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -int -Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ -{ - OPENFILENAME ofn; - TCHAR path[MAX_PATH], savePath[MAX_PATH]; - ChooseDir cd; - int result, mustExist, code, mode, i; - Tk_Window tkwin; - HWND hWnd; - char *utfTitle; - Tcl_DString utfDirString; - Tcl_DString titleString, dirString; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "-initialdir", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", - NULL - }; - enum options { - DIR_INITIAL, DIR_EXIST, DIR_PARENT, FILE_TITLE - }; - - if (tsdPtr->WM_LBSELCHANGED == 0) { - tsdPtr->WM_LBSELCHANGED = RegisterWindowMessage(LBSELCHSTRING); - } - - result = TCL_ERROR; - path[0] = '\0'; - - Tcl_DStringInit(&utfDirString); - mustExist = 0; - tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - utfTitle = NULL; - - for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { - int index; - char *string; - Tcl_Obj *optionPtr, *valuePtr; - - optionPtr = objv[i]; - valuePtr = objv[i + 1]; - - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, optionPtr, optionStrings, "option", - 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - goto cleanup; - } - if (i + 1 == objc) { - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(optionPtr, NULL); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", - (char *) NULL); - goto cleanup; - } - - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); - switch ((enum options) index) { - case DIR_INITIAL: { - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, string, - &utfDirString) == NULL) { - goto cleanup; - } - break; - } - case DIR_EXIST: { - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, valuePtr, &mustExist) != TCL_OK) { - goto cleanup; - } - break; - } - case DIR_PARENT: { - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); - if (tkwin == NULL) { - goto cleanup; - } - break; - } - case FILE_TITLE: { - utfTitle = string; - break; - } - } - } - - Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); - hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); - - cd.interp = interp; - cd.ofnPtr = &ofn; - - ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(ofn); - ofn.hwndOwner = hWnd; -#ifdef _WIN64 - ofn.hInstance = (HINSTANCE) GetWindowLongPtr(ofn.hwndOwner, - GWLP_HINSTANCE); -#else - ofn.hInstance = (HINSTANCE) GetWindowLong(ofn.hwndOwner, - GWL_HINSTANCE); -#endif - ofn.lpstrFilter = NULL; - ofn.lpstrCustomFilter = NULL; - ofn.nMaxCustFilter = 0; - ofn.nFilterIndex = 0; - ofn.lpstrFile = NULL; //(TCHAR *) path; - ofn.nMaxFile = MAX_PATH; - ofn.lpstrFileTitle = NULL; - ofn.nMaxFileTitle = 0; - ofn.lpstrInitialDir = NULL; - ofn.lpstrTitle = NULL; - ofn.Flags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY - | OFN_ENABLEHOOK | OFN_ENABLETEMPLATE; - ofn.nFileOffset = 0; - ofn.nFileExtension = 0; - ofn.lpstrDefExt = NULL; - ofn.lCustData = (LPARAM) &cd; - ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC) ChooseDirectoryHookProc; - ofn.lpTemplateName = MAKEINTRESOURCE(FILEOPENORD); - - if (Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString)[0] != '\0') { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&utfDirString), &dirString); - } else { + case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED: /* - * NT 5.0 changed the meaning of lpstrInitialDir, so we have - * to ensure that we set the [pwd] if the user didn't specify - * anything else. + * First save and check to see if it is a valid path name, if so then + * make that path the one shown in the window. Otherwise, it failed + * the check and should be treated as such. Use + * Set/GetCurrentDirectory which allows relative path names and names + * with forward slashes. Use Tcl_TranslateFileName to make sure names + * like ~ are converted correctly. */ - Tcl_DString cwd; - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - if ((Tcl_GetCwd(interp, &utfDirString) == (char *) NULL) || - (Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, - Tcl_DStringValue(&utfDirString), &cwd) == NULL)) { - Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - } else { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, Tcl_DStringValue(&cwd), - Tcl_DStringLength(&cwd), &dirString); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&cwd); - } - ofn.lpstrInitialDir = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&dirString); - - if (mustExist) { - ofn.Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST; - } - if (utfTitle != NULL) { - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, utfTitle, -1, &titleString); - ofn.lpstrTitle = (LPTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString); - } - - /* - * Display dialog. The choose directory dialog doesn't preserve the - * current directory, so it must be saved and restored here. - */ - - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, savePath); - mode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); - code = GetOpenFileName(&ofn); - Tcl_SetServiceMode(mode); - SetCurrentDirectory(savePath); - - /* - * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we - * have updated the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to - * leave this child disabled (Windows loses sync). - */ - EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); - - Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - if (code != 0) { - /* - * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where - * back slashes are used instead of forward slashes - */ - - char *p; - Tcl_DString ds; - - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, (char *) cd.path, -1, &ds); - for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); *p != '\0'; p++) { - if (*p == '\\') { - *p = '/'; - } - } - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - } - - if (ofn.lpstrTitle != NULL) { - Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); - } - if (ofn.lpstrInitialDir != NULL) { - Tcl_DStringFree(&dirString); - } - result = TCL_OK; - - cleanup: - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfDirString); - - return result; -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * ChooseDirectoryHookProc -- - * - * Hook procedure called by the ChooseDirectory dialog to modify - * its default behavior. The ChooseDirectory dialog is really an - * OpenFile dialog with certain controls rearranged and certain - * behaviors changed. For instance, typing a name in the - * ChooseDirectory dialog selects a directory, rather than - * selecting a file. - * - * Results: - * Returns 0 to allow default processing of message, or 1 to - * tell default dialog procedure not to process the message. - * - * Side effects: - * A dialog window is created the first this procedure is called. - * This window is not destroyed and will be reused the next time - * the application invokes the "tk_getOpenFile" or - * "tk_getSaveFile" command. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static UINT APIENTRY -ChooseDirectoryHookProc( - HWND hwnd, - UINT message, - WPARAM wParam, - LPARAM lParam) -{ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - OPENFILENAME *ofnPtr; - ChooseDir *cdPtr; - - if (message == WM_INITDIALOG) { - ofnPtr = (OPENFILENAME *) lParam; - cdPtr = (ChooseDir *) ofnPtr->lCustData; - cdPtr->lastCtrl = 0; - cdPtr->lastIdx = 1000; - cdPtr->path[0] = '\0'; -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) cdPtr); -#else - SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG) cdPtr); -#endif + if (Tcl_TranslateFileName(chooseDirSharedData->interp, + (char *) lParam, &initDirString) == NULL) { + /* + * Should we expose the error (in the interp result) to the user + * at this point? + */ - if (ofnPtr->lpstrInitialDir == NULL) { - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdPtr->path); - } else { - lstrcpy(cdPtr->path, ofnPtr->lpstrInitialDir); - } - SetDlgItemText(hwnd, edt10, cdPtr->path); - SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, edt10, EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); - if (tsdPtr->debugFlag) { - tsdPtr->debugInterp = cdPtr->interp; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SetTkDialog, (ClientData) hwnd); + chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir[0] = '\0'; + return 1; } - return 0; - } - - /* - * GWL_USERDATA keeps track of cdPtr. - */ - -#ifdef _WIN64 - cdPtr = (ChooseDir *) GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); -#else - cdPtr = (ChooseDir *) GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); -#endif - if (cdPtr == NULL) { - return 0; - } - ofnPtr = cdPtr->ofnPtr; + lstrcpyn(string, Tcl_DStringValue(&initDirString), MAX_PATH); + Tcl_DStringFree(&initDirString); - if (message == tsdPtr->WM_LBSELCHANGED) { - /* - * Called when double-clicking on directory. - * If directory wasn't already open, browse that directory. - * If directory was already open, return selected directory. - */ + if (SetCurrentDirectory((char *)string) == 0) { + LPTSTR lpFilePart[MAX_PATH]; - int idCtrl, thisItem; + /* + * Get the full path name to the user entry, at this point it does + * not exist so see if it is supposed to. Otherwise just return + * it. + */ - idCtrl = (int) wParam; - thisItem = LOWORD(lParam); + GetFullPathName(string, MAX_PATH, + chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir, /*unused*/ lpFilePart); + if (chooseDirSharedData->mustExist) { + /* + * User HAS to select a valid directory. + */ - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdPtr->path); - if (idCtrl == lst2) { - if (cdPtr->lastIdx == thisItem) { - EndDialog(hwnd, IDOK); + wsprintf(selDir, TEXT("Directory '%.200s' does not exist,\nplease select or enter an existing directory."), chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir); + MessageBox(NULL, selDir, NULL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK); + chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir[0] = '\0'; return 1; } - cdPtr->lastIdx = thisItem; - } - SetDlgItemText(hwnd, edt10, cdPtr->path); - SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, edt10, EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); - } else if (message == WM_COMMAND) { - int idCtrl, notifyCode; - - idCtrl = LOWORD(wParam); - notifyCode = HIWORD(wParam); - - if ((idCtrl != IDOK) || (notifyCode != BN_CLICKED)) { + } else { /* - * OK Button wasn't clicked. Do the default. + * Changed to new folder OK, return immediatly with the current + * directory in utfRetDir. */ - if ((idCtrl == lst2) || (idCtrl == edt10)) { - cdPtr->lastCtrl = idCtrl; - } + GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, chooseDirSharedData->utfRetDir); return 0; } + return 0; + case BFFM_SELCHANGED: /* - * Dialogs also get the message that OK was clicked when Enter - * is pressed in some other control. Find out what window - * we were really in when we got the supposed "OK", because the - * behavior is different. + * Set the status window to the currently selected path and enable the + * OK button if a file system folder, otherwise disable the OK button + * for things like server names. Perhaps a new switch + * -enablenonfolders can be used to allow non folders to be selected. + * + * Not called when user changes edit box directly. */ - if (cdPtr->lastCtrl == edt10) { - /* - * Hit Enter or clicked OK while typing a directory name in the - * edit control. - * If it's a new name, try to go to that directory. - * If the name hasn't changed since last time, return selected - * directory. - */ - - int changed; - TCHAR tmp[MAX_PATH]; - - if (GetDlgItemText(hwnd, edt10, tmp, MAX_PATH) == 0) { - return 0; - } - - changed = lstrcmp(cdPtr->path, tmp); - lstrcpy(cdPtr->path, tmp); - - if (SetCurrentDirectory(cdPtr->path) == 0) { - /* - * Non-existent directory. - */ - - if (ofnPtr->Flags & OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST) { - /* - * Directory must exist. Complain, then rehighlight text. - */ - - wsprintf(tmp, "Cannot change directory to \"%.200s\".", - cdPtr->path); - MessageBox(hwnd, tmp, NULL, MB_OK); - SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, edt10, EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); - return 0; - } - if (changed) { - /* - * Directory was invalid, but we want to keep displaying - * this name. Don't update the listbox that displays the - * current directory heirarchy, or it'll erase the name. - */ - - SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, edt10, EM_SETSEL, 0, -1); - return 0; - } - } - if (changed == 0) { - /* - * Name hasn't changed since the last time we hit return - * or double-clicked on a directory, so return this. - */ + if (SHGetPathFromIDList((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) { + SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXT, 0, (LPARAM) selDir); + // enable the OK button + SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); + } else { + // disable the OK button + SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0); + } + UpdateWindow(hwnd); + return 1; - EndDialog(hwnd, IDOK); - return 1; - } - - cdPtr->lastCtrl = IDOK; + case BFFM_INITIALIZED: { + /* + * Directory browser intializing - tell it where to start from, user + * specified parameter. + */ - /* - * The following is the magic code, determined by running - * Spy++ on some other directory chooser, that it takes to - * get this dialog to update the listbox to display the - * current directory. - */ + char *initDir = chooseDirSharedData->utfInitDir; - SetDlgItemText(hwnd, edt1, cdPtr->path); - SendMessage(hwnd, WM_COMMAND, (WPARAM) MAKELONG(cmb2, 0x8003), - (LPARAM) GetDlgItem(hwnd, cmb2)); - return 0; - } else if (idCtrl == lst2) { + SetCurrentDirectory(initDir); + if (*initDir == '\\') { /* - * Enter key was pressed while in listbox. - * If it's a new directory, allow default behavior to open dir. - * If the directory hasn't changed, return selected directory. + * BFFM_SETSELECTION only understands UNC paths as pidls, so + * convert path to pidl using IShellFolder interface. */ - int thisItem; - - thisItem = (int) SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, lst2, LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0); - if (cdPtr->lastIdx == thisItem) { - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdPtr->path); - EndDialog(hwnd, IDOK); - return 1; + LPMALLOC pMalloc; + LPSHELLFOLDER psfFolder; + + if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetMalloc(&pMalloc))) { + if (SUCCEEDED(SHGetDesktopFolder(&psfFolder))) { + LPITEMIDLIST pidlMain; + ULONG ulCount, ulAttr; + Tcl_DString ds; + + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(), + initDir, -1, &ds); + if (SUCCEEDED(psfFolder->lpVtbl->ParseDisplayName( + psfFolder, hwnd, NULL, (WCHAR *) + Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), &ulCount,&pidlMain,&ulAttr)) + && (pidlMain != NULL)) { + SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE, + (LPARAM) pidlMain); + pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, pidlMain); + } + psfFolder->lpVtbl->Release(psfFolder); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + } + pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc); } - } else if (idCtrl == IDOK) { - /* - * The OK button was clicked. Return the value currently selected - * in the entry. - */ - - GetCurrentDirectory(MAX_PATH, cdPtr->path); - EndDialog(hwnd, IDOK); - return 1; + } else { + SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, TRUE, (LPARAM) initDir); } + SendMessage(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1); + break; + } + } return 0; } -#endif /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the MessageBox window for the - * Windows platform. See the user documentation for details on what - * it does. + * This function implements the MessageBox window for the Windows + * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * See user documentation. * * Side effects: - * None. The MessageBox window will be destroy before this procedure + * None. The MessageBox window will be destroy before this function * returns. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin, parent; + Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData, parent; HWND hWnd; - char *message, *title; + Tcl_Obj *messageObj, *titleObj, *detailObj, *tmpObj; int defaultBtn, icon, type; int i, oldMode, winCode; UINT flags; - Tcl_DString messageString, titleString; - Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { - "-default", "-icon", "-message", "-parent", - "-title", "-type", NULL + "-default", "-detail", "-icon", "-message", + "-parent", "-title", "-type", NULL }; enum options { - MSG_DEFAULT, MSG_ICON, MSG_MESSAGE, MSG_PARENT, - MSG_TITLE, MSG_TYPE + MSG_DEFAULT, MSG_DETAIL, MSG_ICON, MSG_MESSAGE, + MSG_PARENT, MSG_TITLE, MSG_TYPE }; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - defaultBtn = -1; - icon = MB_ICONINFORMATION; - message = NULL; - parent = tkwin; - title = NULL; - type = MB_OK; + (void) TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); + defaultBtn = -1; + detailObj = NULL; + icon = MB_ICONINFORMATION; + messageObj = NULL; + parent = tkwin; + titleObj = NULL; + type = MB_OK; for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { int index; @@ -2562,22 +2320,25 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_ERROR; } if (i + 1 == objc) { - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(optionPtr, NULL); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", - (char *) NULL); + string = Tcl_GetString(optionPtr); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "value for \"", string, "\" missing", + NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(valuePtr, NULL); switch ((enum options) index) { - case MSG_DEFAULT: - defaultBtn = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, buttonMap, + case MSG_DEFAULT: + defaultBtn = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, buttonMap, valuePtr); if (defaultBtn < 0) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; + case MSG_DETAIL: + detailObj = valuePtr; + break; + case MSG_ICON: icon = TkFindStateNumObj(interp, optionPtr, iconMap, valuePtr); if (icon < 0) { @@ -2586,18 +2347,18 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) break; case MSG_MESSAGE: - message = string; + messageObj = valuePtr; break; - case MSG_PARENT: - parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, string, tkwin); + case MSG_PARENT: + parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(valuePtr), tkwin); if (parent == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } break; case MSG_TITLE: - title = string; + titleObj = valuePtr; break; case MSG_TYPE: @@ -2606,19 +2367,20 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_ERROR; } break; - } } + while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(parent)) { + parent = Tk_Parent(parent); + } Tk_MakeWindowExist(parent); hWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(parent)); - + flags = 0; if (defaultBtn >= 0) { - int defaultBtnIdx; + int defaultBtnIdx = -1; - defaultBtnIdx = -1; - for (i = 0; i < NUM_TYPES; i++) { + for (i = 0; i < (int) NUM_TYPES; i++) { if (type == allowedTypes[i].type) { int j; @@ -2630,7 +2392,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) } if (defaultBtnIdx < 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid default button \"", - TkFindStateString(buttonMap, defaultBtn), + TkFindStateString(buttonMap, defaultBtn), "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -2640,82 +2402,140 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) flags = buttonFlagMap[defaultBtnIdx]; } - flags |= icon | type | MB_SYSTEMMODAL; + flags |= icon | type | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, message, -1, &messageString); - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, title, -1, &titleString); + tmpObj = messageObj ? Tcl_DuplicateObj(messageObj) + : Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(NULL, 0); + Tcl_IncrRefCount(tmpObj); + if (detailObj) { + Tcl_AppendUnicodeToObj(tmpObj, L"\n\n", 2); + Tcl_AppendObjToObj(tmpObj, detailObj); + } oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); /* - * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode - * error message to be displayed correctly where possible by the OS. + * MessageBoxW exists for all platforms. Use it to allow unicode error + * message to be displayed correctly where possible by the OS. * - * In order to have the parent window icon reflected in a MessageBox, - * we have to create a hook that will trigger when the MessageBox is - * being created. + * In order to have the parent window icon reflected in a MessageBox, we + * have to create a hook that will trigger when the MessageBox is being + * created. */ + tsdPtr->hSmallIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_SMALL); tsdPtr->hBigIcon = TkWinGetIcon(parent, ICON_BIG); tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_CBT, MsgBoxCBTProc, NULL, GetCurrentThreadId()); - winCode = MessageBoxW(hWnd, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&messageString), - (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), flags); + winCode = MessageBoxW(hWnd, Tcl_GetUnicode(tmpObj), + titleObj ? Tcl_GetUnicode(titleObj) : L"", flags); UnhookWindowsHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook); (void) Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); /* - * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we - * have updated the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to - * leave this child disabled (Windows loses sync). + * Ensure that hWnd is enabled, because it can happen that we have updated + * the wrapper of the parent, which causes us to leave this child disabled + * (Windows loses sync). */ + EnableWindow(hWnd, 1); - Tcl_DStringFree(&messageString); - Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(tmpObj); Tcl_SetResult(interp, TkFindStateString(buttonMap, winCode), TCL_STATIC); return TCL_OK; } - + static LRESULT CALLBACK -MsgBoxCBTProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) +MsgBoxCBTProc( + int nCode, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (nCode == HCBT_CREATEWND) { /* - * Window owned by our task is being created. Since the hook is + * Window owned by our task is being created. Since the hook is * installed just before the MessageBox call and removed after the - * MessageBox call, the window being created is either the message - * box or one of its controls. Check that the class is WC_DIALOG - * to ensure that it's the one we want. + * MessageBox call, the window being created is either the message box + * or one of its controls. Check that the class is WC_DIALOG to ensure + * that it's the one we want. */ - LPCBT_CREATEWND lpcbtcreate = (LPCBT_CREATEWND)lParam; + + LPCBT_CREATEWND lpcbtcreate = (LPCBT_CREATEWND) lParam; if (WC_DIALOG == lpcbtcreate->lpcs->lpszClass) { HWND hwnd = (HWND) wParam; + SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hSmallIcon); - SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, - (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hBigIcon); + SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) tsdPtr->hBigIcon); } } /* * Call the next hook proc, if there is one */ + return CallNextHookEx(tsdPtr->hMsgBoxHook, nCode, wParam, lParam); } + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * SetTkDialog -- + * + * Records the HWND for a native dialog in the 'tk_dialog' variable so + * that the test-suite can operate on the correct dialog window. Use of + * this is enabled when a test program calls TkWinDialogDebug by calling + * the test command 'tkwinevent debug 1'. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ -static void -SetTkDialog(ClientData clientData) +static void +SetTkDialog( + ClientData clientData) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); char buf[32]; sprintf(buf, "0x%p", (HWND) clientData); Tcl_SetVar(tsdPtr->debugInterp, "tk_dialog", buf, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); } + +/* + * Factored out a common pattern in use in this file. + */ +static char * +ConvertExternalFilename( + Tcl_Encoding encoding, + char *filename, + Tcl_DString *dsPtr) +{ + char *p; + + Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(encoding, filename, -1, dsPtr); + for (p = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); *p != '\0'; p++) { + /* + * Change the pathname to the Tcl "normalized" pathname, where back + * slashes are used instead of forward slashes + */ + + if (*p == '\\') { + *p = '/'; + } + } + return Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); +} + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinDraw.c b/win/tkWinDraw.c index 04a27c4..1897bc8 100755..100644 --- a/win/tkWinDraw.c +++ b/win/tkWinDraw.c @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ /* * tkWinDraw.c -- * - * This file contains the Xlib emulation functions pertaining to - * actually drawing objects on a window. + * This file contains the Xlib emulation functions pertaining to actually + * drawing objects on a window. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ CONST int tkpWinRopModes[] = { }; /* - * Translation table between X gc functions and Win32 BitBlt op modes. Some - * of the operations defined in X don't have names, so we have to construct - * new opcodes for those functions. This is arcane and probably not all that + * Translation table between X gc functions and Win32 BitBlt op modes. Some of + * the operations defined in X don't have names, so we have to construct new + * opcodes for those functions. This is arcane and probably not all that * useful, but at least it's accurate. */ @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ CONST int tkpWinBltModes[] = { }; /* - * The following raster op uses the source bitmap as a mask for the - * pattern. This is used to draw in a foreground color but leave the - * background color transparent. + * The following raster op uses the source bitmap as a mask for the pattern. + * This is used to draw in a foreground color but leave the background color + * transparent. */ #define MASKPAT 0x00E20746 /* dest = (src & pat) | (!src & dst) */ @@ -102,29 +102,27 @@ CONST int tkpWinBltModes[] = { * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions. */ -typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc) _ANSI_ARGS_((HDC dc, - CONST POINT* points, int npoints)); +typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, CONST POINT* points, int npoints); typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - POINT *winPoints; /* Array of points that is reused. */ - int nWinPoints; /* Current size of point array. */ + POINT *winPoints; /* Array of points that is reused. */ + int nWinPoints; /* Current size of point array. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static POINT * ConvertPoints _ANSI_ARGS_((XPoint *points, int npoints, - int mode, RECT *bbox)); -static int DrawOrFillArc _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display, - Drawable d, GC gc, int x, int y, - unsigned int width, unsigned int height, - int start, int extent, int fill)); -static void RenderObject _ANSI_ARGS_((HDC dc, GC gc, - XPoint* points, int npoints, int mode, HPEN pen, - WinDrawFunc func)); -static HPEN SetUpGraphicsPort _ANSI_ARGS_((GC gc)); +static POINT * ConvertPoints(XPoint *points, int npoints, int mode, + RECT *bbox); +static int DrawOrFillArc(Display *display, Drawable d, GC gc, + int x, int y, unsigned int width, + unsigned int height, int start, int extent, + int fill); +static void RenderObject(HDC dc, GC gc, XPoint* points, + int npoints, int mode, HPEN pen, WinDrawFunc func); +static HPEN SetUpGraphicsPort(GC gc); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -134,21 +132,21 @@ static HPEN SetUpGraphicsPort _ANSI_ARGS_((GC gc)); * Retrieve the DC from a drawable. * * Results: - * Returns the window DC for windows. Returns a new memory DC - * for pixmaps. + * Returns the window DC for windows. Returns a new memory DC for + * pixmaps. * * Side effects: - * Sets up the palette for the device context, and saves the old - * device context state in the passed in TkWinDCState structure. + * Sets up the palette for the device context, and saves the old device + * context state in the passed in TkWinDCState structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ HDC -TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, state) - Display *display; - Drawable d; - TkWinDCState* state; +TkWinGetDrawableDC( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + TkWinDCState *state) { HDC dc; TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d; @@ -193,12 +191,13 @@ TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, state) */ void -TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, state) - Drawable d; - HDC dc; - TkWinDCState *state; +TkWinReleaseDrawableDC( + Drawable d, + HDC dc, + TkWinDCState *state) { TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d; + SetBkMode(dc, state->bkmode); SelectPalette(dc, state->palette, TRUE); RealizePalette(dc); @@ -220,26 +219,26 @@ TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, state) * Returns the converted array of POINTs. * * Side effects: - * Allocates a block of memory in thread local storage that - * should not be freed. + * Allocates a block of memory in thread local storage that should not be + * freed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static POINT * -ConvertPoints(points, npoints, mode, bbox) - XPoint *points; - int npoints; - int mode; /* CoordModeOrigin or CoordModePrevious. */ - RECT *bbox; /* Bounding box of points. */ +ConvertPoints( + XPoint *points, + int npoints, + int mode, /* CoordModeOrigin or CoordModePrevious. */ + RECT *bbox) /* Bounding box of points. */ { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); int i; /* - * To avoid paying the cost of a malloc on every drawing routine, - * we reuse the last array if it is large enough. + * To avoid paying the cost of a malloc on every drawing routine, we reuse + * the last array if it is large enough. */ if (npoints > tsdPtr->nWinPoints) { @@ -293,21 +292,20 @@ ConvertPoints(points, npoints, mode, bbox) * None. * * Side effects: - * Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or - * bitmap. + * Data is moved from a window or bitmap to a second window or bitmap. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XCopyArea(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y) - Display* display; - Drawable src; - Drawable dest; - GC gc; - int src_x, src_y; - unsigned int width, height; - int dest_x, dest_y; +XCopyArea( + Display *display, + Drawable src, + Drawable dest, + GC gc, + int src_x, int src_y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + int dest_x, int dest_y) { HDC srcDC, destDC; TkWinDCState srcState, destState; @@ -326,8 +324,8 @@ XCopyArea(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y) OffsetClipRgn(destDC, gc->clip_x_origin, gc->clip_y_origin); } - BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, - tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]); + BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, + src_x, src_y, (DWORD) tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]); SelectClipRgn(destDC, NULL); @@ -343,10 +341,9 @@ XCopyArea(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y) * * XCopyPlane -- * - * Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination - * drawable. The plane argument specifies which bit plane of - * the source contains the bitmap. Note that this implementation - * ignores the gc->function. + * Copies a bitmap from a source drawable to a destination drawable. The + * plane argument specifies which bit plane of the source contains the + * bitmap. Note that this implementation ignores the gc->function. * * Results: * None. @@ -358,16 +355,15 @@ XCopyArea(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, dest_y) */ int -XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, - dest_y, plane) - Display* display; - Drawable src; - Drawable dest; - GC gc; - int src_x, src_y; - unsigned int width, height; - int dest_x, dest_y; - unsigned long plane; +XCopyPlane( + Display *display, + Drawable src, + Drawable dest, + GC gc, + int src_x, int src_y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + int dest_x, int dest_y, + unsigned long plane) { HDC srcDC, destDC; TkWinDCState srcState, destState; @@ -377,7 +373,7 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, display->request++; if (plane != 1) { - panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane"); + Tcl_Panic("Unexpected plane specified for XCopyPlane"); } srcDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, src, &srcState); @@ -389,12 +385,10 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, } if (clipPtr == NULL || clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) { - /* - * Case 1: opaque bitmaps. Windows handles the conversion - * from one bit to multiple bits by setting 0 to the - * foreground color, and 1 to the background color (seems - * backwards, but there you are). + * Case 1: opaque bitmaps. Windows handles the conversion from one bit + * to multiple bits by setting 0 to the foreground color, and 1 to the + * background color (seems backwards, but there you are). */ if (clipPtr && clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) { @@ -405,8 +399,8 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, SetBkMode(destDC, OPAQUE); SetBkColor(destDC, gc->foreground); SetTextColor(destDC, gc->background); - BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, - SRCCOPY); + BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, + src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); SelectClipRgn(destDC, NULL); } else if (clipPtr->type == TKP_CLIP_PIXMAP) { @@ -414,25 +408,24 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, /* * Case 2: transparent bitmaps are handled by setting the - * destination to the foreground color whenever the source - * pixel is set. We need to reset the BkColor and TextColor, - * because they affect bitmap color mapping. + * destination to the foreground color whenever the source pixel + * is set. */ fgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground); oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush); SetBkColor(destDC, RGB(255,255,255)); SetTextColor(destDC, RGB(0,0,0)); - BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, - MASKPAT); + BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, + src_x, src_y, MASKPAT); SelectObject(destDC, oldBrush); DeleteObject(fgBrush); } else { /* - * Case 3: two arbitrary bitmaps. Copy the source rectangle - * into a color pixmap. Use the result as a brush when - * copying the clip mask into the destination. + * Case 3: two arbitrary bitmaps. Copy the source rectangle into a + * color pixmap. Use the result as a brush when copying the clip + * mask into the destination. */ HDC memDC, maskDC; @@ -444,36 +437,37 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, maskDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, clipPtr->value.pixmap, &maskState); memDC = CreateCompatibleDC(destDC); - bitmap = CreateBitmap(width, height, 1, 1, NULL); + bitmap = CreateBitmap((int) width, (int) height, 1, 1, NULL); SelectObject(memDC, bitmap); /* - * Set foreground bits. We create a new bitmap containing - * (source AND mask), then use it to set the foreground color - * into the destination. + * Set foreground bits. We create a new bitmap containing (source + * AND mask), then use it to set the foreground color into the + * destination. */ - BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); - BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, width, height, maskDC, + BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, + SRCCOPY); + BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC, dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin, SRCAND); oldBrush = SelectObject(destDC, fgBrush); - BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, memDC, 0, 0, - MASKPAT); + BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, memDC, + 0, 0, MASKPAT); /* - * Set background bits. Same as foreground, except we use - * ((NOT source) AND mask) and the background brush. + * Set background bits. Same as foreground, except we use ((NOT + * source) AND mask) and the background brush. */ - BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, width, height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, + BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, srcDC, src_x, src_y, NOTSRCCOPY); - BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, width, height, maskDC, + BitBlt(memDC, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, maskDC, dest_x - gc->clip_x_origin, dest_y - gc->clip_y_origin, SRCAND); SelectObject(destDC, bgBrush); - BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, memDC, 0, 0, - MASKPAT); + BitBlt(destDC, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, memDC, + 0, 0, MASKPAT); TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(clipPtr->value.pixmap, maskDC, &maskState); SelectObject(destDC, oldBrush); @@ -495,8 +489,8 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, * * TkPutImage -- * - * Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of - * of the specified drawable. + * Copies a subimage from an in-memory image to a rectangle of of the + * specified drawable. * * Results: * None. @@ -508,19 +502,18 @@ XCopyPlane(display, src, dest, gc, src_x, src_y, width, height, dest_x, */ int -TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, - dest_y, width, height) - unsigned long *colors; /* Array of pixel values used by this - * image. May be NULL. */ - int ncolors; /* Number of colors used, or 0. */ - Display* display; - Drawable d; /* Destination drawable. */ - GC gc; - XImage* image; /* Source image. */ - int src_x, src_y; /* Offset of subimage. */ - int dest_x, dest_y; /* Position of subimage origin in - * drawable. */ - unsigned int width, height; /* Dimensions of subimage. */ +TkPutImage( + unsigned long *colors, /* Array of pixel values used by this image. + * May be NULL. */ + int ncolors, /* Number of colors used, or 0. */ + Display *display, + Drawable d, /* Destination drawable. */ + GC gc, + XImage *image, /* Source image. */ + int src_x, int src_y, /* Offset of subimage. */ + int dest_x, int dest_y, /* Position of subimage origin in drawable. */ + unsigned int width, unsigned int height) + /* Dimensions of subimage. */ { HDC dc, dcMem; TkWinDCState state; @@ -536,8 +529,8 @@ TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, if (image->bits_per_pixel == 1) { /* - * If the image isn't in the right format, we have to copy - * it into a new buffer in MSBFirst and word-aligned format. + * If the image isn't in the right format, we have to copy it into a + * new buffer in MSBFirst and word-aligned format. */ if ((image->bitmap_bit_order != MSBFirst) @@ -561,10 +554,10 @@ TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, usePalette = (image->bits_per_pixel < 16); if (usePalette) { - infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO*) ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) + infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO *) ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) + sizeof(RGBQUAD)*ncolors); } else { - infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO*) ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)); + infoPtr = (BITMAPINFO *) ckalloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)); } infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); @@ -593,14 +586,15 @@ TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, image->data, infoPtr, DIB_RGB_COLORS); ckfree((char *) infoPtr); } - if(!bitmap) { - panic("Fail to allocate bitmap\n"); + if (!bitmap) { + Tcl_Panic("Fail to allocate bitmap\n"); DeleteDC(dcMem); TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state); return BadValue; } bitmap = SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap); - BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, width, height, dcMem, src_x, src_y, SRCCOPY); + BitBlt(dc, dest_x, dest_y, (int) width, (int) height, dcMem, src_x, src_y, + SRCCOPY); DeleteObject(SelectObject(dcMem, bitmap)); DeleteDC(dcMem); TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state); @@ -624,12 +618,12 @@ TkPutImage(colors, ncolors, display, d, gc, image, src_x, src_y, dest_x, */ int -XFillRectangles(display, d, gc, rectangles, nrectangles) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - XRectangle* rectangles; - int nrectangles; +XFillRectangles( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + XRectangle *rectangles, + int nrectangles) { HDC dc; int i; @@ -655,7 +649,7 @@ XFillRectangles(display, d, gc, rectangles, nrectangles) HBRUSH bgBrush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->background); if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) { - panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple"); + Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple"); } /* @@ -669,7 +663,7 @@ XFillRectangles(display, d, gc, rectangles, nrectangles) /* * For each rectangle, create a drawing surface which is the size of - * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the + * the rectangle and fill it with the background color. Then merge the * result with the stipple pattern. */ @@ -733,8 +727,8 @@ XFillRectangles(display, d, gc, rectangles, nrectangles) * * RenderObject -- * - * This function draws a shape using a list of points, a - * stipple pattern, and the specified drawing function. + * This function draws a shape using a list of points, a stipple pattern, + * and the specified drawing function. * * Results: * None. @@ -746,14 +740,14 @@ XFillRectangles(display, d, gc, rectangles, nrectangles) */ static void -RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, func) - HDC dc; - GC gc; - XPoint* points; - int npoints; - int mode; - HPEN pen; - WinDrawFunc func; +RenderObject( + HDC dc, + GC gc, + XPoint *points, + int npoints, + int mode, + HPEN pen, + WinDrawFunc func) { RECT rect = {0, 0, 0, 0}; HPEN oldPen; @@ -772,7 +766,7 @@ RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, func) HBRUSH oldMemBrush; if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) { - panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple"); + Tcl_Panic("unexpected drawable type in stipple"); } /* @@ -828,8 +822,8 @@ RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, func) /* * If we are rendering an opaque stipple, then draw the polygon in the - * background color and copy it to the destination wherever the pattern - * is clear. + * background color and copy it to the destination wherever the + * pattern is clear. */ if (gc->fill_style == FillOpaqueStippled) { @@ -876,13 +870,13 @@ RenderObject(dc, gc, points, npoints, mode, pen, func) */ int -XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, npoints, mode) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - XPoint* points; - int npoints; - int mode; +XDrawLines( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + XPoint *points, + int npoints, + int mode) { HPEN pen; TkWinDCState state; @@ -920,14 +914,14 @@ XDrawLines(display, d, gc, points, npoints, mode) */ int -XFillPolygon(display, d, gc, points, npoints, shape, mode) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - XPoint* points; - int npoints; - int shape; - int mode; +XFillPolygon( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + XPoint *points, + int npoints, + int shape, + int mode) { HPEN pen; TkWinDCState state; @@ -963,14 +957,12 @@ XFillPolygon(display, d, gc, points, npoints, shape, mode) */ int -XDrawRectangle(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - int x; - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; +XDrawRectangle( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + int x, int y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height) { HPEN pen, oldPen; TkWinDCState state; @@ -989,7 +981,7 @@ XDrawRectangle(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height) oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, GetStockObject(NULL_BRUSH)); SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]); - Rectangle(dc, x, y, x+width+1, y+height+1); + Rectangle(dc, x, y, (int) x+width+1, (int) y+height+1); DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldPen)); SelectObject(dc, oldBrush); @@ -1014,16 +1006,13 @@ XDrawRectangle(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height) */ int -XDrawArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - int x; - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; - int start; - int extent; +XDrawArc( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + int x, int y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + int start, int extent) { display->request++; @@ -1047,16 +1036,13 @@ XDrawArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent) */ int -XFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - int x; - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; - int start; - int extent; +XFillArc( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + int x, int y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + int start, int extent) { display->request++; @@ -1068,8 +1054,8 @@ XFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent) * * DrawOrFillArc -- * - * This procedure handles the rendering of drawn or filled - * arcs and chords. + * This function handles the rendering of drawn or filled arcs and + * chords. * * Results: * None. @@ -1081,15 +1067,15 @@ XFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent) */ static int -DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, fill) - Display *display; - Drawable d; - GC gc; - int x, y; /* left top */ - unsigned int width, height; - int start; /* start: three-o'clock (deg*64) */ - int extent; /* extent: relative (deg*64) */ - int fill; /* ==0 draw, !=0 fill */ +DrawOrFillArc( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + GC gc, + int x, int y, /* left top */ + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + int start, /* start: three-o'clock (deg*64) */ + int extent, /* extent: relative (deg*64) */ + int fill) /* ==0 draw, !=0 fill */ { HDC dc; HBRUSH brush, oldBrush; @@ -1130,7 +1116,7 @@ DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, fill) /* * Now compute points on the radial lines that define the starting and - * ending angles. Be sure to take into account that the y-coordinate + * ending angles. Be sure to take into account that the y-coordinate * system is inverted. */ @@ -1142,29 +1128,32 @@ DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, fill) yend = (int)((yr + sin(-radian_end)*height/2.0) + 0.5); /* - * Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to - * increase the size of the bounding box by one to account for the - * difference in pixel definitions between X and Windows. + * Now draw a filled or open figure. Note that we have to increase the + * size of the bounding box by one to account for the difference in pixel + * definitions between X and Windows. */ pen = SetUpGraphicsPort(gc); oldPen = SelectObject(dc, pen); if (!fill) { /* - * Note that this call will leave a gap of one pixel at the - * end of the arc for thin arcs. We can't use ArcTo because - * it's only supported under Windows NT. + * Note that this call will leave a gap of one pixel at the end of the + * arc for thin arcs. We can't use ArcTo because it's only supported + * under Windows NT. */ SetBkMode(dc, TRANSPARENT); - Arc(dc, x, y, x+width+1, y+height+1, xstart, ystart, xend, yend); + Arc(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1), xstart, ystart, + xend, yend); } else { brush = CreateSolidBrush(gc->foreground); oldBrush = SelectObject(dc, brush); if (gc->arc_mode == ArcChord) { - Chord(dc, x, y, x+width+1, y+height+1, xstart, ystart, xend, yend); - } else if ( gc->arc_mode == ArcPieSlice ) { - Pie(dc, x, y, x+width+1, y+height+1, xstart, ystart, xend, yend); + Chord(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1), + xstart, ystart, xend, yend); + } else if (gc->arc_mode == ArcPieSlice) { + Pie(dc, x, y, (int) (x+width+1), (int) (y+height+1), + xstart, ystart, xend, yend); } DeleteObject(SelectObject(dc, oldBrush)); } @@ -1190,8 +1179,8 @@ DrawOrFillArc(display, d, gc, x, y, width, height, start, extent, fill) */ static HPEN -SetUpGraphicsPort(gc) - GC gc; +SetUpGraphicsPort( + GC gc) { DWORD style; @@ -1200,10 +1189,9 @@ SetUpGraphicsPort(gc) /* pointer to the dash-list */ /* - * Below is a simple translation of serveral dash patterns - * to valid windows pen types. Far from complete, - * but I don't know how to do it better. - * Any ideas: <mailto:j.nijtmans@chello.nl> + * Below is a simple translation of serveral dash patterns to valid + * windows pen types. Far from complete, but I don't know how to do it + * better. Any ideas: <mailto:j.nijtmans@chello.nl> */ if (p[1] && p[2]) { @@ -1223,7 +1211,7 @@ SetUpGraphicsPort(gc) style = PS_SOLID; } if (gc->line_width < 2) { - return CreatePen(style, gc->line_width, gc->foreground); + return CreatePen((int) style, gc->line_width, gc->foreground); } else { LOGBRUSH lb; @@ -1233,29 +1221,29 @@ SetUpGraphicsPort(gc) style |= PS_GEOMETRIC; switch (gc->cap_style) { - case CapNotLast: - case CapButt: - style |= PS_ENDCAP_FLAT; - break; - case CapRound: - style |= PS_ENDCAP_ROUND; - break; - default: - style |= PS_ENDCAP_SQUARE; - break; + case CapNotLast: + case CapButt: + style |= PS_ENDCAP_FLAT; + break; + case CapRound: + style |= PS_ENDCAP_ROUND; + break; + default: + style |= PS_ENDCAP_SQUARE; + break; } switch (gc->join_style) { - case JoinMiter: - style |= PS_JOIN_MITER; - break; - case JoinRound: - style |= PS_JOIN_ROUND; - break; - default: - style |= PS_JOIN_BEVEL; - break; + case JoinMiter: + style |= PS_JOIN_MITER; + break; + case JoinRound: + style |= PS_JOIN_ROUND; + break; + default: + style |= PS_JOIN_BEVEL; + break; } - return ExtCreatePen(style, gc->line_width, &lb, 0, NULL); + return ExtCreatePen(style, (DWORD) gc->line_width, &lb, 0, NULL); } } @@ -1264,13 +1252,13 @@ SetUpGraphicsPort(gc) * * TkScrollWindow -- * - * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate - * a damage region. + * Scroll a rectangle of the specified window and accumulate a damage + * region. * * Results: - * Returns 0 if the scroll genereated no additional damage. - * Otherwise, sets the region that needs to be repainted after - * scrolling and returns 1. + * Returns 0 if the scroll genereated no additional damage. Otherwise, + * sets the region that needs to be repainted after scrolling and returns + * 1. * * Side effects: * Scrolls the bits in the window. @@ -1279,12 +1267,13 @@ SetUpGraphicsPort(gc) */ int -TkScrollWindow(tkwin, gc, x, y, width, height, dx, dy, damageRgn) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* The window to be scrolled. */ - GC gc; /* GC for window to be scrolled. */ - int x, y, width, height; /* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */ - int dx, dy; /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */ - TkRegion damageRgn; /* Region to accumulate damage in. */ +TkScrollWindow( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window to be scrolled. */ + GC gc, /* GC for window to be scrolled. */ + int x, int y, int width, int height, + /* Position rectangle to be scrolled. */ + int dx, int dy, /* Distance rectangle should be moved. */ + TkRegion damageRgn) /* Region to accumulate damage in. */ { HWND hwnd = TkWinGetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); RECT scrollRect; @@ -1302,9 +1291,9 @@ TkScrollWindow(tkwin, gc, x, y, width, height, dx, dy, damageRgn) * * TkWinFillRect -- * - * This routine fills a rectangle with the foreground color - * from the specified GC ignoring all other GC values. This - * is the fastest way to fill a drawable with a solid color. + * This routine fills a rectangle with the foreground color from the + * specified GC ignoring all other GC values. This is the fastest way to + * fill a drawable with a solid color. * * Results: * None. @@ -1316,10 +1305,10 @@ TkScrollWindow(tkwin, gc, x, y, width, height, dx, dy, damageRgn) */ void -TkWinFillRect(dc, x, y, width, height, pixel) - HDC dc; - int x, y, width, height; - int pixel; +TkWinFillRect( + HDC dc, + int x, int y, int width, int height, + int pixel) { RECT rect; COLORREF oldColor; @@ -1339,30 +1328,30 @@ TkWinFillRect(dc, x, y, width, height, pixel) * * TkpDrawHighlightBorder -- * - * This procedure draws a rectangular ring around the outside of - * a widget to indicate that it has received the input focus. + * This function draws a rectangular ring around the outside of a widget + * to indicate that it has received the input focus. * - * On Windows, we just draw the simple inset ring. On other sytems, - * e.g. the Mac, the focus ring is a little more complicated, so we - * need this abstraction. + * On Windows, we just draw the simple inset ring. On other sytems, e.g. + * the Mac, the focus ring is a little more complicated, so we need this + * abstraction. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", - * corresponding to the outer area of "tkwin". + * A rectangle "width" pixels wide is drawn in "drawable", corresponding + * to the outer area of "tkwin". * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, highlightWidth, drawable) - Tk_Window tkwin; - GC fgGC; - GC bgGC; - int highlightWidth; - Drawable drawable; +TkpDrawHighlightBorder( + Tk_Window tkwin, + GC fgGC, + GC bgGC, + int highlightWidth, + Drawable drawable) { TkDrawInsetFocusHighlight(tkwin, fgGC, highlightWidth, drawable, 0); } @@ -1372,7 +1361,7 @@ TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, highlightWidth, drawable) * * TkpDrawFrame -- * - * This procedure draws the rectangular frame area. + * This function draws the rectangular frame area. * * Results: * None. @@ -1384,12 +1373,22 @@ TkpDrawHighlightBorder(tkwin, fgGC, bgGC, highlightWidth, drawable) */ void -TkpDrawFrame (Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_3DBorder border, - int highlightWidth, int borderWidth, int relief) +TkpDrawFrame( + Tk_Window tkwin, + Tk_3DBorder border, + int highlightWidth, + int borderWidth, + int relief) { - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), - border, highlightWidth, highlightWidth, - Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, - Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, - borderWidth, relief); + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(tkwin), border, highlightWidth, + highlightWidth, Tk_Width(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, + Tk_Height(tkwin) - 2 * highlightWidth, borderWidth, relief); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinEmbed.c b/win/tkWinEmbed.c index d0e0c05..b7f5085 100644 --- a/win/tkWinEmbed.c +++ b/win/tkWinEmbed.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinEmbed.c -- * * This file contains platform specific procedures for Windows platforms @@ -8,54 +8,51 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" - /* * One of the following structures exists for each container in this - * application. It keeps track of the container window and its - * associated embedded window. + * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated + * embedded window. */ typedef struct Container { - HWND parentHWnd; /* Windows HWND to the parent window */ - TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Tk's information about the container - * or NULL if the container isn't - * in this process. */ - HWND embeddedHWnd; /* Windows HWND to the embedded window - */ - TkWindow *embeddedPtr; /* Tk's information about the embedded - * window, or NULL if the - * embedded application isn't in - * this process. */ - struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in - * this process. */ + HWND parentHWnd; /* Windows HWND to the parent window */ + TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Tk's information about the container or + * NULL if the container isn't in this + * process. */ + HWND embeddedHWnd; /* Windows HWND to the embedded window. */ + TkWindow *embeddedPtr; /* Tk's information about the embedded window, + * or NULL if the embedded application isn't + * in this process. */ + HWND embeddedMenuHWnd; /* Tk's embedded menu window handler. */ + struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this + * process. */ } Container; typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - Container *firstContainerPtr; /* First in list of all containers - * managed by this process. */ + Container *firstContainerPtr; + /* First in list of all containers managed by + * this process. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; -static void CleanupContainerList _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData)); -static void ContainerEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void EmbeddedEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void EmbedGeometryRequest _ANSI_ARGS_(( - Container*containerPtr, int width, int height)); -static void EmbedWindowDeleted _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); +static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, + int width, int height); +static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr); +static void Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow(TkWindow* winPtr); +HWND Tk_GetEmbeddedHWnd(TkWindow* winPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * CleanupContainerList -- + * TkWinCleanupContainerList -- * * Finalizes the list of containers. * @@ -68,20 +65,17 @@ static void EmbedWindowDeleted _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - /* ARGSUSED */ -static void -CleanupContainerList(clientData) - ClientData clientData; +void +TkWinCleanupContainerList(void) { Container *nextPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - - for (; - tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr != (Container *) NULL; - tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = nextPtr) { - nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr->nextPtr; - ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + + for (; tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr != (Container *) NULL; + tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = nextPtr) { + nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr->nextPtr; + ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr); } tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = (Container *) NULL; } @@ -104,11 +98,11 @@ CleanupContainerList(clientData) /* ARGSUSED */ int -TkpTestembedCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) - ClientData clientData; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - int argc; - CONST char **argv; +TkpTestembedCmd( + ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, + int argc, + CONST char **argv) { return TCL_OK; } @@ -116,19 +110,113 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow -- + * + * This function detaches an embedded window + * + * Results: + * No return value. Detach the embedded window. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static +void +Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* an embedded window */ + BOOL detachFlag) /* a flag of truely detaching */ +{ + TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(winPtr); + if(detachFlag) { + TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 0); + } +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow -- + * + * This function is required for mapping an embedded window during idle. + * The input winPtr must be preserved using Tcl_Preserve before call this + * function and will be released by this function. + * + * Results: + * No return value. Map the embedded window if it is not dead. + * + * Side effects: + * The embedded window may change its state as the container's. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static +void Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * mapped. */ +{ + if(!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) { + HWND hwnd = (HWND)winPtr->privatePtr; + int state = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; + + if (state < 0 || state > 3) { + state = NormalState; + } + + while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS)) { + /* empty body */ + } + + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state); + TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); + } + Tcl_Release((ClientData)winPtr); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * TkpUseWindow -- * - * This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given Windows handle - * for a window as its underlying window, rather than a new Windows - * window being created automatically. It is invoked by an embedded - * application to specify the window in which the application is - * embedded. + * This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given Windows handle for a + * window as its underlying window, rather than a new Windows window + * being created automatically. It is invoked by an embedded application + * to specify the window in which the application is embedded. + * + * This procedure uses a simple attachment protocol by sending TK_INFO + * messages to the window to use with two sub messages: + * + * TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY - if a window handles this message, it should + * return either a (long)hwnd for a container or a -(long)hwnd + * for a non-container. + * + * TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - a container window should return either + * a TRUE (non-zero) if it is available for use or a FALSE (zero) + * othersize. + * + * The TK_INFO messages are required in order to verify if the window to + * use is a valid container. Without an id verification, an invalid + * window attachment may cause unexpected crashes/panics (bug 1096074). + * Additional sub messages may be definded/used in future for other + * needs. + * + * We do not enforce the above protocol for the reason of backward + * compatibility. If the window to use is unable to handle TK_INFO + * messages (e.g., legacy Tk container applications before 8.5), a dialog + * box with a warning message pops up and the user is asked to confirm if + * the attachment should proceed. However, we may have to enforce it in + * future. * * Results: - * The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurred (such as - * if the argument does not identify a legal Windows window handle), - * the return value is TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the - * the interp's result if interp is not NULL. + * The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurred (such as if + * the argument does not identify a legal Windows window handle or it is + * already in use or a cancel button is pressed by a user in confirming + * the use window as a Tk container) the return value is TCL_ERROR and an + * error message is left in the the interp's result if interp is not + * NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -136,31 +224,45 @@ TkpTestembedCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -int -TkpUseWindow(interp, tkwin, string) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* If not NULL, used for error reporting - * if string is bogus. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Tk window that does not yet have an +int +TkpUseWindow( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if + * string is bogus. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an * associated X window. */ - CONST char *string; /* String identifying an X window to use - * for tkwin; must be an integer value. */ + CONST char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for + * tkwin; must be an integer value. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; - TkWindow *usePtr; int id; HWND hwnd; - Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); +/* + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); +*/ +/* if (winPtr->window != None) { - panic("TkpUseWindow: Already assigned a window"); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "can't modify container after widget is created", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } +*/ + + if (strcmp(string, "") == 0) { + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(winPtr, TRUE); + } + return TCL_OK; } if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, &id) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; + return TCL_ERROR; + } + hwnd = (HWND) INT2PTR(id); + if ((HWND)winPtr->privatePtr == hwnd) { + return TCL_OK; } - hwnd = (HWND) id; /* * Check if the window is a valid handle. If it is invalid, return @@ -169,81 +271,58 @@ TkpUseWindow(interp, tkwin, string) */ if (!IsWindow(hwnd)) { - if (interp != (Tcl_Interp *) NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", string, - "\" doesn't exist", (char *) NULL); - } - return TCL_ERROR; + if (interp != NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", string, + "\" doesn't exist", NULL); + } + return TCL_ERROR; } - usePtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); - if (usePtr != NULL) { - if (!(usePtr->flags & TK_CONTAINER)) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", usePtr->pathName, - "\" doesn't have -container option set", (char *) NULL); + id = SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY, 0); + if (id == PTR2INT(hwnd)) { + if (!SendMessage(hwnd, TK_INFO, TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE, 0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "The container is already in use", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } else if (id == -PTR2INT(hwnd)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "the window to use is not a Tk container", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } else { + /* + * Proceed if the user decide to do so because it can be a legacy + * container application. However we may have to return a TCL_ERROR in + * order to avoid bug 1096074 in future. + */ + + char msg[256]; + + sprintf(msg, "Unable to get information of window \"%.80s\". Attach to this\nwindow may have unpredictable results if it is not a valid container.\n\nPress Ok to proceed or Cancel to abort attaching.", string); + if (IDCANCEL == MessageBox(hwnd, msg, "Tk Warning", + MB_OKCANCEL | MB_ICONWARNING)) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "Operation has been canceled", TCL_STATIC); return TCL_ERROR; } } + Tk_DetachEmbeddedWindow(winPtr, FALSE); + /* * Store the parent window in the platform private data slot so * TkWmMapWindow can use it when creating the wrapper window. */ winPtr->privatePtr = (struct TkWindowPrivate*) hwnd; + winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; + winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_MAPPED); /* - * Create an event handler to clean up the Container structure when - * tkwin is eventually deleted. - */ - - Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc, - (ClientData) winPtr); - - /* - * If this is the first container, register an exit handler so that - * things will get cleaned up at finalization. - */ - - if (tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr == (Container *) NULL) { - TkCreateExitHandler(CleanupContainerList, (ClientData) NULL); - } - - /* - * Save information about the container and the embedded window - * in a Container structure. If there is already an existing - * Container structure, it means that both container and embedded - * app. are in the same process. + * Preserve the winPtr and create an idle handler to map the embedded + * window. */ - for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - containerPtr != NULL; containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { - if (containerPtr->parentHWnd == hwnd) { - winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES; - containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES; - break; - } - } - if (containerPtr == NULL) { - containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container)); - containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL; - containerPtr->parentHWnd = hwnd; - containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; - tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr; - } - - /* - * embeddedHWnd is not created yet. It will be created by TkWmMapWindow(), - * which will send a TK_ATTACHWINDOW to the container window. - * TkWinEmbeddedEventProc will process this message and set the embeddedHWnd - * variable - */ - - containerPtr->embeddedPtr = winPtr; - containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL; - - winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; - winPtr->flags &= (~(TK_MAPPED)); + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle((Tcl_IdleProc*) Tk_MapEmbeddedWindow, (ClientData) winPtr); return TCL_OK; } @@ -253,10 +332,10 @@ TkpUseWindow(interp, tkwin, string) * * TkpMakeContainer -- * - * This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window will - * be a container for an embedded application. This changes certain - * aspects of the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive - * events anymore. + * This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window will be + * a container for an embedded application. This changes certain aspects + * of the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive events + * anymore. * * Results: * None. @@ -268,26 +347,17 @@ TkpUseWindow(interp, tkwin, string) */ void -TkpMakeContainer(tkwin) - Tk_Window tkwin; +TkpMakeContainer( + Tk_Window tkwin) { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* - * If this is the first container, register an exit handler so that - * things will get cleaned up at finalization. - */ - - if (tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr == (Container *) NULL) { - TkCreateExitHandler(CleanupContainerList, (ClientData) NULL); - } - - /* - * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can - * find out later if the embedded app. is in the same process. + * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can find + * out later if the embedded app. is in the same process. */ Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); @@ -296,54 +366,23 @@ TkpMakeContainer(tkwin) containerPtr->parentHWnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL; containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL; + containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = NULL; containerPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr = containerPtr; winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER; /* - * Unlike in tkUnixEmbed.c, we don't make any requests for events - * in the embedded window here. Now we just allow the embedding - * of another TK application into TK windows. When the embedded - * window makes a request, that will be done by sending to the - * container window a WM_USER message, which will be intercepted - * by TkWinContainerProc. + * Unlike in tkUnixEmbed.c, we don't make any requests for events in the + * embedded window here. Now we just allow the embedding of another TK + * application into TK windows. When the embedded window makes a request, + * that will be done by sending to the container window a WM_USER message, + * which will be intercepted by TkWinContainerProc. * * We need to get structure events of the container itself, though. */ Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) containerPtr); -} - -/* - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * EmbeddedEventProc -- - * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various - * useful events are received for a window that is embedded in - * another application. - * - * Results: - * None. - * - * Side effects: - * Our internal state gets cleaned up when an embedded window is - * destroyed. - * - *---------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -EmbeddedEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Token for container window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* ResizeRequest event. */ -{ - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; - - if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr); - } + ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) containerPtr); } /* @@ -351,32 +390,32 @@ EmbeddedEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * TkWinEmbeddedEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when - * various useful events are received for the *children* of a - * container window. It forwards relevant information, such as - * geometry requests, from the events into the container's - * application. + * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various + * useful events are received for the *children* of a container window. + * It forwards relevant information, such as geometry requests, from the + * events into the container's application. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events - * occur, geometry information gets set for the container window. + * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur, + * geometry information gets set for the container window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ LRESULT -TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +TkWinEmbeddedEventProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { + int result = 1; Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* * Find the Container structure associated with the parent window. @@ -388,29 +427,345 @@ TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) /* empty loop body */ } - if (containerPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_Panic("TkWinContainerProc couldn't find Container record"); - } + if (containerPtr) { + TkWindow *topwinPtr = NULL; + if(Tk_IsTopLevel(containerPtr->parentPtr)) { + topwinPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; + } + switch (message) { + case TK_INFO: + /* + * An embedded window may send this message for container + * verification and availability before attach. + * + * wParam - a sub message + * + * TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE - if the container is available + * for use? + * result = 1 for yes and 0 for no; + * + * TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY - request the container to verify its + * identification + * result = (long)hwnd if this window is a container + * -(long)hwnd otherwise + * + * lParam - N/A + */ - switch (message) { - case TK_ATTACHWINDOW: - /* An embedded window (either from this application or from - * another application) is trying to attach to this container. - * We attach it only if this container is not yet containing any - * window. - */ - if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd == NULL) { - containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = (HWND)wParam; - } else { - return 0; + switch(wParam) { + case TK_CONTAINER_ISAVAILABLE: + result = containerPtr->embeddedHWnd == NULL? 1:0; + break; + case TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY: + result = PTR2INT(containerPtr->parentHWnd); + break; + default: + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_ATTACHWINDOW: + /* + * An embedded window (either from this application or from + * another application) is trying to attach to this container. We + * attach it only if this container is not yet containing any + * window. + * + * wParam - a handle of an embedded window + * lParam - N/A + * + * An embedded window may send this message with a wParam of NULL + * to test if a window is able to provide embedding service. The + * container returns its window handle for accepting the + * attachment and identifying itself or a zero for being already + * in use. + * + * Return value: + * 0 - the container is unable to be used. + * hwnd - the container is ready to be used. + */ + if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd == NULL) { + if (wParam) { + TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) + Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) wParam); + if (winPtr) { + winPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES; + containerPtr->embeddedPtr = winPtr; + containerPtr->parentPtr->flags |= TK_BOTH_HALVES; + } + containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = (HWND)wParam; + } + result = PTR2INT(containerPtr->parentHWnd); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_DETACHWINDOW: + /* + * An embedded window notifies the container that it is detached. + * The container should clearn the related variables and redraw + * its window. + * + * wParam - N/A + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value: + * 0 - the message is not processed. + * others - the message is processed. + */ + + containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = NULL; + containerPtr->embeddedHWnd = NULL; + containerPtr->parentPtr->flags &= ~TK_BOTH_HALVES; + if (topwinPtr) { + TkWinSetMenu((Tk_Window) topwinPtr, 0); + } + InvalidateRect(hwnd, NULL, TRUE); + break; + + case TK_GEOMETRYREQ: + /* + * An embedded window requests a window size change. + * + * wParam - window width + * lParam - window height + * + * Return value: + * 0 - the message is not processed. + * others - the message is processed. + */ + + EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, (int)wParam, lParam); + break; + + case TK_RAISEWINDOW: + /* + * An embedded window requests to change its Z-order. + * + * wParam - a window handle as a z-order stack reference + * lParam - a flag of above-below: 0 - above; 1 or others: - below + * + * Return value: + * 0 - the message is not processed. + * others - the message is processed. + */ + + TkWinSetWindowPos(GetParent(containerPtr->parentHWnd), + (HWND)wParam, (int)lParam); + break; + + case TK_GETFRAMEWID: + /* + * An embedded window requests to get the frame window's id. + * + * wParam - N/A + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return vlaue: + * + * A handle of the frame window. If it is not availble, a zero is + * returned. + */ + if (topwinPtr) { + result = PTR2INT(GetParent(containerPtr->parentHWnd)); + } else { + topwinPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; + while (!(topwinPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { + topwinPtr = topwinPtr->parentPtr; + } + if (topwinPtr && topwinPtr->window) { + result = PTR2INT(GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topwinPtr->window))); + } else { + result = 0; + } + } + break; + + case TK_CLAIMFOCUS: + /* + * An embedded window requests a focus. + * + * wParam - a flag of forcing focus + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value: + * 0 - the message is not processed + * 1 - the message is processed + */ + + if (!SetFocus(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) && wParam) { + /* + * forcing focus TBD + */ + } + break; + + case TK_WITHDRAW: + /* + * An embedded window requests withdraw. + * + * wParam - N/A + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value + * 0 - the message is not processed + * 1 - the message is processed + */ + + if (topwinPtr) { + TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(topwinPtr); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_ICONIFY: + /* + * An embedded window requests iconification. + * + * wParam - N/A + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value + * 0 - the message is not processed + * 1 - the message is processed + */ + + if (topwinPtr) { + TkpWinToplevelIconify(topwinPtr); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_DEICONIFY: + /* + * An embedded window requests deiconification. + * + * wParam - N/A + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value + * 0 - the message is not processed + * 1 - the message is processed + */ + if (topwinPtr) { + TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(topwinPtr); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_MOVEWINDOW: + /* + * An embedded window requests to move position if both wParam and + * lParam are greater or equal to 0. + * wParam - x value of the frame's upper left + * lParam - y value of the frame's upper left + * + * Otherwise an embedded window requests the current position + * + * Return value: an encoded window position in a 32bit long, i.e, + * ((x << 16) & 0xffff0000) | (y & 0xffff) + * + * Only a toplevel container may move the embedded. + */ + + result = TkpWinToplevelMove(containerPtr->parentPtr, + wParam, lParam); + break; + + case TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: + /* + * An embedded window request overrideredirect. + * + * wParam + * 0 - add a frame if there is no one + * 1 - remove the frame if there is a one + * < 0 - query the current overrideredirect value + * + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value: + * 1 + the current value of overrideredirect if the container is a + * toplevel. Otherwise 0. + */ + if (topwinPtr) { + result = 1 + TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(topwinPtr, wParam); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_SETMENU: + /* + * An embedded requests to set a menu. + * + * wParam - a menu handle + * lParam - a menu window handle + * + * Return value: + * 1 - the message is processed + * 0 - the message is not processed + */ + if (topwinPtr) { + containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd = (HWND)lParam; + TkWinSetMenu((Tk_Window)topwinPtr, (HMENU)wParam); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + case TK_STATE: + /* + * An embedded window request set/get state services. + * + * wParam - service directive + * 0 - 3 for setting state + * 0 - withdrawn state + * 1 - normal state + * 2 - zoom state + * 3 - icon state + * others for gettting state + * + * lParam - N/A + * + * Return value + * 1 + the current state or 0 if the container is not a toplevel + */ + + if (topwinPtr) { + if (wParam <= 3) { + TkpWmSetState(topwinPtr, wParam); + } + result = 1+TkpWmGetState(topwinPtr); + } else { + result = 0; + } + break; + + /* + * Return 0 since the current Tk container implementation is + * unable to provide following services. + */ + default: + result = 0; + break; } + } else { + if ((message == TK_INFO) && (wParam == TK_CONTAINER_VERIFY)) { + /* + * Reply the message sender: this is not a Tk container + */ - break; - case TK_GEOMETRYREQ: - EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, (int) wParam, lParam); - break; + return -PTR2INT(hwnd); + } else { + result = 0; + } } - return 1; + + return result; } /* @@ -418,39 +773,40 @@ TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) * * EmbedGeometryRequest -- * - * This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests - * a particular size. It processes the request (which may or may - * not actually resize the window) and reflects the results back - * to the embedded application. + * This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests a + * particular size. It processes the request (which may or may not + * actually resize the window) and reflects the results back to the + * embedded application. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event - * is synthesized to let the child know that the size is the same - * as it used to be. Events get processed while we're waiting for - * the geometry managers to do their thing. + * If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event is + * synthesized to let the child know that the size is the same as it used + * to be. Events get processed while we're waiting for the geometry + * managers to do their thing. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, width, height) - Container *containerPtr; /* Information about the container window. */ - int width, height; /* Size that the child has requested. */ +EmbedGeometryRequest( + Container *containerPtr, /* Information about the container window. */ + int width, int height) /* Size that the child has requested. */ { - TkWindow * winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; - + TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; + /* - * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy - * via the container window. We need to send a Configure event back - * to the embedded application even if we decide not to resize - * the window; to make this happen, process all idle event handlers - * synchronously here (so that the geometry managers have had a - * chance to do whatever they want to do), and if the window's size - * didn't change then generate a configure event. + * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via + * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the + * embedded application even if we decide not to resize the window; to + * make this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here + * (so that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they + * want to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a + * configure event. */ + Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window)winPtr, width, height); if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd != NULL) { @@ -458,8 +814,8 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, width, height) /* Empty loop body. */ } - SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, - 0, 0, winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, SWP_NOZORDER); + SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0, + winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, SWP_NOZORDER); } } @@ -468,38 +824,41 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest(containerPtr, width, height) * * ContainerEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when - * various useful events are received for the container window. + * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various + * useful events are received for the container window. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events - * occur, geometry information gets set for the container window. + * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur, + * geometry information gets set for the container window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -ContainerEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Token for container window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* ResizeRequest event. */ +ContainerEventProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ { Container *containerPtr = (Container *)clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr; if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { - if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - /* Resize the embedded window, if there is any */ + /* + * Resize the embedded window, if there is any. + */ + if (containerPtr->embeddedHWnd) { - SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, - 0, 0, Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), SWP_NOZORDER); + SetWindowPos(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, NULL, 0, 0, + Tk_Width(tkwin), Tk_Height(tkwin), SWP_NOZORDER); } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - /* The container is gone, remove it from the list */ + /* + * The container is gone, remove it from the list. + */ + EmbedWindowDeleted(containerPtr->parentPtr); } } @@ -509,13 +868,13 @@ ContainerEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * TkpGetOtherWindow -- * - * If both the container and embedded window are in the same - * process, this procedure will return either one, given the other. + * If both the container and embedded window are in the same process, + * this procedure will return either one, given the other. * * Results: * If winPtr is a container, the return value is the token for the - * embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in - * this process, NULL is returned. + * embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in this + * process, NULL is returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -524,13 +883,13 @@ ContainerEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) */ TkWindow * -TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Tk's structure for a container or - * embedded window. */ +TkpGetOtherWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a container or embedded + * window. */ { Container *containerPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { @@ -546,12 +905,81 @@ TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * Tk_GetEmbeddedHWnd -- + * + * This function returns the embedded window id. + * + * Results: + * If winPtr is a container, the return value is the HWND for the + * embedded window. Otherwise it returns NULL. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +HWND +Tk_GetEmbeddedHWnd( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + Container *containerPtr; + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + + for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; + containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { + if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { + return containerPtr->embeddedHWnd; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND -- + * + * This function returns the embedded menu window id. + * + * Results: + * If winPtr is a container, the return value is the HWND for the + * embedded menu window. Otherwise it returns NULL. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +HWND +Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND( + Tk_Window tkwin) +{ + TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin; + Container *containerPtr; + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + + for (containerPtr = tsdPtr->firstContainerPtr; containerPtr != NULL; + containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr) { + if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { + return containerPtr->embeddedMenuHWnd; + } + } + return NULL; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * TkpClaimFocus -- * - * This procedure is invoked when someone asks or the input focus - * to be put on a window in an embedded application, but the - * application doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the - * input focus from the container application. + * This procedure is invoked when someone asks or the input focus to be + * put on a window in an embedded application, but the application + * doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the + * container application. * * Results: * None. @@ -563,12 +991,12 @@ TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr) */ void -TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force) - TkWindow *topLevelPtr; /* Top-level window containing desired - * focus window; should be embedded. */ - int force; /* One means that the container should - * claim the focus if it doesn't - * currently have it. */ +TkpClaimFocus( + TkWindow *topLevelPtr, /* Top-level window containing desired focus + * window; should be embedded. */ + int force) /* One means that the container should claim + * the focus if it doesn't currently have + * it. */ { HWND hwnd = GetParent(Tk_GetHWND(topLevelPtr->window)); SendMessage(hwnd, TK_CLAIMFOCUS, (WPARAM) force, 0); @@ -579,13 +1007,13 @@ TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force) * * TkpRedirectKeyEvent -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event - * arrives for an application that does not believe it owns the - * input focus. This can happen because of embedding; for example, - * X can send an event to an embedded application when the real - * focus window is in the container application and is an ancestor - * of the container. This procedure's job is to forward the event - * back to the application where it really belongs. + * This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event arrives + * for an application that does not believe it owns the input focus. + * This can happen because of embedding; for example, X can send an event + * to an embedded application when the real focus window is in the + * container application and is an ancestor of the container. This + * procedure's job is to forward the event back to the application where + * it really belongs. * * Results: * None. @@ -597,11 +1025,11 @@ TkpClaimFocus(topLevelPtr, force) */ void -TkpRedirectKeyEvent(winPtr, eventPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to which the event was originally +TkpRedirectKeyEvent( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally * reported. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress - * or KeyRelease). */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or + * KeyRelease). */ { /* not implemented */ } @@ -611,9 +1039,9 @@ TkpRedirectKeyEvent(winPtr, eventPtr) * * EmbedWindowDeleted -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding - * (as either the container or the embedded application) is - * destroyed. It cleans up the Container structure for the window. + * This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding (as + * either the container or the embedded application) is destroyed. It + * cleans up the Container structure for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -625,19 +1053,18 @@ TkpRedirectKeyEvent(winPtr, eventPtr) */ static void -EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Tk's information about window that - * was deleted. */ +EmbedWindowDeleted( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's information about window that was + * deleted. */ { Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* - * Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the + * Find the Container structure for this window work. Delete the * information about the embedded application and free the container's - * record. - * The main container may be null. [Bug #476176] + * record. The main container may be null. [Bug #476176] */ prevPtr = NULL; @@ -650,13 +1077,15 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr) break; } if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { + SendMessage(containerPtr->embeddedHWnd, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0); containerPtr->parentPtr = NULL; + containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL; break; } prevPtr = containerPtr; containerPtr = containerPtr->nextPtr; if (containerPtr == NULL) { - panic("EmbedWindowDeleted couldn't find window"); + return; } } if ((containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) @@ -669,3 +1098,11 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr) ckfree((char *) containerPtr); } } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinFont.c b/win/tkWinFont.c index 6fc184d..f209716 100644 --- a/win/tkWinFont.c +++ b/win/tkWinFont.c @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinFont.c -- * - * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independant - * font package interface. + * Contains the Windows implementation of the platform-independant font + * package interface. * - * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. + * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkFont.h" /* - * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that - * all screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain - * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a - * shared instance of this structure. The most important shared property - * is the character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font - * can display a given Unicode character. + * The following structure represents a font family. It is assumed that all + * screen fonts constructed from the same "font family" share certain + * properties; all screen fonts with the same "font family" point to a shared + * instance of this structure. The most important shared property is the + * character existence metrics, used to determine if a screen font can display + * a given Unicode character. * * Under Windows, a "font family" is uniquely identified by its face name. */ @@ -34,69 +34,69 @@ typedef struct FontFamily { struct FontFamily *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all known font families. */ int refCount; /* How many SubFonts are referring to this - * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to + * FontFamily. When the refCount drops to * zero, this FontFamily may be freed. */ /* * Key. */ - + Tk_Uid faceName; /* Face name key for this FontFamily. */ /* * Derived properties. */ - + Tcl_Encoding encoding; /* Encoding for this font family. */ int isSymbolFont; /* Non-zero if this is a symbol font. */ - int isWideFont; /* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0 + int isWideFont; /* 1 if this is a double-byte font, 0 * otherwise. */ BOOL (WINAPI *textOutProc)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int); - /* The procedure to use to draw text after - * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the + /* The procedure to use to draw text after it + * has been converted from UTF-8 to the * encoding of this font. */ BOOL (WINAPI *getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE); /* The procedure to use to measure text after - * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the + * it has been converted from UTF-8 to the * encoding of this font. */ char *fontMap[FONTMAP_PAGES]; /* Two-level sparse table used to determine * quickly if the specified character exists. * As characters are encountered, more pages - * in this table are dynamically added. The + * in this table are dynamically added. The * contents of each page is a bitmask * consisting of FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE bits, * representing whether this font can be used * to display the given character at the - * corresponding bit position. The high bits + * corresponding bit position. The high bits * of the character are used to pick which * page of the table is used. */ /* * Cached Truetype font info. */ - + int segCount; /* The length of the following arrays. */ USHORT *startCount; /* Truetype information about the font, */ - USHORT *endCount; /* indicating which characters this font - * can display (malloced). The format of - * this information is (relatively) compact, - * but would take longer to search than - * indexing into the fontMap[][] table. */ + USHORT *endCount; /* indicating which characters this font can + * display (malloced). The format of this + * information is (relatively) compact, but + * would take longer to search than indexing + * into the fontMap[][] table. */ } FontFamily; /* - * The following structure encapsulates an individual screen font. A font + * The following structure encapsulates an individual screen font. A font * object is made up of however many SubFonts are necessary to display a * stream of multilingual characters. */ typedef struct SubFont { - char **fontMap; /* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily, + char **fontMap; /* Pointer to font map from the FontFamily, * cached here to save a dereference. */ - HFONT hFont; /* The specific screen font that will be - * used when displaying/measuring chars - * belonging to the FontFamily. */ + HFONT hFont; /* The specific screen font that will be used + * when displaying/measuring chars belonging + * to the FontFamily. */ FontFamily *familyPtr; /* The FontFamily for this SubFont. */ } SubFont; @@ -109,18 +109,18 @@ typedef struct SubFont { #define BASE_CHARS 128 typedef struct WinFont { - TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must - * be first in structure. */ + TkFont font; /* Stuff used by generic font package. Must be + * first in structure. */ SubFont staticSubFonts[SUBFONT_SPACE]; /* Builtin space for a limited number of * SubFonts. */ int numSubFonts; /* Length of following array. */ - SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded - * in order to draw/measure all the characters - * encountered by this font so far. All fonts + SubFont *subFontArray; /* Array of SubFonts that have been loaded in + * order to draw/measure all the characters + * encountered by this font so far. All fonts * start off with one SubFont initialized by * AllocFont() from the original set of font - * attributes. Usually points to + * attributes. Usually points to * staticSubFonts, but may point to malloced * space if there are lots of SubFonts. */ @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ typedef struct WinFont { * offscreen measurements. */ int pixelSize; /* Original pixel size used when font was * constructed. */ - int widths[BASE_CHARS]; /* Widths of first 128 chars in the base - * font, for handling common case. The base - * font is always used to draw characters - * between 0x0000 and 0x007f. */ + int widths[BASE_CHARS]; /* Widths of first 128 chars in the base font, + * for handling common case. The base font is + * always used to draw characters between + * 0x0000 and 0x007f. */ } WinFont; /* @@ -155,10 +155,12 @@ typedef struct CanUse { * represent the system fonts and the numbers used by Windows. */ -static TkStateMap systemMap[] = { +static const TkStateMap systemMap[] = { {ANSI_FIXED_FONT, "ansifixed"}, + {ANSI_FIXED_FONT, "fixed"}, {ANSI_VAR_FONT, "ansi"}, {DEVICE_DEFAULT_FONT, "device"}, + {DEFAULT_GUI_FONT, "defaultgui"}, {OEM_FIXED_FONT, "oemfixed"}, {SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT, "systemfixed"}, {SYSTEM_FONT, "system"}, @@ -166,11 +168,11 @@ static TkStateMap systemMap[] = { }; typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are - * currently loaded. As screen fonts - * are loaded, this list grows to hold - * information about what characters - * exist in each font family. */ + FontFamily *fontFamilyList; /* The list of font families that are + * currently loaded. As screen fonts are + * loaded, this list grows to hold information + * about what characters exist in each font + * family. */ Tcl_HashTable uidTable; } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; @@ -178,7 +180,7 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* * Information cached about the system at startup time. */ - + static Tcl_Encoding systemEncoding; /* @@ -186,10 +188,10 @@ static Tcl_Encoding systemEncoding; */ static FontFamily * AllocFontFamily(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base); -static SubFont * CanUseFallback(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, +static SubFont * CanUseFallback(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, char *fallbackName, int ch, SubFont **subFontPtrPtr); -static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, +static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, char *faceName, int ch, Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, SubFont **subFontPtrPtr); static int FamilyExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName); @@ -202,44 +204,49 @@ static int FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); static void FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *familyPtr); static HFONT GetScreenFont(CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr, CONST char *faceName, int pixelSize); -static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, HFONT hFont, +static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, HFONT hFont, int overstrike, WinFont *tkFontPtr); -static void InitSubFont(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base, +static void InitSubFont(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base, SubFont *subFontPtr); -static int LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, +static int CreateNamedSystemLogFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name, + LOGFONT* logFontPtr); +static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name, HFONT hFont); +static int LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, USHORT **startCount, USHORT **endCount, int *symbolPtr); -static void MultiFontTextOut(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, +static void MultiFontTextOut(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, CONST char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); static void ReleaseFont(WinFont *fontPtr); static void ReleaseSubFont(SubFont *subFontPtr); static int SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); static void SwapLong(PULONG p); static void SwapShort(USHORT *p); -static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, - NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, +static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, + NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, LPARAM lParam); -static int CALLBACK WinFontExistProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, - NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, +static int CALLBACK WinFontExistProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, + NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, LPARAM lParam); -static int CALLBACK WinFontFamilyEnumProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, - NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, +static int CALLBACK WinFontFamilyEnumProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, + NEWTEXTMETRIC *tmPtr, int fontType, LPARAM lParam); /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * + * * TkpFontPkgInit -- * - * This procedure is called when an application is created. It - * initializes all the structures that are used by the - * platform-dependent code on a per application basis. + * This procedure is called when an application is created. It + * initializes all the structures that are used by the platform-dependent + * code on a per application basis. * * Results: - * None. + * None. * * Side effects: - * + * * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -251,13 +258,15 @@ TkpFontPkgInit( { if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { /* - * If running NT, then we will be calling some Unicode functions - * explictly. So, even if the Tcl system encoding isn't Unicode, - * make sure we convert to/from the Unicode char set. + * If running NT, then we will be calling some Unicode functions + * explictly. So, even if the Tcl system encoding isn't Unicode, make + * sure we convert to/from the Unicode char set. */ systemEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); } + + TkWinSetupSystemFonts(mainPtr); } /* @@ -268,17 +277,17 @@ TkpFontPkgInit( * Map a platform-specific native font name to a TkFont. * * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the - * native font. If a native font by the given name could not be - * found, the return value is NULL. + * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the native + * font. If a native font by the given name could not be found, the + * return value is NULL. * - * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, - * even if the name has already been seen before. The caller should - * call TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed. + * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if + * the name has already been seen before. The caller should call + * TkpDeleteFont() when the font is no longer needed. * - * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated - * with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing - * the contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). + * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with + * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the + * contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). * * Side effects: * Memory allocated. @@ -308,26 +317,178 @@ TkpGetNativeFont( /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * CreateNamedSystemFont -- + * + * This function registers a Windows logical font description with the Tk + * named font mechanism. + * + * Side effects + * + * A new named font is added to the Tk font registry. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +CreateNamedSystemLogFont( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, + CONST char* name, + LOGFONTA* logFontPtr) +{ + HFONT hFont; + int r; + + hFont = CreateFontIndirect(logFontPtr); + r = CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, name, hFont); + DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)hFont); + return r; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * CreateNamedSystemFont -- * - * TkpGetFontFromAttributes -- + * This function registers a Windows font with the Tk + * named font mechanism. * - * Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with - * the closest matching attributes. + * Side effects + * + * A new named font is added to the Tk font registry. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +CreateNamedSystemFont( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tk_Window tkwin, + CONST char* name, + HFONT hFont) +{ + WinFont winfont; + int r; + + TkDeleteNamedFont(NULL, tkwin, name); + InitFont(tkwin, hFont, 0, &winfont); + r = TkCreateNamedFont(interp, tkwin, name, &winfont.font.fa); + TkpDeleteFont((TkFont *)&winfont); + return r; +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * TkWinSystemFonts -- + * + * Create some platform specific named fonts that to give access to the + * system fonts. These are all defined for the Windows desktop parameters. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr) +{ + Tcl_Interp *interp; + Tk_Window tkwin; + const TkStateMap *mapPtr; + NONCLIENTMETRICS ncMetrics; + ICONMETRICS iconMetrics; + HFONT hFont; + + interp = (Tcl_Interp *) mainPtr->interp; + tkwin = (Tk_Window) mainPtr->winPtr; + + /* force this for now */ + if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr == NULL) { + ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr; + } + + /* + * If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these + * named fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only + * seen it fail when WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than + * we are running on. (ie: WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP). + */ + + ZeroMemory(&ncMetrics, sizeof(ncMetrics)); + ncMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(ncMetrics); + if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, + sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) { + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont", + &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkHeadingFont", + &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTextFont", + &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkMenuFont", + &ncMetrics.lfMenuFont); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTooltipFont", + &ncMetrics.lfStatusFont); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkCaptionFont", + &ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkSmallCaptionFont", + &ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont); + } + + iconMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(iconMetrics); + if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics), + &iconMetrics, 0)) { + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkIconFont", + &iconMetrics.lfFont); + } + + /* + * Identify an available fixed font. Equivalent to ANSI_FIXED_FONT but + * more reliable on Russian Windows. + */ + + { + LOGFONTA lfFixed = { + 0, 0, 0, 0, FW_NORMAL, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, DEFAULT_CHARSET, + 0, 0, DEFAULT_QUALITY, FIXED_PITCH | FF_MODERN, "" + }; + long pointSize, dpi; + HDC hdc = GetDC(NULL); + dpi = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY); + pointSize = -MulDiv(ncMetrics.lfMessageFont.lfHeight, 72, dpi); + lfFixed.lfHeight = -MulDiv(pointSize+1, dpi, 72); + ReleaseDC(NULL, hdc); + CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkFixedFont", &lfFixed); + } + + /* + * Setup the remaining standard Tk font names as named fonts. + */ + + for (mapPtr = systemMap; mapPtr->strKey != NULL; mapPtr++) { + hFont = (HFONT)GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey); + CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont); + } +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpGetFontFromAttributes -- + * + * Given a desired set of attributes for a font, find a font with the + * closest matching attributes. * * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the - * font with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired - * attributes could not be constructed, some other font will be - * substituted automatically. NULL is never returned. + * The return value is a pointer to a TkFont that represents the font + * with the desired attributes. If a font with the desired attributes + * could not be constructed, some other font will be substituted + * automatically. NULL is never returned. * - * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, - * even if the specified attributes have already been seen before. - * The caller should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- - * specific data when the font is no longer needed. + * Every call to this procedure returns a new TkFont structure, even if + * the specified attributes have already been seen before. The caller + * should call TkpDeleteFont() to free the platform- specific data when + * the font is no longer needed. * - * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated - * with the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing - * the contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). + * The caller is responsible for initializing the memory associated with + * the generic TkFont when this function returns and releasing the + * contents of the generic TkFont before calling TkpDeleteFont(). * * Side effects: * Memory allocated. @@ -337,11 +498,11 @@ TkpGetNativeFont( TkFont * TkpGetFontFromAttributes( - TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in - * this existing TkFont structure, rather than + TkFont *tkFontPtr, /* If non-NULL, store the information in this + * existing TkFont structure, rather than * allocating a new structure to hold the * font; the existing contents of the font - * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont + * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont * structure is allocated. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr) @@ -356,10 +517,10 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes( char ***fontFallbacks; Tk_Uid faceName, fallback, actualName; - tkwin = (Tk_Window) ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr; - window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); - hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); - hdc = GetDC(hwnd); + tkwin = (Tk_Window) ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->winPtr; + window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); + hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); + hdc = GetDC(hwnd); /* * Algorithm to get the closest font name to the one requested. @@ -397,10 +558,11 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes( } } - found: + found: ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); - hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName, TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size)); + hFont = GetScreenFont(faPtr, faceName, + TkFontGetPixels(tkwin, faPtr->size)); if (tkFontPtr == NULL) { fontPtr = (WinFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(WinFont)); } else { @@ -418,9 +580,9 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes( * TkpDeleteFont -- * * Called to release a font allocated by TkpGetNativeFont() or - * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already - * released the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by - * the generic TkFont code. + * TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). The caller should have already released + * the fields of the TkFont that are used exclusively by the generic + * TkFont code. * * Results: * None. @@ -446,8 +608,8 @@ TkpDeleteFont( * * TkpGetFontFamilies, WinFontFamilyEnumProc -- * - * Return information about the font families that are available - * on the display of the given window. + * Return information about the font families that are available on the + * display of the given window. * * Results: * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list of all the available @@ -458,33 +620,33 @@ TkpDeleteFont( * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - + void TkpGetFontFamilies( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* For display to query. */ -{ +{ HDC hdc; HWND hwnd; Window window; - window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); - hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); - hdc = GetDC(hwnd); + window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); + hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); + hdc = GetDC(hwnd); /* - * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. - * Use the NT-only Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies to get the - * font names. If we used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized - * version of NT, we would get font names with '?' replacing all - * the international characters. + * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the + * NT-only Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies to get the font names. If + * we used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we + * would get font names with '?' replacing all the international + * characters. * - * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international - * names are not allowed, so the ANSI version of EnumFontFamilies will - * work. On an internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with - * international names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the - * name in the system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of - * EnumFontFamilies because it only exists under NT. + * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names + * are not allowed, so the ANSI version of EnumFontFamilies will work. On + * an internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with + * international names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in + * the system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of EnumFontFamilies + * because it only exists under NT. */ if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { @@ -493,10 +655,10 @@ TkpGetFontFamilies( } else { EnumFontFamiliesA(hdc, NULL, (FONTENUMPROCA) WinFontFamilyEnumProc, (LPARAM) interp); - } + } ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc); } - + static int CALLBACK WinFontFamilyEnumProc( ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ @@ -524,19 +686,19 @@ WinFontFamilyEnumProc( * * TkpGetSubFonts -- * - * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual - * screen fonts that make up a font object. + * A function used by the testing package for querying the actual screen + * fonts that make up a font object. * * Results: - * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the - * names of the screen fonts that make up the given font object. + * Modifies interp's result object to hold a list containing the names of + * the screen fonts that make up the given font object. * * Side effects: * None. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - + void TkpGetSubFonts( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp to hold result. */ @@ -547,7 +709,7 @@ TkpGetSubFonts( FontFamily *familyPtr; Tcl_Obj *resultPtr, *strPtr; - resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont; for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { familyPtr = fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr; @@ -557,20 +719,75 @@ TkpGetSubFonts( } /* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpGetFontAttrsForChar -- + * + * Retrieve the font attributes of the actual font used to render a given + * character. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * The font attributes are stored in *faPtr. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window on the font's display */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font to query */ + Tcl_UniChar c, /* Character of interest */ + TkFontAttributes* faPtr) /* Output: Font attributes */ +{ + WinFont *fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont; + /* Structure describing the logical font */ + HDC hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd); + /* GDI device context */ + SubFont *lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; + /* Pointer to subfont array in case + * FindSubFontForChar needs to fix up + * the memory allocation */ + SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, + &lastSubFontPtr); + /* Pointer to the subfont to use for + * the given character */ + FontFamily *familyPtr = thisSubFontPtr->familyPtr; + HFONT oldfont; /* Saved font from the device context */ + TEXTMETRIC tm; /* Font metrics of the selected subfont */ + + /* + * Get the font attributes. + */ + + oldfont = SelectObject(hdc, thisSubFontPtr->hFont); + GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); + SelectObject(hdc, oldfont); + ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc); + faPtr->family = familyPtr->faceName; + faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, + tm.tmInternalLeading - tm.tmHeight); + faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL; + faPtr->slant = tm.tmItalic ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN; + faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0); + faPtr->overstrike = fontPtr->font.fa.overstrike; +} + +/* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_MeasureChars -- * - * Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit - * in the given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the - * assumption that Tk_DrawChars() will be used to actually display - * the characters. + * Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the + * given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption + * that Tk_DrawChars() will be used to actually display the characters. * * Results: - * The return value is the number of bytes from source that - * fit into the span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is - * filled with the x-coordinate of the right edge of the last - * character that did fit. + * The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the + * span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the + * x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -581,45 +798,42 @@ TkpGetSubFonts( int Tk_MeasureChars( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. */ - int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider - * from source string. */ + int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from + * source string. */ int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest * permissible line length in pixels; don't * consider any character that would cross - * this x-position. If < 0, then line length + * this x-position. If < 0, then line length * is unbounded and the flags argument is * ignored. */ int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together: * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char * which only partially fits on this line. * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word - * boundary, if possible. - * TK_AT_LEAST_ONE means return at least one - * character (or at least the first partial - * word in case TK_WHOLE_WORDS is also set) - * even if no characters (words) fit. */ + * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + * means return at least one character (or at + * least the first partial word in case + * TK_WHOLE_WORDS is also set) even if no + * characters (words) fit. */ int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the * terminating character. */ { HDC hdc; HFONT oldFont; WinFont *fontPtr; - int curX; + int curX, moretomeasure; Tcl_UniChar ch; SIZE size; - int moretomeasure; FontFamily *familyPtr; Tcl_DString runString; - SubFont *thisSubFontPtr; - SubFont *lastSubFontPtr; - CONST char *p, *end, *next, *start; - + SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr; + CONST char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start; if (numBytes == 0) { - *lengthPtr = 0; - return 0; + *lengthPtr = 0; + return 0; } fontPtr = (WinFont *) tkfont; @@ -630,8 +844,8 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( /* * A three step process: - * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be - * represented by a single screen font. + * 1. Find a contiguous range of characters that can all be represented by + * a single screen font. * 2. Convert those chars to the encoding of that font. * 3. Measure converted chars. */ @@ -641,107 +855,103 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( start = source; end = start + numBytes; for (p = start; p < end; ) { - next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch); - thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr); - if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) { - familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start, - (int) (p - start), &runString); - size.cx = 0; - (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, - &size); - Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); - if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { - moretomeasure = 1; - break; - } - curX += size.cx; - lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; - start = p; - - SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont); - } - p = next; + next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch); + thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr); + if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) { + familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start, + (int) (p - start), &runString); + size.cx = 0; + (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, + Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), + Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, + &size); + Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); + if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { + moretomeasure = 1; + break; + } + curX += size.cx; + lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; + start = p; + + SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont); + } + p = next; } if (!moretomeasure) { - /* - * We get here if the previous loop was just finished - * normally, without a break. Just measure the last run and - * that's it. - */ + /* + * We get here if the previous loop was just finished normally, + * without a break. Just measure the last run and that's it. + */ familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start, - (int) (p - start), &runString); - size.cx = 0; + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, start, + (int) (p - start), &runString); + size.cx = 0; (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, + Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, &size); - Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); - if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { - moretomeasure = 1; - } else { + Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); + if (maxLength >= 0 && (curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { + moretomeasure = 1; + } else { curX += size.cx; - p = end; - } + p = end; + } } if (moretomeasure) { /* - * We get here if the measurement of the last run was over the - * maxLength limit. We need to restart this run and do it - * char by char, but always in context with the previous text - * to account for kerning (especially italics). + * We get here if the measurement of the last run was over the + * maxLength limit. We need to restart this run and do it char by + * char, but always in context with the previous text to account for + * kerning (especially italics). */ - char buf[16]; - int dstWrote; - int lastSize = 0; + char buf[16]; + int dstWrote; + int lastSize = 0; familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; - Tcl_DStringInit(&runString); - for (p = start; p < end; ) { - next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch); - Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p, - (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, - &dstWrote, NULL); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote); - size.cx = 0; - (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, - &size); - if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { + Tcl_DStringInit(&runString); + for (p = start; p < end; ) { + next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch); + Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, familyPtr->encoding, p, + (int) (next - p), 0, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, + &dstWrote, NULL); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&runString,buf,dstWrote); + size.cx = 0; + (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, + Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), + Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, + &size); + if ((curX+size.cx) > maxLength) { break; } - lastSize = size.cx; + lastSize = size.cx; p = next; } - Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); - - /* - * "p" points to the first character that doesn't fit in the - * desired span. Look at the flags to figure out whether to - * include this next character. - */ - - if ((p < end) - && (((flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && (curX != maxLength)) - || ((p == source) && (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) - && (curX == 0)))) { - - /* - * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in - * the desired span. The width returned will include the - * width of that extra character. - */ - - p = next; - curX += size.cx; + Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); + + /* + * "p" points to the first character that doesn't fit in the desired + * span. Look at the flags to figure out whether to include this next + * character. + */ + + if ((p < end) && (((flags & TK_PARTIAL_OK) && (curX != maxLength)) + || ((p==source) && (flags&TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) && (curX==0)))) { + /* + * Include the first character that didn't quite fit in the + * desired span. The width returned will include the width of that + * extra character. + */ + + p = next; + curX += size.cx; } else { curX += lastSize; } @@ -751,38 +961,36 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc); if ((flags & TK_WHOLE_WORDS) && (p < end)) { + /* + * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the whole + * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags. + */ + + CONST char *lastWordBreak = NULL; + Tcl_UniChar ch2; - /* - * Scan the string for the last word break and than repeat the - * whole procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags. - */ - - CONST char *lastWordBreak = NULL; - Tcl_UniChar ch2; - - end = p; - p = source; - ch = ' '; - while (p < end) { - next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch2); - if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) { - lastWordBreak = p; - } - p = next; - ch = ch2; - } - - if (lastWordBreak != NULL) { - return Tk_MeasureChars( - tkfont, source, lastWordBreak-source, -1, 0, lengthPtr); - } else { - if (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) { - p = end; - } else { - p = source; - curX = 0; - } - } + end = p; + p = source; + ch = ' '; + while (p < end) { + next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch2); + if ((ch != ' ') && (ch2 == ' ')) { + lastWordBreak = p; + } + p = next; + ch = ch2; + } + + if (lastWordBreak != NULL) { + return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source, lastWordBreak-source, + -1, 0, lengthPtr); + } + if (flags & TK_AT_LEAST_ONE) { + p = end; + } else { + p = source; + curX = 0; + } } *lengthPtr = curX; @@ -792,9 +1000,66 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * TkpMeasureCharsInContext -- + * + * Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the + * given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption + * that TkpDrawCharsInContext() will be used to actually display the + * characters. + * + * This one is almost the same as Tk_MeasureChars(), but with access to + * all the characters on the line for context. On Windows this context + * isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_MeasureChars(). + * + * Results: + * The return value is the number of bytes from source that fit into the + * span that extends from 0 to maxLength. *lengthPtr is filled with the + * x-coordinate of the right edge of the last character that did fit. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +int +TkpMeasureCharsInContext( + Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ + CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + * '\0' terminated. */ + int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from + * source string in all. */ + int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to measure. */ + int rangeLength, /* Length of range to measure in bytes. */ + int maxLength, /* If >= 0, maxLength specifies the longest + * permissible line length; don't consider any + * character that would cross this x-position. + * If < 0, then line length is unbounded and + * the flags argument is ignored. */ + int flags, /* Various flag bits OR-ed together: + * TK_PARTIAL_OK means include the last char + * which only partially fit on this line. + * TK_WHOLE_WORDS means stop on a word + * boundary, if possible. TK_AT_LEAST_ONE + * means return at least one character even if + * no characters fit. TK_ISOLATE_END means + * that the last character should not be + * considered in context with the rest of the + * string (used for breaking lines). */ + int *lengthPtr) /* Filled with x-location just after the + * terminating character. */ +{ + (void) numBytes; /*unused*/ + return Tk_MeasureChars(tkfont, source + rangeStart, rangeLength, + maxLength, flags, lengthPtr); +} + +/* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * Tk_DrawChars -- * - * Draw a string of characters on the screen. + * Draw a string of characters on the screen. * * Results: * None. @@ -812,12 +1077,12 @@ Tk_DrawChars( GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be - * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters + CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) * should be stripped out of the string that - * is passed to this function. If they are - * not stripped out, they will be displayed as + * is passed to this function. If they are not + * stripped out, they will be displayed as * regular printing characters. */ int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of @@ -837,10 +1102,10 @@ Tk_DrawChars( dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state); SetROP2(dc, tkpWinRopModes[gc->function]); - - if ((gc->clip_mask != None) && - ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) { - SelectClipRgn(dc, (HRGN)((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region); + + if ((gc->clip_mask != None) && + ((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->type == TKP_CLIP_REGION) { + SelectClipRgn(dc, (HRGN)((TkpClipMask*)gc->clip_mask)->value.region); } if ((gc->fill_style == FillStippled @@ -860,7 +1125,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars( /* * Select stipple pattern into destination dc. */ - + dcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(dc); stipple = CreatePatternBrush(twdPtr->bitmap.handle); @@ -884,8 +1149,8 @@ Tk_DrawChars( /* * The following code is tricky because fonts are rendered in multiple - * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white - * bits. Then we draw onto a white background and copy the black bits. + * colors. First we draw onto a black background and copy the white + * bits. Then we draw onto a white background and copy the black bits. * Both the foreground and background bits of the font are ANDed with * the stipple pattern as they are copied. */ @@ -938,7 +1203,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars( MultiFontTextOut(dcMem, fontPtr, source, numBytes, 0, tm.tmAscent); BitBlt(dc, x, y - tm.tmAscent, size.cx, size.cy, dcMem, - 0, 0, tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]); + 0, 0, (DWORD) tkpWinBltModes[gc->function]); /* * Destroy the temporary bitmap and restore the device context. @@ -952,22 +1217,65 @@ Tk_DrawChars( } /* + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpDrawCharsInContext -- + * + * Draw a string of characters on the screen like Tk_DrawChars(), but + * with access to all the characters on the line for context. On Windows + * this context isn't consulted, so we just call Tk_DrawChars(). + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * Information gets drawn on the screen. + * + *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpDrawCharsInContext( + Display *display, /* Display on which to draw. */ + Drawable drawable, /* Window or pixmap in which to draw. */ + GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; + * must be the same as font used in GC. */ + CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters + * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) + * should be stripped out of the string that + * is passed to this function. If they are not + * stripped out, they will be displayed as + * regular printing characters. */ + int numBytes, /* Number of bytes in string. */ + int rangeStart, /* Index of first byte to draw. */ + int rangeLength, /* Length of range to draw in bytes. */ + int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of the + * whole (not just the range) string when + * drawing. */ +{ + (void) numBytes; /*unused*/ + Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, tkfont, + source + rangeStart, rangeLength, x, y); +} + +/* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * MultiFontTextOut -- * - * Helper function for Tk_DrawChars. Draws characters, using the - * various screen fonts in fontPtr to draw multilingual characters. - * Note: No bidirectional support. + * Helper function for Tk_DrawChars. Draws characters, using the various + * screen fonts in fontPtr to draw multilingual characters. Note: No + * bidirectional support. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Information gets drawn on the screen. - * Contents of fontPtr may be modified if more subfonts were loaded - * in order to draw all the multilingual characters in the given - * string. + * Information gets drawn on the screen. Contents of fontPtr may be + * modified if more subfonts were loaded in order to draw all the + * multilingual characters in the given string. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -979,8 +1287,8 @@ MultiFontTextOut( * following string. */ CONST char *source, /* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */ int numBytes, /* Length of string in bytes. */ - int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin * - * of string when drawing. */ + int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of + * string when drawing. */ { Tcl_UniChar ch; SIZE size; @@ -997,27 +1305,27 @@ MultiFontTextOut( end = source + numBytes; for (p = source; p < end; ) { - next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch); - thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr); - if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) { - if (p > source) { + next = p + Tcl_UtfToUniChar(p, &ch); + thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, ch, &lastSubFontPtr); + if (thisSubFontPtr != lastSubFontPtr) { + if (p > source) { familyPtr = lastSubFontPtr->familyPtr; Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, (int) (p - source), &runString); - (*familyPtr->textOutProc)(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y, + (*familyPtr->textOutProc)(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y, Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont); - (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, + Tcl_DStringLength(&runString)>>familyPtr->isWideFont); + (*familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc)(hdc, Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), - Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, + Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont, &size); x += size.cx; Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); } - lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; - source = p; + lastSubFontPtr = thisSubFontPtr; + source = p; SelectObject(hdc, lastSubFontPtr->hFont); - GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); + GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); } p = next; } @@ -1026,7 +1334,7 @@ MultiFontTextOut( Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(familyPtr->encoding, source, (int) (p - source), &runString); (*familyPtr->textOutProc)(hdc, x-(tm.tmOverhang/2), y, - Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), + Tcl_DStringValue(&runString), Tcl_DStringLength(&runString) >> familyPtr->isWideFont); Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); } @@ -1039,12 +1347,12 @@ MultiFontTextOut( * InitFont -- * * Helper for TkpGetNativeFont() and TkpGetFontFromAttributes(). - * Initializes the memory for a new WinFont that wraps the + * Initializes the memory for a new WinFont that wraps the * platform-specific data. * - * The caller is responsible for initializing the fields of the - * WinFont that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont code, and - * for releasing those fields before calling TkpDeleteFont(). + * The caller is responsible for initializing the fields of the WinFont + * that are used exclusively by the generic TkFont code, and for + * releasing those fields before calling TkpDeleteFont(). * * Results: * Fills the WinFont structure. @@ -1053,17 +1361,17 @@ MultiFontTextOut( * Memory allocated. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ + */ static void InitFont( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of interp in which font will - * be used, for getting HDC. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of interp in which font will be + * used, for getting HDC. */ HFONT hFont, /* Windows token for font. */ - int overstrike, /* The overstrike attribute of logfont used - * to allocate this font. For some reason, - * the TEXTMETRICs may contain incorrect info - * in the tmStruckOut field. */ + int overstrike, /* The overstrike attribute of logfont used to + * allocate this font. For some reason, the + * TEXTMETRICs may contain incorrect info in + * the tmStruckOut field. */ WinFont *fontPtr) /* Filled with information constructed from * the above arguments. */ { @@ -1077,27 +1385,27 @@ InitFont( Tcl_DString faceString; TkFontAttributes *faPtr; char buf[LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR)]; - - window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); - hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); - hdc = GetDC(hwnd); + + window = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); + hwnd = (window == None) ? NULL : TkWinGetHWND(window); + hdc = GetDC(hwnd); oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm); /* - * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. - * Use the NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's - * name. If we used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized - * version of NT, we would get a font name with '?' replacing all - * the international characters. + * On any version NT, there may fonts with international names. Use the + * NT-only Unicode version of GetTextFace to get the font's name. If we + * used the ANSI version on a non-internationalized version of NT, we + * would get a font name with '?' replacing all the international + * characters. * - * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international - * names are not allowed, so the ANSI version of GetTextFace will work. - * On an internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with - * international names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the - * name in the international system code page. Can't use the Unicode - * version of GetTextFace because it only exists under NT. + * On a non-internationalized verson of 95, fonts with international names + * are not allowed, so the ANSI version of GetTextFace will work. On an + * internationalized version of 95, there may be fonts with international + * names; the ANSI version will work, fetching the name in the + * international system code page. Can't use the Unicode version of + * GetTextFace because it only exists under NT. */ if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { @@ -1108,24 +1416,26 @@ InitFont( Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(systemEncoding, buf, -1, &faceString); fontPtr->font.fid = (Font) fontPtr; + fontPtr->hwnd = hwnd; + fontPtr->pixelSize = tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading; faPtr = &fontPtr->font.fa; faPtr->family = Tk_GetUid(Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString)); - faPtr->size = TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, -(tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading)); - faPtr->weight = (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL; + + faPtr->size = + TkFontGetPoints(tkwin, -(fontPtr->pixelSize)); + faPtr->weight = + (tm.tmWeight > FW_MEDIUM) ? TK_FW_BOLD : TK_FW_NORMAL; faPtr->slant = (tm.tmItalic != 0) ? TK_FS_ITALIC : TK_FS_ROMAN; faPtr->underline = (tm.tmUnderlined != 0) ? 1 : 0; faPtr->overstrike = overstrike; - + fmPtr = &fontPtr->font.fm; fmPtr->ascent = tm.tmAscent; fmPtr->descent = tm.tmDescent; fmPtr->maxWidth = tm.tmMaxCharWidth; fmPtr->fixed = !(tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH); - fontPtr->hwnd = hwnd; - fontPtr->pixelSize = tm.tmHeight - tm.tmInternalLeading; - fontPtr->numSubFonts = 1; fontPtr->subFontArray = fontPtr->staticSubFonts; InitSubFont(hdc, hFont, 1, &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]); @@ -1135,7 +1445,7 @@ InitFont( GetCharWidthW(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths); } else { GetCharWidthA(hdc, 0, BASE_CHARS - 1, fontPtr->widths); - } + } Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString); SelectObject(hdc, oldFont); @@ -1146,10 +1456,9 @@ InitFont( *------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ReleaseFont -- - * - * Called to release the windows-specific contents of a TkFont. - * The caller is responsible for freeing the memory used by the - * font itself. + * + * Called to release the windows-specific contents of a TkFont. The + * caller is responsible for freeing the memory used by the font itself. * * Results: * None. @@ -1159,7 +1468,7 @@ InitFont( * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - + static void ReleaseFont( WinFont *fontPtr) /* The font to delete. */ @@ -1179,9 +1488,9 @@ ReleaseFont( * * InitSubFont -- * - * Wrap a screen font and load the FontFamily that represents - * it. Used to prepare a SubFont so that characters can be mapped - * from UTF-8 to the charset of the font. + * Wrap a screen font and load the FontFamily that represents it. Used to + * prepare a SubFont so that characters can be mapped from UTF-8 to the + * charset of the font. * * Results: * The subFontPtr is filled with information about the font. @@ -1196,10 +1505,10 @@ static void InitSubFont( HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */ HFONT hFont, /* The screen font. */ - int base, /* Non-zero if this SubFont is being used - * as the base font for a font object. */ - SubFont *subFontPtr) /* Filled with SubFont constructed from - * above attributes. */ + int base, /* Non-zero if this SubFont is being used as + * the base font for a font object. */ + SubFont *subFontPtr) /* Filled with SubFont constructed from above + * attributes. */ { subFontPtr->hFont = hFont; subFontPtr->familyPtr = AllocFontFamily(hdc, hFont, base); @@ -1211,8 +1520,8 @@ InitSubFont( * * ReleaseSubFont -- * - * Called to release the contents of a SubFont. The caller is - * responsible for freeing the memory used by the SubFont itself. + * Called to release the contents of a SubFont. The caller is responsible + * for freeing the memory used by the SubFont itself. * * Results: * None. @@ -1236,26 +1545,24 @@ ReleaseSubFont( * * AllocFontFamily -- * - * Find the FontFamily structure associated with the given font - * name. The information should be stored by the caller in a - * SubFont and used when determining if that SubFont supports a - * character. + * Find the FontFamily structure associated with the given font name. The + * information should be stored by the caller in a SubFont and used when + * determining if that SubFont supports a character. * - * Cannot use the string name used to construct the font as the - * key, because the capitalization may not be canonical. Therefore - * use the face name actually retrieved from the font metrics as - * the key. + * Cannot use the string name used to construct the font as the key, + * because the capitalization may not be canonical. Therefore use the + * face name actually retrieved from the font metrics as the key. * * Results: - * A pointer to a FontFamily. The reference count in the FontFamily - * is automatically incremented. When the SubFont is released, the - * reference count is decremented. When no SubFont is using this - * FontFamily, it may be deleted. + * A pointer to a FontFamily. The reference count in the FontFamily is + * automatically incremented. When the SubFont is released, the reference + * count is decremented. When no SubFont is using this FontFamily, it may + * be deleted. * * Side effects: - * A new FontFamily structure will be allocated if this font family - * has not been seen. TrueType character existence metrics are - * loaded into the FontFamily structure. + * A new FontFamily structure will be allocated if this font family has + * not been seen. TrueType character existence metrics are loaded into + * the FontFamily structure. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1265,16 +1572,16 @@ AllocFontFamily( HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font can be selected. */ HFONT hFont, /* Screen font whose FontFamily is to be * returned. */ - int base) /* Non-zero if this font family is to be - * used in the base font of a font object. */ + int base) /* Non-zero if this font family is to be used + * in the base font of a font object. */ { Tk_Uid faceName; FontFamily *familyPtr; Tcl_DString faceString; Tcl_Encoding encoding; char buf[LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR)]; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { @@ -1287,7 +1594,7 @@ AllocFontFamily( Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString); hFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); - familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; + familyPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; for ( ; familyPtr != NULL; familyPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr) { if (familyPtr->faceName == faceName) { familyPtr->refCount++; @@ -1300,38 +1607,38 @@ AllocFontFamily( familyPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; tsdPtr->fontFamilyList = familyPtr; - /* - * Set key for this FontFamily. + /* + * Set key for this FontFamily. */ familyPtr->faceName = faceName; - /* - * An initial refCount of 2 means that FontFamily information will - * persist even when the SubFont that loaded the FontFamily is released. - * Change it to 1 to cause FontFamilies to be unloaded when not in use. + /* + * An initial refCount of 2 means that FontFamily information will persist + * even when the SubFont that loaded the FontFamily is released. Change it + * to 1 to cause FontFamilies to be unloaded when not in use. */ familyPtr->refCount = 2; - familyPtr->segCount = LoadFontRanges(hdc, hFont, &familyPtr->startCount, + familyPtr->segCount = LoadFontRanges(hdc, hFont, &familyPtr->startCount, &familyPtr->endCount, &familyPtr->isSymbolFont); encoding = NULL; if (familyPtr->isSymbolFont != 0) { /* - * Symbol fonts are handled specially. For instance, Unicode 0393 + * Symbol fonts are handled specially. For instance, Unicode 0393 * (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA) must be mapped to Symbol character 0047 - * (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA), because the Symbol font doesn't have a - * GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA at location 0393. If Tk interpreted the - * Symbol font using the Unicode encoding, it would decide that - * the Symbol font has no GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, because the Symbol - * encoding (of course) reports that character 0393 doesn't exist. + * (GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA), because the Symbol font doesn't have a GREEK + * CAPITAL GAMMA at location 0393. If Tk interpreted the Symbol font + * using the Unicode encoding, it would decide that the Symbol font + * has no GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, because the Symbol encoding (of course) + * reports that character 0393 doesn't exist. * - * With non-symbol Windows fonts, such as Times New Roman, if the - * font has a GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, it will be found in the correct - * Unicode location (0393); the GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA will not be off - * hiding at some other location. + * With non-symbol Windows fonts, such as Times New Roman, if the font + * has a GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA, it will be found in the correct Unicode + * location (0393); the GREEK CAPITAL GAMMA will not be off hiding at + * some other location. */ encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, faceName); @@ -1341,16 +1648,16 @@ AllocFontFamily( encoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode"); familyPtr->textOutProc = (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutW; - familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc = + familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc = (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32W; familyPtr->isWideFont = 1; } else { - familyPtr->textOutProc = + familyPtr->textOutProc = (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, int, int, TCHAR *, int)) TextOutA; - familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc = + familyPtr->getTextExtentPoint32Proc = (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HDC, TCHAR *, int, LPSIZE)) GetTextExtentPoint32A; familyPtr->isWideFont = 0; - } + } familyPtr->encoding = encoding; @@ -1374,27 +1681,27 @@ AllocFontFamily( * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - + static void FreeFontFamily( FontFamily *familyPtr) /* The FontFamily to delete. */ { int i; FontFamily **familyPtrPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (familyPtr == NULL) { - return; + return; } familyPtr->refCount--; if (familyPtr->refCount > 0) { return; } for (i = 0; i < FONTMAP_PAGES; i++) { - if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) { - ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]); - } + if (familyPtr->fontMap[i] != NULL) { + ckfree(familyPtr->fontMap[i]); + } } if (familyPtr->startCount != NULL) { ckfree((char *) familyPtr->startCount); @@ -1405,19 +1712,19 @@ FreeFontFamily( if (familyPtr->encoding != TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) { Tcl_FreeEncoding(familyPtr->encoding); } - - /* - * Delete from list. + + /* + * Delete from list. */ - + for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) { - if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) { + if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) { *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr; break; } familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr; } - + ckfree((char *) familyPtr); } @@ -1426,19 +1733,17 @@ FreeFontFamily( * * FindSubFontForChar -- * - * Determine which screen font is necessary to use to display the - * given character. If the font object does not have a screen font - * that can display the character, another screen font may be loaded - * into the font object, following a set of preferred fallback rules. + * Determine which screen font is necessary to use to display the given + * character. If the font object does not have a screen font that can + * display the character, another screen font may be loaded into the font + * object, following a set of preferred fallback rules. * * Results: - * The return value is the SubFont to use to display the given - * character. + * The return value is the SubFont to use to display the given character. * * Side effects: - * The contents of fontPtr are modified to cache the results - * of the lookup and remember any SubFonts that were dynamically - * loaded. + * The contents of fontPtr are modified to cache the results of the + * lookup and remember any SubFonts that were dynamically loaded. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1459,7 +1764,7 @@ FindSubFontForChar( char *fallbackName; SubFont *subFontPtr; Tcl_DString ds; - + if (ch < BASE_CHARS) { return &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; } @@ -1471,13 +1776,13 @@ FindSubFontForChar( } /* - * Keep track of all face names that we check, so we don't check some - * name multiple times if it can be reached by multiple paths. + * Keep track of all face names that we check, so we don't check some name + * multiple times if it can be reached by multiple paths. */ - + Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); hdc = GetDC(fontPtr->hwnd); - + aliases = TkFontGetAliasList(fontPtr->font.fa.family); fontFallbacks = TkFontGetFallbacks(); @@ -1491,25 +1796,25 @@ FindSubFontForChar( goto tryfallbacks; } else if (aliases != NULL) { - /* + /* * Or if an alias for the base font has a fallback... */ for (k = 0; aliases[k] != NULL; k++) { if (strcasecmp(aliases[k], fallbackName) == 0) { - goto tryfallbacks; + goto tryfallbacks; } } } } continue; - /* - * ...then see if we can use one of the fallbacks, or an - * alias for one of the fallbacks. + /* + * ...then see if we can use one of the fallbacks, or an alias for one + * of the fallbacks. */ - tryfallbacks: + tryfallbacks: for (j = 0; fontFallbacks[i][j] != NULL; j++) { fallbackName = fontFallbacks[i][j]; subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName, @@ -1521,13 +1826,13 @@ FindSubFontForChar( } /* - * See if we can use something from the global fallback list. + * See if we can use something from the global fallback list. */ anyFallbacks = TkFontGetGlobalClass(); for (i = 0; anyFallbacks[i] != NULL; i++) { fallbackName = anyFallbacks[i]; - subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName, + subFontPtr = CanUseFallbackWithAliases(hdc, fontPtr, fallbackName, ch, &ds, subFontPtrPtr); if (subFontPtr != NULL) { goto end; @@ -1535,8 +1840,8 @@ FindSubFontForChar( } /* - * Try all face names available in the whole system until we - * find one that can be used. + * Try all face names available in the whole system until we find one that + * can be used. */ canUse.hdc = hdc; @@ -1554,22 +1859,22 @@ FindSubFontForChar( } subFontPtr = canUse.subFontPtr; - end: + end: Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - + if (subFontPtr == NULL) { - /* - * No font can display this character. We will use the base font - * and have it display the "unknown" character. - */ + /* + * No font can display this character. We will use the base font and + * have it display the "unknown" character. + */ subFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - FontMapInsert(subFontPtr, ch); + FontMapInsert(subFontPtr, ch); } ReleaseDC(fontPtr->hwnd, hdc); return subFontPtr; } - + static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc( ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ @@ -1617,15 +1922,14 @@ WinFontCanUseProc( * See if the screen font can display the given character. * * Results: - * The return value is 0 if the screen font cannot display the - * character, non-zero otherwise. + * The return value is 0 if the screen font cannot display the character, + * non-zero otherwise. * * Side effects: - * New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the - * character belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. - * When a page is loaded, information about all the characters on - * that page is stored, not just for the single character in - * question. + * New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character + * belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded, + * information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just + * for the single character in question. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1651,29 +1955,28 @@ FontMapLookup( * * FontMapInsert -- * - * Tell the font mapping cache that the given screen font should be - * used to display the specified character. This is called when no - * font on the system can be be found that can display that - * character; we lie to the font and tell it that it can display - * the character, otherwise we would end up re-searching the entire - * fallback hierarchy every time that character was seen. + * Tell the font mapping cache that the given screen font should be used + * to display the specified character. This is called when no font on the + * system can be be found that can display that character; we lie to the + * font and tell it that it can display the character, otherwise we would + * end up re-searching the entire fallback hierarchy every time that + * character was seen. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the - * character belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. - * When a page is loaded, information about all the characters on - * that page is stored, not just for the single character in - * question. + * New pages are added to the font mapping cache whenever the character + * belongs to a page that hasn't been seen before. When a page is loaded, + * information about all the characters on that page is stored, not just + * for the single character in question. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void FontMapInsert( - SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be + SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be * updated. */ int ch) /* Character to be added to cache. */ { @@ -1692,10 +1995,10 @@ FontMapInsert( * * FontMapLoadPage -- * - * Load information about all the characters on a given page. - * This information consists of one bit per character that indicates - * whether the associated HFONT can (1) or cannot (0) display the - * characters on the page. + * Load information about all the characters on a given page. This + * information consists of one bit per character that indicates whether + * the associated HFONT can (1) or cannot (0) display the characters on + * the page. * * Results: * None. @@ -1705,12 +2008,13 @@ FontMapInsert( * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static void + +static void FontMapLoadPage( - SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be + SubFont *subFontPtr, /* Contains font mapping cache to be * updated. */ - int row) /* Index of the page to be loaded into - * the cache. */ + int row) /* Index of the page to be loaded into the + * cache. */ { FontFamily *familyPtr; Tcl_Encoding encoding; @@ -1726,9 +2030,9 @@ FontMapLoadPage( if (familyPtr->encoding == TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding()) { /* - * Font is Unicode. Few fonts are going to have all characters, so - * examine the TrueType character existence metrics to determine - * what characters actually exist in this font. + * Font is Unicode. Few fonts are going to have all characters, so + * examine the TrueType character existence metrics to determine what + * characters actually exist in this font. */ segCount = familyPtr->segCount; @@ -1750,24 +2054,23 @@ FontMapLoadPage( } } else if (familyPtr->isSymbolFont) { /* - * Assume that a symbol font with a known encoding has all the - * characters that its encoding claims it supports. - * - * The test for "encoding == unicodeEncoding" - * must occur before this case, to catch all symbol fonts (such - * as {Comic Sans MS} or Wingdings) for which we don't have - * encoding information; those symbol fonts are treated as if - * they were in the Unicode encoding and their symbolic - * character existence metrics are treated as if they were Unicode - * character existence metrics. This way, although we don't know - * the proper Unicode -> symbol font mapping, we can install the - * symbol font as the base font and access its glyphs. + * Assume that a symbol font with a known encoding has all the + * characters that its encoding claims it supports. + * + * The test for "encoding == unicodeEncoding" must occur before this + * case, to catch all symbol fonts (such as {Comic Sans MS} or + * Wingdings) for which we don't have encoding information; those + * symbol fonts are treated as if they were in the Unicode encoding + * and their symbolic character existence metrics are treated as if + * they were Unicode character existence metrics. This way, although + * we don't know the proper Unicode -> symbol font mapping, we can + * install the symbol font as the base font and access its glyphs. */ - end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT; + end = (row + 1) << FONTMAP_SHIFT; for (i = row << FONTMAP_SHIFT; i < end; i++) { - if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, - Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src), TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, + if (Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, encoding, src, + Tcl_UniCharToUtf(i, src), TCL_ENCODING_STOPONERROR, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf), NULL, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) { continue; } @@ -1782,18 +2085,16 @@ FontMapLoadPage( * * CanUseFallbackWithAliases -- * - * Helper function for FindSubFontForChar. Determine if the - * specified face name (or an alias of the specified face name) - * can be used to construct a screen font that can display the - * given character. + * Helper function for FindSubFontForChar. Determine if the specified + * face name (or an alias of the specified face name) can be used to + * construct a screen font that can display the given character. * * Results: * See CanUseFallback(). * * Side effects: - * If the name and/or one of its aliases was rejected, the - * rejected string is recorded in nameTriedPtr so that it won't - * be tried again. + * If the name and/or one of its aliases was rejected, the rejected + * string is recorded in nameTriedPtr so that it won't be tried again. * *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1804,11 +2105,11 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases( WinFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new * screen font. */ char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */ - int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new - * screen font must be able to display. */ - Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, /* Records face names that have already - * been tried. It is possible for the same - * face name to be queried multiple times when + int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen + * font must be able to display. */ + Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, /* Records face names that have already been + * tried. It is possible for the same face + * name to be queried multiple times when * trying to find a suitable screen font. */ SubFont **subFontPtrPtr) /* Variable to fixup if we reallocate the * array of subfonts. */ @@ -1816,7 +2117,7 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases( int i; char **aliases; SubFont *subFontPtr; - + if (SeenName(faceName, nameTriedPtr) == 0) { subFontPtr = CanUseFallback(hdc, fontPtr, faceName, ch, subFontPtrPtr); if (subFontPtr != NULL) { @@ -1843,9 +2144,9 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases( * * SeenName -- * - * Used to determine we have already tried and rejected the given - * face name when looking for a screen font that can support some - * Unicode character. + * Used to determine we have already tried and rejected the given face + * name when looking for a screen font that can support some Unicode + * character. * * Results: * The return value is 0 if this face name has not already been seen, @@ -1882,21 +2183,21 @@ SeenName( * * CanUseFallback -- * - * If the specified screen font has not already been loaded into - * the font object, determine if it can display the given character. + * If the specified screen font has not already been loaded into the font + * object, determine if it can display the given character. * * Results: - * The return value is a pointer to a newly allocated SubFont, owned - * by the font object. This SubFont can be used to display the given - * character. The SubFont represents the screen font with the base set - * of font attributes from the font object, but using the specified - * font name. NULL is returned if the font object already holds - * a reference to the specified physical font or if the specified - * physical font cannot display the given character. - * - * Side effects: - * The font object's subFontArray is updated to contain a reference - * to the newly allocated SubFont. + * The return value is a pointer to a newly allocated SubFont, owned by + * the font object. This SubFont can be used to display the given + * character. The SubFont represents the screen font with the base set of + * font attributes from the font object, but using the specified font + * name. NULL is returned if the font object already holds a reference to + * the specified physical font or if the specified physical font cannot + * display the given character. + * + * Side effects: + * The font object's subFontArray is updated to contain a reference to + * the newly allocated SubFont. * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1907,8 +2208,8 @@ CanUseFallback( WinFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new * screen font. */ char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */ - int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new - * screen font must be able to display. */ + int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen + * font must be able to display. */ SubFont **subFontPtrPtr) /* Variable to fix-up if we realloc the array * of subfonts. */ { @@ -1920,10 +2221,10 @@ CanUseFallback( return NULL; } - /* + /* * Skip all fonts we've already used. */ - + for (i = 0; i < fontPtr->numSubFonts; i++) { if (faceName == fontPtr->subFontArray[i].familyPtr->faceName) { return NULL; @@ -1936,7 +2237,7 @@ CanUseFallback( hFont = GetScreenFont(&fontPtr->font.fa, faceName, fontPtr->pixelSize); InitSubFont(hdc, hFont, 0, &subFont); - if (((ch < 256) && (subFont.familyPtr->isSymbolFont)) + if (((ch < 256) && (subFont.familyPtr->isSymbolFont)) || (FontMapLookup(&subFont, ch) == 0)) { /* * Don't use a symbol font as a fallback font for characters below @@ -1950,17 +2251,19 @@ CanUseFallback( if (fontPtr->numSubFonts >= SUBFONT_SPACE) { SubFont *newPtr; - newPtr = (SubFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont) + newPtr = (SubFont *) ckalloc(sizeof(SubFont) * (fontPtr->numSubFonts + 1)); memcpy((char *) newPtr, fontPtr->subFontArray, fontPtr->numSubFonts * sizeof(SubFont)); if (fontPtr->subFontArray != fontPtr->staticSubFonts) { ckfree((char *) fontPtr->subFontArray); } + /* - * Fix up the variable pointed to by subFontPtrPtr so it still - * points into the live array. [Bug 618872] + * Fix up the variable pointed to by subFontPtrPtr so it still points + * into the live array. [Bug 618872] */ + *subFontPtrPtr = newPtr + (*subFontPtrPtr - fontPtr->subFontArray); fontPtr->subFontArray = newPtr; } @@ -1974,9 +2277,8 @@ CanUseFallback( * * GetScreenFont -- * - * Given the name and other attributes, construct an HFONT. - * This is where all the alias and fallback substitution bottoms - * out. + * Given the name and other attributes, construct an HFONT. This is where + * all the alias and fallback substitution bottoms out. * * Results: * The screen font that corresponds to the attributes. @@ -1987,13 +2289,13 @@ CanUseFallback( *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static HFONT +static HFONT GetScreenFont( CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr, /* Desired font attributes for new HFONT. */ CONST char *faceName, /* Overrides font family specified in font * attributes. */ - int pixelSize) /* Overrides size specified in font + int pixelSize) /* Overrides size specified in font * attributes. */ { Tcl_DString ds; @@ -2005,7 +2307,7 @@ GetScreenFont( lf.lfWidth = 0; lf.lfEscapement = 0; lf.lfOrientation = 0; - lf.lfWeight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_NORMAL) ? FW_NORMAL : FW_BOLD; + lf.lfWeight = (faPtr->weight == TK_FW_NORMAL) ? FW_NORMAL : FW_BOLD; lf.lfItalic = faPtr->slant; lf.lfUnderline = faPtr->underline; lf.lfStrikeOut = faPtr->overstrike; @@ -2023,7 +2325,8 @@ GetScreenFont( /* * We can only store up to LF_FACESIZE wide characters */ - if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) >= (LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR))) { + + if ((size_t)Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) >= (LF_FACESIZE * sizeof(WCHAR))) { Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, LF_FACESIZE); } src = (Tcl_UniChar *) Tcl_DStringValue(&ds); @@ -2037,6 +2340,7 @@ GetScreenFont( /* * We can only store up to LF_FACESIZE characters */ + if (Tcl_DStringLength(&ds) >= LF_FACESIZE) { Tcl_DStringSetLength(&ds, LF_FACESIZE); } @@ -2052,10 +2356,9 @@ GetScreenFont( * * FamilyExists, FamilyOrAliasExists, WinFontExistsProc -- * - * Determines if any physical screen font exists on the system with - * the given family name. If the family exists, then it should be - * possible to construct some physical screen font with that family - * name. + * Determines if any physical screen font exists on the system with the + * given family name. If the family exists, then it should be possible to + * construct some physical screen font with that family name. * * Results: * The return value is 0 if the specified font family does not exist, @@ -2077,7 +2380,7 @@ FamilyExists( /* * Just immediately rule out the following fonts, because they look so - * ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the + * ugly on windows. The caller's fallback mechanism will cause the * corresponding appropriate TrueType fonts to be selected. */ @@ -2090,18 +2393,18 @@ FamilyExists( if (strcasecmp(faceName, "Helvetica") == 0) { return 0; } - + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(systemEncoding, faceName, -1, &faceString); /* - * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and - * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. - * If the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a + * If the family exists, WinFontExistProc() will be called and + * EnumFontFamilies() will return whatever WinFontExistProc() returns. If + * the family doesn't exist, EnumFontFamilies() will just return a * non-zero value. */ if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { - result = EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), + result = EnumFontFamiliesW(hdc, (WCHAR*) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), (FONTENUMPROCW) WinFontExistProc, 0); } else { result = EnumFontFamiliesA(hdc, (char *) Tcl_DStringValue(&faceString), @@ -2110,10 +2413,10 @@ FamilyExists( Tcl_DStringFree(&faceString); return (result == 0); } - + static char * FamilyOrAliasExists( - HDC hdc, + HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName) { char **aliases; @@ -2132,7 +2435,7 @@ FamilyOrAliasExists( } return NULL; } - + static int CALLBACK WinFontExistProc( ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, /* Logical-font data. */ @@ -2158,25 +2461,25 @@ typedef struct CMAPTABLE { } CMAPTABLE; typedef struct ENCODINGTABLE { - USHORT platform; /* Platform for which data is targeted. - * 3 means data is for Windows. */ - USHORT encoding; /* How characters in font are encoded. - * 1 means that the following subtable is - * keyed based on Unicode. */ - ULONG offset; /* Byte offset from beginning of CMAPTABLE - * to the subtable for this encoding. */ + USHORT platform; /* Platform for which data is targeted. 3 + * means data is for Windows. */ + USHORT encoding; /* How characters in font are encoded. 1 means + * that the following subtable is keyed based + * on Unicode. */ + ULONG offset; /* Byte offset from beginning of CMAPTABLE to + * the subtable for this encoding. */ } ENCODINGTABLE; typedef struct ANYTABLE { USHORT format; /* Format number. */ - USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this + USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this * subtable. */ USHORT version; /* Version number (starts at 0). */ } ANYTABLE; typedef struct BYTETABLE { USHORT format; /* Format number is set to 0. */ - USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this + USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this * subtable. */ USHORT version; /* Version number (starts at 0). */ BYTE glyphIdArray[256]; /* Array that maps up to 256 single-byte char @@ -2187,7 +2490,7 @@ typedef struct SUBHEADER { USHORT firstCode; /* First valid low byte for subHeader. */ USHORT entryCount; /* Number valid low bytes for subHeader. */ SHORT idDelta; /* Constant adder to get base glyph index. */ - USHORT idRangeOffset; /* Byte offset from here to appropriate + USHORT idRangeOffset; /* Byte offset from here to appropriate * glyphIndexArray. */ } SUBHEADER; @@ -2196,12 +2499,12 @@ typedef struct HIBYTETABLE { USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this * subtable. */ USHORT version; /* Version number (starts at 0). */ - USHORT subHeaderKeys[256]; /* Maps high bytes to subHeaders: value is + USHORT subHeaderKeys[256]; /* Maps high bytes to subHeaders: value is * subHeader index * 8. */ #if 0 SUBHEADER subHeaders[]; /* Variable-length array of SUBHEADERs. */ - USHORT glyphIndexArray[]; /* Variable-length array containing subarrays - * used for mapping the low byte of 2-byte + USHORT glyphIndexArray[]; /* Variable-length array containing subarrays + * used for mapping the low byte of 2-byte * characters. */ #endif } HIBYTETABLE; @@ -2233,8 +2536,8 @@ typedef struct TRIMMEDTABLE { USHORT firstCode; /* First character code of subrange. */ USHORT entryCount; /* Number of character codes in subrange. */ #if 0 - USHORT glyphIdArray[]; /* Array of glyph index values for - character codes in the range. */ + USHORT glyphIdArray[]; /* Array of glyph index values for + * character codes in the range. */ #endif } TRIMMEDTABLE; @@ -2253,16 +2556,16 @@ typedef union SUBTABLE { * * LoadFontRanges -- * - * Given an HFONT, get the information about the characters that - * this font can display. + * Given an HFONT, get the information about the characters that this + * font can display. * * Results: - * If the font has no Unicode character information, the return value - * is 0 and *startCountPtr and *endCountPtr are filled with NULL. - * Otherwise, *startCountPtr and *endCountPtr are set to pointers to - * arrays of TrueType character existence information and the return - * value is the length of the arrays (the two arrays are always the - * same length as each other). + * If the font has no Unicode character information, the return value is + * 0 and *startCountPtr and *endCountPtr are filled with NULL. Otherwise, + * *startCountPtr and *endCountPtr are set to pointers to arrays of + * TrueType character existence information and the return value is the + * length of the arrays (the two arrays are always the same length as + * each other). * * Side effects: * None. @@ -2274,10 +2577,10 @@ static int LoadFontRanges( HDC hdc, /* HDC into which font can be selected. */ HFONT hFont, /* HFONT to query. */ - USHORT **startCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to - * character range information. */ - USHORT **endCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to - * character range information. */ + USHORT **startCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to character + * range information. */ + USHORT **endCountPtr, /* Filled with malloced pointer to character + * range information. */ int *symbolPtr) { int n, i, swapped, offset, cbData, segCount; @@ -2310,20 +2613,21 @@ LoadFontRanges( } n = GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, 0, &cmapTable, sizeof(cmapTable)); - if (n != GDI_ERROR) { + if (n != (int)GDI_ERROR) { if (swapped) { SwapShort(&cmapTable.numTables); } for (i = 0; i < cmapTable.numTables; i++) { offset = sizeof(cmapTable) + i * sizeof(encTable); - GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, offset, &encTable, sizeof(encTable)); + GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, &encTable, + sizeof(encTable)); if (swapped) { SwapShort(&encTable.platform); SwapShort(&encTable.encoding); SwapLong(&encTable.offset); } if (encTable.platform != 3) { - /* + /* * Not Microsoft encoding. */ @@ -2335,7 +2639,7 @@ LoadFontRanges( continue; } - GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, encTable.offset, &subTable, + GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) encTable.offset, &subTable, sizeof(subTable)); if (swapped) { SwapShort(&subTable.any.format); @@ -2347,13 +2651,13 @@ LoadFontRanges( segCount = subTable.segment.segCountX2 / 2; cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT); - startCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc(cbData); - endCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc(cbData); + startCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned)cbData); + endCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned)cbData); offset = encTable.offset + sizeof(subTable.segment); - GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, offset, endCount, cbData); + GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, endCount, cbData); offset += cbData + sizeof(USHORT); - GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, offset, startCount, cbData); + GetFontData(hdc, cmapKey, (DWORD) offset, startCount, cbData); if (swapped) { for (i = 0; i < segCount; i++) { SwapShort(&endCount[i]); @@ -2362,16 +2666,15 @@ LoadFontRanges( } if (*symbolPtr != 0) { /* - * Empirically determined: When a symbol font is - * loaded, the character existence metrics obtained - * from the system are mildly wrong. If the real range - * of the symbol font is from 0020 to 00FE, then the - * metrics are reported as F020 to F0FE. When we load - * a symbol font, we must fix the character existence - * metrics. + * Empirically determined: When a symbol font is loaded, + * the character existence metrics obtained from the + * system are mildly wrong. If the real range of the + * symbol font is from 0020 to 00FE, then the metrics are + * reported as F020 to F0FE. When we load a symbol font, + * we must fix the character existence metrics. * - * Symbol fonts should only use the symbol encoding - * for 8-bit characters [note Bug: 2406] + * Symbol fonts should only use the symbol encoding for + * 8-bit characters [note Bug: 2406] */ for (i = 0; i < segCount; i++) { @@ -2386,13 +2689,14 @@ LoadFontRanges( } } else if (GetTextCharset(hdc) == ANSI_CHARSET) { /* - * Bitmap font. We should also support ranges for the other - * *_CHARSET values. + * Bitmap font. We should also support ranges for the other *_CHARSET + * values. */ + segCount = 1; cbData = segCount * sizeof(USHORT); - startCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc(cbData); - endCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc(cbData); + startCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned) cbData); + endCount = (USHORT *) ckalloc((unsigned) cbData); startCount[0] = 0x0000; endCount[0] = 0x00ff; } @@ -2405,11 +2709,11 @@ LoadFontRanges( /* *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * + * * SwapShort, SwapLong -- * - * Helper functions to convert the data loaded from TrueType font - * files to Intel byte ordering. + * Helper functions to convert the data loaded from TrueType font files + * to Intel byte ordering. * * Results: * Bytes of input value are swapped and stored back in argument. @@ -2421,14 +2725,16 @@ LoadFontRanges( */ static void -SwapShort(PUSHORT p) +SwapShort( + PUSHORT p) { *p = (SHORT)(HIBYTE(*p) + (LOBYTE(*p) << 8)); } -static void -SwapLong(PULONG p) -{ +static void +SwapLong( + PULONG p) +{ ULONG temp; temp = (LONG) ((BYTE) *p); @@ -2446,3 +2752,11 @@ SwapLong(PULONG p) temp += (LONG) ((BYTE) *p); *p = temp; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinImage.c b/win/tkWinImage.c index 9e927fe..8e6ef38 100644 --- a/win/tkWinImage.c +++ b/win/tkWinImage.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinImage.c -- * * This file contains routines for manipulation full-color images. @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@ #include "tkWinInt.h" -static int DestroyImage _ANSI_ARGS_((XImage* data)); -static unsigned long ImageGetPixel _ANSI_ARGS_((XImage *image, int x, int y)); -static int PutPixel _ANSI_ARGS_((XImage *image, int x, int y, - unsigned long pixel)); +static int DestroyImage(XImage* data); +static unsigned long ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y); +static int PutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y, + unsigned long pixel); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * DestroyImage -- * - * This is a trivial wrapper around ckfree to make it possible to - * pass ckfree as a pointer. + * This is a trivial wrapper around ckfree to make it possible to pass + * ckfree as a pointer. * * Results: * None. @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ static int PutPixel _ANSI_ARGS_((XImage *image, int x, int y, */ static int -DestroyImage(imagePtr) - XImage *imagePtr; /* image to free */ +DestroyImage( + XImage *imagePtr) /* Image to free. */ { if (imagePtr) { if (imagePtr->data) { @@ -63,33 +63,33 @@ DestroyImage(imagePtr) */ static unsigned long -ImageGetPixel(image, x, y) - XImage *image; - int x, y; +ImageGetPixel( + XImage *image, + int x, int y) { unsigned long pixel = 0; unsigned char *srcPtr = (unsigned char *) &(image->data[(y * image->bytes_per_line) + ((x * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY)]); switch (image->bits_per_pixel) { - case 32: - case 24: - pixel = RGB(srcPtr[2], srcPtr[1], srcPtr[0]); - break; - case 16: - pixel = RGB(((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) >> 7) & 0xf8, - ((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) >> 2) & 0xf8, - ((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) << 3) & 0xf8); - break; - case 8: - pixel = srcPtr[0]; - break; - case 4: - pixel = ((x%2) ? (*srcPtr) : ((*srcPtr) >> 4)) & 0x0f; - break; - case 1: - pixel = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x%8))) ? 1 : 0; - break; + case 32: + case 24: + pixel = RGB(srcPtr[2], srcPtr[1], srcPtr[0]); + break; + case 16: + pixel = RGB(((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) >> 7) & 0xf8, + ((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) >> 2) & 0xf8, + ((((WORD*)srcPtr)[0]) << 3) & 0xf8); + break; + case 8: + pixel = srcPtr[0]; + break; + case 4: + pixel = ((x%2) ? (*srcPtr) : ((*srcPtr) >> 4)) & 0x0f; + break; + case 1: + pixel = ((*srcPtr) & (0x80 >> (x%8))) ? 1 : 0; + break; } return pixel; } @@ -111,73 +111,74 @@ ImageGetPixel(image, x, y) */ static int -PutPixel(image, x, y, pixel) - XImage *image; - int x, y; - unsigned long pixel; +PutPixel( + XImage *image, + int x, int y, + unsigned long pixel) { unsigned char *destPtr = (unsigned char *) &(image->data[(y * image->bytes_per_line) + ((x * image->bits_per_pixel) / NBBY)]); switch (image->bits_per_pixel) { - case 32: - /* - * Pixel is DWORD: 0x00BBGGRR - */ + case 32: + /* + * Pixel is DWORD: 0x00BBGGRR + */ - destPtr[3] = 0; - case 24: - /* - * Pixel is triplet: 0xBBGGRR. - */ + destPtr[3] = 0; + case 24: + /* + * Pixel is triplet: 0xBBGGRR. + */ - destPtr[0] = (unsigned char) GetBValue(pixel); - destPtr[1] = (unsigned char) GetGValue(pixel); - destPtr[2] = (unsigned char) GetRValue(pixel); - break; - case 16: - /* - * Pixel is WORD: 5-5-5 (R-G-B) - */ + destPtr[0] = (unsigned char) GetBValue(pixel); + destPtr[1] = (unsigned char) GetGValue(pixel); + destPtr[2] = (unsigned char) GetRValue(pixel); + break; + case 16: + /* + * Pixel is WORD: 5-5-5 (R-G-B) + */ - (*(WORD*)destPtr) = - ((GetRValue(pixel) & 0xf8) << 7) + (*(WORD*)destPtr) = ((GetRValue(pixel) & 0xf8) << 7) | ((GetGValue(pixel) & 0xf8) <<2) | ((GetBValue(pixel) & 0xf8) >> 3); - break; - case 8: - /* - * Pixel is 8-bit index into color table. - */ + break; + case 8: + /* + * Pixel is 8-bit index into color table. + */ - (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) pixel; - break; - case 4: - /* - * Pixel is 4-bit index in MSBFirst order. - */ - if (x%2) { - (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) (((*destPtr) & 0xf0) + (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) pixel; + break; + case 4: + /* + * Pixel is 4-bit index in MSBFirst order. + */ + + if (x%2) { + (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) (((*destPtr) & 0xf0) | (pixel & 0x0f)); - } else { - (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) (((*destPtr) & 0x0f) + } else { + (*destPtr) = (unsigned char) (((*destPtr) & 0x0f) | ((pixel << 4) & 0xf0)); - } - break; - case 1: { - /* - * Pixel is bit in MSBFirst order. - */ + } + break; + case 1: { + /* + * Pixel is bit in MSBFirst order. + */ - int mask = (0x80 >> (x%8)); - if (pixel) { - (*destPtr) |= mask; - } else { - (*destPtr) &= ~mask; - } + int mask = (0x80 >> (x%8)); + + if (pixel) { + (*destPtr) |= mask; + } else { + (*destPtr) &= ~mask; } break; } + } return 0; } @@ -198,18 +199,17 @@ PutPixel(image, x, y, pixel) */ XImage * -XCreateImage(display, visual, depth, format, offset, data, width, height, - bitmap_pad, bytes_per_line) - Display* display; - Visual* visual; - unsigned int depth; - int format; - int offset; - char* data; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; - int bitmap_pad; - int bytes_per_line; +XCreateImage( + Display *display, + Visual *visual, + unsigned int depth, + int format, + int offset, + char *data, + unsigned int width, + unsigned int height, + int bitmap_pad, + int bytes_per_line) { XImage* imagePtr = (XImage *) ckalloc(sizeof(XImage)); imagePtr->width = width; @@ -253,47 +253,46 @@ XCreateImage(display, visual, depth, format, offset, data, width, height, imagePtr->f.create_image = NULL; imagePtr->f.sub_image = NULL; imagePtr->f.add_pixel = NULL; - + return imagePtr; } /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * XGetImageZPixmap -- * - * This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an - * XImage. This handles the ZPixmap case only. + * This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage. This + * handles the ZPixmap case only. * * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated image containing the data from the - * given rectangle of the given drawable. + * Returns a newly allocated image containing the data from the given + * rectangle of the given drawable. * * Side effects: * None. * - * This procedure is adapted from the XGetImage implementation in TkNT. - * That code is Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. + * This procedure is adapted from the XGetImage implementation in TkNT. That + * code is Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static XImage * -XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - int x; - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; - unsigned long plane_mask; - int format; +XGetImageZPixmap( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + int x, int y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + unsigned long plane_mask, + int format) { TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d; - XImage *ret_image = NULL; + XImage *ret_image; HDC hdc, hdcMem; HBITMAP hbmp, hbmpPrev; BITMAPINFO *bmInfo = NULL; - HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1, hPalPrev2; + HPALETTE hPal, hPalPrev1 = 0, hPalPrev2 = 0; int size; unsigned int n; unsigned int depth; @@ -303,38 +302,42 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) if (format != ZPixmap) { TkpDisplayWarning( - "XGetImageZPixmap: only ZPixmap types are implemented", - "XGetImageZPixmap Failure"); + "XGetImageZPixmap: only ZPixmap types are implemented", + "XGetImageZPixmap Failure"); return NULL; } hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state); - /* Need to do a Blt operation to copy into a new bitmap */ - hbmp = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, width, height); + /* + * Need to do a Blt operation to copy into a new bitmap. + */ + + hbmp = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, (int) width, (int) height); hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc); hbmpPrev = SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmp); hPal = state.palette; if (hPal) { - hPalPrev1 = SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPal, FALSE); - n = RealizePalette(hdcMem); - if (n > 0) { - UpdateColors (hdcMem); - } + hPalPrev1 = SelectPalette(hdcMem, hPal, FALSE); + n = RealizePalette(hdcMem); + if (n > 0) { + UpdateColors(hdcMem); + } hPalPrev2 = SelectPalette(hdc, hPal, FALSE); - n = RealizePalette(hdc); - if (n > 0) { - UpdateColors (hdc); - } + n = RealizePalette(hdc); + if (n > 0) { + UpdateColors(hdc); + } } - ret = BitBlt(hdcMem, 0, 0, width, height, hdc, x, y, SRCCOPY); + ret = BitBlt(hdcMem, 0, 0, (int) width, (int) height, hdc, x, y, SRCCOPY); if (hPal) { SelectPalette(hdc, hPalPrev2, FALSE); } SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmpPrev); TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &state); if (ret == FALSE) { + ret_image = NULL; goto cleanup; } if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDOW) { @@ -347,22 +350,23 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) if (depth <= 8) { size += sizeof(unsigned short) * (1 << depth); } - bmInfo = (BITMAPINFO *) ckalloc(size); - - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth = width; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight = -(int) height; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount = depth; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter = 0; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter = 0; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0; - bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0; + bmInfo = (BITMAPINFO *) ckalloc((unsigned)size); + + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biWidth = width; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biHeight = -(int) height; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biBitCount = depth; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter = 0; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter = 0; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0; + bmInfo->bmiHeader.biClrImportant = 0; if (depth == 1) { unsigned char *p, *pend; + GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, NULL, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS); data = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(bmInfo->bmiHeader.biSizeImage); if (!data) { @@ -370,14 +374,17 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) ret_image = NULL; goto cleanup; } - ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data, - width, height, 32, ((width + 31) >> 3) & ~1); + ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, ZPixmap, 0, (char *)data, + width, height, 32, (int) ((width + 31) >> 3) & ~1); if (ret_image == NULL) { ckfree((char *)data); goto cleanup; } - /* Get the BITMAP info into the Image. */ + /* + * Get the BITMAP info into the Image. + */ + if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, data, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS) == 0) { ckfree((char *) ret_image->data); @@ -403,14 +410,17 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) ret_image = NULL; goto cleanup; } - ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 8, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data, - width, height, 8, width); + ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 8, ZPixmap, 0, (char *)data, + width, height, 8, (int) width); if (ret_image == NULL) { ckfree((char *) data); goto cleanup; } - /* Get the BITMAP info into the Image. */ + /* + * Get the BITMAP info into the Image. + */ + if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, data, bmInfo, DIB_PAL_COLORS) == 0) { ckfree((char *) ret_image->data); @@ -438,9 +448,12 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) goto cleanup; } - /* Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image. */ + /* + * Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image. + */ + if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, ret_image->data, bmInfo, - DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) { + DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) { ckfree((char *) ret_image->data); ckfree((char *) ret_image); ret_image = NULL; @@ -455,7 +468,7 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) goto cleanup; } ret_image = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, ZPixmap, 0, (char *) data, - width, height, 0, width * 4); + width, height, 0, (int) width * 4); if (ret_image == NULL) { ckfree((char *) data); goto cleanup; @@ -463,13 +476,14 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) if (depth <= 24) { /* - * This used to handle 16 and 24 bpp, but now just handles 24. - * It can likely be optimized for that. -- hobbs + * This used to handle 16 and 24 bpp, but now just handles 24. It + * can likely be optimized for that. -- hobbs */ + unsigned char *smallBitData, *smallBitBase, *bigBitData; unsigned int byte_width, h, w; - byte_width = ((width * 3 + 3) & ~3); + byte_width = ((width * 3 + 3) & ~(unsigned)3); smallBitBase = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(byte_width * height); if (!smallBitBase) { ckfree((char *) ret_image->data); @@ -479,18 +493,25 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) } smallBitData = smallBitBase; - /* Get the BITMAP info into the Image. */ + /* + * Get the BITMAP info into the Image. + */ + if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, smallBitData, bmInfo, - DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) { + DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) { ckfree((char *) ret_image->data); ckfree((char *) ret_image); ckfree((char *) smallBitBase); ret_image = NULL; goto cleanup; } - /* Copy the 24 Bit Pixmap to a 32-Bit one. */ + + /* + * Copy the 24 Bit Pixmap to a 32-Bit one. + */ + for (h = 0; h < height; h++) { - bigBitData = (unsigned char *)ret_image->data + h * ret_image->bytes_per_line; + bigBitData = (unsigned char *) (ret_image->data + h * ret_image->bytes_per_line); smallBitData = smallBitBase + h * byte_width; for (w = 0; w < width; w++) { @@ -500,10 +521,17 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) *bigBitData++ = 0; } } - /* Free the Device contexts, and the Bitmap */ + + /* + * Free the Device contexts, and the Bitmap. + */ + ckfree((char *) smallBitBase); } else { - /* Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image. */ + /* + * Get the BITMAP info directly into the Image. + */ + if (GetDIBits(hdcMem, hbmp, 0, height, ret_image->data, bmInfo, DIB_RGB_COLORS) == 0) { ckfree((char *) ret_image->data); @@ -532,12 +560,11 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) * * XGetImage -- * - * This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an - * XImage. + * This function copies data from a pixmap or window into an XImage. * * Results: - * Returns a newly allocated image containing the data from the - * given rectangle of the given drawable. + * Returns a newly allocated image containing the data from the given + * rectangle of the given drawable. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -546,15 +573,13 @@ XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) */ XImage * -XGetImage(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - int x; - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; - unsigned long plane_mask; - int format; +XGetImage( + Display* display, + Drawable d, + int x, int y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + unsigned long plane_mask, + int format) { TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d; XImage *imagePtr; @@ -566,26 +591,28 @@ XGetImage(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) /* * Avoid unmapped windows or bad drawables */ + return NULL; } if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) { /* * This handles TWD_WINDOW or TWD_WINDC, always creating a 32bit - * image. If the window being copied isn't visible (unmapped or - * obscured), we quietly stop copying (no user error). - * The user will see black where the widget should be. - * This branch is likely followed in favor of XGetImageZPixmap as - * postscript printed widgets require RGB data. + * image. If the window being copied isn't visible (unmapped or + * obscured), we quietly stop copying (no user error). The user will + * see black where the widget should be. This branch is likely + * followed in favor of XGetImageZPixmap as postscript printed widgets + * require RGB data. */ + TkWinDCState state; unsigned int xx, yy, size; COLORREF pixel; dc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, d, &state); - imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, - format, 0, NULL, width, height, 32, 0); + imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 32, format, 0, NULL, + width, height, 32, 0); size = imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height; imagePtr->data = ckalloc(size); ZeroMemory(imagePtr->data, size); @@ -596,18 +623,19 @@ XGetImage(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) if (pixel == CLR_INVALID) { break; } - PutPixel(imagePtr, xx, yy, pixel); + PutPixel(imagePtr, (int) xx, (int) yy, pixel); } } TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, dc, &state); } else if (format == ZPixmap) { /* - * This actually handles most TWD_WINDOW requests, but it varies - * from the above in that it really does a screen capture of - * an area, which is consistent with the Unix behavior, but does - * not appear to handle all bit depths correctly. -- hobbs + * This actually handles most TWD_WINDOW requests, but it varies from + * the above in that it really does a screen capture of an area, which + * is consistent with the Unix behavior, but does not appear to handle + * all bit depths correctly. -- hobbs */ + imagePtr = XGetImageZPixmap(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format); } else { @@ -626,13 +654,15 @@ XGetImage(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) /* * Do a soft warning for the unsupported XGetImage types. */ + TkpDisplayWarning(errMsg, "XGetImage Failure"); return NULL; } imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, 1, XYBitmap, 0, NULL, width, height, 32, 0); - imagePtr->data = ckalloc(imagePtr->bytes_per_line * imagePtr->height); + imagePtr->data = + ckalloc((unsigned) imagePtr->bytes_per_line*imagePtr->height); dc = GetDC(NULL); @@ -645,7 +675,7 @@ XGetImage(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) infoPtr->bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; infoPtr->bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1; infoPtr->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; - infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0; + infoPtr->bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0; infoPtr->bmiHeader.biXPelsPerMeter = 0; infoPtr->bmiHeader.biYPelsPerMeter = 0; infoPtr->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = 0; @@ -658,3 +688,11 @@ XGetImage(display, d, x, y, width, height, plane_mask, format) return imagePtr; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinInit.c b/win/tkWinInit.c index ab33607..19556dd 100644 --- a/win/tkWinInit.c +++ b/win/tkWinInit.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinInit.c -- * * This file contains Windows-specific interpreter initialization @@ -12,12 +12,6 @@ #include "tkWinInt.h" -/* - * The Init script (common to Windows and Unix platforms) is - * defined in tkInitScript.h - */ -#include "tkInitScript.h" - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -28,8 +22,8 @@ * tk_library variable. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR). Also - * leaves information in the interp's result. + * A standard Tcl completion code (TCL_OK or TCL_ERROR). Also leaves + * information in the interp's result. * * Side effects: * Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script. @@ -38,15 +32,16 @@ */ int -TkpInit(interp) - Tcl_Interp *interp; +TkpInit( + Tcl_Interp *interp) { /* * This is necessary for static initialization, and is ok otherwise * because TkWinXInit flips a static bit to do its work just once. */ + TkWinXInit(Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); - return Tcl_Eval(interp, initScript); + return TCL_OK; } /* @@ -54,9 +49,9 @@ TkpInit(interp) * * TkpGetAppName -- * - * Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform - * specific location. For Windows, the application name is the - * root of the tail of the path contained in the tcl variable argv0. + * Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform specific + * location. For Windows, the application name is the root of the tail of + * the path contained in the tcl variable argv0. * * Results: * Returns the application name in the given Tcl_DString. @@ -68,9 +63,9 @@ TkpInit(interp) */ void -TkpGetAppName(interp, namePtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; - Tcl_DString *namePtr; /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */ +TkpGetAppName( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */ { int argc, namelength; CONST char **argv = NULL, *name, *p; @@ -104,8 +99,8 @@ TkpGetAppName(interp, namePtr) * * TkpDisplayWarning -- * - * This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning - * messages that occur during startup. + * This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that + * occur during startup. * * Results: * None. @@ -117,28 +112,31 @@ TkpGetAppName(interp, namePtr) */ void -TkpDisplayWarning(msg, title) - CONST char *msg; /* Message to be displayed. */ - CONST char *title; /* Title of warning. */ +TkpDisplayWarning( + CONST char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ + CONST char *title) /* Title of warning. */ { - Tcl_DString msgString, titleString; - Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); +#define TK_MAX_WARN_LEN 1024 + WCHAR msgString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 5]; + WCHAR titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 1]; + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, msg, -1, msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN); + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, titleString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN); /* - * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow - * the screen and cause possible oversized window error. + * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen + * and cause possible oversized window error. */ -#define TK_MAX_WARN_LEN (1024 * sizeof(WCHAR)) - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, msg, -1, &msgString); - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, title, -1, &titleString); - if (Tcl_DStringLength(&msgString) > TK_MAX_WARN_LEN) { - Tcl_DStringSetLength(&msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&msgString, (char *) L" ...", 4 * sizeof(WCHAR)); - } - MessageBoxW(NULL, (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&msgString), - (WCHAR *) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), + memcpy(msgString + TK_MAX_WARN_LEN, L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR)); + titleString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN] = L'\0'; + MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, titleString, MB_OK | MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_SYSTEMMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_TOPMOST); - Tcl_DStringFree(&msgString); - Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinInt.h b/win/tkWinInt.h index a1c50fe..abac7b0 100755..100644 --- a/win/tkWinInt.h +++ b/win/tkWinInt.h @@ -2,14 +2,13 @@ * tkWinInt.h -- * * This file contains declarations that are shared among the - * Windows-specific parts of Tk, but aren't used by the rest of - * Tk. + * Windows-specific parts of Tk, but aren't used by the rest of Tk. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #ifndef _TKWININT @@ -31,18 +30,20 @@ #include "tkPort.h" #endif - /* * Define constants missing from older Win32 SDK header files. */ #ifndef WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW -#define WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW 0x00000080L +#define WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW 0x00000080L +#endif +#ifndef SPI_SETKEYBOARDCUES +#define SPI_SETKEYBOARDCUES 0x100B #endif /* - * The TkWinDCState is used to save the state of a device context - * so that it can be restored later. + * The TkWinDCState is used to save the state of a device context so that it + * can be restored later. */ typedef struct TkWinDCState { @@ -51,8 +52,8 @@ typedef struct TkWinDCState { } TkWinDCState; /* - * The TkWinDrawable is the internal implementation of an X Drawable (either - * a Window or a Pixmap). The following constants define the valid Drawable + * The TkWinDrawable is the internal implementation of an X Drawable (either a + * Window or a Pixmap). The following constants define the valid Drawable * types. */ @@ -103,11 +104,11 @@ typedef struct { HPALETTE palette; /* Palette handle used when drawing. */ UINT size; /* Number of entries in the palette. */ int stale; /* 1 if palette needs to be realized, - * otherwise 0. If the palette is stale, - * then an idle handler is scheduled to - * realize the palette. */ - Tcl_HashTable refCounts; /* Hash table of palette entry reference counts - * indexed by pixel value. */ + * otherwise 0. If the palette is stale, then + * an idle handler is scheduled to realize the + * palette. */ + Tcl_HashTable refCounts; /* Hash table of palette entry reference + * counts indexed by pixel value. */ } TkWinColormap; /* @@ -128,27 +129,23 @@ typedef struct { * Win32 raster and BitBlt op modes. */ -extern CONST int tkpWinRopModes[]; -extern CONST int tkpWinBltModes[]; +MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinRopModes[]; +MODULE_SCOPE const int tkpWinBltModes[]; /* - * The following defines are used with TkWinGetBorderPixels to get the - * extra 2 border colors from a Tk_3DBorder. + * The following defines are used with TkWinGetBorderPixels to get the extra 2 + * border colors from a Tk_3DBorder. */ #define TK_3D_LIGHT2 TK_3D_DARK_GC+1 #define TK_3D_DARK2 TK_3D_DARK_GC+2 /* - * Internal procedures used by more than one source file. + * Internal functions used by more than one source file. */ #include "tkIntPlatDecls.h" -/* - * We need to specially add the TkWinChildProc because of the special - * prototype it has (doesn't fit into stubs schema) - */ #ifdef BUILD_tk #undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS #define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLEXPORT @@ -158,26 +155,38 @@ extern CONST int tkpWinBltModes[]; * Special proc needed as tsd accessor function between * tkWinX.c:GenerateXEvent and tkWinClipboard.c:UpdateClipboard */ -EXTERN void TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode); + +EXTERN void TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode); /* * Used by tkWinDialog.c to associate the right icon with tk_messageBox */ -EXTERN HICON TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkw, DWORD iconsize); + +EXTERN HICON TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkw, DWORD iconsize); /* - * Used by tkWinX.c on for certain system display change messages + * Used by tkWinX.c on for certain system display change messages and cleanup + * up containers */ -EXTERN void TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display); + +EXTERN void TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display); +MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinCleanupContainerList(void); + +/* + * Used by tkWinWm.c for embedded menu handling. May become public. + */ + +EXTERN HWND Tk_GetMenuHWND(Tk_Window tkwin); +EXTERN HWND Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND(Tk_Window tkwin); /* - * The following structure keeps track of whether we are using the - * multi-byte or the wide-character interfaces to the operating system. - * System calls should be made through the following function table. + * The following structure keeps track of whether we are using the multi-byte + * or the wide-character interfaces to the operating system. System calls + * should be made through the following function table. * * While some system calls need to use this A/W jump-table, it is not - * necessary for all calls to do it, which is why you won't see this - * used throughout the Tk code, but only in key areas. -- hobbs + * necessary for all calls to do it, which is why you won't see this used + * throughout the Tk code, but only in key areas. -- hobbs */ typedef struct TkWinProcs { @@ -186,7 +195,7 @@ typedef struct TkWinProcs { UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); LRESULT (WINAPI *defWindowProc)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); - ATOM (WINAPI *registerClass)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass); + ATOM (WINAPI *registerClass)(const WNDCLASS *lpWndClass); BOOL (WINAPI *setWindowText)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString); HWND (WINAPI *createWindowEx)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName, LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, @@ -194,6 +203,7 @@ typedef struct TkWinProcs { HINSTANCE hInstance, LPVOID lpParam); BOOL (WINAPI *insertMenu)(HMENU hMenu, UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT uIDNewItem, LPCTSTR lpNewItem); + int (WINAPI *getWindowText)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount); } TkWinProcs; EXTERN TkWinProcs *tkWinProcs; @@ -206,14 +216,76 @@ EXTERN TkWinProcs *tkWinProcs; */ -extern Tcl_Encoding TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); -extern Tcl_Encoding TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); +MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Encoding TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(void); +MODULE_SCOPE Tcl_Encoding TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void); +MODULE_SCOPE void TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr); /* * Values returned by TkWinGetPlatformTheme. */ + #define TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC 1 #define TK_THEME_WIN_XP 2 -#endif /* _TKWININT */ +/* + * The following is implemented in tkWinWm and used by tkWinEmbed.c + */ + +void TkpWinToplevelWithDraw(TkWindow *winPtr); +void TkpWinToplevelIconify(TkWindow *winPtr); +void TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(TkWindow *winPtr); +long TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(TkWindow *winPtr); +long TkpWinToplevelMove(TkWindow *winPtr, int x, int y); +long TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(TkWindow *winPtr, + int reqValue); +void TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow(TkWindow *winPtr); +int TkpWmGetState(TkWindow *winPtr); +/* + * The following functions are not present in old versions of Windows + * API headers but are used in the Tk source to ensure 64bit + * compatability. + */ + +#ifndef GetClassLongPtr +# define GetClassLongPtrA GetClassLongA +# define GetClassLongPtrW GetClassLongW +# define SetClassLongPtrA SetClassLongA +# define SetClassLongPtrW SetClassLongW +# ifdef UNICODE +# define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLongPtrW +# define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLongPtrW +# else +# define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLongPtrA +# define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLongPtrA +# endif /* !UNICODE */ +#endif /* !GetClassLongPtr */ +#ifndef GCLP_HICON +# define GCLP_HICON GCL_HICON +#endif /* !GCLP_HICON */ +#ifndef GCLP_HICONSM +# define GCLP_HICONSM (-34) +#endif /* !GCLP_HICONSM */ + +#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr +# define GetWindowLongPtrA GetWindowLongA +# define GetWindowLongPtrW GetWindowLongW +# define SetWindowLongPtrA SetWindowLongA +# define SetWindowLongPtrW SetWindowLongW +# ifdef UNICODE +# define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW +# define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW +# else +# define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLongPtrW +# define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLongPtrW +# endif /* !UNICODE */ +#endif /* !GetWindowLongPtr */ +#ifndef GWLP_WNDPROC +#define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC +#define GWLP_HINSTANCE GWL_HINSTANCE +#define GWLP_HWNDPARENT GWL_HWNDPARENT +#define GWLP_USERDATA GWL_USERDATA +#define GWLP_ID GWL_ID +#endif /* !GWLP_WNDPROC */ + +#endif /* _TKWININT */ diff --git a/win/tkWinKey.c b/win/tkWinKey.c index 07bdaf6..daf2ecc 100644 --- a/win/tkWinKey.c +++ b/win/tkWinKey.c @@ -6,59 +6,62 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" + /* - * The keymap table holds mappings of Windows keycodes to X keysyms. - * If Windows ever comes along and changes the value of their keycodes, - * this will break all kinds of things. However, this table lookup is much - * faster than the alternative, in which we walked a list of keycodes looking - * for a match. Since this lookup is performed for every Windows keypress - * event, it seems like a worthwhile improvement to use the table. + * The keymap table holds mappings of Windows keycodes to X keysyms. If + * Windows ever comes along and changes the value of their keycodes, this will + * break all kinds of things. However, this table lookup is much faster than + * the alternative, in which we walked a list of keycodes looking for a match. + * Since this lookup is performed for every Windows keypress event, it seems + * like a worthwhile improvement to use the table. */ + #define MAX_KEYCODE 145 /* VK_SCROLL is the last entry in our table below */ + static KeySym keymap[] = { NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Cancel, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause, - XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_space, XK_Prior, XK_Next, - XK_End, XK_Home, XK_Left, XK_Up, XK_Right, - XK_Down, XK_Select, XK_Print, XK_Execute, NoSymbol, - XK_Insert, XK_Delete, XK_Help, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, XK_Win_L, XK_Win_R, XK_App, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3, - XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8, - XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13, - XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18, - XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23, - XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, - NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock, - XK_Scroll_Lock + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Clear, XK_Return, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, XK_Shift_L, XK_Control_L, XK_Alt_L, XK_Pause, + XK_Caps_Lock, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_space, XK_Prior, XK_Next, + XK_End, XK_Home, XK_Left, XK_Up, XK_Right, + XK_Down, XK_Select, XK_Print, XK_Execute, NoSymbol, + XK_Insert, XK_Delete, XK_Help, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, XK_Win_L, XK_Win_R, XK_App, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_F1, XK_F2, XK_F3, + XK_F4, XK_F5, XK_F6, XK_F7, XK_F8, + XK_F9, XK_F10, XK_F11, XK_F12, XK_F13, + XK_F14, XK_F15, XK_F16, XK_F17, XK_F18, + XK_F19, XK_F20, XK_F21, XK_F22, XK_F23, + XK_F24, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, + NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Num_Lock, + XK_Scroll_Lock }; /* - * Prototypes for local procedures defined in this file: + * Prototypes for local functions defined in this file: */ -static KeySym KeycodeToKeysym _ANSI_ARGS_((unsigned int keycode, - int state, int noascii)); +static KeySym KeycodeToKeysym(unsigned int keycode, + int state, int noascii); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -77,58 +80,59 @@ static KeySym KeycodeToKeysym _ANSI_ARGS_((unsigned int keycode, */ char * -TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window where event occurred: needed to - * get input context. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* X keyboard event. */ - Tcl_DString *dsPtr; /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold +TkpGetString( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window where event occurred: needed to get + * input context. */ + XEvent *eventPtr, /* X keyboard event. */ + Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Uninitialized or empty string to hold * result. */ { - KeySym keysym; + XKeyEvent *keyEv = &eventPtr->xkey; Tcl_DStringInit(dsPtr); - if (eventPtr->xkey.send_event == -1) { - if (eventPtr->xkey.nbytes > 0) { + if (keyEv->send_event == -1) { + if (keyEv->nbytes > 0) { Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(), - eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars, eventPtr->xkey.nbytes, dsPtr); - } - } else if (eventPtr->xkey.send_event == -2) { - /* - * Special case for win2000 multi-lingal IME input. - * xkey.trans_chars[] already contains a UNICODE char. - */ - - int unichar; - char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX]; - int len; - - unichar = (eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars[1] & 0xff); - unichar <<= 8; - unichar |= (eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars[0] & 0xff); - - len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) unichar, buf); - - Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len); - } else if (eventPtr->xkey.send_event == -3) { + keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes, dsPtr); + } + } else if (keyEv->send_event == -2) { /* - * Special case for WM_UNICHAR. - * xkey.trans_chars[] already contains a UTF-8 char. + * Special case for win2000 multi-lingal IME input. xkey.trans_chars[] + * already contains a UNICODE char. */ - Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars, - eventPtr->xkey.nbytes); - } else { + + int unichar; + char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX]; + int len; + + unichar = keyEv->trans_chars[1] & 0xff; + unichar <<= 8; + unichar |= keyEv->trans_chars[0] & 0xff; + + len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) unichar, buf); + + Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len); + } else if (keyEv->send_event == -3) { + /* + * Special case for WM_UNICHAR. xkey.trans_chars[] already contains a + * UTF-8 char. + */ + + Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, keyEv->trans_chars, keyEv->nbytes); + } else { /* - * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no - * nchars or trans_chars members. + * This is an event generated from generic code. It has no nchars or + * trans_chars members. */ - keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, - eventPtr->xkey.state, 0); + KeySym keysym = KeycodeToKeysym(keyEv->keycode, keyEv->state, 0); + if (((keysym != NoSymbol) && (keysym > 0) && (keysym < 256)) - || (keysym == XK_Return) - || (keysym == XK_Tab)) { + || (keysym == XK_Return) || (keysym == XK_Tab)) { char buf[TCL_UTF_MAX]; - int len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf); + int len; + + len = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((Tcl_UniChar) (keysym & 255), buf); Tcl_DStringAppend(dsPtr, buf, len); } } @@ -140,8 +144,8 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) * * XKeycodeToKeysym -- * - * Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a - * system-independent keysym. + * Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a system-independent + * keysym. * * Results: * Returns the translated keysym, or NoSymbol on failure. @@ -153,10 +157,10 @@ TkpGetString(winPtr, eventPtr, dsPtr) */ KeySym -XKeycodeToKeysym(display, keycode, index) - Display* display; - unsigned int keycode; - int index; +XKeycodeToKeysym( + Display *display, + unsigned int keycode, + int index) { int state = 0; @@ -165,32 +169,30 @@ XKeycodeToKeysym(display, keycode, index) } return KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, 0); } - - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * KeycodeToKeysym -- * - * Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a - * system-independent keysym. + * Translate from a system-dependent keycode to a system-independent + * keysym. * * Results: * Returns the translated keysym, or NoSymbol on failure. * * Side effects: - * It may affect the internal state of the keyboard, such as - * remembered dead key or lock indicator lamps. + * It may affect the internal state of the keyboard, such as remembered + * dead key or lock indicator lamps. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static KeySym -KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, noascii) - unsigned int keycode; - int state; - int noascii; +KeycodeToKeysym( + unsigned int keycode, + int state, + int noascii) { BYTE keys[256]; int result, deadkey, shift; @@ -198,115 +200,123 @@ KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, noascii) unsigned int scancode = MapVirtualKey(keycode, 0); /* - * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToAscii(). - * One of ToAscii()'s side effects is to handle the lights - * on the keyboard, and we don't want to mess that up. + * Do not run keycodes of lock keys through ToAscii(). One of ToAscii()'s + * side effects is to handle the lights on the keyboard, and we don't want + * to mess that up. */ if (noascii || keycode == VK_CAPITAL || keycode == VK_SCROLL || - keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) - goto skipToAscii; + keycode == VK_NUMLOCK) { + goto skipToAscii; + } /* * Use MapVirtualKey() to detect some dead keys. */ - if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) - return XK_Multi_key; + if (MapVirtualKey(keycode, 2) > 0x7fffUL) { + return XK_Multi_key; + } /* * Set up a keyboard with correct modifiers */ memset(keys, 0, 256); - if (state & ShiftMask) - keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80; - if (state & ControlMask) + if (state & ShiftMask) { + keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80; + } + if (state & ControlMask) { keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80; - if (state & Mod2Mask) + } + if (state & Mod2Mask) { keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80; + } /* * Make sure all lock button info is correct so we don't mess up the - * lights + * lights. */ - if (state & LockMask) + if (state & LockMask) { keys[VK_CAPITAL] = 1; - if (state & Mod3Mask) + } + if (state & Mod3Mask) { keys[VK_SCROLL] = 1; - if (state & Mod1Mask) + } + if (state & Mod1Mask) { keys[VK_NUMLOCK] = 1; + } result = ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0); if (result < 0) { - /* - * Win95/98: - * This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the keyboard. - * Call ToAscii() again to forget it. - * WinNT: - * This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered - * key. Calling ToAscii() again does not affect anything. - */ - - ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0); - return XK_Multi_key; + /* + * Win95/98: This was a dead char, which is now remembered by the + * keyboard. Call ToAscii() again to forget it. + * WinNT: This was a dead char, overwriting any previously remembered + * key. Calling ToAscii() again does not affect anything. + */ + + ToAscii(keycode, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0); + return XK_Multi_key; } - if (result == 2) { - /* - * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered - * by the keyboard. - * Call ToAscii() again with proper parameters to restore it. - */ - /* + if (result == 2) { + /* + * This was a dead char, and there were one previously remembered by + * the keyboard. Call ToAscii() again with proper parameters to + * restore it. + * * Get information about the old char */ - deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]); - shift = deadkey >> 8; - deadkey &= 255; - scancode = MapVirtualKey(deadkey, 0); + deadkey = VkKeyScan(buf[0]); + shift = deadkey >> 8; + deadkey &= 255; + scancode = MapVirtualKey(deadkey, 0); - /* + /* * Set up a keyboard with proper modifier keys */ - memset(keys, 0, 256); - if (shift & 1) - keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80; - if (shift & 2) - keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80; - if (shift & 4) - keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80; - ToAscii(deadkey, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0); - return XK_Multi_key; + memset(keys, 0, 256); + if (shift & 1) { + keys[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80; + } + if (shift & 2) { + keys[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80; + } + if (shift & 4) { + keys[VK_MENU] = 0x80; + } + ToAscii(deadkey, scancode, keys, (LPWORD) buf, 0); + return XK_Multi_key; } /* - * Keycode mapped to a valid Latin-1 character. Since the keysyms - * for alphanumeric characters map onto Latin-1, we just return it. + * Keycode mapped to a valid Latin-1 character. Since the keysyms for + * alphanumeric characters map onto Latin-1, we just return it. * - * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. - * In versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" - * as the X Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not - * initialize the keys array properly when we passed it to ToAscii, above. - * We had previously not been setting the state bit for the Control key. - * When we fixed that, we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is - * interpreted as ASCII-127 (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key. + * We treat 0x7F as a special case mostly for backwards compatibility. In + * versions of Tk<=8.2, Control-Backspace returned "XK_BackSpace" as the X + * Keysym. This was due to the fact that we did not initialize the keys + * array properly when we passed it to ToAscii, above. We had previously + * not been setting the state bit for the Control key. When we fixed that, + * we found that Control-Backspace on Windows is interpreted as ASCII-127 + * (0x7F), which corresponds to the Delete key. * - * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete - * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be + * Upon discovering this, we realized we had two choices: return XK_Delete + * or return XK_BackSpace. If we returned XK_Delete, that could be * considered "more correct" (although the correctness would be dependant * on whether you believe that ToAscii is doing the right thing in that - * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, - * it would limit application programmers -- they would effectively be - * unable to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose - * instead to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code - * "fall-through" to the return statement below, which works because the - * keycode for this event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that - * keycode to XK_BackSpace). + * case); however, this would break backwards compatibility, and worse, it + * would limit application programmers; they would effectively be unable + * to bind to <Control-Backspace> on Windows. We therefore chose instead + * to return XK_BackSpace (handled here by letting the code "fall-through" + * to the return statement below, which works because the keycode for this + * event is VK_BACKSPACE, and the keymap table maps that keycode to + * XK_BackSpace). */ if (result == 1 && UCHAR(buf[0]) >= 0x20 && UCHAR(buf[0]) != 0x7F) { @@ -317,69 +327,64 @@ KeycodeToKeysym(keycode, state, noascii) * Keycode is a non-alphanumeric key, so we have to do the lookup. */ - skipToAscii: - if (keycode < 0 || keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) { + skipToAscii: + if (keycode > MAX_KEYCODE) { return NoSymbol; } switch (keycode) { /* - * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL - * code (for example) when either Control key is pressed. - * To distinguish between left and right, we have to query the - * state of one of the two to determine which was actually - * pressed. So if the keycode indicates Control, Shift, or Menu - * (the key that everybody else calls Alt), do this extra test. - * If the right-side key was pressed, return the appropriate - * keycode. Otherwise, we fall through and rely on the + * Windows only gives us an undifferentiated VK_CONTROL code (for + * example) when either Control key is pressed. To distinguish between + * left and right, we have to query the state of one of the two to + * determine which was actually pressed. So if the keycode indicates + * Control, Shift, or Menu (the key that everybody else calls Alt), do + * this extra test. If the right-side key was pressed, return the + * appropriate keycode. Otherwise, we fall through and rely on the * keymap table to hold the correct keysym value. */ - case VK_CONTROL: { - if (GetKeyState(VK_RCONTROL) & 0x80) { - return XK_Control_R; - } - break; + + case VK_CONTROL: + if (GetKeyState(VK_RCONTROL) & 0x80) { + return XK_Control_R; } - case VK_SHIFT: { - if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) { - return XK_Shift_R; - } - break; + break; + case VK_SHIFT: + if (GetKeyState(VK_RSHIFT) & 0x80) { + return XK_Shift_R; } - case VK_MENU: { - if (GetKeyState(VK_RMENU) & 0x80) { - return XK_Alt_R; - } - break; + break; + case VK_MENU: + if (GetKeyState(VK_RMENU) & 0x80) { + return XK_Alt_R; } + break; } return keymap[keycode]; } - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetKeySym -- * - * Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the - * keycode in the event into a KeySym. + * Given an X KeyPress or KeyRelease event, map the keycode in the event + * into a KeySym. * * Results: - * The return value is the KeySym corresponding to - * eventPtr, or NoSymbol if no matching Keysym could be - * found. + * The return value is the KeySym corresponding to eventPtr, or NoSymbol + * if no matching Keysym could be found. * * Side effects: - * In the first call for a given display, keycode-to- - * KeySym maps get loaded. + * In the first call for a given display, keycode-to-KeySym maps get + * loaded. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ KeySym -TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display in which to map keycode. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Description of X event. */ +TkpGetKeySym( + TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display in which to map keycode. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Description of X event. */ { KeySym sym; int state = eventPtr->xkey.state; @@ -395,17 +400,17 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0); /* - * Special handling: if this is a ctrl-alt or shifted key, and there - * is no keysym defined, try without the modifiers. + * Special handling: if this is a ctrl-alt or shifted key, and there is no + * keysym defined, try without the modifiers. */ if ((sym == NoSymbol) && ((state & ControlMask) || (state & Mod2Mask))) { - state &= ~(ControlMask | Mod2Mask); - sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0); + state &= ~(ControlMask | Mod2Mask); + sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0); } if ((sym == NoSymbol) && (state & ShiftMask)) { - state &= ~ShiftMask; - sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0); + state &= ~ShiftMask; + sym = KeycodeToKeysym(eventPtr->xkey.keycode, state, 0); } return sym; } @@ -415,10 +420,9 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) * * TkpInitKeymapInfo -- * - * This procedure is invoked to scan keymap information - * to recompute stuff that's important for binding, such - * as the modifier key (if any) that corresponds to "mode - * switch". + * This function is invoked to scan keymap information to recompute stuff + * that's important for binding, such as the modifier key (if any) that + * corresponds to "mode switch". * * Results: * None. @@ -430,8 +434,8 @@ TkpGetKeySym(dispPtr, eventPtr) */ void -TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display for which to recompute keymap +TkpInitKeymapInfo( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display for which to recompute keymap * information. */ { XModifierKeymap *modMapPtr; @@ -444,9 +448,9 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) modMapPtr = XGetModifierMapping(dispPtr->display); /* - * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If - * any of them is associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, - * then Lock has to be interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock. + * Check the keycodes associated with the Lock modifier. If any of them is + * associated with the XK_Shift_Lock modifier, then Lock has to be + * interpreted as Shift Lock, not Caps Lock. */ dispPtr->lockUsage = LU_IGNORE; @@ -467,9 +471,9 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) } /* - * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if - * the the "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated - * with any modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits. + * Look through the keycodes associated with modifiers to see if the the + * "mode switch", "meta", or "alt" keysyms are associated with any + * modifiers. If so, remember their modifier mask bits. */ dispPtr->modeModMask = 0; @@ -522,13 +526,13 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) KeyCode *new; /* - * Ran out of space in the array; grow it. + * Ran out of space in the array; grow it. */ arraySize *= 2; new = (KeyCode *) ckalloc((unsigned) (arraySize * sizeof(KeyCode))); - memcpy((VOID *) new, (VOID *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes, + memcpy((void *) new, (void *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes, (dispPtr->numModKeyCodes * sizeof(KeyCode))); ckfree((char *) dispPtr->modKeyCodes); dispPtr->modKeyCodes = new; @@ -541,18 +545,16 @@ TkpInitKeymapInfo(dispPtr) } /* - * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need - * information about the modifier state that should be used - * so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym taking into - * account the xkey.state, they will get back the original - * keysym. + * When mapping from a keysym to a keycode, need information about the + * modifier state that should be used so that when they call XKeycodeToKeysym + * taking into account the xkey.state, they will get back the original keysym. */ void -TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keySym, eventPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; - KeySym keySym; - XEvent *eventPtr; +TkpSetKeycodeAndState( + Tk_Window tkwin, + KeySym keySym, + XEvent *eventPtr) { int i; SHORT result; @@ -560,32 +562,32 @@ TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keySym, eventPtr) eventPtr->xkey.keycode = 0; if (keySym == NoSymbol) { - return; + return; } /* - * We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, - * as VkKeyScan will return values that don't map to X - * for the "extended" Syms. This may be due to just casting - * problems below, but this works. + * We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will + * return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be + * due to just casting problems below, but this works. */ + for (i = 0; i <= MAX_KEYCODE; i++) { if (keymap[i] == keySym) { - eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i; - return; + eventPtr->xkey.keycode = i; + return; } } if (keySym >= 0x20) { result = VkKeyScan((char) keySym); if (result != -1) { - shift = result >> 8; - if (shift & 1) - eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask; - if (shift & 2) - eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask; - if (shift & 4) - eventPtr->xkey.state |= Mod2Mask; - eventPtr->xkey.keycode = (KeyCode) (result & 0xff); + shift = result >> 8; + if (shift & 1) + eventPtr->xkey.state |= ShiftMask; + if (shift & 2) + eventPtr->xkey.state |= ControlMask; + if (shift & 4) + eventPtr->xkey.state |= Mod2Mask; + eventPtr->xkey.keycode = (KeyCode) (result & 0xff); } } } @@ -607,19 +609,19 @@ TkpSetKeycodeAndState(tkwin, keySym, eventPtr) */ KeyCode -XKeysymToKeycode(display, keysym) - Display* display; - KeySym keysym; +XKeysymToKeycode( + Display *display, + KeySym keysym) { int i; SHORT result; /* - * We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, - * as VkKeyScan will return values that don't map to X - * for the "extended" Syms. This may be due to just casting - * problems below, but this works. + * We check our private map first for a virtual keycode, as VkKeyScan will + * return values that don't map to X for the "extended" Syms. This may be + * due to just casting problems below, but this works. */ + if (keysym == NoSymbol) { return 0; } @@ -655,10 +657,11 @@ XKeysymToKeycode(display, keysym) */ XModifierKeymap * -XGetModifierMapping(display) - Display* display; +XGetModifierMapping( + Display *display) { - XModifierKeymap *map = (XModifierKeymap *)ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap)); + XModifierKeymap *map = (XModifierKeymap *) + ckalloc(sizeof(XModifierKeymap)); map->max_keypermod = 1; map->modifiermap = (KeyCode *) ckalloc(sizeof(KeyCode)*8); @@ -678,8 +681,7 @@ XGetModifierMapping(display) * * XFreeModifiermap -- * - * Deallocate a modifier map that was created by - * XGetModifierMapping. + * Deallocate a modifier map that was created by XGetModifierMapping. * * Results: * None. @@ -691,8 +693,8 @@ XGetModifierMapping(display) */ int -XFreeModifiermap(modmap) - XModifierKeymap* modmap; +XFreeModifiermap( + XModifierKeymap *modmap) { ckfree((char *) modmap->modifiermap); ckfree((char *) modmap); @@ -707,8 +709,8 @@ XFreeModifiermap(modmap) * Translate a keysym name to the matching keysym. * * Results: - * Returns the keysym. Since this is already handled by - * Tk's StringToKeysym function, we just return NoSymbol. + * Returns the keysym. Since this is already handled by Tk's + * StringToKeysym function, we just return NoSymbol. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -717,8 +719,8 @@ XFreeModifiermap(modmap) */ KeySym -XStringToKeysym(string) - _Xconst char *string; +XStringToKeysym( + _Xconst char *string) { return NoSymbol; } @@ -740,8 +742,16 @@ XStringToKeysym(string) */ char * -XKeysymToString(keysym) - KeySym keysym; +XKeysymToString( + KeySym keysym) { return NULL; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinMenu.c b/win/tkWinMenu.c index b992b04..cb40c50 100644 --- a/win/tkWinMenu.c +++ b/win/tkWinMenu.c @@ -1,15 +1,18 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinMenu.c -- * - * This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of menus. + * This module implements the Windows platform-specific features of + * menus. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1998 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ +#define WINVER 0x0500 /* Requires Windows 2K definitions */ +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0500 #define OEMRESOURCE #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkMenu.h" @@ -20,59 +23,88 @@ * The class of the window for popup menus. */ -#define MENU_CLASS_NAME "MenuWindowClass" +#define MENU_CLASS_NAME "MenuWindowClass" +#define EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME "EmbeddedMenuWindowClass" /* * Used to align a windows bitmap inside a rectangle */ -#define ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT 0x00000001 -#define ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT 0x00000002 -#define ALIGN_BITMAP_TOP 0x00000004 -#define ALIGN_BITMAP_BOTTOM 0x00000008 +#define ALIGN_BITMAP_LEFT 0x00000001 +#define ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT 0x00000002 +#define ALIGN_BITMAP_TOP 0x00000004 +#define ALIGN_BITMAP_BOTTOM 0x00000008 -#ifndef TPM_NOANIMATION -#define TPM_NOANIMATION 0x4000L -#endif /* * Platform-specific menu flags: * - * MENU_SYSTEM_MENU Non-zero means that the Windows menu handle - * was retrieved with GetSystemMenu and needs - * to be disposed of specially. + * MENU_SYSTEM_MENU Non-zero means that the Windows menu handle was + * retrieved with GetSystemMenu and needs to be disposed + * of specially. * MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING - * Non-zero means that an idle handler has - * been set up to reconfigure the Windows menu - * handle for this menu. + * Non-zero means that an idle handler has been set up to + * reconfigure the Windows menu handle for this menu. */ -#define MENU_SYSTEM_MENU MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG1 -#define MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG2 +#define MENU_SYSTEM_MENU MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG1 +#define MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING MENU_PLATFORM_FLAG2 + +/* + * ODS_NOACCEL flag forbids drawing accelerator cues (i.e. underlining labels) + * on Windows 2000 and above. The ODS_NOACCEL define is missing from mingw32 + * headers and undefined for _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500 in Microsoft SDK. We might + * check for _WIN32_WINNT here, but I think it's not needed, as checking for + * this flag does no harm on even on NT: reserved bits should be zero, and in + * fact they are. + */ + +#ifndef ODS_NOACCEL +#define ODS_NOACCEL 0x100 +#endif +#ifndef SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES +#define SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES 0x100A +#endif +#ifndef WM_UPDATEUISTATE +#define WM_UPDATEUISTATE 0x0128 +#endif +#ifndef UIS_SET +#define UIS_SET 1 +#endif +#ifndef UIS_CLEAR +#define UIS_CLEAR 2 +#endif +#ifndef UISF_HIDEACCEL +#define UISF_HIDEACCEL 2 +#endif #ifndef WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP #define WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP 0x0125 #endif static int indicatorDimensions[2]; - /* The dimensions of the indicator space - * in a menu entry. Calculated at init - * time to save time. */ + /* The dimensions of the indicator space in a + * menu entry. Calculated at init time to save + * time. */ + +static BOOL showMenuAccelerators; typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { int inPostMenu; /* We cannot be re-entrant like X Windows. */ - WORD lastCommandID; /* The last command ID we allocated. */ + WORD lastCommandID; /* The last command ID we allocated. */ HWND menuHWND; /* A window to service popup-menu messages * in. */ - int oldServiceMode; /* Used while processing a menu; we need - * to set the event mode specially when we - * enter the menu processing modal loop - * and reset it when menus go away. */ + HWND embeddedMenuHWND; /* A window to service embedded menu + * messages */ + int oldServiceMode; /* Used while processing a menu; we need to + * set the event mode specially when we enter + * the menu processing modal loop and reset it + * when menus go away. */ TkMenu *modalMenuPtr; /* The menu we are processing inside the modal - * loop. We need this to reset all of the + * loop. We need this to reset all of the * active items when menus go away since - * Windows does not see fit to give this - * to us when it sends its WM_MENUSELECT. */ + * Windows does not see fit to give this to us + * when it sends its WM_MENUSELECT. */ Tcl_HashTable commandTable; /* A map of command ids to menu entries */ Tcl_HashTable winMenuTable; /* Need this to map HMENUs back to menuPtrs */ } ThreadSpecificData; @@ -87,90 +119,78 @@ static Tcl_DString menuFontDString; /* A buffer to store the default menu font * string. */ /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ -static void DrawMenuEntryAccelerator _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y, - int width, int height)); -static void DrawMenuEntryArrow _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Drawable d, GC gc, +static void DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr, + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y, - int width, int height, int drawArrow)); -static void DrawMenuEntryBackground _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, int x, int y, - int width, int heigth)); -static void DrawMenuEntryIndicator _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Drawable d, GC gc, GC indicatorGC, - Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, - int width, int height)); -static void DrawMenuEntryLabel _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu * menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, - GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, - int width, int height)); -static void DrawMenuSeparator _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int x, int y, int width, int height)); -static void DrawTearoffEntry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int x, int y, int width, int height)); -static void DrawMenuUnderline _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, + int width, int height); +static void DrawMenuEntryArrow(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, + Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, + int x,int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow); +static void DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr, + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, + Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, + int x, int y, int width, int heigth); +static void DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, - int y, int width, int height)); -static void DrawWindowsSystemBitmap _ANSI_ARGS_(( - Display *display, Drawable drawable, - GC gc, CONST RECT *rectPtr, int bitmapID, - int alignFlags)); -static void FreeID _ANSI_ARGS_((WORD commandID)); -static TCHAR * GetEntryText _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr)); -static void GetMenuAccelGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, + GC indicatorGC, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, + int width, int height); +static void DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, + Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, + int width, int height, int underline); +static void DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, + Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + int x, int y, int width, int height); +static void DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, + Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, + int width, int height); +static void DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, + Drawable d, GC gc, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, + int width, int height); +static void DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(Display *display, + Drawable drawable, GC gc, const RECT *rectPtr, + int bitmapID, int alignFlags); +static void FreeID(WORD commandID); +static TCHAR * GetEntryText(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); +static void GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, - int *heightPtr)); -static void GetMenuLabelGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)); -static void GetMenuIndicatorGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)); -static void GetMenuSeparatorGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, - int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr)); -static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, + int *heightPtr); +static void GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); +static void GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, - int *heightPtr)); -static int GetNewID _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - WORD *menuIDPtr)); -static int MenuKeyBindProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, XEvent *eventPtr, - Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym)); -static void MenuSelectEvent _ANSI_ARGS_((TkMenu *menuPtr)); -static void ReconfigureWindowsMenu _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData)); -static void RecursivelyClearActiveMenu _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkMenu *menuPtr)); -static void SetDefaults _ANSI_ARGS_((int firstTime)); -static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinMenuProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, - UINT message, WPARAM wParam, - LPARAM lParam)); - - + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); +static void GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); +static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, + int *heightPtr); +static int GetNewID(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, WORD *menuIDPtr); +static int TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static void MenuSelectEvent(TkMenu *menuPtr); +static void ReconfigureWindowsMenu(ClientData clientData); +static void RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); +static void SetDefaults(int firstTime); +static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam); +static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -180,22 +200,22 @@ static LRESULT CALLBACK TkWinMenuProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, * Allocates a new menu id and marks it in use. * * Results: - * Returns TCL_OK if succesful; TCL_ERROR if there are no more - * ids of the appropriate type to allocate. menuIDPtr contains - * the new id if succesful. + * Returns TCL_OK if succesful; TCL_ERROR if there are no more ids of the + * appropriate type to allocate. menuIDPtr contains the new id if + * succesful. * * Side effects: - * An entry is created for the menu in the command hash table, - * and the hash entry is stored in the appropriate field in the - * menu data structure. + * An entry is created for the menu in the command hash table, and the + * hash entry is stored in the appropriate field in the menu data + * structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int -GetNewID(mePtr, menuIDPtr) - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The menu we are working with */ - WORD *menuIDPtr; /* The resulting id */ +GetNewID( + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The menu we are working with. */ + WORD *menuIDPtr) /* The resulting id. */ { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); @@ -219,7 +239,7 @@ GetNewID(mePtr, menuIDPtr) } commandEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable, - (char *) curID, &new); + INT2PTR(curID), &new); if (new) { Tcl_SetHashValue(commandEntryPtr, (char *) mePtr); *menuIDPtr = curID; @@ -246,11 +266,11 @@ GetNewID(mePtr, menuIDPtr) */ static void -FreeID(commandID) - WORD commandID; +FreeID( + WORD commandID) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* * If the menuHWND is NULL, this table has been finalized already. @@ -258,7 +278,7 @@ FreeID(commandID) if (tsdPtr->menuHWND != NULL) { Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable, - (char *) commandID); + ((char *) NULL) + commandID); if (entryPtr != NULL) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(entryPtr); } @@ -284,15 +304,15 @@ FreeID(commandID) */ int -TkpNewMenu(menuPtr) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The common structure we are making the - * platform structure for. */ +TkpNewMenu( + TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The common structure we are making the + * platform structure for. */ { HMENU winMenuHdl; Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; int newEntry; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); winMenuHdl = CreatePopupMenu(); @@ -303,8 +323,8 @@ TkpNewMenu(menuPtr) } /* - * We hash all of the HMENU's so that we can get their menu ptrs - * back when dispatch messages. + * We hash all of the HMENU's so that we can get their menu ptrs back when + * dispatch messages. */ hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, @@ -332,18 +352,18 @@ TkpNewMenu(menuPtr) */ void -TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The common menu structure */ +TkpDestroyMenu( + TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The common menu structure */ { HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData; char *searchName; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) { Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr); } - + if (winMenuHdl == NULL) { return; } @@ -351,7 +371,7 @@ TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr) if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) { TkMenuEntry *searchEntryPtr; Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(menuPtr->interp); - char *menuName = Tcl_GetHashKey(tablePtr, + char *menuName = Tcl_GetHashKey(tablePtr, menuPtr->menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr); /* @@ -361,16 +381,16 @@ TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr) */ for (searchEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; - searchEntryPtr != NULL; - searchEntryPtr = searchEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { - searchName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(searchEntryPtr->namePtr, NULL); + searchEntryPtr != NULL; + searchEntryPtr = searchEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { + searchName = Tcl_GetString(searchEntryPtr->namePtr); if (strcmp(searchName, menuName) == 0) { Tk_Window parentTopLevelPtr = searchEntryPtr - ->menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr; + ->menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr; if (parentTopLevelPtr != NULL) { - GetSystemMenu(TkWinGetWrapperWindow(parentTopLevelPtr), - TRUE); + GetSystemMenu( + TkWinGetWrapperWindow(parentTopLevelPtr), TRUE); } break; } @@ -414,19 +434,19 @@ TkpDestroyMenu(menuPtr) */ void -TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr) - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry to destroy */ +TkpDestroyMenuEntry( + TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* The entry to destroy */ { TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData; if (NULL != winMenuHdl) { - if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) { + if (!(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) { menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr); } } - FreeID((WORD) mePtr->platformEntryData); + FreeID((WORD) PTR2INT(mePtr->platformEntryData)); mePtr->platformEntryData = NULL; } @@ -436,9 +456,9 @@ TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr) * GetEntryText -- * * Given a menu entry, gives back the text that should go in it. - * Separators should be done by the caller, as they have to be - * handled specially. Allocates the memory with alloc. The caller - * should free the memory. + * Separators should be done by the caller, as they have to be handled + * specially. Allocates the memory with alloc. The caller should free the + * memory. * * Results: * itemText points to the new text for the item. @@ -450,8 +470,8 @@ TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr) */ static char * -GetEntryText(mePtr) - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* A pointer to the menu entry. */ +GetEntryText( + TkMenuEntry *mePtr) /* A pointer to the menu entry. */ { char *itemText; @@ -469,18 +489,17 @@ GetEntryText(mePtr) strcpy(itemText, "( )"); } else { int i; - char *label = (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) ? "" - : Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL); - char *accel = (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) ? "" - : Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, NULL); - CONST char *p, *next; + char *label = (mePtr->labelPtr == NULL) ? "" + : Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); + char *accel = (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) ? "" + : Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); + const char *p, *next; Tcl_DString itemString; /* - * We have to construct the string with an ampersand - * preceeding the underline character, and a tab seperating - * the text and the accel text. We have to be careful with - * ampersands in the string. + * We have to construct the string with an ampersand preceeding the + * underline character, and a tab seperating the text and the accel + * text. We have to be careful with ampersands in the string. */ Tcl_DStringInit(&itemString); @@ -495,7 +514,7 @@ GetEntryText(mePtr) next = Tcl_UtfNext(p); Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, p, (int) (next - p)); } - if (mePtr->accelLength > 0) { + if (mePtr->accelLength > 0) { Tcl_DStringAppend(&itemString, "\t", 1); for (p = accel, i = 0; *p != '\0'; i++, p = next) { if (*p == '&') { @@ -506,7 +525,7 @@ GetEntryText(mePtr) } } - itemText = ckalloc(Tcl_DStringLength(&itemString) + 1); + itemText = ckalloc((unsigned)Tcl_DStringLength(&itemString) + 1); strcpy(itemText, Tcl_DStringValue(&itemString)); Tcl_DStringFree(&itemString); } @@ -524,15 +543,15 @@ GetEntryText(mePtr) * None. * * Side effects: - * Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources - * get freed, if any need it. + * Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources get freed, + * if any need it. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ReconfigureWindowsMenu( - ClientData clientData) /* The menu we are rebuilding */ + ClientData clientData) /* The menu we are rebuilding */ { TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; TkMenuEntry *mePtr; @@ -542,9 +561,8 @@ ReconfigureWindowsMenu( UINT flags; UINT itemID; int i, count, systemMenu = 0, base; - int width = 0, height = 0; Tcl_DString translatedText; - + if (NULL == winMenuHdl) { return; } @@ -552,15 +570,8 @@ ReconfigureWindowsMenu( /* * Reconstruct the entire menu. Takes care of nasty system menu and index * problem. - * */ - if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) - && (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)) { - width = Tk_Width(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr); - height = Tk_Height(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr); - } - base = (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU) ? 7 : 0; count = GetMenuItemCount(winMenuHdl); for (i = base; i < count; i++) { @@ -593,82 +604,83 @@ ReconfigureWindowsMenu( /* * Set enabling and disabling correctly. */ - + if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { flags |= MF_DISABLED | MF_GRAYED; } - + /* * Set the check mark for check entries and radio entries. */ - + if (((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) || (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) { flags |= MF_CHECKED; } - + /* - * Set the SEPARATOR bit for separator entries. This bit is not - * used by our internal drawing functions, but it is used by the - * system when drawing the system menu (we do not draw the system menu - * ourselves). If this bit is not set, separator entries on the system + * Set the SEPARATOR bit for separator entries. This bit is not used + * by our internal drawing functions, but it is used by the system + * when drawing the system menu (we do not draw the system menu + * ourselves). If this bit is not set, separator entries on the system * menu will not be drawn correctly. */ if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) { flags |= MF_SEPARATOR; } - + if (mePtr->columnBreak) { flags |= MF_MENUBREAK; } - - itemID = (UINT) mePtr->platformEntryData; + + itemID = PTR2INT(mePtr->platformEntryData); if ((mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) && (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr != NULL) && (mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { HMENU childMenuHdl = (HMENU) mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr ->platformData; if (childMenuHdl != NULL) { - /* - * Win32 draws the popup arrow in the wrong color - * for a disabled cascade menu, so do it by hand. - * Given it is disabled, there's no need for it to - * be connected to its child. + /* + * Win32 draws the popup arrow in the wrong color for a + * disabled cascade menu, so do it by hand. Given it is + * disabled, there's no need for it to be connected to its + * child. */ + if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) { flags |= MF_POPUP; /* - * If the MF_POPUP flag is set, then the id - * is interpreted as the handle of a submenu. + * If the MF_POPUP flag is set, then the id is interpreted + * as the handle of a submenu. */ - itemID = (UINT) childMenuHdl; - } + itemID = PTR2INT(childMenuHdl); + } } - if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) + if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && !(mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_SYSTEM_MENU)) { Tcl_DString ds; TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; TkMenu *systemMenuPtr = mePtr->childMenuRefPtr->menuPtr; - + Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->masterMenuPtr->tkwin), -1); Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, ".system", 7); - + menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - - if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) + + if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL) && (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL) && (systemMenuPtr->masterMenuPtr == menuRefPtr->menuPtr)) { - HMENU systemMenuHdl = + HMENU systemMenuHdl = (HMENU) systemMenuPtr->platformData; HWND wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr ->parentTopLevelPtr); @@ -676,12 +688,12 @@ ReconfigureWindowsMenu( DestroyMenu(systemMenuHdl); systemMenuHdl = GetSystemMenu(wrapper, FALSE); systemMenuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_SYSTEM_MENU; - systemMenuPtr->platformData = - (TkMenuPlatformData) systemMenuHdl; - if (!(systemMenuPtr->menuFlags + systemMenuPtr->platformData = + (TkMenuPlatformData) systemMenuHdl; + if (!(systemMenuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) { - systemMenuPtr->menuFlags - |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING; + systemMenuPtr->menuFlags + |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) systemMenuPtr); } @@ -705,12 +717,15 @@ ReconfigureWindowsMenu( } - if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) + if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && (menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr != NULL)) { - DrawMenuBar(TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr)); - Tk_GeometryRequest(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr, width, height); + HANDLE bar; + bar = TkWinGetWrapperWindow(menuPtr->parentTopLevelPtr); + if (bar) { + DrawMenuBar(bar); + } } - + menuPtr->menuFlags &= ~(MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING); } @@ -731,21 +746,19 @@ ReconfigureWindowsMenu( */ int -TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y) - Tcl_Interp *interp; - TkMenu *menuPtr; - int x; - int y; +TkpPostMenu( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + TkMenu *menuPtr, + int x, int y) { HMENU winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData; - int i, result, flags; + int result, flags; RECT noGoawayRect; POINT point; Tk_Window parentWindow = Tk_Parent(menuPtr->tkwin); int oldServiceMode = Tcl_GetServiceMode(); - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); tsdPtr->inPostMenu++; @@ -806,19 +819,7 @@ TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y) } } - /* - * Disable menu animation if an image is present, as clipping isn't - * handled correctly with temp DCs. [Bug 1329198] - */ - for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { - mePtr = menuPtr->entries[i]; - if (mePtr->image != NULL) { - flags |= TPM_NOANIMATION; - break; - } - } - - TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0, + TrackPopupMenu(winMenuHdl, flags, x, y, 0, tsdPtr->menuHWND, &noGoawayRect); Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldServiceMode); @@ -850,8 +851,8 @@ TkpPostMenu(interp, menuPtr, x, y) */ int -TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; +TkpMenuNewEntry( + TkMenuEntry *mePtr) { WORD commandID; TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; @@ -864,8 +865,8 @@ TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING; Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr); } - - mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) commandID; + + mePtr->platformEntryData = (TkMenuPlatformEntryData) INT2PTR(commandID); return TCL_OK; } @@ -889,11 +890,11 @@ TkpMenuNewEntry(mePtr) */ static LRESULT CALLBACK -TkWinMenuProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +TkWinMenuProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { LRESULT lResult; @@ -906,321 +907,420 @@ TkWinMenuProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * UpdateEmbeddedMenu -- + * + * This function is used as work-around for updating the pull-down window + * of an embedded menu which may show as a blank popup window. + * + * Results: + * Invalidate the client area of the embedded pull-down menu and + * redraw it. + * + * Side effects: + * Redraw the embedded menu window. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void +UpdateEmbeddedMenu( + ClientData clientData) +{ + RECT rc; + HWND hMenuWnd = (HWND)clientData; + GetClientRect(hMenuWnd, &rc); + InvalidateRect(hMenuWnd, &rc, FALSE); + UpdateWindow(hMenuWnd); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc -- + * + * This window proc is for the embedded menu windows. It provides + * message services to an embedded menu in a different process. + * + * Results: + * Returns 1 if the message has been handled or 0 otherwise. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static LRESULT CALLBACK +TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) +{ + static int nIdles = 0; + LRESULT lResult = 1; + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + + switch(message) { + case WM_ENTERIDLE: + if ((wParam == MSGF_MENU) && (nIdles < 1) + && (hwnd == tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND)) { + Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(200, UpdateEmbeddedMenu, + (ClientData) lParam); + nIdles++; + } + break; + + case WM_INITMENUPOPUP: + nIdles = 0; + break; + + case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: + if (wParam == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS + || wParam == SPI_SETKEYBOARDCUES) { + SetDefaults(0); + } + break; + + case WM_INITMENU: + case WM_SYSCOMMAND: + case WM_COMMAND: + case WM_MENUCHAR: + case WM_MEASUREITEM: + case WM_DRAWITEM: + case WM_MENUSELECT: + lResult = TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, + &lResult); + if (lResult || (GetCapture() != hwnd)) { + break; + } + + default: + lResult = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + break; + } + return lResult; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * TkWinHandleMenuEvent -- * - * Filters out menu messages from messages passed to a top-level. - * Will respond appropriately to WM_COMMAND, WM_MENUSELECT, - * WM_MEASUREITEM, WM_DRAWITEM + * Filters out menu messages from messages passed to a top-level. Will + * respond appropriately to WM_COMMAND, WM_MENUSELECT, WM_MEASUREITEM, + * WM_DRAWITEM * * Result: * Returns 1 if this handled the message; 0 if it did not. * * Side effects: - * All of the parameters may be modified so that the caller can - * think it is getting a different message. plResult points to - * the result that should be returned to windows from this message. + * All of the parameters may be modified so that the caller can think it + * is getting a different message. plResult points to the result that + * should be returned to windows from this message. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -TkWinHandleMenuEvent(phwnd, pMessage, pwParam, plParam, plResult) - HWND *phwnd; - UINT *pMessage; - WPARAM *pwParam; - LPARAM *plParam; - LRESULT *plResult; +TkWinHandleMenuEvent( + HWND *phwnd, + UINT *pMessage, + WPARAM *pwParam, + LPARAM *plParam, + LRESULT *plResult) { Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; int returnResult = 0; TkMenu *menuPtr; TkMenuEntry *mePtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); switch (*pMessage) { - case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP: - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, - (char *) *pwParam); - if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { - menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); - if ((menuPtr->menuRefPtr != NULL) - && (menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) { - TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp, - menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, NULL); - } + case WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP: + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, + (char *) *pwParam); + if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { + menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); + if ((menuPtr->menuRefPtr != NULL) + && (menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) { + TkPostSubmenu(menuPtr->interp, + menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, NULL); } - break; - - case WM_INITMENU: - TkMenuInit(); - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, - (char *) *pwParam); - if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { - tsdPtr->oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); - menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); - tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = menuPtr; - if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, - (ClientData) menuPtr); - ReconfigureWindowsMenu((ClientData) menuPtr); - } - RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr); - if (!tsdPtr->inPostMenu) { - Tcl_Interp *interp; - int code; - - interp = menuPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp); - code = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr); - if ((code != TCL_OK) && (code != TCL_CONTINUE) - && (code != TCL_BREAK)) { - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu preprocess)"); - Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); - } - Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp); - } - TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); - *plResult = 0; - returnResult = 1; - } else { - tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = NULL; - } - break; - - case WM_SYSCOMMAND: - case WM_COMMAND: { - TkMenuInit(); - if (HIWORD(*pwParam) != 0) { - break; - } - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable, - (char *)LOWORD(*pwParam)); - if (hashEntryPtr == NULL) { - break; + } + break; + + case WM_INITMENU: + TkMenuInit(); + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, + (char *) *pwParam); + if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { + tsdPtr->oldServiceMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); + menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); + tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = menuPtr; + if (menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING) { + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, + (ClientData) menuPtr); + ReconfigureWindowsMenu((ClientData) menuPtr); } - mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); - if (mePtr != NULL) { - TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; - TkMenuEntry *parentEntryPtr; + RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(menuPtr); + if (!tsdPtr->inPostMenu) { Tcl_Interp *interp; int code; - /* - * We have to set the parent of this menu to be active - * if this is a submenu so that tearoffs will get the - * correct title. - */ - - menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; - menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, - Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)); - if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) - && (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) { - char *name; - - for (parentEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; - ; - parentEntryPtr = - parentEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { - name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj( - parentEntryPtr->namePtr, NULL); - if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) - == 0) { - break; - } - } - if (parentEntryPtr->menuPtr->entries[parentEntryPtr->index] - ->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) { - TkActivateMenuEntry(parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, - parentEntryPtr->index); - } - } - interp = menuPtr->interp; Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp); - code = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index); - if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE - && code != TCL_BREAK) { - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)"); + code = TkPreprocessMenu(menuPtr); + if ((code != TCL_OK) && (code != TCL_CONTINUE) + && (code != TCL_BREAK)) { + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu preprocess)"); Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp); } + TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); *plResult = 0; returnResult = 1; + } else { + tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr = NULL; + } + break; + + case WM_SYSCOMMAND: + case WM_COMMAND: + TkMenuInit(); + if (HIWORD(*pwParam) != 0) { break; } + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable, + ((char *) NULL) + LOWORD(*pwParam)); + if (hashEntryPtr == NULL) { + break; + } + mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); + if (mePtr != NULL) { + TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; + TkMenuEntry *parentEntryPtr; + Tcl_Interp *interp; + int code; + /* + * We have to set the parent of this menu to be active if this is + * a submenu so that tearoffs will get the correct title. + */ - case WM_MENUCHAR: { - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, - (char *) *plParam); - if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { - int i, len, underline; - Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; - Tcl_UniChar *wlabel, menuChar; + menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; + menuRefPtr = TkFindMenuReferences(menuPtr->interp, + Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)); + if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr != NULL)) { + for (parentEntryPtr = menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr ; ; + parentEntryPtr = parentEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { + char *name = Tcl_GetString(parentEntryPtr->namePtr); - *plResult = 0; - menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); - /* - * Assume we have something directly convertable to - * Tcl_UniChar. True at least for wide systems. - */ - menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((Tcl_UniChar) LOWORD(*pwParam)); - - for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { - underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline; - labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr; - if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) { - /* - * Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check - */ - wlabel = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(labelPtr, &len); - if ((underline < len) && (menuChar == - Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) { - *plResult = (2 << 16) | i; - returnResult = 1; - break; - } + if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) { + break; } } + if (parentEntryPtr->menuPtr->entries[parentEntryPtr->index] + ->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) { + TkActivateMenuEntry(parentEntryPtr->menuPtr, + parentEntryPtr->index); + } } - break; - } - case WM_MEASUREITEM: { - LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) *plParam; + interp = menuPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)interp); + code = TkInvokeMenu(interp, menuPtr, mePtr->index); + if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) { + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (menu invoke)"); + Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); + } + Tcl_Release((ClientData)interp); + *plResult = 0; + returnResult = 1; + } + break; - if (itemPtr != NULL) { - mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData; - menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; + case WM_MENUCHAR: { + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, + (char *) *plParam); + if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { + int i, len, underline; + Tcl_Obj *labelPtr; + Tcl_UniChar *wlabel, menuChar; - TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); - itemPtr->itemHeight = mePtr->height; - itemPtr->itemWidth = mePtr->width; - if (mePtr->hideMargin) { - itemPtr->itemWidth += 2 - indicatorDimensions[1]; - } else { - int activeBorderWidth; + *plResult = 0; + menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); + /* + * Assume we have something directly convertable to Tcl_UniChar. + * True at least for wide systems. + */ + menuChar = Tcl_UniCharToUpper((Tcl_UniChar) LOWORD(*pwParam)); - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, - &activeBorderWidth); - itemPtr->itemWidth += 2 * activeBorderWidth; + for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { + underline = menuPtr->entries[i]->underline; + labelPtr = menuPtr->entries[i]->labelPtr; + if ((underline >= 0) && (labelPtr != NULL)) { + /* + * Ensure we don't exceed the label length, then check + */ + wlabel = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(labelPtr, &len); + if ((underline < len) && (menuChar == + Tcl_UniCharToUpper(wlabel[underline]))) { + *plResult = (2 << 16) | i; + returnResult = 1; + break; + } } - *plResult = 1; - returnResult = 1; } - break; } + break; + } + + case WM_MEASUREITEM: { + LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) *plParam; + + if (itemPtr != NULL && tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) { + mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData; + menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; + + TkRecomputeMenu(menuPtr); + itemPtr->itemHeight = mePtr->height; + itemPtr->itemWidth = mePtr->width; + if (mePtr->hideMargin) { + itemPtr->itemWidth += 2 - indicatorDimensions[1]; + } else { + int activeBorderWidth; + + Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, + menuPtr->activeBorderWidthPtr, &activeBorderWidth); + itemPtr->itemWidth += 2 * activeBorderWidth; + } + *plResult = 1; + returnResult = 1; + } + break; + } - case WM_DRAWITEM: { - TkWinDrawable *twdPtr; - LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT) *plParam; - Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics; - int drawArrow = 0; + case WM_DRAWITEM: { + TkWinDrawable *twdPtr; + LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT itemPtr = (LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT) *plParam; + Tk_FontMetrics fontMetrics; + int drawingParameters = 0; - if (itemPtr != NULL) { - Tk_Font tkfont; + if (itemPtr != NULL && tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) { + Tk_Font tkfont; - mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData; - menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; - twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable)); - twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDC; - twdPtr->winDC.hdc = itemPtr->hDC; + if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_NOACCEL && !showMenuAccelerators) { + drawingParameters |= DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_NOUNDERLINE; + } + mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) itemPtr->itemData; + menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; + twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable)); + twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDC; + twdPtr->winDC.hdc = itemPtr->hDC; + + if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) { + if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) { + TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index); + } else { + TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); + } + } else { + /* + * On windows, menu entries should highlight even if they are + * disabled. (I know this seems dumb, but it is the way native + * windows menus works so we ought to mimic it.) The + * ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1 flag will indicate that the entry + * should be highlighted even though it is disabled. + */ - if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_DISABLED) { - if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) { - TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index); - } else { - TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); - } + if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) { + mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1; } else { - /* On windows, menu entries should highlight even if they - ** are disabled. (I know this seems dumb, but it is the way - ** native windows menus works so we ought to mimic it.) - ** The ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1 flag will indicate that the - ** entry should be highlighted even though it is disabled. - */ - if (itemPtr->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) { - mePtr->entryFlags |= ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1; - } else { - mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1; - } - /* Also, set the drawArrow flag for a disabled cascade - ** menu since we need to draw the arrow ourselves. - */ - if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { - drawArrow = 1; - } + mePtr->entryFlags &= ~ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1; } - tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); - Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &fontMetrics); - TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, (Drawable) twdPtr, tkfont, - &fontMetrics, itemPtr->rcItem.left, - itemPtr->rcItem.top, itemPtr->rcItem.right - - itemPtr->rcItem.left, itemPtr->rcItem.bottom - - itemPtr->rcItem.top, 0, drawArrow); + /* + * Also, set the DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_ARROW flag for a disabled + * cascade menu since we need to draw the arrow ourselves. + */ - ckfree((char *) twdPtr); - *plResult = 1; - returnResult = 1; + if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { + drawingParameters |= DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_ARROW; + } } - break; + + tkfont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); + Tk_GetFontMetrics(tkfont, &fontMetrics); + TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, (Drawable) twdPtr, tkfont, &fontMetrics, + itemPtr->rcItem.left, itemPtr->rcItem.top, + itemPtr->rcItem.right - itemPtr->rcItem.left, + itemPtr->rcItem.bottom - itemPtr->rcItem.top, + 0, drawingParameters); + + ckfree((char *) twdPtr); } + *plResult = 1; + returnResult = 1; + break; + } - case WM_MENUSELECT: { - UINT flags = HIWORD(*pwParam); + case WM_MENUSELECT: { + UINT flags = HIWORD(*pwParam); - TkMenuInit(); + TkMenuInit(); - if ((flags == 0xFFFF) && (*plParam == 0)) { - if (tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) { - Tcl_SetServiceMode(tsdPtr->oldServiceMode); - RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr); - } - } else { - menuPtr = NULL; - if (*plParam != 0) { - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, - (char *) *plParam); - if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { - menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); - } + if ((flags == 0xFFFF) && (*plParam == 0)) { + if (tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr != NULL) { + Tcl_SetServiceMode(tsdPtr->oldServiceMode); + RecursivelyClearActiveMenu(tsdPtr->modalMenuPtr); + } + } else { + menuPtr = NULL; + if (*plParam != 0) { + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, + (char *) *plParam); + if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { + menuPtr = (TkMenu *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); } + } - if (menuPtr != NULL) { - mePtr = NULL; - if (flags != 0xFFFF) { - if (flags & MF_POPUP) { - mePtr = menuPtr->entries[LOWORD(*pwParam)]; - } else { - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry( - &tsdPtr->commandTable, - (char *) LOWORD(*pwParam)); - if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { - mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) - Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); - } - } - } + if (menuPtr != NULL) { + long entryIndex = LOWORD(*pwParam); - if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) { - TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); + mePtr = NULL; + if (flags != 0xFFFF) { + if ((flags&MF_POPUP) && (entryIndex<menuPtr->numEntries)) { + mePtr = menuPtr->entries[entryIndex]; } else { - if (mePtr->index >= menuPtr->numEntries) { - Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist."); + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->commandTable, + ((char *) NULL) + entryIndex); + if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { + mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) + Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); } - TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index); } - MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr); - Tcl_ServiceAll(); } + + if ((mePtr == NULL) || (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED)) { + TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); + } else { + if (mePtr->index >= menuPtr->numEntries) { + Tcl_Panic("Trying to activate an entry which doesn't exist."); + } + TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, mePtr->index); + } + MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr); + Tcl_ServiceAll(); + *plResult = 0; + returnResult = 1; } - break; } + break; + } } return returnResult; } @@ -1247,7 +1347,7 @@ RecursivelyClearActiveMenu( { int i; TkMenuEntry *mePtr; - + TkActivateMenuEntry(menuPtr, -1); MenuSelectEvent(menuPtr); for (i = 0; i < menuPtr->numEntries; i++) { @@ -1283,26 +1383,27 @@ RecursivelyClearActiveMenu( */ void -TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, menuPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* The window we are putting the menubar into.*/ - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are inserting */ +TkpSetWindowMenuBar( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* The window we are putting the menubar + * into.*/ + TkMenu *menuPtr) /* The menu we are inserting */ { HMENU winMenuHdl; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (menuPtr != NULL) { Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; int newEntry; winMenuHdl = (HMENU) menuPtr->platformData; - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, - (char *) winMenuHdl); + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, + (char *) winMenuHdl); Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hashEntryPtr); DestroyMenu(winMenuHdl); winMenuHdl = CreateMenu(); - hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, - (char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry); + hashEntryPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, + (char *) winMenuHdl, &newEntry); Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuPtr); menuPtr->platformData = (TkMenuPlatformData) winMenuHdl; TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, winMenuHdl); @@ -1320,8 +1421,8 @@ TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, menuPtr) * * TkpSetMainMenubar -- * - * Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should - * only be called when the window is in front. + * Puts the menu associated with a window into the menubar. Should only + * be called when the window is in front. * * Results: * None. @@ -1331,13 +1432,13 @@ TkpSetWindowMenuBar(tkwin, menuPtr) * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + void TkpSetMainMenubar( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter of the application */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* The frame we are setting up */ - char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to put in front. - * If NULL, use the default menu bar. - */ + char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to put in front. If + * NULL, use the default menu bar. */ { /* * Nothing to do. @@ -1361,13 +1462,13 @@ TkpSetMainMenubar( */ void -GetMenuIndicatorGeometry ( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, /* Precalculated font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ +GetMenuIndicatorGeometry( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* Precalculated font metrics */ + int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ + int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { *heightPtr = indicatorDimensions[0]; if (mePtr->hideMargin) { @@ -1398,13 +1499,13 @@ GetMenuIndicatorGeometry ( */ void -GetMenuAccelGeometry ( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, /* The precalculated font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ +GetMenuAccelGeometry( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ + int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; if (mePtr->type == CASCADE_ENTRY) { @@ -1412,7 +1513,8 @@ GetMenuAccelGeometry ( } else if (mePtr->accelPtr == NULL) { *widthPtr = 0; } else { - char *accel = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, NULL); + char *accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); + *widthPtr = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength); } } @@ -1434,13 +1536,13 @@ GetMenuAccelGeometry ( */ void -GetTearoffEntryGeometry ( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, /* The precalculated font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ +GetTearoffEntryGeometry( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ + int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) { *heightPtr = 0; @@ -1467,13 +1569,13 @@ GetTearoffEntryGeometry ( */ void -GetMenuSeparatorGeometry ( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, /* The precalcualted font metrics */ - int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ - int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ +GetMenuSeparatorGeometry( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */ + int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ + int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { *widthPtr = 0; *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace - (2 * fmPtr->descent); @@ -1484,10 +1586,10 @@ GetMenuSeparatorGeometry ( * * DrawWindowsSystemBitmap -- * - * Draws the windows system bitmap given by bitmapID into the rect - * given by rectPtr in the drawable. The bitmap is centered in the - * rectangle. It is not clipped, so if the bitmap is bigger than - * the rect it will bleed. + * Draws the windows system bitmap given by bitmapID into the rect given + * by rectPtr in the drawable. The bitmap is centered in the rectangle. + * It is not clipped, so if the bitmap is bigger than the rect it will + * bleed. * * Results: * None. @@ -1499,15 +1601,15 @@ GetMenuSeparatorGeometry ( */ static void -DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(display, drawable, gc, rectPtr, bitmapID, alignFlags) - Display *display; /* The display we are drawing into */ - Drawable drawable; /* The drawable we are working with */ - GC gc; /* The GC to draw with */ - CONST RECT *rectPtr; /* The rectangle to draw into */ - int bitmapID; /* The windows id of the system - * bitmap to draw. */ - int alignFlags; /* How to align the bitmap inside the - * rectangle. */ +DrawWindowsSystemBitmap( + Display *display, /* The display we are drawing into */ + Drawable drawable, /* The drawable we are working with */ + GC gc, /* The GC to draw with */ + const RECT *rectPtr, /* The rectangle to draw into */ + int bitmapID, /* The windows id of the system bitmap to + * draw. */ + int alignFlags) /* How to align the bitmap inside the + * rectangle. */ { TkWinDCState state; HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(display, drawable, &state); @@ -1517,7 +1619,7 @@ DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(display, drawable, gc, rectPtr, bitmapID, alignFlags) POINT ptSize; POINT ptOrg; int topOffset, leftOffset; - + SetBkColor(hdc, gc->background); SetTextColor(hdc, gc->foreground); @@ -1549,7 +1651,7 @@ DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(display, drawable, gc, rectPtr, bitmapID, alignFlags) } else { leftOffset = (rectPtr->right - rectPtr->left) / 2 - (ptSize.x / 2); } - + BitBlt(hdc, rectPtr->left + leftOffset, rectPtr->top + topOffset, ptSize.x, ptSize.y, scratchDC, ptOrg.x, ptOrg.y, SRCCOPY); DeleteDC(scratchDC); @@ -1563,38 +1665,38 @@ DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(display, drawable, gc, rectPtr, bitmapID, alignFlags) * * DrawMenuEntryIndicator -- * - * This procedure draws the indicator part of a menu. + * This function draws the indicator part of a menu. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its - * current mode. + * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + void -DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, indicatorGC, tkfont, fmPtr, x, - y, width, height) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d; /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc; /* The gc we are drawing with */ - GC indicatorGC; /* The gc for indicator objects */ - Tk_Font tkfont; /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; /* The precalculated font metrics */ - int x; /* Left edge */ - int y; /* Top edge */ - int width; - int height; +DrawMenuEntryIndicator( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ + GC indicatorGC, /* The gc for indicator objects */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + int x, /* Left edge */ + int y, /* Top edge */ + int width, + int height) { - if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) + if ((mePtr->type == CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) || (mePtr->type == RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { if (mePtr->indicatorOn && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) { RECT rect; GC whichGC; int borderWidth, activeBorderWidth; + if (mePtr->state != ENTRY_NORMAL) { whichGC = gc; } else { @@ -1614,21 +1716,21 @@ DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, indicatorGC, tkfont, fmPtr, x, && (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL)) { RECT hilightRect; COLORREF oldFgColor = whichGC->foreground; - + whichGC->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT); hilightRect.top = rect.top + 1; hilightRect.bottom = rect.bottom + 1; hilightRect.left = rect.left + 1; hilightRect.right = rect.right + 1; - DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, whichGC, + DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, whichGC, &hilightRect, OBM_CHECK, 0); whichGC->foreground = oldFgColor; } - DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, whichGC, &rect, + DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, whichGC, &rect, OBM_CHECK, 0); } - } + } } /* @@ -1636,11 +1738,10 @@ DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, indicatorGC, tkfont, fmPtr, x, * * DrawMenuEntryAccelerator -- * - * This procedure draws the accelerator part of a menu. - * For example, the string "CTRL-Z" could be drawn to - * to the right of the label text for an Undo menu entry. - * Need to decide what to draw here. Should we replace strings - * like "Control", "Command", etc? + * This function draws the accelerator part of a menu. For example, the + * string "CTRL-Z" could be drawn to to the right of the label text for + * an Undo menu entry. Need to decide what to draw here. Should we + * replace strings like "Control", "Command", etc? * * Results: * None. @@ -1653,49 +1754,51 @@ DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, indicatorGC, tkfont, fmPtr, x, */ void -DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, - activeBorder, x, y, width, height) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d; /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc; /* The gc we are drawing with */ - Tk_Font tkfont; /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; /* The precalculated font metrics */ - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* The border when an item is active */ - int x; /* left edge */ - int y; /* top edge */ - int width; /* Width of menu entry */ - int height; /* Height of menu entry */ +DrawMenuEntryAccelerator( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border when an item is active */ + int x, /* left edge */ + int y, /* top edge */ + int width, /* Width of menu entry */ + int height) /* Height of menu entry */ { int baseline; int leftEdge = x + mePtr->indicatorSpace + mePtr->labelWidth; - char *accel = NULL; - + char *accel; + if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) { - accel = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->accelPtr, NULL); + accel = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->accelPtr); + } else { + accel = NULL; } baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2; - /* Draw disabled 3D text highlight only with the Win95/98 look. */ + /* + * Draw disabled 3D text highlight only with the Win95/98 look. + */ if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() == TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC) { - if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) && (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL) - && (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL)) { + if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) + && (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr != NULL) && (accel != NULL)) { COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground; gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT); - if ((mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) && - ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) == 0)) { - Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel, - mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge + 1, baseline + 1); + if ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) == 0) { + Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel, + mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge + 1, baseline + 1); } gc->foreground = oldFgColor; } } - if (mePtr->accelPtr != NULL) { - Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel, + if (accel != NULL) { + Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, accel, mePtr->accelLength, leftEdge, baseline); } } @@ -1705,8 +1808,9 @@ DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, * * DrawMenuEntryArrow -- * - * This function draws the arrow bitmap on the right side of a - * a menu entry. This function is currently unused. + * This function draws the arrow bitmap on the right side of a menu + * entry. This function is only used when drawing the arrow for a + * disabled cascade menu. * * Results: * None. @@ -1718,44 +1822,47 @@ DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, */ void -DrawMenuEntryArrow(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, - activeBorder, x, y, width, height, drawArrow) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d; /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc; /* The gc we are drawing with */ - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder; /* The border when an item is active */ - int x; /* left edge */ - int y; /* top edge */ - int width; /* Width of menu entry */ - int height; /* Height of menu entry */ - int drawArrow; /* For cascade menus, whether of not - * to draw the arraw. I cannot figure - * out Windows' algorithm for where - * to draw this. */ +DrawMenuEntryArrow( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ + Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border when an item is active */ + int x, /* left edge */ + int y, /* top edge */ + int width, /* Width of menu entry */ + int height, /* Height of menu entry */ + int drawArrow) /* For cascade menus, whether of not to draw + * the arraw. I cannot figure out Windows' + * algorithm for where to draw this. */ { COLORREF oldFgColor; COLORREF oldBgColor; RECT rect; - if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) - return; + if (!drawArrow || (mePtr->type != CASCADE_ENTRY)) { + return; + } oldFgColor = gc->foreground; oldBgColor = gc->background; - /* Set bitmap bg to highlight color if the menu is highlighted */ + /* + * Set bitmap bg to highlight color if the menu is highlighted. + */ + if (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) { - XColor *activeBgColor = Tk_3DBorderColor(Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj( - mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, - (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL) ? - mePtr->menuPtr->activeBorderPtr : - mePtr->activeBorderPtr)); - gc->background = activeBgColor->pixel; + XColor *activeBgColor = Tk_3DBorderColor(Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj( + mePtr->menuPtr->tkwin, (mePtr->activeBorderPtr == NULL) + ? mePtr->menuPtr->activeBorderPtr + : mePtr->activeBorderPtr)); + gc->background = activeBgColor->pixel; } - gc->foreground = GetSysColor((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) ? - COLOR_GRAYTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT); + gc->foreground = GetSysColor((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) + ? COLOR_GRAYTEXT + : ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE) + ? COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT)); rect.top = y + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER); rect.bottom = y + height - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYBORDER); @@ -1763,7 +1870,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryArrow(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, rect.right = x + width; DrawWindowsSystemBitmap(menuPtr->display, d, gc, &rect, OBM_MNARROW, - ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT); + ALIGN_BITMAP_RIGHT); gc->foreground = oldFgColor; gc->background = oldBgColor; @@ -1781,23 +1888,23 @@ DrawMenuEntryArrow(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, * None. * * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its - * current mode. + * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + void -DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, y, width, height) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d; /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc; /* The gc we are drawing with */ - Tk_Font tkfont; /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; /* The precalculated font metrics */ - int x; /* left edge */ - int y; /* top edge */ - int width; /* width of item */ - int height; /* height of item */ +DrawMenuSeparator( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + int x, /* left edge */ + int y, /* top edge */ + int width, /* width of item */ + int height) /* height of item */ { XPoint points[2]; Tk_3DBorder border; @@ -1807,7 +1914,7 @@ DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, y, width, height) points[1].x = x + width - 1; points[1].y = points[0].y; border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr); - Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1, + Tk_Draw3DPolygon(menuPtr->tkwin, d, border, points, 2, 1, TK_RELIEF_RAISED); } @@ -1822,23 +1929,23 @@ DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, y, width, height) * None. * * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its - * current mode. + * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static void DrawMenuUnderline( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu to draw into */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, /* The precalculated font metrics */ - int x, /* Left Edge */ - int y, /* Top Edge */ - int width, /* Width of entry */ - int height) /* Height of entry */ + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu to draw into */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + int x, /* Left Edge */ + int y, /* Top Edge */ + int width, /* Width of entry */ + int height) /* Height of entry */ { if ((mePtr->underline >= 0) && (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL)) { int len; @@ -1846,7 +1953,7 @@ DrawMenuUnderline( /* do the unicode call just to prevent overruns */ Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len); if (mePtr->underline < len) { - CONST char *label, *start, *end; + const char *label, *start, *end; label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL); start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline); @@ -1862,68 +1969,95 @@ DrawMenuUnderline( /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * - * MenuKeyBindProc -- + * TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked when keys related to pulling - * down menus is pressed. The corresponding Windows events - * are generated and passed to DefWindowProc if appropriate. + * This function is invoked when keys related to pulling down menus is + * pressed. The corresponding Windows events are generated and passed to + * DefWindowProc if appropriate. This cmd is registered as tk::WinMenuKey + * in the interp. * * Results: * Always returns TCL_OK. * * Side effects: - * The menu system may take over and process user events - * for menu input. + * The menu system may take over and process user events for menu input. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int -MenuKeyBindProc(clientData, interp, eventPtr, tkwin, keySym) - ClientData clientData; /* not used in this proc */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter of the receiving window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* The XEvent to process */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* The window receiving the event */ - KeySym keySym; /* The key sym that is produced. */ +TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Unused. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { UINT scanCode; UINT virtualKey; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin; + XEvent *eventPtr; + Tk_Window tkwin; + TkWindow *winPtr; + KeySym keySym; int i; + if (objc != 3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "window keySym"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), + Tk_MainWindow(interp)); + + if (tkwin == NULL) { + /* + * If we don't find the key, just return, as the window may have + * been destroyed in the binding. [Bug 1236306] + */ + return TCL_OK; + } + + eventPtr = TkpGetBindingXEvent(interp); + + winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin; + + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[2], &i) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + keySym = i; + if (eventPtr->type == KeyPress) { switch (keySym) { case XK_Alt_L: scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0); CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU, (scanCode << 16) - | (1 << 29)); + WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU, + (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29)); break; case XK_Alt_R: scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0); CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU, (scanCode << 16) - | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24)); + WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_MENU, + (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 24)); break; case XK_F10: scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0); CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (scanCode << 16)); + WM_SYSKEYDOWN, VK_F10, (int) (scanCode << 16)); break; default: virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym); scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0); if (0 != scanCode) { + XKeyEvent xkey = eventPtr->xkey; CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey, ((scanCode << 16) - | (1 << 29))); - if (eventPtr->xkey.nbytes > 0) { - for (i = 0; i < eventPtr->xkey.nbytes; i++) { + WM_SYSKEYDOWN, virtualKey, + (int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29))); + if (xkey.nbytes > 0) { + for (i = 0; i < xkey.nbytes; i++) { CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, - Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSCHAR, - eventPtr->xkey.trans_chars[i], - ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29))); + Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), WM_SYSCHAR, + xkey.trans_chars[i], + (int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29))); } } } @@ -1933,83 +2067,96 @@ MenuKeyBindProc(clientData, interp, eventPtr, tkwin, keySym) case XK_Alt_L: scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_LMENU, 0); CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (scanCode << 16) + WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); break; case XK_Alt_R: scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_RMENU, 0); CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24) + WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_MENU, (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 24) | (0x111 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); break; case XK_F10: scanCode = MapVirtualKey(VK_F10, 0); CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10, (scanCode << 16) - | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); + WM_SYSKEYUP, VK_F10, + (int) (scanCode << 16) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31)); break; default: virtualKey = XKeysymToKeycode(winPtr->display, keySym); scanCode = MapVirtualKey(virtualKey, 0); if (0 != scanCode) { CallWindowProc(DefWindowProc, Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)), - WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, ((scanCode << 16) + WM_SYSKEYUP, virtualKey, (int) ((scanCode << 16) | (1 << 29) | (1 << 30) | (1 << 31))); } } } return TCL_OK; -} +} /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpInitializeMenuBindings -- * - * For every interp, initializes the bindings for Windows - * menus. Does nothing on Mac or XWindows. + * For every interp, initializes the bindings for Windows menus. Does + * nothing on Mac or XWindows. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * C-level bindings are setup for the interp which will - * handle Alt-key sequences for menus without beeping - * or interfering with user-defined Alt-key bindings. + * bindings are setup for the interp which will handle Alt-key sequences + * for menus without beeping or interfering with user-defined Alt-key + * bindings. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpInitializeMenuBindings(interp, bindingTable) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The interpreter to set. */ - Tk_BindingTable bindingTable; /* The table to add to. */ +TkpInitializeMenuBindings( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interpreter to set. */ + Tk_BindingTable bindingTable) + /* The table to add to. */ { Tk_Uid uid = Tk_GetUid("all"); /* - * We need to set up the bindings for menubars. These have to - * recreate windows events, so we need to have a C-level - * binding for this. We have to generate the WM_SYSKEYDOWNS - * and WM_SYSKEYUPs appropriately. + * We need to set up the bindings for menubars. These have to recreate + * windows events, so we need to invoke C code to generate the + * WM_SYSKEYDOWNS and WM_SYSKEYUPs appropriately. Trick is, we can't + * create a C level binding directly since we may want to modify the + * binding in Tcl code. */ - - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<Alt_L>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<KeyRelease-Alt_L>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<Alt_R>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<Alt-KeyPress>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<Alt-KeyRelease>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<KeyPress-F10>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); - TkCreateBindingProcedure(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData)uid, - "<KeyRelease-F10>", MenuKeyBindProc, NULL, NULL); + + (void) Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "tk::WinMenuKey", + TkWinMenuKeyObjCmd, + (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<KeyRelease-Alt_L>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<KeyRelease-Alt_R>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<Alt-KeyPress>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<Alt-KeyRelease>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<KeyPress-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); + + (void) Tk_CreateBinding(interp, bindingTable, (ClientData) uid, + "<KeyRelease-F10>", "tk::WinMenuKey %W %N", 0); } /* @@ -2017,7 +2164,7 @@ TkpInitializeMenuBindings(interp, bindingTable) * * DrawMenuEntryLabel -- * - * This procedure draws the label part of a menu. + * This function draws the label part of a menu. * * Results: * None. @@ -2028,24 +2175,26 @@ TkpInitializeMenuBindings(interp, bindingTable) * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static void DrawMenuEntryLabel( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ - GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing into */ - Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, /* The precalculated font metrics */ - int x, /* left edge */ - int y, /* right edge */ - int width, /* width of entry */ - int height) /* height of entry */ + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing into */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + int x, /* left edge */ + int y, /* right edge */ + int width, /* width of entry */ + int height, /* height of entry */ + int underline) /* accelerator cue should be drawn */ { - int indicatorSpace = mePtr->indicatorSpace; + int indicatorSpace = mePtr->indicatorSpace; int activeBorderWidth; int leftEdge; int imageHeight, imageWidth; - int textHeight, textWidth; + int textHeight = 0, textWidth = 0; int haveImage = 0, haveText = 0; int imageXOffset = 0, imageYOffset = 0; int textXOffset = 0, textYOffset = 0; @@ -2060,21 +2209,22 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( if (mePtr->image != NULL) { Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, &imageWidth, &imageHeight); - haveImage = 1; + haveImage = 1; } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) { Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr); Tk_SizeOfBitmap(menuPtr->display, bitmap, &imageWidth, &imageHeight); haveImage = 1; } if (!haveImage || (mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE)) { - if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) { - char *label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL); + if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) { + char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); + textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength); textHeight = fmPtr->linespace; haveText = 1; - } + } } - + /* * Now work out what the relative positions are. */ @@ -2082,56 +2232,53 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( if (haveImage && haveText) { int fullWidth = (imageWidth > textWidth ? imageWidth : textWidth); switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: { - textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; - textYOffset = imageHeight/2 + 2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; - imageYOffset = -textHeight/2; - break; - } - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { - textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; - textYOffset = -imageHeight/2; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; - imageYOffset = textHeight/2 + 2; - break; - } - case COMPOUND_LEFT: { - /* - * The standard image position on Windows is in the indicator - * space to the left of the entries, unless this entry is a - * radio|check button because then the indicator space will - * be used. - */ - textXOffset = imageWidth + 2; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = 0; - imageYOffset = 0; - if ((mePtr->type != CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) - && (mePtr->type != RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { - textXOffset -= indicatorSpace; - if (textXOffset < 0) { - textXOffset = 0; - } - imageXOffset = -indicatorSpace; + case COMPOUND_TOP: + textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; + textYOffset = imageHeight/2 + 2; + imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; + imageYOffset = -textHeight/2; + break; + case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: + textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; + textYOffset = -imageHeight/2; + imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; + imageYOffset = textHeight/2 + 2; + break; + case COMPOUND_LEFT: + /* + * The standard image position on Windows is in the indicator + * space to the left of the entries, unless this entry is a + * radio|check button because then the indicator space will be + * used. + */ + + textXOffset = imageWidth + 2; + textYOffset = 0; + imageXOffset = 0; + imageYOffset = 0; + if ((mePtr->type != CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY) + && (mePtr->type != RADIO_BUTTON_ENTRY)) { + textXOffset -= indicatorSpace; + if (textXOffset < 0) { + textXOffset = 0; } - break; - } - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { - textXOffset = 0; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = textWidth + 2; - imageYOffset = 0; - break; + imageXOffset = -indicatorSpace; } - case COMPOUND_CENTER: { - textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; - textYOffset = 0; - imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; - imageYOffset = 0; - break; - } - case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;} + break; + case COMPOUND_RIGHT: + textXOffset = 0; + textYOffset = 0; + imageXOffset = textWidth + 2; + imageYOffset = 0; + break; + case COMPOUND_CENTER: + textXOffset = (fullWidth - textWidth)/2; + textYOffset = 0; + imageXOffset = (fullWidth - imageWidth)/2; + imageYOffset = 0; + break; + case COMPOUND_NONE: + break; } } else { textXOffset = 0; @@ -2139,7 +2286,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( imageXOffset = 0; imageYOffset = 0; } - + /* * Draw label and/or bitmap or image for entry. */ @@ -2149,42 +2296,47 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( && (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_SELECTED)) { Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->selectImage, 0, 0, imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset, - (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset)); + (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset)); } else { Tk_RedrawImage(mePtr->image, 0, 0, imageWidth, imageHeight, d, leftEdge + imageXOffset, - (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset)); + (int) (y + (mePtr->height-imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset)); } } else if (mePtr->bitmapPtr != NULL) { Pixmap bitmap = Tk_GetBitmapFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, mePtr->bitmapPtr); - XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d, gc, 0, 0, - (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight, + XCopyPlane(menuPtr->display, bitmap, d, gc, 0, 0, + (unsigned) imageWidth, (unsigned) imageHeight, leftEdge + imageXOffset, (int) (y + (mePtr->height - imageHeight)/2 + imageYOffset), 1); } if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) || !haveImage) { if (mePtr->labelLength > 0) { int baseline = y + (height + fmPtr->ascent - fmPtr->descent) / 2; - char *label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL); + char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); + if (TkWinGetPlatformTheme() == TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC) { - /* Win 95/98 systems draw disabled menu text with a - * 3D highlight, unless the menu item is highlighted */ - if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) && - ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) == 0)) { - COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground; + /* + * Win 95/98 systems draw disabled menu text with a 3D + * highlight, unless the menu item is highlighted, + */ + + if ((mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) && + ((mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1) == 0)) { + COLORREF oldFgColor = gc->foreground; gc->foreground = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT); - Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, - mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset + 1, - baseline + textYOffset + 1); + Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, + mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset + 1, + baseline + textYOffset + 1); gc->foreground = oldFgColor; - } + } } - Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, - mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset, + Tk_DrawChars(menuPtr->display, d, gc, tkfont, label, + mePtr->labelLength, leftEdge + textXOffset, baseline + textYOffset); - DrawMenuUnderline(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, - x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, - width, height); + if (underline) { + DrawMenuUnderline(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, + x + textXOffset, y + textYOffset, width, height); + } } } @@ -2192,7 +2344,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( if (menuPtr->disabledFgPtr == NULL) { XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledGC, x, y, (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height); - } else if ((mePtr->image != NULL) + } else if ((mePtr->image != NULL) && (menuPtr->disabledImageGC != None)) { XFillRectangle(menuPtr->display, d, menuPtr->disabledImageGC, leftEdge + imageXOffset, @@ -2207,23 +2359,22 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( * * TkpComputeMenubarGeometry -- * - * This procedure is invoked to recompute the size and - * layout of a menu that is a menubar clone. + * This function is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu + * that is a menubar clone. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their - * current positions, and the size of the menu window - * itself may be changed. + * Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions, + * and the size of the menu window itself may be changed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(menuPtr) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* Structure describing menu. */ +TkpComputeMenubarGeometry( + TkMenu *menuPtr) /* Structure describing menu. */ { TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry(menuPtr); } @@ -2233,30 +2384,27 @@ TkpComputeMenubarGeometry(menuPtr) * * DrawTearoffEntry -- * - * This procedure draws the background part of a menu. + * This function draws the background part of a menu. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its - * current mode. + * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, y, width, height) - TkMenu *menuPtr; /* The menu we are drawing */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are drawing */ - Drawable d; /* The drawable we are drawing into */ - GC gc; /* The gc we are drawing with */ - Tk_Font tkfont; /* The font we are drawing with */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; /* The metrics we are drawing with */ - int x; - int y; - int width; - int height; +DrawTearoffEntry( + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing */ + Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */ + GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font we are drawing with */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */ + int x, int y, + int width, int height) { XPoint points[2]; int segmentWidth, maxX; @@ -2265,12 +2413,12 @@ DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, y, width, height) if (menuPtr->menuType != MASTER_MENU) { return; } - + points[0].x = x; points[0].y = y + height/2; points[1].y = points[0].y; segmentWidth = 6; - maxX = width - 1; + maxX = width - 1; border = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderPtr); while (points[0].x < maxX) { @@ -2292,21 +2440,20 @@ DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, y, width, height) * Processes configurations for menu entries. * * Results: - * Returns standard TCL result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then - * the interp's result contains an error message. + * Returns standard TCL result. If TCL_ERROR is returned, then the + * interp's result contains an error message. * * Side effects: - * Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources - * get freed, if any need it. + * Configuration information get set for mePtr; old resources get freed, + * if any need it. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr) - register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* Information about menu entry; may - * or may not already have values for - * some fields. */ +TkpConfigureMenuEntry( + register TkMenuEntry *mePtr)/* Information about menu entry; may or may + * not already have values for some fields. */ { TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; @@ -2322,8 +2469,8 @@ TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr) * * TkpDrawMenuEntry -- * - * Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the - * given attributes. + * Draws the given menu entry at the given coordinates with the given + * attributes. * * Results: * None. @@ -2335,30 +2482,59 @@ TkpConfigureMenuEntry(mePtr) */ void -TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, d, tkfont, menuMetricsPtr, x, y, width, height, - strictMotif, drawArrow) - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry to draw */ - Drawable d; /* What to draw into */ - Tk_Font tkfont; /* Precalculated font for menu */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr; - /* Precalculated metrics for menu */ - int x; /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */ - int y; /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */ - int width; /* Width of the entry rectangle */ - int height; /* Height of the current rectangle */ - int strictMotif; /* Boolean flag */ - int drawArrow; /* Whether or not to draw the cascade - * arrow for cascade items. Only applies - * to Windows. */ +TkpDrawMenuEntry( + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry to draw */ + Drawable menuDrawable, /* Menu to draw into */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font for menu */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, + /* Precalculated metrics for menu */ + int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */ + int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */ + int width, /* Width of the entry rectangle */ + int height, /* Height of the current rectangle */ + int strictMotif, /* Boolean flag */ + int drawingParameters) /* Whether or not to draw the cascade arrow + * for cascade items and accelerator + * cues. Only applies to Windows. */ { GC gc, indicatorGC; TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder; - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics; int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0; - int adjustedY = y + padY; + int adjustedX, adjustedY; int adjustedHeight = height - 2 * padY; + TkWinDrawable memWinDraw; + TkWinDCState dcState; + HBITMAP oldBitmap = NULL; + Drawable d; + HDC memDc = NULL, menuDc = NULL; + + /* + * If the menu entry includes an image then draw the entry into a + * compatible bitmap first. This avoids problems with clipping on + * animated menus. [Bug 1329198] + */ + + if (mePtr->image != NULL) { + menuDc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(menuPtr->display, menuDrawable, &dcState); + + memDc = CreateCompatibleDC(menuDc); + oldBitmap = SelectObject(memDc, + CreateCompatibleBitmap(menuDc, width, height) ); + + memWinDraw.type = TWD_WINDC; + memWinDraw.winDC.hdc = memDc; + d = (Drawable)&memWinDraw; + adjustedX = 0; + adjustedY = padY; + + } else { + d = menuDrawable; + adjustedX = x; + adjustedY = y + padY; + } /* * Choose the gc for drawing the foreground part of the entry. @@ -2373,11 +2549,11 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, d, tkfont, menuMetricsPtr, x, y, width, height, TkMenuEntry *cascadeEntryPtr; int parentDisabled = 0; char *name; - + for (cascadeEntryPtr = menuPtr->menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr; cascadeEntryPtr != NULL; cascadeEntryPtr = cascadeEntryPtr->nextCascadePtr) { - name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr, NULL); + name = Tcl_GetString(cascadeEntryPtr->namePtr); if (strcmp(name, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin)) == 0) { if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { parentDisabled = 1; @@ -2424,32 +2600,46 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, d, tkfont, menuMetricsPtr, x, y, width, height, } /* - * Need to draw the entire background, including padding. On Unix, - * for menubars, we have to draw the rest of the entry taking - * into account the padding. + * Need to draw the entire background, including padding. On Unix, for + * menubars, we have to draw the rest of the entry taking into account the + * padding. */ - - DrawMenuEntryBackground(menuPtr, mePtr, d, activeBorder, - bgBorder, x, y, width, height); - + + DrawMenuEntryBackground(menuPtr, mePtr, d, activeBorder, + bgBorder, adjustedX, adjustedY-padY, width, height); + if (mePtr->type == SEPARATOR_ENTRY) { - DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, - fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); + DrawMenuSeparator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, + fmPtr, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); } else if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { - DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, - width, adjustedHeight); + DrawTearoffEntry(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, + adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); } else { - DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, x, adjustedY, - width, adjustedHeight); + DrawMenuEntryLabel(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, + adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight, + (drawingParameters & DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_NOUNDERLINE)?0:1); DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, tkfont, fmPtr, - activeBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); + activeBorder, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); DrawMenuEntryArrow(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, - activeBorder, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight, drawArrow); + activeBorder, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight, + (drawingParameters & DRAW_MENU_ENTRY_ARROW)?1:0); if (!mePtr->hideMargin) { DrawMenuEntryIndicator(menuPtr, mePtr, d, gc, indicatorGC, tkfont, - fmPtr, x, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); + fmPtr, adjustedX, adjustedY, width, adjustedHeight); } } + + /* + * Copy the entry contents from the temporary bitmap to the menu. + */ + + if (mePtr->image != NULL) { + BitBlt(menuDc, x, y, width, height, memDc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY); + DeleteObject(SelectObject(memDc, oldBitmap)); + DeleteDC(memDc); + + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(menuDrawable, menuDc, &dcState); + } } /* @@ -2470,18 +2660,17 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry(mePtr, d, tkfont, menuMetricsPtr, x, y, width, height, */ static void -GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) - TkMenuEntry *mePtr; /* The entry we are computing */ - Tk_Font tkfont; /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; /* The precalculated metrics */ - int *widthPtr; /* The resulting width of the label - * portion */ - int *heightPtr; /* The resulting height of the label - * portion */ +GetMenuLabelGeometry( + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are computing */ + Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ + int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width of the label portion */ + int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height of the label + * portion */ { TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; int haveImage = 0; - + if (mePtr->image != NULL) { Tk_SizeOfImage(mePtr->image, widthPtr, heightPtr); haveImage = 1; @@ -2493,54 +2682,72 @@ GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) *heightPtr = 0; *widthPtr = 0; } - + if (haveImage && (mePtr->compound == COMPOUND_NONE)) { - /* We don't care about the text in this case */ + /* + * We don't care about the text in this case. + */ } else { - /* Either it is compound or we don't have an image */ + /* + * Either it is compound or we don't have an image, + */ + if (mePtr->labelPtr != NULL) { int textWidth; - char *label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL); + char *label = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->labelPtr); + textWidth = Tk_TextWidth(tkfont, label, mePtr->labelLength); if ((mePtr->compound != COMPOUND_NONE) && haveImage) { switch ((enum compound) mePtr->compound) { - case COMPOUND_TOP: - case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: { - if (textWidth > *widthPtr) { - *widthPtr = textWidth; - } - /* Add text and padding */ - *heightPtr += fmPtr->linespace + 2; - break; + case COMPOUND_TOP: + case COMPOUND_BOTTOM: + if (textWidth > *widthPtr) { + *widthPtr = textWidth; } - case COMPOUND_LEFT: - case COMPOUND_RIGHT: { - if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) { - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - } - /* Add text and padding */ - *widthPtr += textWidth + 2; - break; + + /* + * Add text and padding. + */ + + *heightPtr += fmPtr->linespace + 2; + break; + case COMPOUND_LEFT: + case COMPOUND_RIGHT: + if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) { + *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; } - case COMPOUND_CENTER: { - if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) { - *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; - } - if (textWidth > *widthPtr) { - *widthPtr = textWidth; - } - break; + + /* + * Add text and padding. + */ + + *widthPtr += textWidth + 2; + break; + case COMPOUND_CENTER: + if (fmPtr->linespace > *heightPtr) { + *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; } - case COMPOUND_NONE: {break;} + if (textWidth > *widthPtr) { + *widthPtr = textWidth; + } + break; + case COMPOUND_NONE: + break; } - } else { - /* We don't have an image or we're not compound */ + } else { + /* + * We don't have an image or we're not compound. + */ + *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; *widthPtr = textWidth; } } else { - /* An empty entry still has this height */ + /* + * An empty entry still has this height. + */ + *heightPtr = fmPtr->linespace; } } @@ -2552,36 +2759,35 @@ GetMenuLabelGeometry(mePtr, tkfont, fmPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) * * DrawMenuEntryBackground -- * - * This procedure draws the background part of a menu. + * This function draws the background part of a menu. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its - * current mode. + * Commands are output to X to display the menu in its current mode. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void DrawMenuEntryBackground( - TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */ - TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing. */ - Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ - Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* Border for active items */ - Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, /* Border for the background */ - int x, /* left edge */ - int y, /* top edge */ - int width, /* width of rectangle to draw */ - int height) /* height of rectangle to draw */ + TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */ + TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are drawing. */ + Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ + Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* Border for active items */ + Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, /* Border for the background */ + int x, /* left edge */ + int y, /* top edge */ + int width, /* width of rectangle to draw */ + int height) /* height of rectangle to draw */ { - if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE + if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_ACTIVE || (mePtr->entryFlags & ENTRY_PLATFORM_FLAG1)!=0 ) { bgBorder = activeBorder; } - Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, - x, y, width, height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + Tk_Fill3DRectangle(menuPtr->tkwin, d, bgBorder, x, y, width, height, 0, + TK_RELIEF_FLAT); } /* @@ -2589,16 +2795,15 @@ DrawMenuEntryBackground( * * TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry -- * - * This procedure is invoked to recompute the size and - * layout of a menu that is not a menubar clone. + * This function is invoked to recompute the size and layout of a menu + * that is not a menubar clone. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their - * current positions, and the size of the menu window - * itself may be changed. + * Fields of menu entries are changed to reflect their current positions, + * and the size of the menu window itself may be changed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -2613,26 +2818,25 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( int windowWidth, windowHeight, accelSpace; int i, j, lastColumnBreak = 0; int activeBorderWidth, borderWidth; - + if (menuPtr->tkwin == NULL) { return; } - Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, + Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->borderWidthPtr, &borderWidth); x = y = borderWidth; indicatorSpace = labelWidth = accelWidth = 0; windowHeight = 0; /* - * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, - * so we want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate - * them and pass them down to all of the measuring and drawing - * routines. We will measure the font metrics of the menu once. - * If an entry does not have its own font set, then we give - * the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font and metrics. - * If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font and - * give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics. + * On the Mac especially, getting font metrics can be quite slow, so we + * want to do it intelligently. We are going to precalculate them and pass + * them down to all of the measuring and drawing routines. We will measure + * the font metrics of the menu once. If an entry does not have its own + * font set, then we give the geometry/drawing routines the menu's font + * and metrics. If an entry has its own font, we will measure that font + * and give all of the geometry/drawing the entry's font and metrics. */ menuFont = Tk_GetFontFromObj(menuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->fontPtr); @@ -2675,28 +2879,27 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( fmPtr, &width, &height); menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height; } else if (menuPtr->entries[i]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { - GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, + GetTearoffEntryGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height); menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height; + } else { - /* - * For each entry, compute the height required by that - * particular entry, plus three widths: the width of the - * label, the width to allow for an indicator to be displayed - * to the left of the label (if any), and the width of the - * accelerator to be displayed to the right of the label - * (if any). These sizes depend, of course, on the type - * of the entry. + * For each entry, compute the height required by that particular + * entry, plus three widths: the width of the label, the width to + * allow for an indicator to be displayed to the left of the label + * (if any), and the width of the accelerator to be displayed to + * the right of the label (if any). These sizes depend, of course, + * on the type of the entry. */ - + GetMenuLabelGeometry(menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height); menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height; if (width > labelWidth) { labelWidth = width; } - + GetMenuAccelGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height); if (height > menuPtr->entries[i]->height) { @@ -2706,7 +2909,7 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( accelWidth = width; } - GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, + GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(menuPtr, menuPtr->entries[i], tkfont, fmPtr, &width, &height); if (height > menuPtr->entries[i]->height) { menuPtr->entries[i]->height = height; @@ -2717,7 +2920,7 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( menuPtr->entries[i]->height += 2 * activeBorderWidth + 1; } - menuPtr->entries[i]->y = y; + menuPtr->entries[i]->y = y; y += menuPtr->entries[i]->height; if (y > windowHeight) { windowHeight = y; @@ -2740,10 +2943,10 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( windowHeight += borderWidth; - + /* - * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least - * 1 (a zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway). + * The X server doesn't like zero dimensions, so round up to at least 1 (a + * zero-sized menu should never really occur, anyway). */ if (windowWidth <= 0) { @@ -2761,8 +2964,8 @@ TkpComputeStandardMenuGeometry( * * MenuSelectEvent -- * - * Generates a "MenuSelect" virtual event. This can be used to - * do context-sensitive menu help. + * Generates a "MenuSelect" virtual event. This can be used to do + * context-sensitive menu help. * * Results: * None. @@ -2778,9 +2981,8 @@ MenuSelectEvent( TkMenu *menuPtr) /* the menu we have selected. */ { XVirtualEvent event; - POINTS rootPoint; - DWORD msgPos; - + union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root; + event.type = VirtualEvent; event.serial = menuPtr->display->request; event.send_event = 0; @@ -2790,14 +2992,14 @@ MenuSelectEvent( event.root = XRootWindow(menuPtr->display, 0); event.subwindow = None; event.time = TkpGetMS(); - - msgPos = GetMessagePos(); - rootPoint = MAKEPOINTS(msgPos); - event.x_root = rootPoint.x; - event.y_root = rootPoint.y; + + root.msgpos = GetMessagePos(); + event.x_root = root.point.x; + event.y_root = root.point.y; event.state = TkWinGetModifierState(); event.same_screen = 1; event.name = Tk_GetUid("MenuSelect"); + event.user_data = NULL; Tk_QueueWindowEvent((XEvent *) &event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); } @@ -2807,8 +3009,8 @@ MenuSelectEvent( * TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate -- * * This routine reconfigures the menu and the clones indicated by - * menuName becuase a toplevel has been created and any system - * menus need to be created. + * menuName becuase a toplevel has been created and any system menus need + * to be created. * * Results: * None. @@ -2821,9 +3023,8 @@ MenuSelectEvent( void TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */ - char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to - * reconfigure. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp the menu lives in. */ + char *menuName) /* The name of the menu to reconfigure. */ { TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; TkMenu *menuPtr; @@ -2833,10 +3034,10 @@ TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( if ((menuRefPtr != NULL) && (menuRefPtr->menuPtr != NULL)) { for (menuPtr = menuRefPtr->menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuPtr != NULL; menuPtr = menuPtr->nextInstancePtr) { - if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) + if ((menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) && !(menuPtr->menuFlags & MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING)) { menuPtr->menuFlags |= MENU_RECONFIGURE_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ReconfigureWindowsMenu, (ClientData) menuPtr); } } @@ -2847,6 +3048,35 @@ TkpMenuNotifyToplevelCreate( /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * Tk_GetMenuHWND -- + * + * This function returns the HWND of a hidden menu Window that processes + * messages of a popup menu. This hidden menu window is used to handle + * either a dynamic popup menu in the same process or a pull-down menu of + * an embedded window in a different process. + * + * Results: + * Returns the HWND of the hidden menu Window. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +HWND +Tk_GetMenuHWND( + Tk_Window tkwin) +{ + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + TkMenuInit(); + return tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * MenuExitHandler -- * * Unregisters the class of utility windows. @@ -2865,6 +3095,7 @@ MenuExitHandler( ClientData clientData) /* Not used */ { UnregisterClass(MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); + UnregisterClass(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, Tk_GetHINSTANCE()); } /* @@ -2892,7 +3123,9 @@ MenuThreadExitHandler( Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->menuHWND); + DestroyWindow(tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND); tsdPtr->menuHWND = NULL; + tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND = NULL; Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable); Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->commandTable); @@ -2907,9 +3140,9 @@ MenuThreadExitHandler( * database name. * * Results: - * Returns a Tcl_Obj * with the default value. If there is no - * Windows-specific default for this attribute, returns NULL. - * This object has a ref count of 0. + * Returns a Tcl_Obj* with the default value. If there is no + * Windows-specific default for this attribute, returns NULL. This object + * has a ref count of 0. * * Side effects: * Storage is allocated. @@ -2920,8 +3153,8 @@ MenuThreadExitHandler( Tcl_Obj * TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault( Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */ - CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ - CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ + const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ + const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ { Tcl_Obj *valuePtr = NULL; @@ -2929,8 +3162,7 @@ TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault( (strcmp(dbName, "borderWidth") == 0)) { valuePtr = Tcl_NewIntObj(defaultBorderWidth); } else if (strcmp(dbName, "font") == 0) { - valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), - -1); + valuePtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&menuFontDString), -1); } return valuePtr; @@ -2939,30 +3171,29 @@ TkWinGetMenuSystemDefault( /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * TkWinMenuSetDefaults -- + * SetDefaults -- * - * Sets up the hash tables and the variables used by the menu package. + * Read system menu settings (font, sizes of items, use of accelerators) + * This is called if the UI theme or settings are changed. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * lastMenuID gets initialized, and the parent hash and the command hash - * are allocated. + * May result in menu items being redrawn with different appearance. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -void +static void SetDefaults( - int firstTime) /* Is this the first time this - * has been called? */ + int firstTime) /* Is this the first time this has been + * called? */ { char sizeString[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; char faceName[LF_FACESIZE]; HDC scratchDC; - Tcl_DString boldItalicDString; - int bold = 0; + int bold = 0; int italic = 0; TEXTMETRIC tm; int pointSize; @@ -2977,8 +3208,8 @@ SetDefaults( OSVERSIONINFO os; /* - * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run - * out of options via a break statement. + * Set all of the default options. The loop will terminate when we run out + * of options via a break statement. */ defaultBorderWidth = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER); @@ -3019,44 +3250,56 @@ SetDefaults( DeleteDC(scratchDC); DeleteObject(menuFont); - + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, faceName); sprintf(sizeString, "%d", pointSize); Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, sizeString); - if (bold == 1 || italic == 1) { + if (bold || italic) { + Tcl_DString boldItalicDString; + Tcl_DStringInit(&boldItalicDString); - if (bold == 1) { + if (bold) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&boldItalicDString, "bold"); } - if (italic == 1) { + if (italic) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&boldItalicDString, "italic"); } - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&menuFontDString, Tcl_DStringValue(&boldItalicDString)); + Tcl_DStringFree(&boldItalicDString); } /* * Now we go ahead and get the dimensions of the check mark and the - * appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here - * to save time when traversing large sets of menu items. + * appropriate margins. Since this is fairly hairy, we do it here to save + * time when traversing large sets of menu items. * - * The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It - * is the only way to insure menu items lining up, and is not - * documented. + * The code below was given to me by Microsoft over the phone. It is the + * only way to ensure menu items line up, and is not documented. */ if (TkWinGetPlatformId() >= VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_WINDOWS) { indicatorDimensions[0] = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK); indicatorDimensions[1] = ((GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME) + - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER) + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXBORDER) + GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK) + 7) & 0xFFF8) - GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFIXEDFRAME); } else { DWORD dimensions = GetMenuCheckMarkDimensions(); indicatorDimensions[0] = HIWORD(dimensions); indicatorDimensions[1] = LOWORD(dimensions); - } + } + + /* + * Accelerators used to be always underlines until Win2K when a system + * parameter was introduced to hide them unless Alt is pressed. + */ + + showMenuAccelerators = TRUE; + if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { + SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETKEYBOARDCUES, 0, &showMenuAccelerators, 0); + } } /* @@ -3076,7 +3319,7 @@ SetDefaults( */ void -TkpMenuInit() +TkpMenuInit(void) { WNDCLASS wndClass; @@ -3090,7 +3333,15 @@ TkpMenuInit() wndClass.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)(COLOR_WINDOW + 1); wndClass.lpszMenuName = NULL; wndClass.lpszClassName = MENU_CLASS_NAME; - RegisterClass(&wndClass); + if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) { + Tcl_Panic("Failed to register menu window class."); + } + + wndClass.lpfnWndProc = TkWinEmbeddedMenuProc; + wndClass.lpszClassName = EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME; + if (!RegisterClass(&wndClass)) { + Tcl_Panic("Failed to register embedded menu window class."); + } TkCreateExitHandler(MenuExitHandler, (ClientData) NULL); SetDefaults(1); @@ -3101,7 +3352,8 @@ TkpMenuInit() * * TkpMenuThreadInit -- * - * Sets up the thread-local hash tables used by the menu module. + * Sets up the thread-local hash tables used by the menu module. Assumes + * that TkpMenuInit has been called. * * Results: * None. @@ -3113,16 +3365,36 @@ TkpMenuInit() */ void -TkpMenuThreadInit() +TkpMenuThreadInit(void) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); tsdPtr->menuHWND = CreateWindow(MENU_CLASS_NAME, "MenuWindow", WS_POPUP, - 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); + 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); + + if (!tsdPtr->menuHWND) { + Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the menu window."); + } + + tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND = + CreateWindow(EMBEDDED_MENU_CLASS_NAME, "EmbeddedMenuWindow", + WS_POPUP, 0, 0, 10, 10, NULL, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); + + if (!tsdPtr->embeddedMenuHWND) { + Tcl_Panic("Failed to create the embedded menu window."); + } Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->winMenuTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->commandTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); - Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(MenuThreadExitHandler, (ClientData) NULL); + TkCreateThreadExitHandler(MenuThreadExitHandler, (ClientData) NULL); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinPixmap.c b/win/tkWinPixmap.c index 4a7954f..51f0f59 100644 --- a/win/tkWinPixmap.c +++ b/win/tkWinPixmap.c @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinPixmap.c -- * - * This file contains the Xlib emulation functions pertaining to - * creating and destroying pixmaps. + * This file contains the Xlib emulation functions pertaining to creating + * and destroying pixmaps. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -30,23 +29,23 @@ */ Pixmap -Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - int width; - int height; - int depth; +Tk_GetPixmap( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + int width, + int height, + int depth) { TkWinDrawable *newTwdPtr, *twdPtr; int planes; Screen *screen; - + display->request++; newTwdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable)); newTwdPtr->type = TWD_BITMAP; newTwdPtr->bitmap.depth = depth; - twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d; + twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) d; if (twdPtr->type != TWD_BITMAP) { if (twdPtr->window.winPtr == NULL) { newTwdPtr->bitmap.colormap = DefaultColormap(display, @@ -60,7 +59,7 @@ Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) screen = &display->screens[0]; planes = 1; if (depth == screen->root_depth) { - planes = (int) screen->ext_data; + planes = PTR2INT(screen->ext_data); depth /= planes; } newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle = @@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) if (newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) { static int repeatError = 0; - unsigned char *bits = NULL; + void *bits = NULL; BITMAPINFO bitmapInfo; HDC dc; @@ -88,7 +87,7 @@ Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) bitmapInfo.bmiHeader.biSizeImage = 0; dc = GetDC(NULL); newTwdPtr->bitmap.handle = CreateDIBSection(dc, &bitmapInfo, - DIB_RGB_COLORS, (void **) &bits, 0, 0); + DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bits, 0, 0); ReleaseDC(NULL, dc); /* @@ -118,8 +117,8 @@ Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) ckfree((char *) newTwdPtr); return None; } - - return (Pixmap)newTwdPtr; + + return (Pixmap) newTwdPtr; } /* @@ -139,16 +138,16 @@ Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth) */ void -Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap) - Display* display; - Pixmap pixmap; +Tk_FreePixmap( + Display *display, + Pixmap pixmap) { TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) pixmap; display->request++; if (twdPtr != NULL) { DeleteObject(twdPtr->bitmap.handle); - ckfree((char *)twdPtr); + ckfree((char *) twdPtr); } } @@ -170,9 +169,9 @@ Tk_FreePixmap(display, pixmap) */ void -TkSetPixmapColormap(pixmap, colormap) - Pixmap pixmap; - Colormap colormap; +TkSetPixmapColormap( + Pixmap pixmap, + Colormap colormap) { TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)pixmap; twdPtr->bitmap.colormap = colormap; @@ -183,9 +182,9 @@ TkSetPixmapColormap(pixmap, colormap) * * XGetGeometry -- * - * Retrieve the geometry of the given drawable. Note that - * this is a degenerate implementation that only returns the - * size of a pixmap or window. + * Retrieve the geometry of the given drawable. Note that this is a + * degenerate implementation that only returns the size of a pixmap or + * window. * * Results: * Returns 0. @@ -197,17 +196,16 @@ TkSetPixmapColormap(pixmap, colormap) */ int -XGetGeometry(display, d, root_return, x_return, y_return, width_return, - height_return, border_width_return, depth_return) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - Window* root_return; - int* x_return; - int* y_return; - unsigned int* width_return; - unsigned int* height_return; - unsigned int* border_width_return; - unsigned int* depth_return; +XGetGeometry( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + Window *root_return, + int *x_return, + int *y_return, + unsigned int *width_return, + unsigned int *height_return, + unsigned int *border_width_return, + unsigned int *depth_return) { TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)d; @@ -216,30 +214,38 @@ XGetGeometry(display, d, root_return, x_return, y_return, width_return, BITMAPINFO info; if (twdPtr->bitmap.handle == NULL) { - panic("XGetGeometry: invalid pixmap"); - } - dc = GetDC(NULL); - info.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); - info.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 0; - if (!GetDIBits(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle, 0, 0, NULL, &info, - DIB_RGB_COLORS)) { - panic("XGetGeometry: unable to get bitmap size"); - } - ReleaseDC(NULL, dc); - - *width_return = info.bmiHeader.biWidth; - *height_return = info.bmiHeader.biHeight; + Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid pixmap"); + } + dc = GetDC(NULL); + info.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); + info.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 0; + if (!GetDIBits(dc, twdPtr->bitmap.handle, 0, 0, NULL, &info, + DIB_RGB_COLORS)) { + Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: unable to get bitmap size"); + } + ReleaseDC(NULL, dc); + + *width_return = info.bmiHeader.biWidth; + *height_return = info.bmiHeader.biHeight; } else if (twdPtr->type == TWD_WINDOW) { RECT rect; - if (twdPtr->window.handle == NULL) { - panic("XGetGeometry: invalid window"); - } - GetClientRect(twdPtr->window.handle, &rect); - *width_return = rect.right - rect.left; - *height_return = rect.bottom - rect.top; + if (twdPtr->window.handle == NULL) { + Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid window"); + } + GetClientRect(twdPtr->window.handle, &rect); + *width_return = rect.right - rect.left; + *height_return = rect.bottom - rect.top; } else { - panic("XGetGeometry: invalid window"); + Tcl_Panic("XGetGeometry: invalid window"); } return 1; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinPointer.c b/win/tkWinPointer.c index bac6e18..dcddb8f 100644 --- a/win/tkWinPointer.c +++ b/win/tkWinPointer.c @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ static int mouseTimerSet = 0; /* 1 if the mouse timer is active. */ * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file. */ -static void MouseTimerProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); +static void MouseTimerProc(ClientData clientData); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ static void MouseTimerProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData)); */ int -TkWinGetModifierState() +TkWinGetModifierState(void) { int state = 0; @@ -89,10 +89,9 @@ TkWinGetModifierState() * * Tk_PointerEvent -- * - * This procedure is called for each pointer-related event. - * It converts the position to root coords and updates the - * global pointer state machine. It also ensures that the - * mouse timer is scheduled. + * This procedure is called for each pointer-related event. It converts + * the position to root coords and updates the global pointer state + * machine. It also ensures that the mouse timer is scheduled. * * Results: * None. @@ -104,11 +103,11 @@ TkWinGetModifierState() */ void -Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, x, y) - HWND hwnd; /* Window for coords, or NULL for - * the root window. */ - int x, y; /* Coords relative to hwnd, or screen - * if hwnd is NULL. */ +Tk_PointerEvent( + HWND hwnd, /* Window for coords, or NULL for the root + * window. */ + int x, int y) /* Coords relative to hwnd, or screen if hwnd + * is NULL. */ { POINT pos; int state; @@ -126,11 +125,11 @@ Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, x, y) } /* - * If the mouse is captured, Windows will report all pointer - * events to the capture window. So, we need to determine which - * window the mouse is really over and change the event. Note - * that the computed hwnd may point to a window not owned by Tk, - * or a toplevel decorative frame, so tkwin can be NULL. + * If the mouse is captured, Windows will report all pointer events to the + * capture window. So, we need to determine which window the mouse is + * really over and change the event. Note that the computed hwnd may point + * to a window not owned by Tk, or a toplevel decorative frame, so tkwin + * can be NULL. */ if (captured || hwnd == NULL) { @@ -166,14 +165,13 @@ Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, x, y) */ int -XGrabKeyboard(display, grab_window, owner_events, pointer_mode, - keyboard_mode, time) - Display* display; - Window grab_window; - Bool owner_events; - int pointer_mode; - int keyboard_mode; - Time time; +XGrabKeyboard( + Display *display, + Window grab_window, + Bool owner_events, + int pointer_mode, + int keyboard_mode, + Time time) { keyboardWinPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(grab_window); return GrabSuccess; @@ -196,9 +194,9 @@ XGrabKeyboard(display, grab_window, owner_events, pointer_mode, */ int -XUngrabKeyboard(display, time) - Display* display; - Time time; +XUngrabKeyboard( + Display *display, + Time time) { keyboardWinPtr = NULL; return Success; @@ -209,8 +207,7 @@ XUngrabKeyboard(display, time) * * MouseTimerProc -- * - * Check the current mouse position and look for enter/leave - * events. + * Check the current mouse position and look for enter/leave events. * * Results: * None. @@ -222,16 +219,16 @@ XUngrabKeyboard(display, time) */ void -MouseTimerProc(clientData) - ClientData clientData; +MouseTimerProc( + ClientData clientData) { POINT pos; mouseTimerSet = 0; /* - * Get the current mouse position and window. Don't do anything - * if the mouse hasn't moved since the last time we looked. + * Get the current mouse position and window. Don't do anything if the + * mouse hasn't moved since the last time we looked. */ GetCursorPos(&pos); @@ -255,7 +252,7 @@ MouseTimerProc(clientData) */ void -TkWinCancelMouseTimer() +TkWinCancelMouseTimer(void) { if (mouseTimerSet) { Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler(mouseTimer); @@ -271,8 +268,8 @@ TkWinCancelMouseTimer() * Fetch the position of the mouse pointer. * * Results: - * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the root coordinates - * of the mouse pointer for the display. + * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the root coordinates of the mouse + * pointer for the display. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -281,10 +278,10 @@ TkWinCancelMouseTimer() */ void -TkGetPointerCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window that identifies screen on which +TkGetPointerCoords( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window that identifies screen on which * lookup is to be done. */ - int *xPtr, *yPtr; /* Store pointer coordinates here. */ + int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */ { POINT point; @@ -298,13 +295,13 @@ TkGetPointerCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) * * XQueryPointer -- * - * Check the current state of the mouse. This is not a complete - * implementation of this function. It only computes the root - * coordinates and the current mask. + * Check the current state of the mouse. This is not a complete + * implementation of this function. It only computes the root coordinates + * and the current mask. * * Results: - * Sets root_x_return, root_y_return, and mask_return. Returns - * true on success. + * Sets root_x_return, root_y_return, and mask_return. Returns true on + * success. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -313,17 +310,16 @@ TkGetPointerCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) */ Bool -XQueryPointer(display, w, root_return, child_return, root_x_return, - root_y_return, win_x_return, win_y_return, mask_return) - Display* display; - Window w; - Window* root_return; - Window* child_return; - int* root_x_return; - int* root_y_return; - int* win_x_return; - int* win_y_return; - unsigned int* mask_return; +XQueryPointer( + Display *display, + Window w, + Window *root_return, + Window *child_return, + int *root_x_return, + int *root_y_return, + int *win_x_return, + int *win_y_return, + unsigned int *mask_return) { display->request++; TkGetPointerCoords(NULL, root_x_return, root_y_return); @@ -336,8 +332,8 @@ XQueryPointer(display, w, root_return, child_return, root_x_return, * * XWarpPointer -- * - * Move pointer to new location. This is not a complete - * implementation of this function. + * Move pointer to new location. This is not a complete implementation of + * this function. * * Results: * None. @@ -349,17 +345,16 @@ XQueryPointer(display, w, root_return, child_return, root_x_return, */ int -XWarpPointer(display, src_w, dest_w, src_x, src_y, src_width, - src_height, dest_x, dest_y) - Display* display; - Window src_w; - Window dest_w; - int src_x; - int src_y; - unsigned int src_width; - unsigned int src_height; - int dest_x; - int dest_y; +XWarpPointer( + Display *display, + Window src_w, + Window dest_w, + int src_x, + int src_y, + unsigned int src_width, + unsigned int src_height, + int dest_x, + int dest_y) { RECT r; @@ -385,12 +380,13 @@ XWarpPointer(display, src_w, dest_w, src_x, src_y, src_width, */ int -XGetInputFocus(display, focus_return, revert_to_return) - Display *display; - Window *focus_return; - int *revert_to_return; +XGetInputFocus( + Display *display, + Window *focus_return, + int *revert_to_return) { Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(GetFocus()); + *focus_return = tkwin ? Tk_WindowId(tkwin) : None; *revert_to_return = RevertToParent; display->request++; @@ -415,11 +411,11 @@ XGetInputFocus(display, focus_return, revert_to_return) */ int -XSetInputFocus(display, focus, revert_to, time) - Display* display; - Window focus; - int revert_to; - Time time; +XSetInputFocus( + Display *display, + Window focus, + int revert_to, + Time time) { display->request++; if (focus != None) { @@ -433,29 +429,28 @@ XSetInputFocus(display, focus, revert_to, time) * * TkpChangeFocus -- * - * This procedure is invoked to move the system focus from - * one window to another. + * This procedure is invoked to move the system focus from one window to + * another. * * Results: - * The return value is the serial number of the command that - * changed the focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter - * out focus change events that were queued before the command. - * If the procedure doesn't actually change the focus then - * it returns 0. + * The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the + * focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change + * events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't + * actually change the focus then it returns 0. * * Side effects: - * The official Windows focus window changes; the application's focus + * The official Windows focus window changes; the application's focus * window isn't changed by this procedure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ - int force; /* Non-zero means claim the focus even - * if it didn't originally belong to - * topLevelPtr's application. */ +TkpChangeFocus( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ + int force) /* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it + * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's + * application. */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; Window focusWindow; @@ -471,12 +466,12 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) } if (winPtr->window == None) { - panic("ChangeXFocus got null X window"); + Tcl_Panic("ChangeXFocus got null X window"); } /* - * Change the foreground window so the focus window is raised to the top of - * the system stacking order and gets the keyboard focus. + * Change the foreground window so the focus window is raised to the top + * of the system stacking order and gets the keyboard focus. */ if (force) { @@ -486,10 +481,10 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) CurrentTime); /* - * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue - * a dummy server request. This marks the position at which we - * changed the focus, so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut - * events on either side of the mark. + * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy + * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus, + * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the + * mark. */ serial = NextRequest(winPtr->display); @@ -502,10 +497,9 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) * * TkpSetCapture -- * - * This function captures the mouse so that all future events - * will be reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside - * the window. If the specified window is NULL, then the mouse - * is released. + * This function captures the mouse so that all future events will be + * reported to this window, even if the mouse is outside the window. If + * the specified window is NULL, then the mouse is released. * * Results: * None. @@ -517,8 +511,8 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) */ void -TkpSetCapture(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Capture window, or NULL. */ +TkpSetCapture( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Capture window, or NULL. */ { if (winPtr) { SetCapture(Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(winPtr))); @@ -528,3 +522,11 @@ TkpSetCapture(winPtr) ReleaseCapture(); } } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinPort.h b/win/tkWinPort.h index d1d7b58..14f949c 100644 --- a/win/tkWinPort.h +++ b/win/tkWinPort.h @@ -97,8 +97,6 @@ #define TkFreeWindowId(dispPtr,w) #define TkInitXId(dispPtr) -#define TkpCmapStressed(tkwin,colormap) (0) -#define TkpSync(display) /* * The following Tk functions are implemented as macros under Windows. @@ -116,8 +114,4 @@ #define TkpCreateNativeBitmap(display, source) None #define TkpGetNativeAppBitmap(display, name, w, h) None -#ifndef _TCLINT -#include <tclInt.h> -#endif - #endif /* _WINPORT */ diff --git a/win/tkWinRegion.c b/win/tkWinRegion.c index 713a6b1..d097047 100644 --- a/win/tkWinRegion.c +++ b/win/tkWinRegion.c @@ -1,16 +1,23 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinRegion.c -- * * Tk Region emulation code. * * Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" +#undef TkCreateRegion +#undef TkDestroyRegion +#undef TkClipBox +#undef TkIntersectRegion +#undef TkUnionRectWithRegion +#undef TkRectInRegion +#undef TkSubtractRegion /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -29,7 +36,7 @@ */ TkRegion -TkCreateRegion() +TkCreateRegion(void) { RECT rect; memset(&rect, 0, sizeof(RECT)); @@ -53,8 +60,8 @@ TkCreateRegion() */ void -TkDestroyRegion(r) - TkRegion r; +TkDestroyRegion( + TkRegion r) { DeleteObject((HRGN) r); } @@ -76,11 +83,12 @@ TkDestroyRegion(r) */ void -TkClipBox(r, rect_return) - TkRegion r; - XRectangle* rect_return; +TkClipBox( + TkRegion r, + XRectangle* rect_return) { RECT rect; + GetRgnBox((HRGN)r, &rect); rect_return->x = (short) rect.left; rect_return->y = (short) rect.top; @@ -105,10 +113,10 @@ TkClipBox(r, rect_return) */ void -TkIntersectRegion(sra, srb, dr_return) - TkRegion sra; - TkRegion srb; - TkRegion dr_return; +TkIntersectRegion( + TkRegion sra, + TkRegion srb, + TkRegion dr_return) { CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_AND); } @@ -130,13 +138,14 @@ TkIntersectRegion(sra, srb, dr_return) */ void -TkUnionRectWithRegion(rectangle, src_region, dest_region_return) - XRectangle* rectangle; - TkRegion src_region; - TkRegion dest_region_return; +TkUnionRectWithRegion( + XRectangle *rectangle, + TkRegion src_region, + TkRegion dest_region_return) { HRGN rectRgn = CreateRectRgn(rectangle->x, rectangle->y, rectangle->x + rectangle->width, rectangle->y + rectangle->height); + CombineRgn((HRGN) dest_region_return, (HRGN) src_region, (HRGN) rectRgn, RGN_OR); DeleteObject(rectRgn); @@ -145,14 +154,84 @@ TkUnionRectWithRegion(rectangle, src_region, dest_region_return) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData -- + * + * Set up a rectangle of the given region based on the supplied alpha + * data. + * + * Results: + * None + * + * Side effects: + * The region is updated, with extra pixels added to it. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpBuildRegionFromAlphaData( + TkRegion region, + unsigned int x, unsigned int y, + /* Where in region to update. */ + unsigned int width, unsigned int height, + /* Size of rectangle to update. */ + unsigned char *dataPtr, /* Data to read from. */ + unsigned int pixelStride, /* Num bytes from one piece of alpha data to + * the next in the line. */ + unsigned int lineStride) /* Num bytes from one line of alpha data to + * the next line. */ +{ + unsigned char *lineDataPtr; + unsigned int x1, y1, end; + HRGN rectRgn = CreateRectRgn(0,0,1,1); /* Workspace region. */ + + for (y1 = 0; y1 < height; y1++) { + lineDataPtr = dataPtr; + for (x1 = 0; x1 < width; x1 = end) { + /* + * Search for first non-transparent pixel. + */ + + while ((x1 < width) && !*lineDataPtr) { + x1++; + lineDataPtr += pixelStride; + } + end = x1; + + /* + * Search for first transparent pixel. + */ + + while ((end < width) && *lineDataPtr) { + end++; + lineDataPtr += pixelStride; + } + if (end > x1) { + /* + * Manipulate Win32 regions directly; it's more efficient. + */ + + SetRectRgn(rectRgn, (int) (x+x1), (int) (y+y1), + (int) (x+end), (int) (y+y1+1)); + CombineRgn((HRGN) region, (HRGN) region, rectRgn, RGN_OR); + } + } + dataPtr += lineStride; + } + + DeleteObject(rectRgn); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * TkRectInRegion -- * * Test whether a given rectangle overlaps with a region. * * Results: - * Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is - * not a complete implementation since it doesn't test for - * RectangleIn. + * Returns RectanglePart or RectangleOut. Note that this is not a + * complete implementation since it doesn't test for RectangleIn. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -161,12 +240,11 @@ TkUnionRectWithRegion(rectangle, src_region, dest_region_return) */ int -TkRectInRegion(r, x, y, width, height) - TkRegion r; - int x; - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; +TkRectInRegion( + TkRegion r, /* Region to inspect */ + int x, int y, /* Top-left of rectangle */ + unsigned int width, /* Width of rectangle */ + unsigned int height) /* Height of rectangle */ { RECT rect; rect.top = y; @@ -193,10 +271,18 @@ TkRectInRegion(r, x, y, width, height) */ void -TkSubtractRegion(sra, srb, dr_return) - TkRegion sra; - TkRegion srb; - TkRegion dr_return; +TkSubtractRegion( + TkRegion sra, + TkRegion srb, + TkRegion dr_return) { CombineRgn((HRGN) dr_return, (HRGN) sra, (HRGN) srb, RGN_DIFF); } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinScrlbr.c b/win/tkWinScrlbr.c index 130daa6..5032912 100644 --- a/win/tkWinScrlbr.c +++ b/win/tkWinScrlbr.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinScrollbar.c -- * * This file implements the Windows specific portion of the scrollbar @@ -6,19 +6,18 @@ * * Copyright (c) 1996 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" #include "tkScrollbar.h" - /* - * The following constant is used to specify the maximum scroll position. - * This value is limited by the Win32 API to either 16-bits or 32-bits, - * depending on the context. For now we'll just use a value small - * enough to fit in 16-bits, but which gives us 4-digits of precision. + * The following constant is used to specify the maximum scroll position. This + * value is limited by the Win32 API to either 16-bits or 32-bits, depending + * on the context. For now we'll just use a value small enough to fit in + * 16-bits, but which gives us 4-digits of precision. */ #define MAX_SCROLL 10000 @@ -37,7 +36,7 @@ typedef struct WinScrollbar { /* * Flag bits for native scrollbars: - * + * * IN_MODAL_LOOP: Non-zero means this scrollbar is in the middle * of a modal loop. * ALREADY_DEAD: Non-zero means this scrollbar has been @@ -58,8 +57,8 @@ static int vArrowWidth, vArrowHeight, vThumb; /* Vertical control metrics. */ TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winScrlbrMutex) /* - * This variable holds the default width for a scrollbar in string - * form for use in a Tk_ConfigSpec. + * This variable holds the default width for a scrollbar in string form for + * use in a Tk_ConfigSpec. */ static char defWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; @@ -68,18 +67,16 @@ static char defWidth[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; * Declarations for functions defined in this file. */ -static Window CreateProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - Window parent, ClientData instanceData)); -static void ModalLoopProc _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static int ScrollbarBindProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, +static Window CreateProc(Tk_Window tkwin, Window parent, + ClientData instanceData); +static void ModalLoopProc(Tk_Window tkwin, XEvent *eventPtr); +static int ScrollbarBindProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, XEvent *eventPtr, - Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym)); -static LRESULT CALLBACK ScrollbarProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message, - WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)); -static void UpdateScrollbar _ANSI_ARGS_(( - WinScrollbar *scrollPtr)); -static void UpdateScrollbarMetrics _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); + Tk_Window tkwin, KeySym keySym); +static LRESULT CALLBACK ScrollbarProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam); +static void UpdateScrollbar(WinScrollbar *scrollPtr); +static void UpdateScrollbarMetrics(void); /* * The class procedure table for the scrollbar widget. @@ -110,14 +107,14 @@ Tk_ClassProcs tkpScrollbarProcs = { */ TkScrollbar * -TkpCreateScrollbar(tkwin) - Tk_Window tkwin; +TkpCreateScrollbar( + Tk_Window tkwin) { WinScrollbar *scrollPtr; TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin; - + if (!initialized) { - Tcl_MutexLock(&winScrlbrMutex); + Tcl_MutexLock(&winScrlbrMutex); UpdateScrollbarMetrics(); initialized = 1; Tcl_MutexUnlock(&winScrlbrMutex); @@ -140,7 +137,7 @@ TkpCreateScrollbar(tkwin) ScrollbarBindProc, NULL, NULL); } - return (TkScrollbar*) scrollPtr; + return (TkScrollbar *) scrollPtr; } /* @@ -148,8 +145,8 @@ TkpCreateScrollbar(tkwin) * * UpdateScrollbar -- * - * This function updates the position and size of the scrollbar - * thumb based on the current settings. + * This function updates the position and size of the scrollbar thumb + * based on the current settings. * * Results: * None. @@ -161,8 +158,8 @@ TkpCreateScrollbar(tkwin) */ static void -UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr) - WinScrollbar *scrollPtr; +UpdateScrollbar( + WinScrollbar *scrollPtr) { SCROLLINFO scrollInfo; double thumbSize; @@ -179,15 +176,17 @@ UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr) scrollInfo.nPage = ((UINT) (thumbSize * (double) MAX_SCROLL)) + 1; if (thumbSize < 1.0) { scrollInfo.nPos = (int) - ((scrollPtr->info.firstFraction / (1.0-thumbSize)) - * (MAX_SCROLL - (scrollInfo.nPage - 1))); + ((scrollPtr->info.firstFraction / (1.0-thumbSize)) + * (MAX_SCROLL - (scrollInfo.nPage - 1))); } else { scrollInfo.nPos = 0; + /* - * Disable the scrollbar when there is nothing to scroll. - * This is standard Windows style (see eg Notepad). - * Also prevents possible crash on XP+ systems [Bug #624116]. + * Disable the scrollbar when there is nothing to scroll. This is + * standard Windows style (see eg Notepad). Also prevents possible + * crash on XP+ systems [Bug #624116]. */ + scrollInfo.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL; } SetScrollInfo(scrollPtr->hwnd, SB_CTL, &scrollInfo, TRUE); @@ -198,8 +197,8 @@ UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr) * * CreateProc -- * - * This function creates a new Scrollbar control, subclasses - * the instance, and generates a new Window object. + * This function creates a new Scrollbar control, subclasses the + * instance, and generates a new Window object. * * Results: * Returns the newly allocated Window object, or None on failure. @@ -211,10 +210,10 @@ UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr) */ static Window -CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. */ - Window parentWin; /* Parent of new window. */ - ClientData instanceData; /* Scrollbar instance data. */ +CreateProc( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */ + Window parentWin, /* Parent of new window. */ + ClientData instanceData) /* Scrollbar instance data. */ { DWORD style; Window window; @@ -226,10 +225,10 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) if (scrollPtr->info.vertical) { style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS - | SBS_VERT | SBS_RIGHTALIGN; + | SBS_VERT | SBS_RIGHTALIGN; } else { style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS - | SBS_HORZ | SBS_BOTTOMALIGN; + | SBS_HORZ | SBS_BOTTOMALIGN; } scrollPtr->hwnd = CreateWindow("SCROLLBAR", NULL, style, @@ -238,14 +237,14 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) /* * Ensure new window is inserted into the stacking order at the correct - * place. + * place. */ SetWindowPos(scrollPtr->hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); for (winPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkwin)->nextPtr; winPtr != NULL; - winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) { + winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) { if ((winPtr->window != None) && !(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { TkWinSetWindowPos(scrollPtr->hwnd, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), Below); @@ -254,13 +253,8 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) } scrollPtr->lastVertical = scrollPtr->info.vertical; -#ifdef _WIN64 scrollPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLongPtr(scrollPtr->hwnd, - GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) ScrollbarProc); -#else - scrollPtr->oldProc = (WNDPROC)SetWindowLong(scrollPtr->hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, - (DWORD) ScrollbarProc); -#endif + GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) ScrollbarProc); window = Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, scrollPtr->hwnd); UpdateScrollbar(scrollPtr); @@ -272,9 +266,9 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) * * TkpDisplayScrollbar -- * - * This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. - * It is invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs - * when there's nothing else for the application to do. + * This procedure redraws the contents of a scrollbar window. It is + * invoked as a do-when-idle handler, so it only runs when there's + * nothing else for the application to do. * * Results: * None. @@ -286,8 +280,8 @@ CreateProc(tkwin, parentWin, instanceData) */ void -TkpDisplayScrollbar(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Information about window. */ +TkpDisplayScrollbar( + ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ { WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->info.tkwin; @@ -298,18 +292,14 @@ TkpDisplayScrollbar(clientData) } /* - * Destroy and recreate the scrollbar control if the orientation - * has changed. + * Destroy and recreate the scrollbar control if the orientation has + * changed. */ if (scrollPtr->lastVertical != scrollPtr->info.vertical) { HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkwin)); -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc); -#else - SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (DWORD) scrollPtr->oldProc); -#endif + SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) scrollPtr->oldProc); DestroyWindow(hwnd); CreateProc(tkwin, Tk_WindowId(Tk_Parent(tkwin)), @@ -336,17 +326,14 @@ TkpDisplayScrollbar(clientData) */ void -TkpDestroyScrollbar(scrollPtr) - TkScrollbar *scrollPtr; +TkpDestroyScrollbar( + TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) { WinScrollbar *winScrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)scrollPtr; HWND hwnd = winScrollPtr->hwnd; + if (hwnd) { -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) winScrollPtr->oldProc); -#else - SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (DWORD) winScrollPtr->oldProc); -#endif + SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) winScrollPtr->oldProc); if (winScrollPtr->winFlags & IN_MODAL_LOOP) { ((TkWindow *)scrollPtr->tkwin)->flags |= TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW; SetParent(hwnd, NULL); @@ -360,8 +347,7 @@ TkpDestroyScrollbar(scrollPtr) * * UpdateScrollbarMetrics -- * - * This function retrieves the current system metrics for a - * scrollbar. + * This function retrieves the current system metrics for a scrollbar. * * Results: * None. @@ -373,7 +359,7 @@ TkpDestroyScrollbar(scrollPtr) */ void -UpdateScrollbarMetrics() +UpdateScrollbarMetrics(void) { Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr; @@ -397,9 +383,9 @@ UpdateScrollbarMetrics() * * TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry -- * - * After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this - * procedure recomputes various geometry information used in - * displaying the scrollbar. + * After changes in a scrollbar's size or configuration, this procedure + * recomputes various geometry information used in displaying the + * scrollbar. * * Results: * None. @@ -411,15 +397,16 @@ UpdateScrollbarMetrics() */ void -TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr) - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr; /* Scrollbar whose geometry may - * have changed. */ +TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry( + register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) + /* Scrollbar whose geometry may have + * changed. */ { int fieldLength, minThumbSize; /* - * Windows doesn't use focus rings on scrollbars, but we still - * perform basic sanity checks to appease backwards compatibility. + * Windows doesn't use focus rings on scrollbars, but we still perform + * basic sanity checks to appease backwards compatibility. */ if (scrollPtr->highlightWidth < 0) { @@ -445,9 +432,9 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr) * scrollPtr->lastFraction); /* - * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always - * displayed in the scrollbar and so that it has at least - * a minimal width (so it can be grabbed with the mouse). + * Adjust the slider so that some piece of it is always displayed in the + * scrollbar and so that it has at least a minimal width (so it can be + * grabbed with the mouse). */ if (scrollPtr->sliderFirst > fieldLength) { @@ -467,10 +454,9 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr) scrollPtr->sliderLast += scrollPtr->arrowLength; /* - * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space - * for the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around - * the whole window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be - * redisplayed. + * Register the desired geometry for the window (leave enough space for + * the two arrows plus a minimum-size slider, plus border around the whole + * window, if any). Then arrange for the window to be redisplayed. */ if (scrollPtr->vertical) { @@ -488,8 +474,8 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr) * * ScrollbarProc -- * - * This function is call by Windows whenever an event occurs on - * a scrollbar control created by Tk. + * This function is call by Windows whenever an event occurs on a + * scrollbar control created by Tk. * * Results: * Standard Windows return value. @@ -501,11 +487,11 @@ TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr) */ static LRESULT CALLBACK -ScrollbarProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +ScrollbarProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { LRESULT result; POINT point; @@ -513,90 +499,89 @@ ScrollbarProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); if (tkwin == NULL) { - panic("ScrollbarProc called on an invalid HWND"); + Tcl_Panic("ScrollbarProc called on an invalid HWND"); } scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *)((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData; switch(message) { - case WM_HSCROLL: - case WM_VSCROLL: { - Tcl_Interp *interp; - Tcl_DString cmdString; - int command = LOWORD(wParam); - int code; - - GetCursorPos(&point); - Tk_TranslateWinEvent(NULL, WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0, - MAKELPARAM(point.x, point.y), &result); - - if (command == SB_ENDSCROLL) { - return 0; - } - - /* - * Bail out immediately if there isn't a command to invoke. - */ - - if (scrollPtr->info.commandSize == 0) { - Tcl_ServiceAll(); - return 0; - } - - Tcl_DStringInit(&cmdString); - Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmdString, scrollPtr->info.command, - scrollPtr->info.commandSize); - - if (command == SB_LINELEFT || command == SB_LINERIGHT) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "scroll"); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, - (command == SB_LINELEFT ) ? "-1" : "1"); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "units"); - } else if (command == SB_PAGELEFT || command == SB_PAGERIGHT) { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "scroll"); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, - (command == SB_PAGELEFT ) ? "-1" : "1"); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "pages"); - } else { - char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; - double pos = 0.0; - switch (command) { - case SB_THUMBPOSITION: - pos = ((double)HIWORD(wParam)) / MAX_SCROLL; - break; - - case SB_THUMBTRACK: - pos = ((double)HIWORD(wParam)) / MAX_SCROLL; - break; - - case SB_TOP: - pos = 0.0; - break; - - case SB_BOTTOM: - pos = 1.0; - break; - } - sprintf(valueString, "%g", pos); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "moveto"); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, valueString); - } + case WM_HSCROLL: + case WM_VSCROLL: { + Tcl_Interp *interp; + Tcl_DString cmdString; + int command = LOWORD(wParam); + int code; + + GetCursorPos(&point); + Tk_TranslateWinEvent(NULL, WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0, + MAKELPARAM(point.x, point.y), &result); + + if (command == SB_ENDSCROLL) { + return 0; + } - interp = scrollPtr->info.interp; - code = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, cmdString.string); - if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) { - Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (scrollbar command)"); - Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); - } - Tcl_DStringFree(&cmdString); + /* + * Bail out immediately if there isn't a command to invoke. + */ + if (scrollPtr->info.commandSize == 0) { Tcl_ServiceAll(); return 0; } - default: - if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { - return result; + Tcl_DStringInit(&cmdString); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&cmdString, scrollPtr->info.command, + scrollPtr->info.commandSize); + + if (command == SB_LINELEFT || command == SB_LINERIGHT) { + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "scroll"); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, + (command == SB_LINELEFT ) ? "-1" : "1"); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "units"); + } else if (command == SB_PAGELEFT || command == SB_PAGERIGHT) { + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "scroll"); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, + (command == SB_PAGELEFT ) ? "-1" : "1"); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "pages"); + } else { + char valueString[TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE]; + double pos = 0.0; + + switch (command) { + case SB_THUMBPOSITION: + pos = ((double)HIWORD(wParam)) / MAX_SCROLL; + break; + case SB_THUMBTRACK: + pos = ((double)HIWORD(wParam)) / MAX_SCROLL; + break; + case SB_TOP: + pos = 0.0; + break; + case SB_BOTTOM: + pos = 1.0; + break; } + + Tcl_PrintDouble(NULL, pos, valueString); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, "moveto"); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&cmdString, valueString); + } + + interp = scrollPtr->info.interp; + code = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, cmdString.string); + if (code != TCL_OK && code != TCL_CONTINUE && code != TCL_BREAK) { + Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (scrollbar command)"); + Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); + } + Tcl_DStringFree(&cmdString); + + Tcl_ServiceAll(); + return 0; + } + + default: + if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { + return result; + } } return CallWindowProc(scrollPtr->oldProc, hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); } @@ -607,8 +592,8 @@ ScrollbarProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) * TkpConfigureScrollbar -- * * This procedure is called after the generic code has finished - * processing configuration options, in order to configure - * platform specific options. + * processing configuration options, in order to configure platform + * specific options. * * Results: * None. @@ -620,10 +605,10 @@ ScrollbarProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) */ void -TkpConfigureScrollbar(scrollPtr) - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr; /* Information about widget; may or - * may not already have values for - * some fields. */ +TkpConfigureScrollbar( + register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr) + /* Information about widget; may or may not + * already have values for some fields. */ { } @@ -632,8 +617,8 @@ TkpConfigureScrollbar(scrollPtr) * * ScrollbarBindProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked when the default <ButtonPress> - * binding on the Scrollbar bind tag fires. + * This procedure is invoked when the default <ButtonPress> binding on + * the Scrollbar bind tag fires. * * Results: * None. @@ -645,14 +630,15 @@ TkpConfigureScrollbar(scrollPtr) */ static int -ScrollbarBindProc(clientData, interp, eventPtr, tkwin, keySym) - ClientData clientData; - Tcl_Interp *interp; - XEvent *eventPtr; - Tk_Window tkwin; - KeySym keySym; +ScrollbarBindProc( + ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, + XEvent *eventPtr, + Tk_Window tkwin, + KeySym keySym) { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin; + TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; + if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) { winPtr->flags |= TK_DEFER_MODAL; } @@ -664,9 +650,8 @@ ScrollbarBindProc(clientData, interp, eventPtr, tkwin, keySym) * * ModalLoopProc -- * - * This function is invoked at the end of the event processing - * whenever the ScrollbarBindProc has been invoked for a ButtonPress - * event. + * This function is invoked at the end of the event processing whenever + * the ScrollbarBindProc has been invoked for a ButtonPress event. * * Results: * None. @@ -678,16 +663,16 @@ ScrollbarBindProc(clientData, interp, eventPtr, tkwin, keySym) */ static void -ModalLoopProc(tkwin, eventPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; - XEvent *eventPtr; +ModalLoopProc( + Tk_Window tkwin, + XEvent *eventPtr) { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow*)tkwin; + TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WinScrollbar *scrollPtr = (WinScrollbar *) winPtr->instanceData; int oldMode; if (scrollPtr->hwnd) { - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData)scrollPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(scrollPtr); scrollPtr->winFlags |= IN_MODAL_LOOP; oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); TkWinResendEvent(scrollPtr->oldProc, scrollPtr->hwnd, eventPtr); @@ -696,7 +681,7 @@ ModalLoopProc(tkwin, eventPtr) if (scrollPtr->hwnd && scrollPtr->winFlags & ALREADY_DEAD) { DestroyWindow(scrollPtr->hwnd); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData)scrollPtr); + Tcl_Release(scrollPtr); } } @@ -705,14 +690,12 @@ ModalLoopProc(tkwin, eventPtr) * * TkpScrollbarPosition -- * - * Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a - * given position. + * Determine the scrollbar element corresponding to a given position. * * Results: - * One of TOP_ARROW, TOP_GAP, etc., indicating which element - * of the scrollbar covers the position given by (x, y). If - * (x,y) is outside the scrollbar entirely, then OUTSIDE is - * returned. + * One of TOP_ARROW, TOP_GAP, etc., indicating which element of the + * scrollbar covers the position given by (x, y). If (x,y) is outside the + * scrollbar entirely, then OUTSIDE is returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -721,10 +704,10 @@ ModalLoopProc(tkwin, eventPtr) */ int -TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr, x, y) - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr; /* Scrollbar widget record. */ - int x, y; /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's - * window. */ +TkpScrollbarPosition( + register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, + /* Scrollbar widget record. */ + int x, int y) /* Coordinates within scrollPtr's window. */ { int length, width, tmp; @@ -746,7 +729,7 @@ TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr, x, y) /* * All of the calculations in this procedure mirror those in - * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent. + * TkpDisplayScrollbar. Be sure to keep the two consistent. */ if (y < (scrollPtr->inset + scrollPtr->arrowLength)) { @@ -763,3 +746,11 @@ TkpScrollbarPosition(scrollPtr, x, y) } return BOTTOM_GAP; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinSend.c b/win/tkWinSend.c index 781aa5d..4b25963 100644 --- a/win/tkWinSend.c +++ b/win/tkWinSend.c @@ -1,56 +1,195 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinSend.c -- * - * This file provides procedures that implement the "send" - * command, allowing commands to be passed from interpreter - * to interpreter. + * This file provides functions that implement the "send" command, + * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. * * Copyright (c) 1997 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. + * Copyright (c) 2003 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ -#include "tkPort.h" #include "tkInt.h" +#include "tkWinSendCom.h" + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + +/* + * Should be defined in WTypes.h but mingw 1.0 is missing them. + */ + +#ifndef _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED +#define _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED +#define ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE 0x01 +#define ROTFLAGS_ALLOWANYCLIENT 0x02 +#endif /* ! _ROTFLAGS_DEFINED */ + +#define TKWINSEND_CLASS_NAME "TclEval" +#define TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE L"TclEval" + +#define MK_E_MONIKERALREADYREGISTERED \ + MAKE_HRESULT(SEVERITY_ERROR, FACILITY_ITF, 0x02A1) + +/* + * Package information structure. This is used to keep interpreter specific + * details for use when releasing the package resources upon interpreter + * deletion or package removal. + */ + +typedef struct { + char *name; /* The registered application name */ + DWORD cookie; /* ROT cookie returned on registration */ + LPUNKNOWN obj; /* Interface for the registration object */ + Tcl_Interp *interp; + Tcl_Command token; /* Winsend command token */ +} RegisteredInterp; + +typedef struct SendEvent { + Tcl_Event header; + Tcl_Interp *interp; + Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr; +} SendEvent; + +#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS +typedef struct { + int initialized; +} ThreadSpecificData; +static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; +#endif + +/* + * Functions internal to this file. + */ + +#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS +static void CmdDeleteProc(ClientData clientData); +static void InterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp); +static void RevokeObjectRegistration(RegisteredInterp *riPtr); +#endif +static HRESULT BuildMoniker(const char *name, LPMONIKER *pmk); +#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS +static HRESULT RegisterInterp(const char *name, + RegisteredInterp *riPtr); +#endif +static int FindInterpreterObject(Tcl_Interp *interp, + const char *name, LPDISPATCH *ppdisp); +static int Send(LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, Tcl_Interp *interp, + int async, ClientData clientData, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static Tcl_Obj * Win32ErrorObj(HRESULT hrError); +static void SendTrace(const char *format, ...); +static Tcl_EventProc SendEventProc; +#if defined(DEBUG) || defined(_DEBUG) +#define TRACE SendTrace +#else +#define TRACE 1 ? ((void)0) : SendTrace +#endif /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_SetAppName -- * - * This procedure is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk - * application. If the application has already been named, the - * name replaces the old one. + * This function is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk + * application. If the application has already been named, the name + * replaces the old one. * * Results: - * The return value is the name actually given to the application. - * This will normally be the same as name, but if name was already - * in use for an application then a name of the form "name #2" will - * be chosen, with a high enough number to make the name unique. + * The return value is the name actually given to the application. This + * will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for + * an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with + * a high enough number to make the name unique. * * Side effects: - * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command - * to be used later to invoke commands in the application. In - * addition, the "send" command is created in the application's - * interpreter. The registration will be removed automatically - * if the interpreter is deleted or the "send" command is removed. + * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be + * used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the + * "send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The + * registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is + * deleted or the "send" command is removed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * -Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for any window in the application - * to be named: it is just used to identify - * the application and the display. */ - CONST char *name; /* The name that will be used to - * refer to the interpreter in later - * "send" commands. Must be globally - * unique. */ +const char * +Tk_SetAppName( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application to + * be named: it is just used to identify the + * application and the display. */ + const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the + * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must + * be globally unique. */ { +#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS + /* + * Temporarily disabled for bug #858822 + */ + return name; +#else /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */ + + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = NULL; + TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; + RegisteredInterp *riPtr = NULL; + Tcl_Interp *interp; + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + + interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp; + + tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + + /* + * Initialise the COM library for this interpreter just once. + */ + + if (tsdPtr->initialized == 0) { + hr = CoInitialize(0); + if (FAILED(hr)) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, + "failed to initialize the COM library", TCL_STATIC); + return ""; + } + tsdPtr->initialized = 1; + TRACE("Initialized COM library for interp 0x%08X\n", (long)interp); + } + + /* + * If the interp hasn't been registered before then we need to create the + * registration structure and the COM object. If it has been registered + * already then we can reuse all and just register the new name. + */ + + riPtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkWinSend::ri", NULL); + if (riPtr == NULL) { + LPUNKNOWN *objPtr; + + riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) ckalloc(sizeof(RegisteredInterp)); + memset(riPtr, 0, sizeof(RegisteredInterp)); + riPtr->interp = interp; + + objPtr = &riPtr->obj; + hr = TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(interp, &IID_IUnknown, + (void **) objPtr); + + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, riPtr, + CmdDeleteProc); + if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { + Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send"); + } + Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "tkWinSend::ri", NULL, riPtr); + } else { + RevokeObjectRegistration(riPtr); + } + + RegisterInterp(name, riPtr); + return (const char *) riPtr->name; +#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */ } /* @@ -58,15 +197,14 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) * * TkGetInterpNames -- * - * This procedure is invoked to fetch a list of all the - * interpreter names currently registered for the display - * of a particular window. + * This function is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names + * currently registered for the display of a particular window. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set - * to hold a list of all the interpreter names defined for - * tkwin's display. If an error occurs, then TCL_ERROR - * is returned and interp->result will hold an error message. + * A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set to hold a list + * of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an error + * occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and interp->result will hold an + * error message. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -75,10 +213,837 @@ Tk_SetAppName(tkwin, name) */ int -TkGetInterpNames(interp, tkwin) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for returning a result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window whose display is to be used - * for the lookup. */ +TkGetInterpNames( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the + * lookup. */ { +#ifndef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS + /* + * Temporarily disabled for bug #858822 + */ + return TCL_OK; +#else /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */ + + LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL; + LPCOLESTR oleszStub = TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE; + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + Tcl_Obj *objList = NULL; + int result = TCL_OK; + + hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + IBindCtx* pBindCtx = NULL; + objList = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + hr = CreateBindCtx(0, &pBindCtx); + + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + IEnumMoniker* pEnum; + + hr = pROT->lpVtbl->EnumRunning(pROT, &pEnum); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + IMoniker* pmk = NULL; + + while (pEnum->lpVtbl->Next(pEnum, 1, &pmk, NULL) == S_OK) { + LPOLESTR olestr; + + hr = pmk->lpVtbl->GetDisplayName(pmk, pBindCtx, NULL, + &olestr); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + IMalloc *pMalloc = NULL; + + if (wcsncmp(olestr, oleszStub, + wcslen(oleszStub)) == 0) { + LPOLESTR p = olestr + wcslen(oleszStub); + + if (*p) { + result = Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, + objList, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(p + 1, -1)); + } + } + + hr = CoGetMalloc(1, &pMalloc); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + pMalloc->lpVtbl->Free(pMalloc, (void*)olestr); + pMalloc->lpVtbl->Release(pMalloc); + } + } + pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk); + } + pEnum->lpVtbl->Release(pEnum); + } + pBindCtx->lpVtbl->Release(pBindCtx); + } + pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT); + } + + if (FAILED(hr)) { + /* + * Expire the list if set. + */ + + if (objList != NULL) { + Tcl_DecrRefCount(objList); + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Win32ErrorObj(hr)); + result = TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (result == TCL_OK) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objList); + } + + return result; +#endif /* TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS */ +} + +/* + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Tk_SendCmd -- + * + * This function is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the + * user documentation for details on what it does. + * + * Results: + * A standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * See the user documentation. + * + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +int +Tk_SendObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Information about sender (only dispPtr + * field is used). */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ +{ + enum { + SEND_ASYNC, SEND_DISPLAYOF, SEND_LAST + }; + static const char *sendOptions[] = { + "-async", "-displayof", "--", NULL + }; + int result = TCL_OK; + int i, optind, async = 0; + Tcl_Obj *displayPtr = NULL; + + /* + * Process the command options. + */ + + for (i = 1; i < objc; i++) { + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], sendOptions, + "option", 0, &optind) != TCL_OK) { + break; + } + if (optind == SEND_ASYNC) { + ++async; + } else if (optind == SEND_DISPLAYOF) { + displayPtr = objv[++i]; + } else if (optind == SEND_LAST) { + i++; + break; + } + } + + /* + * Ensure we still have a valid command. + */ + + if ((objc - i) < 2) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, + "?-async? ?-displayof? ?--? interpName arg ?arg ...?"); + result = TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * We don't support displayPtr. See TIP #150. + */ + + if (displayPtr) { + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), + "option not implemented: \"displayof\" is not available " + "for this platform.", -1); + result = TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * Send the arguments to the foreign interp. + */ + /* FIX ME: we need to check for local interp */ + if (result == TCL_OK) { + LPDISPATCH pdisp; + result = FindInterpreterObject(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), &pdisp); + if (result == TCL_OK) { + i++; + result = Send(pdisp, interp, async, clientData, objc-i, objv+i); + pdisp->lpVtbl->Release(pdisp); + } + } + + return result; +} + +/* + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * FindInterpreterObject -- + * + * Search the set of objects currently registered with the Running Object + * Table for one which matches the registered name. Tk objects are named + * using BuildMoniker by always prefixing with TclEval. + * + * Results: + * If a matching object registration is found, then the registered + * IDispatch interface pointer is returned. If not, then an error message + * is placed in the interpreter and TCL_ERROR is returned. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +FindInterpreterObject( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + const char *name, + LPDISPATCH *ppdisp) +{ + LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL; + int result = TCL_OK; + HRESULT hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT); + + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + IBindCtx* pBindCtx = NULL; + + hr = CreateBindCtx(0, &pBindCtx); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + LPMONIKER pmk = NULL; + + hr = BuildMoniker(name, &pmk); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + IUnknown *pUnkInterp = NULL, **ppUnkInterp = &pUnkInterp; + + hr = pROT->lpVtbl->IsRunning(pROT, pmk); + hr = pmk->lpVtbl->BindToObject(pmk, pBindCtx, NULL, + &IID_IUnknown, (void **) ppUnkInterp); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + hr = pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pUnkInterp, + &IID_IDispatch, (void **) ppdisp); + pUnkInterp->lpVtbl->Release(pUnkInterp); + + } else { + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "no application named \"", name, "\"", NULL); + result = TCL_ERROR; + } + + pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk); + } + pBindCtx->lpVtbl->Release(pBindCtx); + } + pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT); + } + if (FAILED(hr) && result == TCL_OK) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Win32ErrorObj(hr)); + result = TCL_ERROR; + } + return result; +} + +/* + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * CmdDeleteProc -- + * + * This function is invoked by Tcl when the "send" command is deleted in + * an interpreter. It unregisters the interpreter. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * The interpreter given by riPtr is unregistered, the registration + * structure is free'd and the COM object unregistered and released. + * + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS +static void +CmdDeleteProc( + ClientData clientData) +{ + RegisteredInterp *riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *)clientData; + + /* + * Lock the package structure in memory. + */ + + Tcl_Preserve(clientData); + + /* + * Revoke the ROT registration. + */ + + RevokeObjectRegistration(riPtr); + + /* + * Release the registration object. + */ + + riPtr->obj->lpVtbl->Release(riPtr->obj); + riPtr->obj = NULL; + + Tcl_DeleteAssocData(riPtr->interp, "tkWinSend::ri"); + + /* + * Unlock the package data structure. + */ + + Tcl_Release(clientData); + + ckfree(clientData); +} + +/* + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * RevokeObjectRegistration -- + * + * Releases the interpreters registration object from the Running Object + * Table. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * The stored cookie value is zeroed and the name is free'd and the + * pointer set to NULL. + * + *-------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void +RevokeObjectRegistration( + RegisteredInterp *riPtr) +{ + LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL; + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + + if (riPtr->cookie != 0) { + hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + hr = pROT->lpVtbl->Revoke(pROT, riPtr->cookie); + pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT); + riPtr->cookie = 0; + } + } + + /* + * Release the name storage. + */ + + if (riPtr->name != NULL) { + free(riPtr->name); + riPtr->name = NULL; + } +} +#endif + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * InterpDeleteProc -- + * + * This is called when the interpreter is deleted and used to unregister + * the COM libraries. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS +static void +InterpDeleteProc( + ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp) +{ + CoUninitialize(); +} +#endif + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * BuildMoniker -- + * + * Construct a moniker from the given name. This ensures that all our + * monikers have the same prefix. + * + * Results: + * S_OK. If the name cannot be turned into a moniker then a COM error + * code is returned. + * + * Side effects: + * The moniker created is stored at the address given by ppmk. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static HRESULT +BuildMoniker( + const char *name, + LPMONIKER *ppmk) +{ + LPMONIKER pmkClass = NULL; + HRESULT hr = CreateFileMoniker(TKWINSEND_REGISTRATION_BASE, &pmkClass); + + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + LPMONIKER pmkItem = NULL; + Tcl_DString dString; + + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + Tcl_UtfToUniCharDString(name, -1, &dString); + hr = CreateFileMoniker((LPOLESTR)Tcl_DStringValue(&dString), &pmkItem); + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + hr = pmkClass->lpVtbl->ComposeWith(pmkClass, pmkItem, FALSE, ppmk); + pmkItem->lpVtbl->Release(pmkItem); + } + pmkClass->lpVtbl->Release(pmkClass); + } + return hr; +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * RegisterInterp -- + * + * Attempts to register the provided name for this interpreter. If the + * given name is already in use, then a numeric suffix is appended as + * " #n" until we identify a unique name. + * + * Results: + * Returns S_OK if successful, else a COM error code. + * + * Side effects: + * Registration returns a cookie value which is stored. We also store a + * copy of the name. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +#ifdef TK_SEND_ENABLED_ON_WINDOWS +static HRESULT +RegisterInterp( + const char *name, + RegisteredInterp *riPtr) +{ + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + LPRUNNINGOBJECTTABLE pROT = NULL; + LPMONIKER pmk = NULL; + int i, offset; + const char *actualName = name; + Tcl_DString dString; + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + + hr = GetRunningObjectTable(0, &pROT); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + offset = 0; + for (i = 1; SUCCEEDED(hr); i++) { + if (i > 1) { + if (i == 2) { + Tcl_DStringInit(&dString); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, name, -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&dString, " #", 2); + offset = Tcl_DStringLength(&dString); + Tcl_DStringSetLength(&dString, offset+TCL_INTEGER_SPACE); + actualName = Tcl_DStringValue(&dString); + } + sprintf(Tcl_DStringValue(&dString) + offset, "%d", i); + } + + hr = BuildMoniker(actualName, &pmk); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + + hr = pROT->lpVtbl->Register(pROT, + ROTFLAGS_REGISTRATIONKEEPSALIVE, + riPtr->obj, pmk, &riPtr->cookie); + + pmk->lpVtbl->Release(pmk); + } + + if (hr == MK_S_MONIKERALREADYREGISTERED) { + pROT->lpVtbl->Revoke(pROT, riPtr->cookie); + } else if (hr == S_OK) { + break; + } + } + + pROT->lpVtbl->Release(pROT); + } + + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + riPtr->name = strdup(actualName); + } + + Tcl_DStringFree(&dString); + return hr; } +#endif + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Send -- + * + * Perform an interface call to the server object. We convert the Tcl + * arguments into a BSTR using 'concat'. The result should be a BSTR that + * we can set as the interp's result string. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +Send( + LPDISPATCH pdispInterp, /* Pointer to the remote interp's COM + * object. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The local interpreter. */ + int async, /* Flag for the calling style. */ + ClientData clientData, /* The RegisteredInterp structure for this + * interp. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments to be sent. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments to be sent. */ +{ + VARIANT vCmd, vResult; + DISPPARAMS dp; + EXCEPINFO ei; + UINT uiErr = 0; + HRESULT hr = S_OK, ehr = S_OK; + Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL; + DISPID dispid; + + cmd = Tcl_ConcatObj(objc, objv); + + /* + * Setup the arguments for the COM method call. + */ + + VariantInit(&vCmd); + VariantInit(&vResult); + memset(&dp, 0, sizeof(dp)); + memset(&ei, 0, sizeof(ei)); + + vCmd.vt = VT_BSTR; + vCmd.bstrVal = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(cmd)); + + dp.cArgs = 1; + dp.rgvarg = &vCmd; + + /* + * Select the method to use based upon the async flag and call the method. + */ + + dispid = async ? TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC : TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND; + + hr = pdispInterp->lpVtbl->Invoke(pdispInterp, dispid, + &IID_NULL, LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT, DISPATCH_METHOD, + &dp, &vResult, &ei, &uiErr); + + /* + * Convert the result into a string and place in the interps result. + */ + + ehr = VariantChangeType(&vResult, &vResult, 0, VT_BSTR); + if (SUCCEEDED(ehr)) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(vResult.bstrVal, -1)); + } + + /* + * Errors are returned as dispatch exceptions. If an error code was + * returned then we decode the exception and setup the Tcl error + * variables. + */ + + if (hr == DISP_E_EXCEPTION) { + Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorCode, *opErrorInfo; + + if (ei.bstrSource != NULL) { + int len; + char *szErrorInfo; + + opError = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(ei.bstrSource, -1); + Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 0, &opErrorCode); + Tcl_SetObjErrorCode(interp, opErrorCode); + + Tcl_ListObjIndex(interp, opError, 1, &opErrorInfo); + szErrorInfo = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(opErrorInfo, &len); + Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo(interp, szErrorInfo, len); + } + } + + /* + * Clean up any COM allocated resources. + */ + + SysFreeString(ei.bstrDescription); + SysFreeString(ei.bstrSource); + SysFreeString(ei.bstrHelpFile); + VariantClear(&vCmd); + + return (SUCCEEDED(hr) ? TCL_OK : TCL_ERROR); +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Win32ErrorObj -- + * + * Returns a string object containing text from a COM or Win32 error code + * + * Results: + * A Tcl_Obj containing the Win32 error message. + * + * Side effects: + * Removed the error message from the COM threads error object. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static Tcl_Obj* +Win32ErrorObj( + HRESULT hrError) +{ + LPTSTR lpBuffer = NULL, p = NULL; + TCHAR sBuffer[30]; + Tcl_Obj* errPtr = NULL; + + FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, + NULL, (DWORD)hrError, LANG_NEUTRAL, + (LPTSTR)&lpBuffer, 0, NULL); + + if (lpBuffer == NULL) { + lpBuffer = sBuffer; + wsprintf(sBuffer, TEXT("Error Code: %08lX"), hrError); + } + + if ((p = _tcsrchr(lpBuffer, TEXT('\r'))) != NULL) { + *p = TEXT('\0'); + } + +#ifdef _UNICODE + errPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(lpBuffer, (int)wcslen(lpBuffer)); +#else + errPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(lpBuffer, (int)strlen(lpBuffer)); +#endif + + if (lpBuffer != sBuffer) { + LocalFree((HLOCAL)lpBuffer); + } + + return errPtr; +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * SetErrorInfo -- + * + * Convert the error information from a Tcl interpreter into a COM + * exception structure. This information is then registered with the COM + * thread exception object so that it can be used for rich error + * reporting by COM clients. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * The current COM thread has its error object modified. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +SetExcepInfo( + Tcl_Interp* interp, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo) +{ + if (pExcepInfo) { + Tcl_Obj *opError, *opErrorInfo, *opErrorCode; + ICreateErrorInfo *pCEI; + IErrorInfo *pEI, **ppEI = &pEI; + HRESULT hr; + + opError = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); + opErrorInfo = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorInfo",NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + opErrorCode = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, "errorCode",NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); + + if (Tcl_IsShared(opErrorCode)) { + Tcl_Obj *ec = Tcl_DuplicateObj(opErrorCode); + + Tcl_IncrRefCount(ec); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(opErrorCode); + opErrorCode = ec; + } + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, opErrorCode, opErrorInfo); + + pExcepInfo->bstrDescription = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(opError)); + pExcepInfo->bstrSource = SysAllocString(Tcl_GetUnicode(opErrorCode)); + pExcepInfo->scode = E_FAIL; + + hr = CreateErrorInfo(&pCEI); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetGUID(pCEI, &IID_IDispatch); + hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetDescription(pCEI, + pExcepInfo->bstrDescription); + hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->SetSource(pCEI, pExcepInfo->bstrSource); + hr = pCEI->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(pCEI, &IID_IErrorInfo, + (void**) ppEI); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + SetErrorInfo(0, pEI); + pEI->lpVtbl->Release(pEI); + } + pCEI->lpVtbl->Release(pCEI); + } + } +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkWinSend_QueueCommand -- + * + * Queue a script for asynchronous evaluation. This is called from the + * COM objects Async method. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +int +TkWinSend_QueueCommand( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr) +{ + SendEvent *evPtr; + + TRACE("SendQueueCommand()\n"); + + evPtr = (SendEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(SendEvent)); + evPtr->header.proc = SendEventProc; + evPtr->header.nextPtr = NULL; + evPtr->interp = interp; + Tcl_Preserve(evPtr->interp); + + if (Tcl_IsShared(cmdPtr)) { + evPtr->cmdPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(cmdPtr); + } else { + evPtr->cmdPtr = cmdPtr; + Tcl_IncrRefCount(evPtr->cmdPtr); + } + + Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)evPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); + + return 0; +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * SendEventProc -- + * + * Handle a request for an asynchronous send. Nothing is returned to the + * caller so the result is discarded. + * + * Results: + * Returns 1 if the event was handled or 0 to indicate it has been + * deferred. + * + * Side effects: + * The target interpreter's result will be modified. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +SendEventProc( + Tcl_Event *eventPtr, + int flags) +{ + SendEvent *evPtr = (SendEvent *)eventPtr; + + TRACE("SendEventProc\n"); + + Tcl_EvalObjEx(evPtr->interp, evPtr->cmdPtr, + TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); + + Tcl_DecrRefCount(evPtr->cmdPtr); + Tcl_Release(evPtr->interp); + + return 1; /* 1 to indicate the event has been handled */ +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * SendTrace -- + * + * Provide trace information to the Windows debug stream. To use this - + * use the TRACE macro, which compiles to nothing when DEBUG is not + * defined. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void +SendTrace( + const char *format, ...) +{ + va_list args; + static char buffer[1024]; + + va_start(args, format); + vsnprintf(buffer, 1023, format, args); + OutputDebugString(buffer); + va_end(args); +} + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinSendCom.c b/win/tkWinSendCom.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bbdd63 --- /dev/null +++ b/win/tkWinSendCom.c @@ -0,0 +1,462 @@ +/* + * tkWinSendCom.c -- + * + * This file provides support functions that implement the Windows "send" + * command using COM interfaces, allowing commands to be passed from + * interpreter to interpreter. See also tkWinSend.c, where most of the + * interesting functions are. + * + * We implement a COM class for use in registering Tcl interpreters with the + * system's Running Object Table. This class implements an IDispatch interface + * with the following method: + * Send(String cmd) As String + * In other words the Send methods takes a string and evaluates this in the + * Tcl interpreter. The result is returned as another string. + * + * Copyright (C) 2002 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> + * + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + */ + +#include "tkInt.h" +#include "tkWinSendCom.h" + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Non-public prototypes. + * + * These are the interface methods for IUnknown, IDispatch and + * ISupportErrorInfo. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void TkWinSendCom_Destroy(LPDISPATCH pdisp); + +static STDMETHODIMP WinSendCom_QueryInterface(IDispatch *This, + REFIID riid, void **ppvObject); +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) WinSendCom_AddRef(IDispatch *This); +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) WinSendCom_Release(IDispatch *This); +static STDMETHODIMP WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount(IDispatch *This, + UINT *pctinfo); +static STDMETHODIMP WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo(IDispatch *This, UINT iTInfo, + LCID lcid, ITypeInfo **ppTI); +static STDMETHODIMP WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames(IDispatch *This, REFIID riid, + LPOLESTR *rgszNames, UINT cNames, LCID lcid, + DISPID *rgDispId); +static STDMETHODIMP WinSendCom_Invoke(IDispatch *This, DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, LCID lcid, WORD wFlags, + DISPPARAMS *pDispParams, VARIANT *pvarResult, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, UINT *puArgErr); +static STDMETHODIMP ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface( + ISupportErrorInfo *This, REFIID riid, + void **ppvObject); +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef( + ISupportErrorInfo *This); +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) ISupportErrorInfo_Release( + ISupportErrorInfo *This); +static STDMETHODIMP ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo( + ISupportErrorInfo *This, REFIID riid); +static HRESULT Send(TkWinSendCom *obj, VARIANT vCmd, + VARIANT *pvResult, EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, + UINT *puArgErr); +static HRESULT Async(TkWinSendCom *obj, VARIANT Cmd, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, UINT *puArgErr); + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * CreateInstance -- + * + * Create and initialises a new instance of the WinSend COM class and + * returns an interface pointer for you to use. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +HRESULT +TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + REFIID riid, + void **ppv) +{ + /* + * Construct v-tables for each interface. + */ + + static IDispatchVtbl vtbl = { + WinSendCom_QueryInterface, + WinSendCom_AddRef, + WinSendCom_Release, + WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount, + WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo, + WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames, + WinSendCom_Invoke, + }; + static ISupportErrorInfoVtbl vtbl2 = { + ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface, + ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef, + ISupportErrorInfo_Release, + ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo, + }; + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + TkWinSendCom *obj = NULL; + + /* + * This had probably better always be globally visible memory so we shall + * use the COM Task allocator. + */ + + obj = (TkWinSendCom *) CoTaskMemAlloc(sizeof(TkWinSendCom)); + if (obj == NULL) { + *ppv = NULL; + hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY; + } else { + obj->lpVtbl = &vtbl; + obj->lpVtbl2 = &vtbl2; + obj->refcount = 0; + obj->interp = interp; + + /* + * lock the interp? Tcl_AddRef/Retain? + */ + + hr = obj->lpVtbl->QueryInterface((IDispatch*)obj, riid, ppv); + } + + return hr; +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkWinSendCom_Destroy -- + * + * This helper function is the destructor for our COM class. + * + * Results: + * None. + * + * Side effects: + * Releases the storage allocated for this object. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void +TkWinSendCom_Destroy( + LPDISPATCH pdisp) +{ + CoTaskMemFree((void*)pdisp); +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * IDispatch -- + * + * The IDispatch interface implements the 'late-binding' COM methods + * typically used by scripting COM clients. The Invoke method is the most + * important one. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static STDMETHODIMP +WinSendCom_QueryInterface( + IDispatch *This, + REFIID riid, + void **ppvObject) +{ + HRESULT hr = E_NOINTERFACE; + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This; + *ppvObject = NULL; + + if (memcmp(riid, &IID_IUnknown, sizeof(IID)) == 0 + || memcmp(riid, &IID_IDispatch, sizeof(IID)) == 0) { + *ppvObject = (void**)this; + this->lpVtbl->AddRef(This); + hr = S_OK; + } else if (memcmp(riid, &IID_ISupportErrorInfo, sizeof(IID)) == 0) { + *ppvObject = (void**)(this + 1); + this->lpVtbl2->AddRef((ISupportErrorInfo*)(this + 1)); + hr = S_OK; + } + return hr; +} + +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) +WinSendCom_AddRef( + IDispatch *This) +{ + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This; + + return InterlockedIncrement(&this->refcount); +} + +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) +WinSendCom_Release( + IDispatch *This) +{ + long r = 0; + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This; + + if ((r = InterlockedDecrement(&this->refcount)) == 0) { + TkWinSendCom_Destroy(This); + } + return r; +} + +static STDMETHODIMP +WinSendCom_GetTypeInfoCount( + IDispatch *This, + UINT *pctinfo) +{ + HRESULT hr = E_POINTER; + + if (pctinfo != NULL) { + *pctinfo = 0; + hr = S_OK; + } + return hr; +} + +static STDMETHODIMP +WinSendCom_GetTypeInfo( + IDispatch *This, + UINT iTInfo, + LCID lcid, + ITypeInfo **ppTI) +{ + HRESULT hr = E_POINTER; + + if (ppTI) { + *ppTI = NULL; + hr = E_NOTIMPL; + } + return hr; +} + +static STDMETHODIMP +WinSendCom_GetIDsOfNames( + IDispatch *This, + REFIID riid, + LPOLESTR *rgszNames, + UINT cNames, + LCID lcid, + DISPID *rgDispId) +{ + HRESULT hr = E_POINTER; + + if (rgDispId) { + hr = DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME; + if (_wcsicmp(*rgszNames, L"Send") == 0) { + *rgDispId = TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND, hr = S_OK; + } else if (_wcsicmp(*rgszNames, L"Async") == 0) { + *rgDispId = TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC, hr = S_OK; + } + } + return hr; +} + +static STDMETHODIMP +WinSendCom_Invoke( + IDispatch *This, + DISPID dispidMember, + REFIID riid, + LCID lcid, + WORD wFlags, + DISPPARAMS *pDispParams, + VARIANT *pvarResult, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, + UINT *puArgErr) +{ + HRESULT hr = DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND; + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)This; + + switch (dispidMember) { + case TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND: + if (wFlags | DISPATCH_METHOD) { + if (pDispParams->cArgs != 1) { + hr = DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT; + } else { + hr = Send(this, pDispParams->rgvarg[0], pvarResult, + pExcepInfo, puArgErr); + } + } + break; + + case TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC: + if (wFlags | DISPATCH_METHOD) { + if (pDispParams->cArgs != 1) { + hr = DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT; + } else { + hr = Async(this, pDispParams->rgvarg[0], pExcepInfo, puArgErr); + } + } + break; + } + return hr; +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * ISupportErrorInfo -- + * + * This interface provides rich error information to COM clients. Used by + * VB and scripting COM clients. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static STDMETHODIMP +ISupportErrorInfo_QueryInterface( + ISupportErrorInfo *This, + REFIID riid, + void **ppvObject) +{ + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1); + + return this->lpVtbl->QueryInterface((IDispatch*)this, riid, ppvObject); +} + +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) +ISupportErrorInfo_AddRef( + ISupportErrorInfo *This) +{ + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1); + + return InterlockedIncrement(&this->refcount); +} + +static STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) +ISupportErrorInfo_Release( + ISupportErrorInfo *This) +{ + TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1); + + return this->lpVtbl->Release((IDispatch*)this); +} + +static STDMETHODIMP +ISupportErrorInfo_InterfaceSupportsErrorInfo( + ISupportErrorInfo *This, + REFIID riid) +{ + /*TkWinSendCom *this = (TkWinSendCom*)(This - 1);*/ + return S_OK; /* or S_FALSE */ +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Async -- + * + * Queues the command for evaluation in the assigned interpreter. + * + * Results: + * A standard COM HRESULT is returned. The Tcl result is discarded. + * + * Side effects: + * The interpreters state and result will be modified. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static HRESULT +Async( + TkWinSendCom *obj, + VARIANT Cmd, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, + UINT *puArgErr) +{ + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + VARIANT vCmd; + + VariantInit(&vCmd); + + hr = VariantChangeType(&vCmd, &Cmd, 0, VT_BSTR); + if (FAILED(hr)) { + Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(obj->interp), + "invalid args: Async(command)", -1); + SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo); + hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION; + } + + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + if (obj->interp) { + Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(vCmd.bstrVal, + (int)SysStringLen(vCmd.bstrVal)); + TkWinSend_QueueCommand(obj->interp, scriptPtr); + } + } + + VariantClear(&vCmd); + + return hr; +} + +/* + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Send -- + * + * Evaluates the string in the assigned interpreter. If the result is a + * valid address then set it to the result returned by the evaluation. + * Tcl exceptions are converted into COM exceptions. + * + * Results: + * A standard COM HRESULT is returned. The Tcl result is set as the + * method calls result. + * + * Side effects: + * The interpreters state and result will be modified. + * + * ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static HRESULT +Send( + TkWinSendCom *obj, + VARIANT vCmd, + VARIANT *pvResult, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo, + UINT *puArgErr) +{ + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + int result = TCL_OK; + VARIANT v; + + VariantInit(&v); + hr = VariantChangeType(&v, &vCmd, 0, VT_BSTR); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + if (obj->interp) { + Tcl_Obj *scriptPtr = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj(v.bstrVal, + (int)SysStringLen(v.bstrVal)); + + result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(obj->interp, scriptPtr, + TCL_EVAL_DIRECT | TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); + if (pvResult) { + VariantInit(pvResult); + pvResult->vt = VT_BSTR; + pvResult->bstrVal = SysAllocString( + Tcl_GetUnicode(Tcl_GetObjResult(obj->interp))); + } + if (result == TCL_ERROR) { + hr = DISP_E_EXCEPTION; + SetExcepInfo(obj->interp, pExcepInfo); + } + } + VariantClear(&v); + } + return hr; +} + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinSendCom.h b/win/tkWinSendCom.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4928bc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/win/tkWinSendCom.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* + * tkWinSendCom.h -- + * + * This file provides procedures that implement the Windows "send" + * command, allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to + * interpreter. + * + * Copyright (C) 2002 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> + * + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + */ + +#ifndef _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE +#define _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE + +#include "tkWinInt.h" +#include <ole2.h> + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma comment (lib, "ole32.lib") +# pragma comment (lib, "oleaut32.lib") +# pragma comment (lib, "uuid.lib") +#endif + +/* + * TkWinSendCom CoClass structure + */ + +typedef struct { + IDispatchVtbl *lpVtbl; + ISupportErrorInfoVtbl *lpVtbl2; + long refcount; + Tcl_Interp *interp; +} TkWinSendCom; + +/* + * TkWinSendCom Dispatch IDs + */ + +#define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_SEND 1 +#define TKWINSENDCOM_DISPID_ASYNC 2 + +/* + * TkWinSendCom public functions + */ + +HRESULT TkWinSendCom_CreateInstance(Tcl_Interp *interp, + REFIID riid, void **ppv); +int TkWinSend_QueueCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj *cmdPtr); +void SetExcepInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, + EXCEPINFO *pExcepInfo); + +#endif /* _tkWinSendCom_h_INCLUDE */ + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinTest.c b/win/tkWinTest.c index bad3df3..d361ad7 100644 --- a/win/tkWinTest.c +++ b/win/tkWinTest.c @@ -1,40 +1,49 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinTest.c -- * - * Contains commands for platform specific tests for - * the Windows platform. + * Contains commands for platform specific tests for the Windows + * platform. * * Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * Copyright (c) 2001 by ActiveState Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" HWND tkWinCurrentDialog; - + /* - * Forward declarations of procedures defined later in this file: + * Forward declarations of functions defined later in this file: */ -int TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); static int TestclipboardObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); -static int TestwineventCmd(ClientData clientData, +static int TestwineventCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); - +static int TestfindwindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); +static int TestwinlocaleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +MODULE_SCOPE int TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); + /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkplatformtestInit -- * - * Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for - * Unix platforms. + * Defines commands that test platform specific functionality for Windows + * platforms. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -52,12 +61,17 @@ TkplatformtestInit( /* * Add commands for platform specific tests on MacOS here. */ - + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testclipboard", TestclipboardObjCmd, - (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); + (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "testwinevent", TestwineventCmd, - (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), (Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *) NULL); - + (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testfindwindow", TestfindwindowObjCmd, + (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testgetwindowinfo", TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd, + (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "testwinlocale", TestwinlocaleObjCmd, + (ClientData) Tk_MainWindow(interp), NULL); return TCL_OK; } @@ -66,8 +80,8 @@ TkplatformtestInit( * * AppendSystemError -- * - * This routine formats a Windows system error message and places - * it into the interpreter result. Originally from tclWinReg.c. + * This routine formats a Windows system error message and places it into + * the interpreter result. Originally from tclWinReg.c. * * Results: * None. @@ -84,7 +98,7 @@ AppendSystemError( DWORD error) /* Result code from error. */ { int length; - WCHAR *wMsgPtr; + WCHAR *wMsgPtr, **wMsgPtrPtr = &wMsgPtr; char *msg; char id[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE], msgBuf[24 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; Tcl_DString ds; @@ -92,7 +106,7 @@ AppendSystemError( length = FormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, NULL, error, - MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (WCHAR *) &wMsgPtr, + MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (WCHAR *) wMsgPtrPtr, 0, NULL); if (length == 0) { char *msgPtr; @@ -128,6 +142,7 @@ AppendSystemError( /* * Trim the trailing CR/LF from the system message. */ + if (msg[length-1] == '\n') { msg[--length] = 0; } @@ -137,7 +152,7 @@ AppendSystemError( } sprintf(id, "%ld", error); - Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "WINDOWS", id, msg, (char *) NULL); + Tcl_SetErrorCode(interp, "WINDOWS", id, msg, NULL); Tcl_AppendToObj(resultPtr, msg, length); if (length != 0) { @@ -150,8 +165,8 @@ AppendSystemError( * * TestclipboardObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the testclipboard command. It provides - * a way to determine the actual contents of the Windows clipboard. + * This function implements the testclipboard command. It provides a way + * to determine the actual contents of the Windows clipboard. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -163,40 +178,40 @@ AppendSystemError( */ static int -TestclipboardObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window for application. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument values. */ +TestclipboardObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ { HGLOBAL handle; char *data; int code = TCL_OK; if (objc != 1) { - Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, (char *) NULL); + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (OpenClipboard(NULL)) { /* - * We could consider using CF_UNICODETEXT on NT, but then we - * would have to convert it from External. Instead we'll just - * take this and do "bytestring" at the Tcl level for Unicode - * inclusive text + * We could consider using CF_UNICODETEXT on NT, but then we would + * have to convert it from External. Instead we'll just take this and + * do "bytestring" at the Tcl level for Unicode inclusive text */ + handle = GetClipboardData(CF_TEXT); if (handle != NULL) { data = GlobalLock(handle); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, data, (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, data, NULL); GlobalUnlock(handle); } else { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "null clipboard handle", (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "null clipboard handle", NULL); code = TCL_ERROR; } CloseClipboard(); return code; } else { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't open clipboard: ", (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "couldn't open clipboard: ", NULL); AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError()); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -208,8 +223,8 @@ TestclipboardObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) * * TestwineventCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the testwinevent command. It provides - * a way to send messages to windows dialogs. + * This function implements the testwinevent command. It provides a way + * to send messages to windows dialogs. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -221,24 +236,26 @@ TestclipboardObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -TestwineventCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window for application. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int argc; /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv; /* Argument strings. */ +TestwineventCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ + CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { HWND hwnd = 0; + HWND child = 0; int id; char *rest; UINT message; WPARAM wParam; LPARAM lParam; - static TkStateMap messageMap[] = { + static const TkStateMap messageMap[] = { {WM_LBUTTONDOWN, "WM_LBUTTONDOWN"}, {WM_LBUTTONUP, "WM_LBUTTONUP"}, {WM_CHAR, "WM_CHAR"}, {WM_GETTEXT, "WM_GETTEXT"}, {WM_SETTEXT, "WM_SETTEXT"}, + {WM_COMMAND, "WM_COMMAND"}, {-1, NULL} }; @@ -256,17 +273,7 @@ TestwineventCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) return TCL_ERROR; } -#if 0 - TkpScanWindowId(interp, argv[1], &id); - if ( -#ifdef _WIN64 - (sscanf(string, "0x%p", &number) != 1) && -#endif - Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int *)&number) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } -#endif - hwnd = (HWND) strtol(argv[1], &rest, 0); + hwnd = (HWND) INT2PTR(strtol(argv[1], &rest, 0)); if (rest == argv[1]) { hwnd = FindWindow(NULL, argv[1]); if (hwnd == NULL) { @@ -278,7 +285,6 @@ TestwineventCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) id = strtol(argv[2], &rest, 0); if (rest == argv[2]) { - HWND child; char buf[256]; child = GetWindow(hwnd, GW_CHILD); @@ -291,13 +297,12 @@ TestwineventCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) child = GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT); } if (child == NULL) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "could not find a control matching \"", + argv[2], "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } message = TkFindStateNum(NULL, NULL, messageMap, argv[3]); - if (message < 0) { - message = strtol(argv[3], NULL, 0); - } wParam = 0; lParam = 0; @@ -309,35 +314,179 @@ TestwineventCmd(clientData, interp, argc, argv) } switch (message) { - case WM_GETTEXT: { - Tcl_DString ds; - char buf[256]; - - GetDlgItemText(hwnd, id, buf, 256); - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, buf, -1, &ds); - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - break; - } - case WM_SETTEXT: { - Tcl_DString ds; + case WM_GETTEXT: { + Tcl_DString ds; + char buf[256]; - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, argv[4], -1, &ds); - SetDlgItemText(hwnd, id, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - break; - } - default: { - char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; - - sprintf(buf, "%d", - (int) SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, id, message, wParam, lParam)); - Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); - break; + GetDlgItemText(hwnd, id, buf, 256); + Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, buf, -1, &ds); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds), NULL); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + break; + } + case WM_SETTEXT: { + Tcl_DString ds; + + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, argv[4], -1, &ds); + SetDlgItemText(hwnd, id, Tcl_DStringValue(&ds)); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + break; + } + case WM_COMMAND: { + char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; + if (argc < 5) { + wParam = MAKEWPARAM(id, 0); + lParam = (LPARAM)child; } + sprintf(buf, "%d", (int) SendMessage(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam)); + Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); + break; + } + default: { + char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; + + sprintf(buf, "%d", + (int) SendDlgItemMessage(hwnd, id, message, wParam, lParam)); + Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); + break; + } } return TCL_OK; } + +/* + * testfindwindow title ?class? + * Find a Windows window using the FindWindow API call. This takes the window + * title and optionally the window class and if found returns the HWND and + * raises an error if the window is not found. + * eg: testfindwindow Console TkTopLevel + * Can find the console window if it is visible. + * eg: testfindwindow "TkTest #10201" "#32770" + * Can find a messagebox window with this title. + */ + +static int +TestfindwindowObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ +{ + const char *title = NULL, *class = NULL; + HWND hwnd = NULL; + int r = TCL_OK; + + if (objc < 2 || objc > 3) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "title ?class?"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + title = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + if (objc == 3) + class = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]); + hwnd = FindWindowA(class, title); + + if (hwnd == NULL) { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj("failed to find window: ", -1)); + AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError()); + r = TCL_ERROR; + } else { + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd))); + } + return r; +} + +static BOOL CALLBACK +EnumChildrenProc(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam) +{ + Tcl_Obj *listObj = (Tcl_Obj *)lParam; + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, listObj, Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(hwnd))); + return TRUE; +} + +static int +TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, + Tcl_Interp *interp, + int objc, + Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) +{ + long hwnd; + Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL; + Tcl_Obj *childrenObj = NULL; + char buf[512]; + int cch, cchBuf = tkWinProcs->useWide ? 256 : 512; + + if (objc != 2) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "hwnd"); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (Tcl_GetLongFromObj(interp, objv[1], &hwnd) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + + if (tkWinProcs->useWide) { + cch = GetClassNameW(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPWSTR)buf, sizeof(buf)/sizeof(WCHAR)); + classObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPWSTR)buf, cch); + } else { + cch = GetClassNameA(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPSTR)buf, sizeof(buf)); + classObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((LPSTR)buf, cch); + } + if (cch == 0) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "failed to get class name: ", TCL_STATIC); + AppendSystemError(interp, GetLastError()); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + resObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("class", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, classObj); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("id", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, + Tcl_NewLongObj(GetWindowLong(INT2PTR(hwnd), GWL_ID))); + + cch = tkWinProcs->getWindowText(INT2PTR(hwnd), (LPTSTR)buf, cchBuf); + if (tkWinProcs->useWide) { + textObj = Tcl_NewUnicodeObj((LPCWSTR)buf, cch); + } else { + textObj = Tcl_NewStringObj((LPCSTR)buf, cch); + } + + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("text", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, textObj); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("parent", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, + Tcl_NewLongObj(PTR2INT(GetParent(INT2PTR(hwnd))))); + + childrenObj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); + EnumChildWindows(INT2PTR(hwnd), EnumChildrenProc, (LPARAM)childrenObj); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, Tcl_NewStringObj("children", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, resObj, childrenObj); + + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resObj); + return TCL_OK; +} + +static int +TestwinlocaleObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ +{ + if (objc != 1) { + Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewIntObj((int)GetSystemDefaultLCID())); + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinWindow.c b/win/tkWinWindow.c index ef14604..3dfc078 100644 --- a/win/tkWinWindow.c +++ b/win/tkWinWindow.c @@ -1,59 +1,58 @@ -/* +/* * tkWinWindow.c -- * - * Xlib emulation routines for Windows related to creating, - * displaying and destroying windows. + * Xlib emulation routines for Windows related to creating, displaying + * and destroying windows. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */ - Tcl_HashTable windowTable; /* The windowTable maps from HWND to - * Tk_Window handles. */ + int initialized; /* 0 means table below needs initializing. */ + Tcl_HashTable windowTable; /* The windowTable maps from HWND to Tk_Window + * handles. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static void NotifyVisibility _ANSI_ARGS_((XEvent *eventPtr, - TkWindow *winPtr)); +static void NotifyVisibility(XEvent *eventPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_AttachHWND -- * - * This function binds an HWND and a reflection procedure to - * the specified Tk_Window. + * This function binds an HWND and a reflection function to the specified + * Tk_Window. * * Results: * Returns an X Window that encapsulates the HWND. * * Side effects: - * May allocate a new X Window. Also enters the HWND into the - * global window table. + * May allocate a new X Window. Also enters the HWND into the global + * window table. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Window -Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, hwnd) - Tk_Window tkwin; - HWND hwnd; +Tk_AttachHWND( + Tk_Window tkwin, + HWND hwnd) { int new; Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) Tk_WindowId(tkwin); - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); @@ -61,12 +60,12 @@ Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, hwnd) } /* - * Allocate a new drawable if necessary. Otherwise, remove the - * previous HWND from from the window table. + * Allocate a new drawable if necessary. Otherwise, remove the previous + * HWND from from the window table. */ if (twdPtr == NULL) { - twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable)); + twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkWinDrawable)); twdPtr->type = TWD_WINDOW; twdPtr->window.winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; } else if (twdPtr->window.handle != NULL) { @@ -91,8 +90,8 @@ Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, hwnd) * * Tk_HWNDToWindow -- * - * This function retrieves a Tk_Window from the window table - * given an HWND. + * This function retrieves a Tk_Window from the window table given an + * HWND. * * Results: * Returns the matching Tk_Window. @@ -104,18 +103,18 @@ Tk_AttachHWND(tkwin, hwnd) */ Tk_Window -Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd) - HWND hwnd; +Tk_HWNDToWindow( + HWND hwnd) { Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { Tcl_InitHashTable(&tsdPtr->windowTable, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); tsdPtr->initialized = 1; } - entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char*)hwnd); + entryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&tsdPtr->windowTable, (char *) hwnd); if (entryPtr != NULL) { return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); } @@ -139,8 +138,8 @@ Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd) */ HWND -Tk_GetHWND(window) - Window window; +Tk_GetHWND( + Window window) { return ((TkWinDrawable *) window)->window.handle; } @@ -150,9 +149,8 @@ Tk_GetHWND(window) * * TkpPrintWindowId -- * - * This routine stores the string representation of the - * platform dependent window handle for an X Window in the - * given buffer. + * This routine stores the string representation of the platform + * dependent window handle for an X Window in the given buffer. * * Results: * Returns the result in the specified buffer. @@ -164,17 +162,22 @@ Tk_GetHWND(window) */ void -TkpPrintWindowId(buf, window) - char *buf; /* Pointer to string large enough to hold - * the hex representation of a pointer. */ - Window window; /* Window to be printed into buffer. */ +TkpPrintWindowId( + char *buf, /* Pointer to string large enough to hold the + * hex representation of a pointer. */ + Window window) /* Window to be printed into buffer. */ { HWND hwnd = (window) ? Tk_GetHWND(window) : 0; + /* - * Use pointer representation, because Win64 is P64 (*not* LP64). - * Windows doesn't print the 0x for %p, so we do it. + * Use pointer representation, because Win64 is P64 (*not* LP64). Windows + * doesn't print the 0x for %p, so we do it. + * bug #2026405: cygwin does output 0x for %p so test and recover. */ + sprintf(buf, "0x%p", hwnd); + if (buf[2] == '0' && buf[3] == 'x') + sprintf(buf, "%p", hwnd); } /* @@ -182,16 +185,15 @@ TkpPrintWindowId(buf, window) * * TkpScanWindowId -- * - * Given a string which represents the platform dependent window - * handle, produce the X Window id for the window. + * Given a string which represents the platform dependent window handle, + * produce the X Window id for the window. * * Results: - * The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr - * will be set to the X Window id equivalent to string. If - * string is improperly formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and - * an error message will be left in the interp's result. If the - * number does not correspond to a Tk Window, then *idPtr will - * be set to None. + * The return value is normally TCL_OK; in this case *idPtr will be set + * to the X Window id equivalent to string. If string is improperly + * formed then TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message will be left in + * the interp's result. If the number does not correspond to a Tk Window, + * then *idPtr will be set to None. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -200,28 +202,29 @@ TkpPrintWindowId(buf, window) */ int -TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, idPtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - CONST char *string; /* String containing a (possibly signed) +TkpScanWindowId( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ + CONST char *string, /* String containing a (possibly signed) * integer in a form acceptable to strtol. */ - Window *idPtr; /* Place to store converted result. */ + Window *idPtr) /* Place to store converted result. */ { Tk_Window tkwin; - VOID *number; + void *number, *numberPtr = &number; /* - * We want sscanf for the 64-bit check, but if that doesn't work, - * then Tcl_GetInt manages the error correctly. + * We want sscanf for the 64-bit check, but if that doesn't work, then + * Tcl_GetInt manages the error correctly. */ + if ( #ifdef _WIN64 - (sscanf(string, "0x%p", &number) != 1) && + (sscanf(string, "0x%p", &number) != 1) && #endif - Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int *)&number) != TCL_OK) { + Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int *) numberPtr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND)number); + tkwin = Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) number); if (tkwin) { *idPtr = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); } else { @@ -235,8 +238,8 @@ TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, idPtr) * * TkpMakeWindow -- * - * Creates a Windows window object based on the current attributes - * of the specified TkWindow. + * Creates a Windows window object based on the current attributes of the + * specified TkWindow. * * Results: * Returns a pointer to a new TkWinDrawable cast to a Window. @@ -248,14 +251,14 @@ TkpScanWindowId(interp, string, idPtr) */ Window -TkpMakeWindow(winPtr, parent) - TkWindow *winPtr; - Window parent; +TkpMakeWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr, + Window parent) { HWND parentWin; int style; HWND hwnd; - + if (parent != None) { parentWin = Tk_GetHWND(parent); style = WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS; @@ -265,15 +268,15 @@ TkpMakeWindow(winPtr, parent) } /* - * Create the window, then ensure that it is at the top of the - * stacking order. + * Create the window, then ensure that it is at the top of the stacking + * order. */ hwnd = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY, TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, NULL, - style, Tk_X(winPtr), Tk_Y(winPtr), Tk_Width(winPtr), + (DWORD) style, Tk_X(winPtr), Tk_Y(winPtr), Tk_Width(winPtr), Tk_Height(winPtr), parentWin, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, - SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); + SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); return Tk_AttachHWND((Tk_Window)winPtr, hwnd); } @@ -288,29 +291,29 @@ TkpMakeWindow(winPtr, parent) * None. * * Side effects: - * Sends the WM_DESTROY message to the window and then destroys - * it the Win32 resources associated with the window. + * Sends the WM_DESTROY message to the window and then destroys it the + * Win32 resources associated with the window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XDestroyWindow(display, w) - Display* display; - Window w; +XDestroyWindow( + Display *display, + Window w) { Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable *)w; TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w); HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w); - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); display->request++; /* - * Remove references to the window in the pointer module then - * release the drawable. + * Remove references to the window in the pointer module then release the + * drawable. */ TkPointerDeadWindow(winPtr); @@ -323,8 +326,8 @@ XDestroyWindow(display, w) ckfree((char *)twdPtr); /* - * Don't bother destroying the window if we are going to destroy - * the parent later. + * Don't bother destroying the window if we are going to destroy the + * parent later. */ if (hwnd != NULL && !(winPtr->flags & TK_DONT_DESTROY_WINDOW)) { @@ -344,16 +347,15 @@ XDestroyWindow(display, w) * None * * Side effects: - * Causes the window state to change, and generates a MapNotify - * event. + * Causes the window state to change, and generates a MapNotify event. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XMapWindow(display, w) - Display* display; - Window w; +XMapWindow( + Display *display, + Window w) { XEvent event; TkWindow *parentPtr; @@ -365,14 +367,14 @@ XMapWindow(display, w) winPtr->flags |= TK_MAPPED; /* - * Check to see if this window is visible now. If all of the parent - * windows up to the first toplevel are mapped, then this window and - * its mapped children have just become visible. + * Check to see if this window is visible now. If all of the parent + * windows up to the first toplevel are mapped, then this window and its + * mapped children have just become visible. */ if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { for (parentPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; - parentPtr = parentPtr->parentPtr) { + parentPtr = parentPtr->parentPtr) { if ((parentPtr == NULL) || !(parentPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED)) { return Success; } @@ -390,7 +392,7 @@ XMapWindow(display, w) event.xmap.override_redirect = winPtr->atts.override_redirect; Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); } - + /* * Generate VisibilityNotify events for this window and its mapped * children. @@ -412,10 +414,10 @@ XMapWindow(display, w) * NotifyVisibility -- * * This function recursively notifies the mapped children of the - * specified window of a change in visibility. Note that we don't - * properly report the visibility state, since Windows does not - * provide that info. The eventPtr argument must point to an event - * that has been completely initialized except for the window slot. + * specified window of a change in visibility. Note that we don't + * properly report the visibility state, since Windows does not provide + * that info. The eventPtr argument must point to an event that has been + * completely initialized except for the window slot. * * Results: * None. @@ -427,15 +429,15 @@ XMapWindow(display, w) */ static void -NotifyVisibility(eventPtr, winPtr) - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Initialized VisibilityNotify event. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to notify. */ +NotifyVisibility( + XEvent *eventPtr, /* Initialized VisibilityNotify event. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to notify. */ { if (winPtr->atts.event_mask & VisibilityChangeMask) { eventPtr->xvisibility.window = winPtr->window; Tk_QueueWindowEvent(eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); } - for (winPtr = winPtr->childList; winPtr != NULL; + for (winPtr = winPtr->childList; winPtr != NULL; winPtr = winPtr->nextPtr) { if (winPtr->flags & TK_MAPPED) { NotifyVisibility(eventPtr, winPtr); @@ -454,16 +456,15 @@ NotifyVisibility(eventPtr, winPtr) * None * * Side effects: - * Causes the window state to change, and generates an UnmapNotify - * event. + * Causes the window state to change, and generates an UnmapNotify event. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XUnmapWindow(display, w) - Display* display; - Window w; +XUnmapWindow( + Display *display, + Window w) { XEvent event; TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w); @@ -471,8 +472,8 @@ XUnmapWindow(display, w) display->request++; /* - * Bug fix: Don't short circuit this routine based on TK_MAPPED because - * it will be cleared before XUnmapWindow is called. + * Bug fix: Don't short circuit this routine based on TK_MAPPED because it + * will be cleared before XUnmapWindow is called. */ ShowWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), SW_HIDE); @@ -508,16 +509,14 @@ XUnmapWindow(display, w) */ int -XMoveResizeWindow(display, w, x, y, width, height) - Display* display; - Window w; - int x; /* Position relative to parent. */ - int y; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; +XMoveResizeWindow( + Display *display, + Window w, + int x, int y, /* Position relative to parent. */ + unsigned int width, unsigned int height) { display->request++; - MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), x, y, width, height, TRUE); + MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), x, y, (int) width, (int) height, TRUE); return Success; } @@ -538,11 +537,10 @@ XMoveResizeWindow(display, w, x, y, width, height) */ int -XMoveWindow(display, w, x, y) - Display* display; - Window w; - int x; - int y; +XMoveWindow( + Display *display, + Window w, + int x, int y) /* Position relative to parent */ { TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w); @@ -570,18 +568,17 @@ XMoveWindow(display, w, x, y) */ int -XResizeWindow(display, w, width, height) - Display* display; - Window w; - unsigned int width; - unsigned int height; +XResizeWindow( + Display *display, + Window w, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height) { TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w); display->request++; - MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y, width, - height, TRUE); + MoveWindow(Tk_GetHWND(w), winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y, (int)width, + (int)height, TRUE); return Success; } @@ -602,15 +599,14 @@ XResizeWindow(display, w, width, height) */ int -XRaiseWindow(display, w) - Display* display; - Window w; +XRaiseWindow( + Display *display, + Window w) { HWND window = Tk_GetHWND(w); display->request++; - SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, - SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); + SetWindowPos(window, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); return Success; } @@ -626,19 +622,19 @@ XRaiseWindow(display, w) * None. * * Side effects: - * Changes the attributes of the specified window. Note that we - * ignore the passed in values and use the values stored in the - * TkWindow data structure. + * Changes the attributes of the specified window. Note that we ignore + * the passed in values and use the values stored in the TkWindow data + * structure. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int -XConfigureWindow(display, w, value_mask, values) - Display* display; - Window w; - unsigned int value_mask; - XWindowChanges* values; +XConfigureWindow( + Display *display, + Window w, + unsigned int valueMask, + XWindowChanges *values) { TkWindow *winPtr = TkWinGetWinPtr(w); HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(w); @@ -649,7 +645,7 @@ XConfigureWindow(display, w, value_mask, values) * Change the shape and/or position of the window. */ - if (value_mask & (CWX|CWY|CWWidth|CWHeight)) { + if (valueMask & (CWX|CWY|CWWidth|CWHeight)) { MoveWindow(hwnd, winPtr->changes.x, winPtr->changes.y, winPtr->changes.width, winPtr->changes.height, TRUE); } @@ -658,9 +654,10 @@ XConfigureWindow(display, w, value_mask, values) * Change the stacking order of the window. */ - if (value_mask & CWStackMode) { + if (valueMask & CWStackMode) { HWND sibling; - if ((value_mask & CWSibling) && (values->sibling != None)) { + + if ((valueMask & CWSibling) && (values->sibling != None)) { sibling = Tk_GetHWND(values->sibling); } else { sibling = NULL; @@ -687,9 +684,9 @@ XConfigureWindow(display, w, value_mask, values) */ int -XClearWindow(display, w) - Display* display; - Window w; +XClearWindow( + Display *display, + Window w) { RECT rc; HBRUSH brush; @@ -722,9 +719,9 @@ XClearWindow(display, w) * * XChangeWindowAttributes -- * - * This function is called when the attributes on a window are - * updated. Since Tk maintains all of the window state, the only - * relevant value is the cursor. + * This function is called when the attributes on a window are updated. + * Since Tk maintains all of the window state, the only relevant value is + * the cursor. * * Results: * None. @@ -736,11 +733,11 @@ XClearWindow(display, w) */ int -XChangeWindowAttributes(display, w, valueMask, attributes) - Display* display; - Window w; - unsigned long valueMask; - XSetWindowAttributes* attributes; +XChangeWindowAttributes( + Display *display, + Window w, + unsigned long valueMask, + XSetWindowAttributes* attributes) { if (valueMask & CWCursor) { XDefineCursor(display, w, attributes->cursor); @@ -753,8 +750,8 @@ XChangeWindowAttributes(display, w, valueMask, attributes) * * TkWinSetWindowPos -- * - * Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second - * window (or NULL). + * Adjust the stacking order of a window relative to a second window (or + * NULL). * * Results: * None. @@ -766,16 +763,16 @@ XChangeWindowAttributes(display, w, valueMask, attributes) */ void -TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, pos) - HWND hwnd; /* Window to restack. */ - HWND siblingHwnd; /* Sibling window. */ - int pos; /* One of Above or Below. */ +TkWinSetWindowPos( + HWND hwnd, /* Window to restack. */ + HWND siblingHwnd, /* Sibling window. */ + int pos) /* One of Above or Below. */ { HWND temp; /* - * Since Windows does not support Above mode, we place the - * specified window below the sibling and then swap them. + * Since Windows does not support Above mode, we place the specified + * window below the sibling and then swap them. */ if (siblingHwnd) { @@ -800,8 +797,8 @@ TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, pos) * TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted -- * * Determines whether we know if the window given as argument was - * recently deleted. Called by the generic code error handler to - * handle BadWindow events. + * recently deleted. Called by the generic code error handler to handle + * BadWindow events. * * Results: * Always 0. We do not keep this information on Windows. @@ -813,9 +810,17 @@ TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, siblingHwnd, pos) */ int -TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted(win, dispPtr) - Window win; - TkDisplay *dispPtr; +TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted( + Window win, + TkDisplay *dispPtr) { return 0; } + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/tkWinWm.c b/win/tkWinWm.c index 32768cf..e3816ca 100644 --- a/win/tkWinWm.c +++ b/win/tkWinWm.c @@ -2,15 +2,15 @@ * tkWinWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based - * application and the window manager. Among other things, it - * implements the "wm" command and passes geometry information - * to the window manager. + * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements + * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window + * manager. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -31,36 +31,38 @@ #endif /* - * Event structure for synthetic activation events. These events are - * placed on the event queue whenever a toplevel gets a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE - * message. + * Event structure for synthetic activation events. These events are placed on + * the event queue whenever a toplevel gets a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE message or + * a WM_ACTIVATE. If the window is being moved (*flagPtr will be true) + * then the handling of this event must be delayed until the operation + * has completed to avoid a premature WM_EXITSIZEMOVE event. */ typedef struct ActivateEvent { Tcl_Event ev; TkWindow *winPtr; + const int *flagPtr; + HWND hwnd; } ActivateEvent; /* - * A data structure of the following type holds information for - * each window manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for - * which a handler (i.e. a Tcl command) has been defined for a - * particular top-level window. + * A data structure of the following type holds information for each window + * manager protocol (such as WM_DELETE_WINDOW) for which a handler (i.e. a Tcl + * command) has been defined for a particular top-level window. */ typedef struct ProtocolHandler { Atom protocol; /* Identifies the protocol. */ struct ProtocolHandler *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of protocol handlers for - * the same top-level window, or NULL for - * end of list. */ + /* Next in list of protocol handlers for the + * same top-level window, or NULL for end of + * list. */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter in which to invoke command. */ - char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client - * message for this protocol arrives. - * The actual size of the structure varies - * to accommodate the needs of the actual - * command. THIS MUST BE THE LAST FIELD OF - * THE STRUCTURE. */ + char command[4]; /* Tcl command to invoke when a client message + * for this protocol arrives. The actual size + * of the structure varies to accommodate the + * needs of the actual command. THIS MUST BE + * THE LAST FIELD OF THE STRUCTURE. */ } ProtocolHandler; #define HANDLER_SIZE(cmdLength) \ @@ -76,80 +78,80 @@ typedef struct TkWmStackorderToplevelPair { } TkWmStackorderToplevelPair; /* - * This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its - * image. The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these - * icon-specific-structures originated with the Winico extension. - * We stripped out unused parts of that code, and integrated the - * code more naturally with Tcl. + * This structure represents the contents of a icon, in terms of its image. + * The HICON is an internal Windows format. Most of these icon-specific + * structures originated with the Winico extension. We stripped out unused + * parts of that code, and integrated the code more naturally with Tcl. */ + typedef struct { - UINT Width, Height, Colors; /* Width, Height and bpp */ - LPBYTE lpBits; /* ptr to DIB bits */ - DWORD dwNumBytes; /* how many bytes? */ - LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; /* ptr to header */ - LPBYTE lpXOR; /* ptr to XOR image bits */ - LPBYTE lpAND; /* ptr to AND image bits */ - HICON hIcon; /* DAS ICON */ + UINT Width, Height, Colors; /* Width, Height and bpp */ + LPBYTE lpBits; /* Ptr to DIB bits */ + DWORD dwNumBytes; /* How many bytes? */ + LPBITMAPINFO lpbi; /* Ptr to header */ + LPBYTE lpXOR; /* Ptr to XOR image bits */ + LPBYTE lpAND; /* Ptr to AND image bits */ + HICON hIcon; /* DAS ICON */ } ICONIMAGE, *LPICONIMAGE; + /* - * This structure is how we represent a block of the above - * items. We will reallocate these structures according to - * how many images they need to contain. + * This structure is how we represent a block of the above items. We will + * reallocate these structures according to how many images they need to + * contain. */ typedef struct { - int nNumImages; /* How many images? */ - ICONIMAGE IconImages[1]; /* Image entries */ + int nNumImages; /* How many images? */ + ICONIMAGE IconImages[1]; /* Image entries */ } BlockOfIconImages, *BlockOfIconImagesPtr; /* - * These two structures are used to read in icons from an - * 'icon directory' (i.e. the contents of a .icr file, say). - * We only use these structures temporarily, since we copy - * the information we want into a BlockOfIconImages. + * These two structures are used to read in icons from an 'icon directory' + * (i.e. the contents of a .icr file, say). We only use these structures + * temporarily, since we copy the information we want into a + * BlockOfIconImages. */ typedef struct { - BYTE bWidth; /* Width of the image */ - BYTE bHeight; /* Height of the image (times 2) */ - BYTE bColorCount; /* Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) */ - BYTE bReserved; /* Reserved */ - WORD wPlanes; /* Color Planes */ - WORD wBitCount; /* Bits per pixel */ - DWORD dwBytesInRes; /* how many bytes in this resource? */ - DWORD dwImageOffset; /* where in the file is this image */ + BYTE bWidth; /* Width of the image */ + BYTE bHeight; /* Height of the image (times 2) */ + BYTE bColorCount; /* Number of colors in image (0 if >=8bpp) */ + BYTE bReserved; /* Reserved */ + WORD wPlanes; /* Color Planes */ + WORD wBitCount; /* Bits per pixel */ + DWORD dwBytesInRes; /* How many bytes in this resource? */ + DWORD dwImageOffset; /* Where in the file is this image */ } ICONDIRENTRY, *LPICONDIRENTRY; typedef struct { - WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */ - WORD idType; /* resource type (1 for icons) */ - WORD idCount; /* how many images? */ - ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* the entries for each image */ + WORD idReserved; /* Reserved */ + WORD idType; /* Resource type (1 for icons) */ + WORD idCount; /* How many images? */ + ICONDIRENTRY idEntries[1]; /* The entries for each image */ } ICONDIR, *LPICONDIR; /* - * A pointer to one of these strucutures is associated with each - * toplevel. This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon - * resources when a window is deleted or if the window's icon is - * changed. They are simply reference counted according to: + * A pointer to one of these strucutures is associated with each toplevel. + * This allows us to free up all memory associated with icon resources when a + * window is deleted or if the window's icon is changed. They are simply + * reference counted according to: * - * (i) how many WmInfo structures point to this object - * (ii) whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains - * a pointer to this object. + * (1) How many WmInfo structures point to this object + * (2) Whether the ThreadSpecificData defined in this file contains a pointer + * to this object. * - * The former count is for windows whose icons are individually - * set, and the latter is for the global default icon choice. + * The former count is for windows whose icons are individually set, and the + * latter is for the global default icon choice. * - * Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons - * loaded from .exe/.dll use the hIcon field. + * Icons loaded from .icr/.icr use the iconBlock field, icons loaded from + * .exe/.dll use the hIcon field. */ typedef struct WinIconInstance { - int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this - * data structure. */ + int refCount; /* Number of instances that share this data + * structure. */ BlockOfIconImagesPtr iconBlock; - /* Pointer to icon resource data for - * image. */ + /* Pointer to icon resource data for image */ } WinIconInstance; typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr; @@ -160,96 +162,97 @@ typedef struct WinIconInstance *WinIconPtr; */ typedef struct TkWmInfo { - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for - * this window. */ - HWND wrapper; /* This is the decorative frame window - * created by the window manager to wrap - * a toplevel window. This window is - * a direct child of the root window. */ - char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If - * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */ - char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */ - XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for - * window manager. */ + TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to main Tk information for this + * window. */ + HWND wrapper; /* This is the decorative frame window created + * by the window manager to wrap a toplevel + * window. This window is a direct child of + * the root window. */ + char *title; /* Title to display in window caption. If + * NULL, use name of widget. Malloced. */ + char *iconName; /* Name to display in icon. Malloced. */ + XWMHints hints; /* Various pieces of information for window + * manager. */ char *leaderName; /* Path name of leader of window group * (corresponds to hints.window_group). - * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't - * get updated if leader is destroyed. */ + * Malloc-ed. Note: this field doesn't get + * updated if leader is destroyed. */ TkWindow *masterPtr; /* Master window for TRANSIENT_FOR property, * or NULL. */ - Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, - * or NULL. */ + Tk_Window icon; /* Window to use as icon for this window, or + * NULL. */ Tk_Window iconFor; /* Window for which this window is icon, or * NULL if this isn't an icon for anyone. */ /* - * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for - * the window manager: + * Information used to construct an XSizeHints structure for the window + * manager: */ int defMinWidth, defMinHeight, defMaxWidth, defMaxHeight; /* Default resize limits given by system. */ - int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. - * If the PBaseSize flag is set then the - * window is gridded; otherwise it isn't - * gridded. */ - int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in - * pixels or grid units. */ - int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in - * pixels or grid units. 0 to default. */ + int sizeHintsFlags; /* Flags word for XSizeHints structure. If the + * PBaseSize flag is set then the window is + * gridded; otherwise it isn't gridded. */ + int minWidth, minHeight; /* Minimum dimensions of window, in pixels or + * grid units. */ + int maxWidth, maxHeight; /* Maximum dimensions of window, in pixels or + * grid units. 0 to default. */ Tk_Window gridWin; /* Identifies the window that controls - * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if - * the top-level isn't currently gridded. */ - int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels - * per step). */ + * gridding for this top-level, or NULL if the + * top-level isn't currently gridded. */ + int widthInc, heightInc; /* Increments for size changes (# pixels per + * step). */ struct { int x; /* numerator */ - int y; /* denominator */ + int y; /* denominator */ } minAspect, maxAspect; /* Min/max aspect ratios for window. */ int reqGridWidth, reqGridHeight; - /* The dimensions of the window (in - * grid units) requested through - * the geometry manager. */ + /* The dimensions of the window (in grid + * units) requested through the geometry + * manager. */ int gravity; /* Desired window gravity. */ /* * Information used to manage the size and location of a window. */ - int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified - * in pixels or grid units. These values are - * set by the "wm geometry" command and by - * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm - * resizes window). -1 means user hasn't - * requested dimensions. */ + int width, height; /* Desired dimensions of window, specified in + * pixels or grid units. These values are set + * by the "wm geometry" command and by + * ConfigureNotify events (for when wm resizes + * window). -1 means user hasn't requested + * dimensions. */ int x, y; /* Desired X and Y coordinates for window. - * These values are set by "wm geometry", - * plus by ConfigureNotify events (when wm - * moves window). These numbers are - * different than the numbers stored in - * winPtr->changes because (a) they could be - * measured from the right or bottom edge - * of the screen (see WM_NEGATIVE_X and - * WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and (b) if the window - * has been reparented then they refer to the - * parent rather than the window itself. */ + * These values are set by "wm geometry", plus + * by ConfigureNotify events (when wm moves + * window). These numbers are different than + * the numbers stored in winPtr->changes + * because (a) they could be measured from the + * right or bottom edge of the screen (see + * WM_NEGATIVE_X and WM_NEGATIVE_Y flags) and + * (b) if the window has been reparented then + * they refer to the parent rather than the + * window itself. */ int borderWidth, borderHeight; /* Width and height of window dressing, in - * pixels for the current style/exStyle. This + * pixels for the current style/exStyle. This * includes the border on both sides of the * window. */ + int configX, configY; /* x,y position of toplevel when window is + * switched into fullscreen state, */ int configWidth, configHeight; /* Dimensions passed to last request that we - * issued to change geometry of window. Used - * to eliminate redundant resize operations. */ + * issued to change geometry of window. Used + * to eliminate redundant resize operations */ HMENU hMenu; /* the hMenu associated with this menu */ DWORD style, exStyle; /* Style flags for the wrapper window. */ LONG styleConfig; /* Extra user requested style bits */ LONG exStyleConfig; /* Extra user requested extended style bits */ Tcl_Obj *crefObj; /* COLORREF object for transparent handling */ COLORREF colorref; /* COLORREF for transparent handling */ - double alpha; /* Alpha transparency level - * 0.0 (fully transparent) .. 1.0 (opaque) */ + double alpha; /* Alpha transparency level 0.0 (fully + * transparent) .. 1.0 (opaque) */ /* * List of children of the toplevel which have private colormaps. @@ -262,61 +265,60 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { * Miscellaneous information. */ - ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for - * this window (NULL means none). */ + ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this + * window (NULL means none). */ int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */ - const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the - * WM_COMMAND property. NULL means nothing - * available. */ + const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND + * property. NULL means nothing available. */ char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE * property, or NULL. */ int flags; /* Miscellaneous flags, defined below. */ - int numTransients; /* number of transients on this window */ - WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* pointer to titlebar icon structure for - * this window, or NULL. */ + int numTransients; /* Number of transients on this window */ + WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* Pointer to titlebar icon structure for this + * window, or NULL. */ struct TkWmInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all top-level windows. */ } WmInfo; /* * Flag values for WmInfo structures: * - * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - non-zero means window has never been - * mapped; need to update all info when - * window is first mapped. - * WM_UPDATE_PENDING - non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo - * has already been scheduled for this - * window; no need to schedule another one. - * WM_NEGATIVE_X - non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in - * pixels from right edge of screen, rather - * than from left edge. - * WM_NEGATIVE_Y - non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in + * WM_NEVER_MAPPED - Non-zero means window has never been mapped; + * need to update all info when window is first + * mapped. + * WM_UPDATE_PENDING - Non-zero means a call to UpdateGeometryInfo + * has already been scheduled for this window; + * no need to schedule another one. + * WM_NEGATIVE_X - Non-zero means x-coordinate is measured in + * pixels from right edge of screen, rather than + * from left edge. + * WM_NEGATIVE_Y - Non-zero means y-coordinate is measured in * pixels up from bottom of screen, rather than * down from top. - * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - non-zero means that new size hints need to be + * WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS - Non-zero means that new size hints need to be * propagated to window manager. Not used on Win. - * WM_SYNC_PENDING - set to non-zero while waiting for the window + * WM_SYNC_PENDING - Set to non-zero while waiting for the window * manager to respond to some state change. - * WM_MOVE_PENDING - non-zero means the application has requested - * a new position for the window, but it hasn't - * been reflected through the window manager - * yet. - * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - non-zero means the colormap windows were - * set explicitly via "wm colormapwindows". - * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows" + * WM_MOVE_PENDING - Non-zero means the application has requested a + * new position for the window, but it hasn't + * been reflected through the window manager yet. + * WM_COLORMAPS_EXPLICIT - Non-zero means the colormap windows were set + * explicitly via "wm colormapwindows". + * WM_ADDED_TOPLEVEL_COLORMAP - Non-zero means that when "wm colormapwindows" * was called the top-level itself wasn't - * specified, so we added it implicitly at - * the end of the list. - * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to + * specified, so we added it implicitly at the + * end of the list. + * WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the width of the - * window (controlled by "wm resizable" - * command). - * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - non-zero means that we're not supposed to + * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). + * WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE - Non-zero means that we're not supposed to * allow the user to change the height of the - * window (controlled by "wm resizable" - * command). - * WM_WITHDRAWN - non-zero means that this window has explicitly + * window (controlled by "wm resizable" command). + * WM_WITHDRAWN - Non-zero means that this window has explicitly * been withdrawn. If it's a transient, it should * not mirror state changes in the master. + * WM_FULLSCREEN - Non-zero means that this window has been placed + * in the full screen mode. It should be mapped at + * 0,0 and be the width and height of the screen. */ #define WM_NEVER_MAPPED (1<<0) @@ -332,6 +334,7 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { #define WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE (1<<10) #define WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE (1<<11) #define WM_WITHDRAWN (1<<12) +#define WM_FULLSCREEN (1<<13) /* * Window styles for various types of toplevel windows. @@ -340,6 +343,9 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { #define WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_CLIPCHILDREN|WS_CLIPSIBLINGS|CS_DBLCLKS) #define EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE (WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW) +#define WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_POPUP|WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE) +#define EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE (WS_EX_APPWINDOW) + #define WM_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW|WS_CLIPCHILDREN|CS_DBLCLKS) #define EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE (0) @@ -348,258 +354,258 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { #define EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE (WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME) /* - * The following structure is the official type record for geometry - * management of top-level windows. + * The following structure is the official type record for geometry management + * of top-level windows. */ static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); +static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, HWND parentHWND); -static Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = { - "wm", /* name */ - TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */ - (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *) NULL /* lostSlaveProc */ +static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = { + "wm", /* name */ + TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */ + NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ }; typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the - * currently installed foreground logical - * palette. */ - TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This - * value is set immediately before a - * call to CreateWindowEx, and is used - * by SetLimits. This is a gross hack - * needed to work around Windows brain - * damage where it sends the - * WM_GETMINMAXINFO message before the - * WM_CREATE window. */ - int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether thread- - * specific elements of module have - * been initialized. */ - int firstWindow; /* Flag, cleared when the first window - * is mapped in a non-iconic state. */ - WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* IconPtr being used as default for all - * toplevels, or NULL. */ + HPALETTE systemPalette; /* System palette; refers to the currently + * installed foreground logical palette. */ + TkWindow *createWindow; /* Window that is being constructed. This + * value is set immediately before a call to + * CreateWindowEx, and is used by SetLimits. + * This is a gross hack needed to work around + * Windows brain damage where it sends the + * WM_GETMINMAXINFO message before the + * WM_CREATE window. */ + int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether thread-specific + * elements of module have been + * initialized. */ + int firstWindow; /* Flag, cleared when the first window is + * mapped in a non-iconic state. */ + WinIconPtr iconPtr; /* IconPtr being used as default for all + * toplevels, or NULL. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage - * because they must be shared across threads. + * The following variables cannot be placed in thread local storage because + * they must be shared across threads. */ -static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has - * been initialized. */ +static int initialized; /* Flag indicating whether module has been + * initialized. */ /* - * A pointer to a shell proc which allows us to extract icons from - * any file. We just initialize this when we start up (if we can) - * and then it never changes + * A pointer to a shell proc which allows us to extract icons from any file. + * We just initialize this when we start up (if we can) and then it never + * changes */ + DWORD* (WINAPI *shgetfileinfoProc) (LPCTSTR pszPath, DWORD dwFileAttributes, - SHFILEINFO* psfi, UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags) = NULL; + SHFILEINFO* psfi, UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags) = NULL; /* - * A pointer to SetLayeredWindowAttributes (user32.dll) which we - * retrieve dynamically because it is only valid on Win2K+. + * A pointer to SetLayeredWindowAttributes (user32.dll) which we retrieve + * dynamically because it is only valid on Win2K+. */ + BOOL (WINAPI *setLayeredWindowAttributesProc) (HWND hwnd, COLORREF crKey, BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags) = NULL; TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(winWmMutex) /* - * Forward declarations for procedures defined in this file: + * Forward declarations for functions defined in this file: */ -static int ActivateWindow _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Event *evPtr, - int flags)); -static void ConfigureTopLevel _ANSI_ARGS_((WINDOWPOS *pos)); -static void GenerateConfigureNotify _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void GetMaxSize _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr)); -static void GetMinSize _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr)); -static TkWindow * GetTopLevel _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd)); -static void InitWm _ANSI_ARGS_((void)); -static int InstallColormaps _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, int message, - int isForemost)); -static void InvalidateSubTree _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr, - Colormap colormap)); -static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); -static int ParseGeometry _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, - char *string, TkWindow *winPtr)); -static void RefreshColormap _ANSI_ARGS_((Colormap colormap, - TkDisplay *dispPtr)); -static void SetLimits _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info)); -static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap _ANSI_ARGS_(( - TkWindow *winPtr, - Display *display, - Tcl_HashTable *table)); -static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message, - WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)); -static void TopLevelEventProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData clientData, - XEvent *eventPtr)); -static void TopLevelReqProc _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData dummy, - Tk_Window tkwin)); -static void UpdateGeometryInfo _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData)); -static void UpdateWrapper _ANSI_ARGS_((TkWindow *winPtr)); -static LRESULT CALLBACK WmProc _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message, - WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)); -static void WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc _ANSI_ARGS_(( - ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr)); -static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile _ANSI_ARGS_(( - Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon)); -static WinIconPtr ReadIconFromFile _ANSI_ARGS_(( - Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *fileName)); -static WinIconPtr GetIconFromPixmap _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *dsPtr, - Pixmap pixmap)); -static int ReadICOHeader _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Channel channel)); -static BOOL AdjustIconImagePointers _ANSI_ARGS_((LPICONIMAGE lpImage)); -static HICON MakeIconOrCursorFromResource - _ANSI_ARGS_((LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon)); -static HICON GetIcon _ANSI_ARGS_((WinIconPtr titlebaricon, - int icon_size)); -static int WinSetIcon _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp, - WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw)); -static void FreeIconBlock _ANSI_ARGS_((BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR)); -static void DecrIconRefCount _ANSI_ARGS_((WinIconPtr titlebaricon)); - -static int WmAspectCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, +static int ActivateWindow(Tcl_Event *evPtr, int flags); +static void ConfigureTopLevel(WINDOWPOS *pos); +static void GenerateConfigureNotify(TkWindow *winPtr); +static void GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow *winPtr, const int *flagPtr); +static void GetMaxSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, + int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr); +static void GetMinSize(WmInfo *wmPtr, + int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr); +static TkWindow * GetTopLevel(HWND hwnd); +static void InitWm(void); +static int InstallColormaps(HWND hwnd, int message, + int isForemost); +static void InvalidateSubTree(TkWindow *winPtr, Colormap colormap); +static void InvalidateSubTreeDepth(TkWindow *winPtr); +static int ParseGeometry(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *string, + TkWindow *winPtr); +static void RefreshColormap(Colormap colormap, TkDisplay *dispPtr); +static void SetLimits(HWND hwnd, MINMAXINFO *info); +static void TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(TkWindow *winPtr, + Display *display, Tcl_HashTable *table); +static LRESULT CALLBACK TopLevelProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); +static void TopLevelEventProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); +static void UpdateGeometryInfo(ClientData clientData); +static void UpdateWrapper(TkWindow *winPtr); +static LRESULT CALLBACK WmProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); +static void WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(ClientData clientData, + XEvent *eventPtr); +static BlockOfIconImagesPtr ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon); +static WinIconPtr ReadIconFromFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj *fileName); +static WinIconPtr GetIconFromPixmap(Display *dsPtr, Pixmap pixmap); +static int ReadICOHeader(Tcl_Channel channel); +static BOOL AdjustIconImagePointers(LPICONIMAGE lpImage); +static HICON MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, + BOOL isIcon); +static HICON GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size); +static int WinSetIcon(Tcl_Interp *interp, + WinIconPtr titlebaricon, Tk_Window tkw); +static void FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR); +static void DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon); + +static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, + TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmAttributesCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmClientCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmColormapwindowsCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmCommandCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmDeiconifyCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmFocusmodelCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmFrameCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmGeometryCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmGridCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmGroupCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconbitmapCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconifyCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconmaskCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconnameCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconphotoCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconpositionCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmIconwindowCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmMaxsizeCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmMinsizeCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmOverrideredirectCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmPositionfromCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmProtocolCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmResizableCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmSizefromCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmStackorderCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmStateCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmTitleCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmTransientCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static int WmWithdrawCmd _ANSI_ARGS_((Tk_Window tkwin, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *const objv[])); -static void WmUpdateGeom _ANSI_ARGS_((WmInfo *wmPtr, - TkWindow *winPtr)); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, + TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); -/* Used in BytesPerLine */ -#define WIDTHBYTES(bits) ((((bits) + 31)>>5)<<2) +/* + * Used in BytesPerLine + */ + +#define WIDTHBYTES(bits) ((((bits) + 31)>>5)<<2) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * DIBNumColors -- * - * Calculates the number of entries in the color table, given by - * LPSTR lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by - * titlebar icon code. + * Calculates the number of entries in the color table, given by LPSTR + * lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code. * * Results: - * - * WORD - Number of entries in the color table. - * - * Side effects: None. - * + * WORD - Number of entries in the color table. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static WORD -DIBNumColors( LPSTR lpbi ) +DIBNumColors( + LPSTR lpbi) { WORD wBitCount; DWORD dwClrUsed; dwClrUsed = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biClrUsed; - if (dwClrUsed) + if (dwClrUsed) { return (WORD) dwClrUsed; + } wBitCount = ((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER) lpbi)->biBitCount; - switch (wBitCount) - { - case 1: return 2; - case 4: return 16; - case 8: return 256; - default:return 0; + switch (wBitCount) { + case 1: + return 2; + case 4: + return 16; + case 8: + return 256; + default: + return 0; } } @@ -608,22 +614,19 @@ DIBNumColors( LPSTR lpbi ) * * PaletteSize -- * - * Calculates the number of bytes in the color table, as given by - * LPSTR lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by - * titlebar icon code. + * Calculates the number of bytes in the color table, as given by LPSTR + * lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code. * * Results: - * number of bytes in the color table - * - * Side effects: None. - * + * Number of bytes in the color table * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static WORD -PaletteSize( LPSTR lpbi ) +PaletteSize( + LPSTR lpbi) { - return ((WORD)( DIBNumColors( lpbi ) * sizeof( RGBQUAD )) ); + return (WORD) (DIBNumColors(lpbi) * sizeof(RGBQUAD)); } /* @@ -631,9 +634,8 @@ PaletteSize( LPSTR lpbi ) * * FindDIBits -- * - * Locate the image bits in a CF_DIB format DIB, as given by - * LPSTR lpbi - pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by - * titlebar icon code. + * Locate the image bits in a CF_DIB format DIB, as given by LPSTR lpbi - + * pointer to the CF_DIB memory block. Used by titlebar icon code. * * Results: * pointer to the image bits @@ -643,10 +645,12 @@ PaletteSize( LPSTR lpbi ) * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static LPSTR -FindDIBBits( LPSTR lpbi ) +FindDIBBits( + LPSTR lpbi) { - return ( lpbi + *(LPDWORD)lpbi + PaletteSize( lpbi ) ); + return lpbi + *(LPDWORD)lpbi + PaletteSize(lpbi); } /* @@ -655,19 +659,18 @@ FindDIBBits( LPSTR lpbi ) * BytesPerLine -- * * Calculates the number of bytes in one scan line, as given by - * LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH - pointer to the BITMAPINFOHEADER - * that begins the CF_DIB block. Used by titlebar icon code. + * LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH - pointer to the BITMAPINFOHEADER that + * begins the CF_DIB block. Used by titlebar icon code. * * Results: * number of bytes in one scan line (DWORD aligned) * - * Side effects: None - * - * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static DWORD -BytesPerLine( LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH ) +BytesPerLine( + LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH) { return WIDTHBYTES(lpBMIH->biWidth * lpBMIH->biPlanes * lpBMIH->biBitCount); } @@ -677,41 +680,66 @@ BytesPerLine( LPBITMAPINFOHEADER lpBMIH ) * * AdjustIconImagePointers -- * - * Adjusts internal pointers in icon resource struct, as given - * by LPICONIMAGE lpImage - the resource to handle. Used by - * titlebar icon code. + * Adjusts internal pointers in icon resource struct, as given by + * LPICONIMAGE lpImage - the resource to handle. Used by titlebar icon + * code. * * Results: * BOOL - TRUE for success, FALSE for failure * - * Side effects: - * - * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static BOOL -AdjustIconImagePointers( LPICONIMAGE lpImage ) +AdjustIconImagePointers( + LPICONIMAGE lpImage) { - /* Sanity check */ - if (lpImage==NULL) + /* + * Sanity check. + */ + + if (lpImage == NULL) { return FALSE; - /* BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits */ + } + + /* + * BITMAPINFO is at beginning of bits. + */ + lpImage->lpbi = (LPBITMAPINFO)lpImage->lpBits; - /* Width - simple enough */ + + /* + * Width - simple enough. + */ + lpImage->Width = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biWidth; + /* - * Icons are stored in funky format where height is doubled - * so account for that + * Icons are stored in funky format where height is doubled so account for + * that. */ + lpImage->Height = (lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biHeight)/2; - /* How many colors? */ - lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes * - lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount; - /* XOR bits follow the header and color table */ + + /* + * How many colors? + */ + + lpImage->Colors = lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biPlanes + * lpImage->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount; + + /* + * XOR bits follow the header and color table. + */ + lpImage->lpXOR = (LPBYTE)FindDIBBits(((LPSTR)lpImage->lpbi)); - /* AND bits follow the XOR bits */ + + /* + * AND bits follow the XOR bits. + */ + lpImage->lpAND = lpImage->lpXOR + (lpImage->Height* - BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpImage->lpbi))); + BytesPerLine((LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpImage->lpbi))); return TRUE; } @@ -720,51 +748,70 @@ AdjustIconImagePointers( LPICONIMAGE lpImage ) * * MakeIconOrCursorFromResource -- * - * Construct an actual HICON structure from the information - * in a resource. + * Construct an actual HICON structure from the information in a + * resource. * * Results: - * - * - * Side effects: - * + * Icon * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static HICON -MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon) { +MakeIconOrCursorFromResource( + LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, + BOOL isIcon) +{ HICON hIcon ; static FARPROC pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx=NULL; static int initinfo=0; - /* Sanity Check */ - if (lpIcon == NULL) + + /* + * Sanity Check + */ + + if (lpIcon == NULL) { return NULL; - if (lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) + } + if (lpIcon->lpBits == NULL) { return NULL; + } + if (!initinfo) { - HMODULE hMod = GetModuleHandle("USER32.DLL"); - initinfo=1; - if (hMod){ + HMODULE hMod = GetModuleHandleA("USER32.DLL"); + + initinfo = 1; + if (hMod) { pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx = - GetProcAddress(hMod, "CreateIconFromResourceEx"); + GetProcAddress(hMod, "CreateIconFromResourceEx"); } } - /* Let the OS do the real work :) */ - if (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx!=NULL) { - hIcon = (HICON) (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx) - (lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000, - (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biWidth, - (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biHeight/2, 0); + + /* + * Let the OS do the real work :) + */ + + if (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx != NULL) { + hIcon = (HICON) (pfnCreateIconFromResourceEx) (lpIcon->lpBits, + lpIcon->dwNumBytes, isIcon, 0x00030000, + (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biWidth, + (*(LPBITMAPINFOHEADER)(lpIcon->lpBits)).biHeight/2, 0); } else { hIcon = NULL; } - /* It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way */ + + /* + * It failed, odds are good we're on NT so try the non-Ex way. + */ + if (hIcon == NULL) { - /* We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image */ + /* + * We would break on NT if we try with a 16bpp image. + */ + if (lpIcon->lpbi->bmiHeader.biBitCount != 16) { hIcon = CreateIconFromResource(lpIcon->lpBits, lpIcon->dwNumBytes, - isIcon, 0x00030000); + isIcon, 0x00030000); } } return hIcon; @@ -778,44 +825,51 @@ MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(LPICONIMAGE lpIcon, BOOL isIcon) { * Reads the header from an ICO file, as specfied by channel. * * Results: - * UINT - Number of images in file, -1 for failure. - * If this succeeds, there is a decent chance this is a - * valid icon file. - * - * Side effects: - * + * UINT - Number of images in file, -1 for failure. If this succeeds, + * there is a decent chance this is a valid icon file. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static int -ReadICOHeader( Tcl_Channel channel ) +ReadICOHeader( + Tcl_Channel channel) { - WORD Input; - DWORD dwBytesRead; + union { + WORD word; + char bytes[sizeof(WORD)]; + } input; + + /* + * Read the 'reserved' WORD, which should be a zero word. + */ - /* Read the 'reserved' WORD */ - dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read( channel, (char*)&Input, sizeof( WORD )); - /* Did we get a WORD? */ - if (dwBytesRead != sizeof( WORD )) + if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) { return -1; - /* Was it 'reserved' ? (ie 0) */ - if (Input != 0) + } + if (input.word != 0) { return -1; - /* Read the type WORD */ - dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read( channel, (char*)&Input, sizeof( WORD )); - /* Did we get a WORD? */ - if (dwBytesRead != sizeof( WORD )) + } + + /* + * Read the type WORD, which should be of type 1. + */ + + if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) { return -1; - /* Was it type 1? */ - if (Input != 1) + } + if (input.word != 1) { return -1; - /* Get the count of images */ - dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read( channel, (char*)&Input, sizeof( WORD )); - /* Did we get a WORD? */ - if (dwBytesRead != sizeof( WORD )) + } + + /* + * Get and return the count of images. + */ + + if (Tcl_Read(channel, input.bytes, sizeof(WORD)) != sizeof(WORD)) { return -1; - /* Return the count */ - return (int)Input; + } + return (int) input.word; } /* @@ -835,7 +889,8 @@ ReadICOHeader( Tcl_Channel channel ) */ static int -InitWindowClass(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) +InitWindowClass( + WinIconPtr titlebaricon) { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); @@ -853,30 +908,30 @@ InitWindowClass(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) initialized = 1; if (shgetfileinfoProc == NULL) { - HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibrary("shell32"); + HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibraryA("shell32"); if (hInstance != NULL) { - shgetfileinfoProc = - (DWORD* (WINAPI *) (LPCTSTR pszPath, DWORD dwFileAttributes, - SHFILEINFO* psfi, UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags)) GetProcAddress(hInstance, - "SHGetFileInfo"); + shgetfileinfoProc = (DWORD* (WINAPI *) (LPCTSTR pszPath, + DWORD dwFileAttributes, SHFILEINFO* psfi, + UINT cbFileInfo, UINT uFlags)) + GetProcAddress(hInstance, "SHGetFileInfo"); FreeLibrary(hInstance); } } if (setLayeredWindowAttributesProc == NULL) { - HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibrary("user32"); + HINSTANCE hInstance = LoadLibraryA("user32"); if (hInstance != NULL) { - setLayeredWindowAttributesProc = - (BOOL (WINAPI *) (HWND hwnd, COLORREF crKey, - BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags)) - GetProcAddress(hInstance, - "SetLayeredWindowAttributes"); + setLayeredWindowAttributesProc = (BOOL (WINAPI*)(HWND hwnd, + COLORREF crKey, BYTE bAlpha, DWORD dwFlags)) + GetProcAddress(hInstance,"SetLayeredWindowAttributes"); FreeLibrary(hInstance); } } + /* - * The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are - * in pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS. + * The only difference between WNDCLASSW and WNDCLASSA are in + * pointers, so we can use the generic structure WNDCLASS. */ + ZeroMemory(&class, sizeof(WNDCLASS)); class.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; @@ -891,10 +946,12 @@ InitWindowClass(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) if (class.hIcon == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } + /* - * Store pointer to default icon so we know when - * we need to free that information + * Store pointer to default icon so we know when we need to + * free that information */ + tsdPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon; } class.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); @@ -938,53 +995,54 @@ InitWm(void) * * WinSetIcon -- * - * Sets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon - * for a specific toplevel (if tkw is given, then only that - * window is used). + * Sets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a + * specific toplevel (if tkw is given, then only that window is used). * - * The ref-count of the titlebaricon is NOT changed. If this - * function returns successfully, the caller should assume - * the icon was used (and therefore the ref-count should - * be adjusted to reflect that fact). If the function returned - * an error, the caller should assume the icon was not used - * (and may wish to free the memory associated with it). + * The ref-count of the titlebaricon is NOT changed. If this function + * returns successfully, the caller should assume the icon was used (and + * therefore the ref-count should be adjusted to reflect that fact). If + * the function returned an error, the caller should assume the icon was + * not used (and may wish to free the memory associated with it). * * Results: * A standard Tcl return code. * * Side effects: - * One or all windows may have their icon changed. - * The Tcl result may be modified. - * The window-manager will be initialised if it wasn't already. + * One or all windows may have their icon changed. The Tcl result may be + * modified. The window-manager will be initialised if it wasn't already. * The given window will be forced into existence. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int -WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw) - Tcl_Interp *interp; - WinIconPtr titlebaricon; - Tk_Window tkw; +WinSetIcon( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + WinIconPtr titlebaricon, + Tk_Window tkw) { WmInfo *wmPtr; HWND hwnd; int application = 0; if (tkw == NULL) { - tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp); + tkw = Tk_MainWindow(interp); application = 1; } if (!(Tk_IsTopLevel(tkw))) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", Tk_PathName(tkw), - "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tk_WindowId(tkw) == None) { Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkw); } - /* We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself */ + + /* + * We must get the window's wrapper, not the window itself. + */ + wmPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkw)->wmInfoPtr; hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper; @@ -992,56 +1050,39 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw) if (hwnd == NULL) { /* * I don't actually think this is ever the correct thing, unless - * perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all + * perhaps the window doesn't have a wrapper. But I believe all * windows have wrappers. */ + hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(tkw)); } + /* * If we aren't initialised, then just initialise with the user's - * icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later - * when Tk finishes initialising. + * icon. Otherwise our icon choice will be ignored moments later when + * Tk finishes initialising. */ + if (!initialized) { if (InitWindowClass(titlebaricon) != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Unable to set icon", (char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Unable to set icon", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } else { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr; - if ( -#ifdef _WIN64 - !SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM, - (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL)) -#else - !SetClassLong(hwnd, GCL_HICONSM, - (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL)) -#endif - ) { - /* - * For some reason this triggers, even though it seems - * to be successful This is probably related to the - * WNDCLASS vs WNDCLASSEX difference. Anyway it seems - * we have to ignore errors returned here. - */ - /* - * Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Unable to set new small icon", (char*)NULL); - * return TCL_ERROR; - */ - } - if ( -#ifdef _WIN64 - !SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON, - (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG)) -#else - !SetClassLong(hwnd, GCL_HICON, - (LPARAM)GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG)) -#endif - ) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Unable to set new icon", (char*)NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } + /* + * Don't check return result of SetClassLong() or + * SetClassLongPtr() since they return the previously set value + * which is zero on the initial call or in an error case. The MSDN + * documentation does not indicate that the result needs to be + * checked. + */ + + SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICONSM, + (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_SMALL)); + SetClassLongPtr(hwnd, GCLP_HICON, + (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG)); tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->iconPtr != NULL) { @@ -1052,31 +1093,35 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw) } else { if (!initialized) { /* - * Need to initialise the wm otherwise we will fail on - * code which tries to set a toplevel's icon before that - * happens. Ignore return result. + * Need to initialise the wm otherwise we will fail on code which + * tries to set a toplevel's icon before that happens. Ignore + * return result. */ - (void)InitWindowClass(NULL); + + (void) InitWindowClass(NULL); } + /* * The following code is exercised if you do * * toplevel .t ; wm titlebaricon .t foo.icr * - * i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create - * the '.t' window before you set the icon. + * i.e. the wm hasn't had time to properly create the '.t' window + * before you set the icon. */ + if (hwnd == NULL) { /* - * This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function, - * and should probably be placed in one proper location + * This little snippet is copied from the 'Map' function, and + * should probably be placed in one proper location. */ + UpdateWrapper(wmPtr->winPtr); wmPtr = ((TkWindow*)tkw)->wmInfoPtr; hwnd = wmPtr->wrapper; if (hwnd == NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, - "Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", (char*)NULL); + "Can't set icon; window has no wrapper.", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } @@ -1085,16 +1130,23 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw) SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) GetIcon(titlebaricon, ICON_BIG)); - /* Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure. */ + /* + * Update the iconPtr we keep for each WmInfo structure. + */ + if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) { - /* Free any old icon ptr which is associated with this window. */ + /* + * Free any old icon ptr which is associated with this window. + */ + DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr); } + /* - * We do not need to increment the ref count for the - * titlebaricon, because it was already incremented when we - * retrieved it. + * We do not need to increment the ref count for the titlebaricon, + * because it was already incremented when we retrieved it. */ + wmPtr->iconPtr = titlebaricon; } return TCL_OK; @@ -1105,8 +1157,8 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw) * * TkWinGetIcon -- * - * Gets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon - * for a specific toplevel (ICON_SMALL or ICON_BIG). + * Gets either the default toplevel titlebar icon, or the icon for a + * specific toplevel (ICON_SMALL or ICON_BIG). * * Results: * A Windows HICON. @@ -1116,8 +1168,11 @@ WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, tkw) * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + HICON -TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize) +TkWinGetIcon( + Tk_Window tkwin, + DWORD iconsize) { WmInfo *wmPtr; HICON icon; @@ -1128,10 +1183,14 @@ TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize) /* * return default toplevel icon */ - return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, iconsize); + + return GetIcon(tsdPtr->iconPtr, (int)iconsize); } - /* ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs */ + /* + * Ensure we operate on the toplevel, that has the icon refs. + */ + while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) { tkwin = Tk_Parent(tkwin); if (tkwin == NULL) { @@ -1148,23 +1207,20 @@ TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize) /* * return window toplevel icon */ - return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, iconsize); + + return GetIcon(wmPtr->iconPtr, (int)iconsize); } /* - * Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or - * finally with the window class. + * Find the icon otherwise associated with the toplevel, or finally with + * the window class. */ + icon = (HICON) SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, WM_GETICON, iconsize, (LPARAM) NULL); if (icon == (HICON) NULL) { -#ifdef _WIN64 icon = (HICON) GetClassLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, (iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCLP_HICON : GCLP_HICONSM); -#else - icon = (HICON) GetClassLong(wmPtr->wrapper, - (iconsize == ICON_BIG) ? GCL_HICON : GCL_HICONSM); -#endif } return icon; } @@ -1174,118 +1230,129 @@ TkWinGetIcon(Tk_Window tkwin, DWORD iconsize) * * ReadIconFromFile -- * - * Read the contents of a file (usually .ico, .icr) and extract an - * icon resource, if possible, otherwise check if the shell has an - * icon assigned to the given file and use that. If both of those - * fail, then NULL is returned, and an error message will already be - * in the interpreter. + * Read the contents of a file (usually .ico, .icr) and extract an icon + * resource, if possible, otherwise check if the shell has an icon + * assigned to the given file and use that. If both of those fail, then + * NULL is returned, and an error message will already be in the + * interpreter. * * Results: - * A WinIconPtr structure containing the icons in the file, with - * its ref count already incremented. The calling procedure should - * either place this structure inside a WmInfo structure, or it should - * pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory leaks occur. + * A WinIconPtr structure containing the icons in the file, with its ref + * count already incremented. The calling function should either place + * this structure inside a WmInfo structure, or it should pass it on to + * DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory leaks occur. * * If the given fileName did not contain a valid icon structure, * return NULL. * * Side effects: - * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons - * it contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be - * passed to DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count - * should be ensured to avoid memory leaks. + * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it + * contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to + * DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured + * to avoid memory leaks. * - * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of - * one of these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we - * need do is implement some sort of lookup function between - * filenames and WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need - * to be changed. The pseudo-code for this is implemented below - * in the 'if (0)' branch. It did not seem necessary to implement - * this optimisation here, since moving to icon<->image - * conversions will probably make it obsolete. + * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of + * these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is + * implement some sort of lookup function between filenames and + * WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need to be changed. The + * pseudo-code for this is implemented below in the 'if (0)' branch. It + * did not seem necessary to implement this optimisation here, since + * moving to icon<->image conversions will probably make it obsolete. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static WinIconPtr -ReadIconFromFile(interp, fileName) - Tcl_Interp *interp; - Tcl_Obj *fileName; +ReadIconFromFile( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj *fileName) { WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL; + BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this filename */) { titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */ titlebaricon->refCount++; return titlebaricon; - } else { - /* First check if it is a .ico file */ - BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; - lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE); + } - /* - * Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file. - * We want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab - * (task-switching) display uses the right icon. - */ - if (lpIR == NULL && shgetfileinfoProc != NULL) { - SHFILEINFO sfiSM; - Tcl_DString ds, ds2; - DWORD *res; - const char *file; - - file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds); - if (file == NULL) { return NULL; } - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, file, -1, &ds2); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); - res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM, - sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON); + /* + * First check if it is a .ico file. + */ - if (res != 0) { - SHFILEINFO sfi; - int size; - - Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi, - sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON); - - /* Account for extra icon, if necessary */ - size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + - ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0); - lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(size); - if (lpIR == NULL) { - if (res != 0) { - DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon); - } - DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon); - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2); - return NULL; - } - ZeroMemory(lpIR, size); + lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, TRUE); + + /* + * Then see if we can ask the shell for the icon for this file. We + * want both the regular and small icons so that the Alt-Tab (task- + * switching) display uses the right icon. + */ + + if (lpIR == NULL && shgetfileinfoProc != NULL) { + SHFILEINFO sfiSM; + Tcl_DString ds, ds2; + DWORD *res; + const char *file; + + file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds); + if (file == NULL) { + return NULL; + } + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(NULL, file, -1, &ds2); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); + res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfiSM, + sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_SMALLICON|SHGFI_ICON); + + if (res != 0) { + SHFILEINFO sfi; + unsigned size; + + Tcl_ResetResult(interp); + res = (*shgetfileinfoProc)(Tcl_DStringValue(&ds2), 0, &sfi, + sizeof(SHFILEINFO), SHGFI_ICON); - lpIR->nNumImages = ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1); - lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = 16; - lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = 16; - lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 4; - lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = sfiSM.hIcon; - /* All other IconImages fields are ignored */ + /* + * Account for extra icon, if necessary. + */ + size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + + ((res != 0) ? sizeof(ICONIMAGE) : 0); + lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(size); + if (lpIR == NULL) { if (res != 0) { - lpIR->IconImages[1].Width = 32; - lpIR->IconImages[1].Height = 32; - lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4; - lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon; + DestroyIcon(sfi.hIcon); } + DestroyIcon(sfiSM.hIcon); + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2); + return NULL; + } + ZeroMemory(lpIR, size); + + lpIR->nNumImages = ((res != 0) ? 2 : 1); + lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = 16; + lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = 16; + lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 4; + lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = sfiSM.hIcon; + + /* + * All other IconImages fields are ignored. + */ + + if (res != 0) { + lpIR->IconImages[1].Width = 32; + lpIR->IconImages[1].Height = 32; + lpIR->IconImages[1].Colors = 4; + lpIR->IconImages[1].hIcon = sfi.hIcon; } - Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2); - } - if (lpIR != NULL) { - titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance)); - titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR; - titlebaricon->refCount = 1; } - return titlebaricon; + Tcl_DStringFree(&ds2); + } + if (lpIR != NULL) { + titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance)); + titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR; + titlebaricon->refCount = 1; } + return titlebaricon; } /* @@ -1293,91 +1360,93 @@ ReadIconFromFile(interp, fileName) * * GetIconFromPixmap -- * - * Turn a Tk Pixmap (i.e. a bitmap) into an icon resource, if - * possible, otherwise NULL is returned. + * Turn a Tk Pixmap (i.e. a bitmap) into an icon resource, if possible, + * otherwise NULL is returned. * * Results: - * A WinIconPtr structure containing a conversion of the given - * bitmap into an icon, with its ref count already incremented. The - * calling procedure should either place this structure inside a - * WmInfo structure, or it should pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() - * to ensure no memory leaks occur. + * A WinIconPtr structure containing a conversion of the given bitmap + * into an icon, with its ref count already incremented. The calling + * function should either place this structure inside a WmInfo structure, + * or it should pass it on to DecrIconRefCount() to ensure no memory + * leaks occur. * - * If the given pixmap did not contain a valid icon structure, - * return NULL. + * If the given pixmap did not contain a valid icon structure, return + * NULL. * * Side effects: - * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons - * it contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be - * passed to DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count - * should be ensured to avoid memory leaks. + * Memory is allocated for the returned structure and the icons it + * contains. If the structure is not wanted, it should be passed to + * DecrIconRefCount, and in any case a valid ref count should be ensured + * to avoid memory leaks. * - * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of - * one of these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we - * need do is implement some sort of lookup function between - * pixmaps and WinIconPtr structures and no other code will need - * to be changed. + * Currently icon resources are not shared, so the ref count of one of + * these structures will always be 0 or 1. However all we need do is + * implement some sort of lookup function between pixmaps and WinIconPtr + * structures and no other code will need to be changed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static WinIconPtr -GetIconFromPixmap(dsPtr, pixmap) - Display *dsPtr; - Pixmap pixmap; +GetIconFromPixmap( + Display *dsPtr, + Pixmap pixmap) { WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL; - TkWinDrawable* twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) pixmap; + TkWinDrawable *twdPtr = (TkWinDrawable*) pixmap; + BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; + ICONINFO icon; + HICON hIcon; + int width, height; if (twdPtr == NULL) { - return NULL; + return NULL; } if (0 /* If we already have an icon for this pixmap */) { titlebaricon = NULL; /* Get the real value from a lookup */ titlebaricon->refCount++; return titlebaricon; - } else { - BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; - ICONINFO icon; - HICON hIcon; - int width, height; + } - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height); + Tk_SizeOfBitmap(dsPtr, pixmap, &width, &height); - icon.fIcon = TRUE; - icon.xHotspot = 0; - icon.yHotspot = 0; - icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle; - icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle; + icon.fIcon = TRUE; + icon.xHotspot = 0; + icon.yHotspot = 0; + icon.hbmMask = twdPtr->bitmap.handle; + icon.hbmColor = twdPtr->bitmap.handle; - hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon); - if (hIcon == NULL) { - return NULL; - } + hIcon = CreateIconIndirect(&icon); + if (hIcon == NULL) { + return NULL; + } - lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)); - if (lpIR == NULL) { - DestroyIcon(hIcon); - return NULL; - } + lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)); + if (lpIR == NULL) { + DestroyIcon(hIcon); + return NULL; + } - lpIR->nNumImages = 1; - lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width; - lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height; - lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth; - lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon; - /* These fields are ignored */ - lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0; - lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0; - lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0; - lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0; + lpIR->nNumImages = 1; + lpIR->IconImages[0].Width = width; + lpIR->IconImages[0].Height = height; + lpIR->IconImages[0].Colors = 1 << twdPtr->bitmap.depth; + lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon = hIcon; - titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance)); - titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR; - titlebaricon->refCount = 1; - return titlebaricon; - } + /* + * These fields are ignored. + */ + + lpIR->IconImages[0].lpBits = 0; + lpIR->IconImages[0].dwNumBytes = 0; + lpIR->IconImages[0].lpXOR = 0; + lpIR->IconImages[0].lpAND = 0; + + titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance)); + titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR; + titlebaricon->refCount = 1; + return titlebaricon; } /* @@ -1391,15 +1460,17 @@ GetIconFromPixmap(dsPtr, pixmap) * None. * * Side effects: - * If the ref count falls to zero, free the memory associated - * with the icon resource structures. In this case the pointer - * passed into this function is no longer valid. + * If the ref count falls to zero, free the memory associated with the + * icon resource structures. In this case the pointer passed into this + * function is no longer valid. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) { +DecrIconRefCount( + WinIconPtr titlebaricon) +{ titlebaricon->refCount--; if (titlebaricon->refCount <= 0) { @@ -1417,9 +1488,8 @@ DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) { * * FreeIconBlock -- * - * Frees all memory associated with a previously loaded - * titlebaricon. The icon block pointer is no longer - * valid once this function returns. + * Frees all memory associated with a previously loaded titlebaricon. + * The icon block pointer is no longer valid once this function returns. * * Results: * None. @@ -1431,11 +1501,15 @@ DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon) { */ static void -FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR) +FreeIconBlock( + BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR) { int i; - /* Free all the bits */ + /* + * Free all the bits. + */ + for (i=0; i< lpIR->nNumImages; i++) { if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) { ckfree((char*)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits); @@ -1457,19 +1531,18 @@ FreeIconBlock(BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR) * Results: * Returns the icon, if found, else NULL. * - * Side effects: - * - * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static HICON -GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size) +GetIcon( + WinIconPtr titlebaricon, + int icon_size) { BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; if (titlebaricon == NULL) { - return NULL; + return NULL; } lpIR = titlebaricon->iconBlock; @@ -1480,18 +1553,21 @@ GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size) int i; for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) { - /* Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon*/ + /* + * Take the first or a 32x32 16 color icon + */ + if ((lpIR->IconImages[i].Height == size) - && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size) - && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) { + && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Width == size) + && (lpIR->IconImages[i].Colors >= 4)) { return lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon; } } /* - * If we get here, then just return the first one, - * it will have to do! + * If we get here, then just return the first one, it will have to do! */ + if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) { return lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon; } @@ -1499,39 +1575,64 @@ GetIcon(WinIconPtr titlebaricon, int icon_size) return NULL; } +#if 0 /* UNUSED */ +static HCURSOR +TclWinReadCursorFromFile( + Tcl_Interp* interp, + Tcl_Obj* fileName) +{ + BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; + HICON res = NULL; + + lpIR = ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(interp, fileName, FALSE); + if (lpIR == NULL) { + return NULL; + } + if (lpIR->nNumImages >= 1) { + res = CopyImage(lpIR->IconImages[0].hIcon, IMAGE_CURSOR,0,0,0); + } + FreeIconBlock(lpIR); + return res; +} +#endif + /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * ReadIconOrCursorFromFile -- * - * Reads an Icon Resource from an ICO file, as given by - * char* fileName - Name of the ICO file. This name should - * be in Utf format. + * Reads an Icon Resource from an ICO file, as given by char* fileName - + * Name of the ICO file. This name should be in Utf format. * * Results: * Returns an icon resource, if found, else NULL. * * Side effects: - * May leave error messages in the Tcl interpreter. + * May leave error messages in the Tcl interpreter. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static BlockOfIconImagesPtr -ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon) +ReadIconOrCursorFromFile( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + Tcl_Obj *fileName, + BOOL isIcon) { - BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR, lpNew; - Tcl_Channel channel; - int i; - DWORD dwBytesRead; - LPICONDIRENTRY lpIDE; + BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; + Tcl_Channel channel; + int i; + DWORD dwBytesRead; + LPICONDIRENTRY lpIDE; + + /* + * Open the file. + */ - /* Open the file */ channel = Tcl_FSOpenFileChannel(interp, fileName, "r", 0); if (channel == NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error opening file \"", - Tcl_GetString(fileName), - "\" for reading",(char*)NULL); + Tcl_GetString(fileName), "\" for reading", NULL); return NULL; } if (Tcl_SetChannelOption(interp, channel, "-translation", "binary") @@ -1544,99 +1645,127 @@ ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon) Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); return NULL; } - /* Allocate memory for the resource structure */ + + /* + * Allocate memory for the resource structure + */ + lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(BlockOfIconImages)); - if (lpIR == NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL); - Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); - return NULL; - } - /* Read in the header */ - if ((lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader( channel )) == -1) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Invalid file header",(char*)NULL); - Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); - ckfree((char*) lpIR ); - return NULL; - } - /* Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images */ - lpNew = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckrealloc((char*)lpIR, - sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + ((lpIR->nNumImages-1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE))); - if (lpNew == NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL); + + /* + * Read in the header + */ + + if ((lpIR->nNumImages = ReadICOHeader(channel)) == -1) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Invalid file header", NULL); Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); - ckfree( (char*)lpIR ); + ckfree((char*) lpIR); return NULL; } - lpIR = lpNew; - /* Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries */ + + /* + * Adjust the size of the struct to account for the images. + */ + + lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) ckrealloc((char*) lpIR, + sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + + ((lpIR->nNumImages - 1) * sizeof(ICONIMAGE))); + + /* + * Allocate enough memory for the icon directory entries. + */ + lpIDE = (LPICONDIRENTRY) ckalloc(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)); - if (lpIDE == NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL); - Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); - ckfree( (char*)lpIR ); - return NULL; - } - /* Read in the icon directory entries */ - dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char*)lpIDE, - lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof( ICONDIRENTRY )); - if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof( ICONDIRENTRY )) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error reading file",(char*)NULL); + + /* + * Read in the icon directory entries. + */ + + dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char*) lpIDE, + (int)(lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY))); + if (dwBytesRead != lpIR->nNumImages * sizeof(ICONDIRENTRY)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error reading file", NULL); Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); - ckfree( (char*)lpIR ); + ckfree((char *) lpIDE); + ckfree((char *) lpIR); return NULL; } - /* NULL-out everything to make memory management easier */ - for( i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++ ) { + + /* + * NULL-out everything to make memory management easier. + */ + + for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) { lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = NULL; } - /* Loop through and read in each image */ - for( i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++ ) { - /* Allocate memory for the resource */ + + /* + * Loop through and read in each image. + */ + + for (i=0 ; i<lpIR->nNumImages ; i++) { + /* + * Allocate memory for the resource. + */ + lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits = (LPBYTE) ckalloc(lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes); - if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits == NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error allocating memory",(char*)NULL); - goto readError; - } lpIR->IconImages[i].dwNumBytes = lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes; - /* Seek to beginning of this image */ + + /* + * Seek to beginning of this image. + */ + if (Tcl_Seek(channel, lpIDE[i].dwImageOffset, FILE_BEGIN) == -1) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error seeking in file",(char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error seeking in file", NULL); goto readError; } - /* Read it in */ + + /* + * Read it in. + */ + dwBytesRead = Tcl_Read(channel, (char *) lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits, - lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes); + (int) lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes); if (dwBytesRead != lpIDE[i].dwBytesInRes) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error reading file",(char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error reading file", NULL); goto readError; } - /* Set the internal pointers appropriately */ + + /* + * Set the internal pointers appropriately. + */ + if (!AdjustIconImagePointers( &(lpIR->IconImages[i]))) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Error converting to internal format", - (char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Error converting to internal format", + NULL); goto readError; } lpIR->IconImages[i].hIcon = - MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&(lpIR->IconImages[i]), isIcon); + MakeIconOrCursorFromResource(&(lpIR->IconImages[i]), isIcon); } - /* Clean up */ - ckfree((char*)lpIDE); + + /* + * Clean up + */ + + ckfree((char *) lpIDE); Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); if (lpIR == NULL){ - Tcl_AppendResult(interp,"Reading of ", Tcl_GetString(fileName), - " failed!",(char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Reading of ", Tcl_GetString(fileName), + " failed!", NULL); return NULL; } return lpIR; + readError: Tcl_Close(NULL, channel); - for( i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++ ) { - if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) { - ckfree((char*)lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits); + for (i = 0; i < lpIR->nNumImages; i++) { + if (lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits != NULL) { + ckfree((char *) lpIR->IconImages[i].lpBits); } } - ckfree((char*)lpIDE ); - ckfree((char*)lpIR ); + ckfree((char *) lpIDE); + ckfree((char *) lpIR); return NULL; } @@ -1645,8 +1774,7 @@ ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon) * * GetTopLevel -- * - * This function retrieves the TkWindow associated with the - * given HWND. + * This function retrieves the TkWindow associated with the given HWND. * * Results: * Returns the matching TkWindow. @@ -1658,26 +1786,22 @@ ReadIconOrCursorFromFile(Tcl_Interp* interp, Tcl_Obj* fileName, BOOL isIcon) */ static TkWindow * -GetTopLevel(hwnd) - HWND hwnd; +GetTopLevel( + HWND hwnd) { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* - * If this function is called before the CreateWindowEx call - * has completed, then the user data slot will not have been - * set yet, so we use the global createWindow variable. + * If this function is called before the CreateWindowEx call has + * completed, then the user data slot will not have been set yet, so we + * use the global createWindow variable. */ if (tsdPtr->createWindow) { return tsdPtr->createWindow; } -#ifdef _WIN64 return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); -#else - return (TkWindow *) GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); -#endif } /* @@ -1691,16 +1815,16 @@ GetTopLevel(hwnd) * None. * * Side effects: - * Changes the values of the info pointer to reflect the current - * minimum and maximum size values. + * Changes the values of the info pointer to reflect the current minimum + * and maximum size values. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -SetLimits(hwnd, info) - HWND hwnd; - MINMAXINFO *info; +SetLimits( + HWND hwnd, + MINMAXINFO *info) { register WmInfo *wmPtr; int maxWidth, maxHeight; @@ -1750,8 +1874,8 @@ SetLimits(hwnd, info) } /* - * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the - * minimum and maximum dimensions to be the same as the current size. + * If the window isn't supposed to be resizable, then set the minimum and + * maximum dimensions to be the same as the current size. */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) { @@ -1773,8 +1897,8 @@ SetLimits(hwnd, info) * * TkWinWmCleanup -- * - * Unregisters classes registered by the window manager. This is - * called from the DLL main entry point when the DLL is unloaded. + * Unregisters classes registered by the window manager. This is called + * from the DLL main entry point when the DLL is unloaded. * * Results: * None. @@ -1786,19 +1910,19 @@ SetLimits(hwnd, info) */ void -TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance) - HINSTANCE hInstance; +TkWinWmCleanup( + HINSTANCE hInstance) { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr; /* - * If we're using stubs to access the Tcl library, and they - * haven't been initialized, we can't call Tcl_GetThreadData. + * If we're using stubs to access the Tcl library, and they haven't been + * initialized, we can't call Tcl_GetThreadData. */ #ifdef USE_TCL_STUBS if (tclStubsPtr == NULL) { - return; + return; } #endif @@ -1808,10 +1932,10 @@ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance) initialized = 0; tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { - return; + return; } tsdPtr->initialized = 0; @@ -1823,9 +1947,8 @@ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance) * * TkWmNewWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level - * window is created. Its job is to initialize the WmInfo - * structure for the window. + * This function is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created. + * Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -1837,8 +1960,8 @@ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance) */ void -TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Newly-created top-level window. */ +TkWmNewWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -1847,6 +1970,7 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) /* * Initialize full structure, then set what isn't NULL */ + ZeroMemory(wmPtr, sizeof(WmInfo)); winPtr->wmInfoPtr = wmPtr; wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr; @@ -1878,7 +2002,7 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x; wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y; wmPtr->crefObj = NULL; - wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF) NULL; + wmPtr->colorref = (COLORREF)0; wmPtr->alpha = 1.0; wmPtr->configWidth = -1; @@ -1888,16 +2012,16 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr = wmPtr; /* - * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order - * to detect size and position changes caused by window managers. + * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to + * detect size and position changes caused by window managers. */ Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask, TopLevelEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr); /* - * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window - * to the window manager. + * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the + * window manager. */ Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0); @@ -1908,24 +2032,23 @@ TkWmNewWindow(winPtr) * * UpdateWrapper -- * - * This function creates the wrapper window that contains the - * window decorations and menus for a toplevel. This function - * may be called after a window is mapped to change the window - * style. + * This function creates the wrapper window that contains the window + * decorations and menus for a toplevel. This function may be called + * after a window is mapped to change the window style. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Destroys any old wrapper window and replaces it with a newly - * created wrapper. + * Destroys any old wrapper window and replaces it with a newly created + * wrapper. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -UpdateWrapper(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window to redecorate. */ +UpdateWrapper( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window to redecorate. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; HWND parentHWND, oldWrapper = wmPtr->wrapper; @@ -1937,21 +2060,24 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) Tcl_DString titleString, classString; int *childStateInfo = NULL; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (winPtr->window == None) { /* * Ensure existence of the window to update the wrapper for. */ + Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); } child = TkWinGetHWND(winPtr->window); parentHWND = NULL; + /* - * nextHWND will help us maintain Z order. - * focusHWND will help us maintain focus, if we had it. + * nextHWND will help us maintain Z order. focusHWND will help us maintain + * focus, if we had it. */ + nextHWND = NULL; focusHWND = GetFocus(); if ((oldWrapper == NULL) || (oldWrapper != GetForegroundWindow())) { @@ -1969,13 +2095,13 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) } else { /* - * Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get + * Pick the decorative frame style. Override redirect windows get * created as undecorated popups if they have no transient parent, - * otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate + * otherwise they are children. This allows splash screens to operate * as an independent window, while having dropdows (like for a - * combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows - * get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows - * appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does + * combobox) not grab focus away from their parent. Transient windows + * get a modal dialog frame. Neither override, nor transient windows + * appear in the Windows taskbar. Note that a transient window does * not resize by default, so we need to explicitly add the * WS_THICKFRAME style if we want it to be resizeable. */ @@ -1983,13 +2109,20 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) { wmPtr->style = WM_OVERRIDE_STYLE; wmPtr->exStyle = EX_OVERRIDE_STYLE; - /* parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent */ + + /* + * Parent must be desktop even if we have a transient parent. + */ + parentHWND = GetDesktopWindow(); if (wmPtr->masterPtr) { wmPtr->style |= WS_CHILD; } else { wmPtr->style |= WS_POPUP; } + } else if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) { + wmPtr->style = WM_FULLSCREEN_STYLE; + wmPtr->exStyle = EX_FULLSCREEN_STYLE; } else if (wmPtr->masterPtr) { wmPtr->style = WM_TRANSIENT_STYLE; wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TRANSIENT_STYLE; @@ -2003,7 +2136,7 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) wmPtr->exStyle = EX_TOPLEVEL_STYLE; } - wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig; + wmPtr->style |= wmPtr->styleConfig; wmPtr->exStyle |= wmPtr->exStyleConfig; if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) @@ -2015,10 +2148,6 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) * Compute the geometry of the parent and child windows. */ - if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); - } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING; UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData)winPtr); wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_CREATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING); @@ -2028,11 +2157,17 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) /* * Set the initial position from the user or program specified - * location. If nothing has been specified, then let the system - * pick a location. + * location. If nothing has been specified, then let the system pick a + * location. In full screen mode the x,y origin is 0,0 and the window + * width and height match that of the screen. */ - if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition)) + if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) { + x = 0; + y = 0; + width = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)); + height = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)); + } else if (!(wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition | PPosition)) && (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { x = CW_USEDEFAULT; y = CW_USEDEFAULT; @@ -2042,14 +2177,16 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) } /* - * Create the containing window, and set the user data to point - * to the TkWindow. + * Create the containing window, and set the user data to point to the + * TkWindow. */ tsdPtr->createWindow = winPtr; Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? - wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString); + wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), -1, &titleString); + Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(TK_WIN_TOPLEVEL_CLASS_NAME, -1, &classString); + wmPtr->wrapper = (*tkWinProcs->createWindowEx)(wmPtr->exStyle, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&classString), (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString), @@ -2057,23 +2194,20 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) parentHWND, NULL, Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), NULL); Tcl_DStringFree(&classString); Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR) winPtr); -#else - SetWindowLong(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG) winPtr); -#endif + SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (INT_PTR) winPtr); tsdPtr->createWindow = NULL; if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED) && setLayeredWindowAttributesProc != NULL) { /* * The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows wants an - * int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation. - * Add the 0.5 to round the value. + * int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the translation. Add + * the 0.5 to round the value. */ + setLayeredWindowAttributesProc((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5), - LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)); + (unsigned)(LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj?LWA_COLORKEY:0))); } else { /* * Layering not used or supported. @@ -2090,9 +2224,8 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) wmPtr->x = place.rcNormalPosition.left; wmPtr->y = place.rcNormalPosition.top; - if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) { + if( !(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) ) TkInstallFrameMenu((Tk_Window) winPtr); - } if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper) && !(wmPtr->exStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST)) { @@ -2100,30 +2233,24 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) * We will adjust wrapper to have the same Z order as oldWrapper * if it isn't a TOPMOST window. */ + nextHWND = GetNextWindow(oldWrapper, GW_HWNDPREV); } } /* - * Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its - * style appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that - * Windows doesn't try to set the focus to the child window. + * Now we need to reparent the contained window and set its style + * appropriately. Be sure to update the style first so that Windows + * doesn't try to set the focus to the child window. */ -#ifdef _WIN64 SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWL_STYLE, WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS); -#else - SetWindowLong(child, GWL_STYLE, - WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS); -#endif + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR) TopLevelProc); -#else - SetWindowLong(child, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) TopLevelProc); -#endif + SetWindowLongPtr(child, GWLP_WNDPROC, (INT_PTR) TopLevelProc); } + SetParent(child, wmPtr->wrapper); if (oldWrapper) { hSmallIcon = (HICON) SendMessage(oldWrapper, WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, @@ -2134,32 +2261,29 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) if (oldWrapper && (oldWrapper != wmPtr->wrapper) && (oldWrapper != GetDesktopWindow())) { -#ifdef _WIN64 - SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG) NULL); -#else - SetWindowLong(oldWrapper, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG) NULL); -#endif + SetWindowLongPtr(oldWrapper, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG) 0); if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) { /* * Unset the current wrapper as the parent for all transient * children for whom this is the master */ + WmInfo *wmPtr2; - childStateInfo = (int *)ckalloc((unsigned) wmPtr->numTransients - * sizeof(int)); + childStateInfo = (int *) + ckalloc((unsigned) wmPtr->numTransients * sizeof(int)); state = 0; for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL; - wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { - if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) { - if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state; - SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL); - } + wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { + if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr + && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { + childStateInfo[state++] = wmPtr2->hints.initial_state; + SetParent(TkWinGetHWND(wmPtr2->winPtr->window), NULL); } } } + /* * Remove the menubar before destroying the window so the menubar * isn't destroyed. @@ -2170,12 +2294,18 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) } wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_NEVER_MAPPED; - SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM) child, 0); + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED + && SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ATTACHWINDOW, (WPARAM)child, 0)){ + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, + Tk_ReqWidth((Tk_Window)winPtr), + Tk_ReqHeight((Tk_Window)winPtr)); + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, (WPARAM) wmPtr->hMenu, + (LPARAM) Tk_GetMenuHWND((Tk_Window) winPtr)); + } /* - * Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real - * initial state. Set the Z order based on previous wrapper - * before we set the state. + * Force an initial transition from withdrawn to the real initial state. + * Set the Z order based on previous wrapper before we set the state. */ state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state; @@ -2186,6 +2316,7 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) |SWP_NOOWNERZORDER); } TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state); + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state; if (hSmallIcon != NULL) { SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper,WM_SETICON,ICON_SMALL,(LPARAM)hSmallIcon); @@ -2195,15 +2326,18 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) } /* - * If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now, - * because we do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not - * get another opportunity to map ourselves. We should not be - * in either iconified or zoomed states when we get here, so - * it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without checking - * what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState). + * If we are embedded then force a mapping of the window now, because we + * do not necessarily own the wrapper and may not get another opportunity + * to map ourselves. We should not be in either iconified or zoomed states + * when we get here, so it is safe to just check for TK_EMBEDDED without + * checking what state we are supposed to be in (default to NormalState). */ if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + if(state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) { + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = NormalState; + } XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); } @@ -2212,7 +2346,7 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) */ if (wmPtr->hMenu != NULL) { - wmPtr->flags = WM_SYNC_PENDING; + wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->hMenu); wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; } @@ -2220,18 +2354,18 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) if (childStateInfo) { if (wmPtr->numTransients > 0) { /* - * Reset all transient children for whom this is the master + * Reset all transient children for whom this is the master. */ + WmInfo *wmPtr2; state = 0; for (wmPtr2 = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; wmPtr2 != NULL; - wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { - if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) { - if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr); - TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]); - } + wmPtr2 = wmPtr2->nextPtr) { + if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr + && !(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { + UpdateWrapper(wmPtr2->winPtr); + TkpWmSetState(wmPtr2->winPtr, childStateInfo[state++]); } } } @@ -2240,11 +2374,11 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) } /* - * If this is the first window created by the application, then - * we should activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had - * the focus, we need to restore that. - * XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would - * XXX: best be avoided, if we could safely mask them. + * If this is the first window created by the application, then we should + * activate the initial window. Otherwise, if this had the focus, we need + * to restore that. + * XXX: Rewrapping generates a <FocusOut> and <FocusIn> that would best be + * XXX: avoided, if we could safely mask them. */ if (tsdPtr->firstWindow) { @@ -2260,32 +2394,32 @@ UpdateWrapper(winPtr) * * TkWmMapWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This - * module gets a chance to update all window-manager-related - * information in properties before the window manager sees - * the map event and checks the properties. It also gets to - * decide whether or not to even map the window after all. + * This function is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets a + * chance to update all window-manager-related information in properties + * before the window manager sees the map event and checks the + * properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the + * window after all. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date - * information to the window manager. The window may also get - * mapped, but it may not be if this procedure decides that - * isn't appropriate (e.g. because the window is withdrawn). + * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information + * to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not + * be if this function decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the + * window is withdrawn). * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's about to - * be mapped. */ +TkWmMapWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * mapped. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { InitWm(); @@ -2297,7 +2431,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) */ if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL && - !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) { + !Tk_IsMapped(wmPtr->masterPtr)) { wmPtr->hints.initial_state = WithdrawnState; return; } @@ -2307,7 +2441,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) } /* - * Map the window in either the iconified or normal state. Note that + * Map the window in either the iconified or normal state. Note that * we only send a map event if the window is in the normal state. */ @@ -2315,9 +2449,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) } /* - * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. - * Store all the window-manager-related information for the - * window. + * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all the + * window-manager-related information for the window. */ UpdateWrapper(winPtr); @@ -2328,9 +2461,9 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) * * TkWmUnmapWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The - * only thing it does special is unmap the decorative frame before - * unmapping the toplevel window. + * This function is invoked to unmap a top-level window. The only thing + * it does special is unmap the decorative frame before unmapping the + * toplevel window. * * Results: * None. @@ -2342,9 +2475,9 @@ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr) */ void -TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's about to - * be unmapped. */ +TkWmUnmapWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * unmapped. */ { TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); } @@ -2354,8 +2487,8 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr) * * TkpWmSetState -- * - * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a - * given toplevel window. + * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given + * toplevel window. * * Results: * None. @@ -2367,42 +2500,136 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow(winPtr) */ int -TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ - int state; /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState, +TkpWmSetState( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ + int state) /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState, * or WithdrawnState. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - int cmd = 0; + int cmd; if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state; + goto setStateEnd; + } + + wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; + if (state == WithdrawnState) { + cmd = SW_HIDE; + } else if (state == IconicState) { + cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE; + } else if (state == NormalState) { + cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE; + } else if (state == ZoomState) { + cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED; } else { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; - if (state == WithdrawnState) { - cmd = SW_HIDE; - } else if (state == IconicState) { - cmd = SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE; - } else if (state == NormalState) { - cmd = SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE; - } else if (state == ZoomState) { - cmd = SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED; + goto setStateEnd; + } + + ShowWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, cmd); + wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; +setStateEnd: + return 1; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWmSetFullScreen -- + * + * Sets the fullscreen state for a toplevel window. + * + * Results: + * The WM_FULLSCREEN flag is updated. + * + * Side effects: + * May create a new wrapper window and raise it. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void +TkpWmSetFullScreen( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ + int full_screen_state) /* True if window should be full screen */ +{ + int changed = 0; + int full_screen = False; + WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + if (full_screen_state) { + if (! (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)) { + full_screen = True; + changed = 1; } + } else { + if (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) { + full_screen = False; + changed = 1; + } + } - ShowWindow(wmPtr->wrapper, cmd); - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; + if (changed) { + if (full_screen) { + wmPtr->flags |= WM_FULLSCREEN; + wmPtr->configX = wmPtr->x; + wmPtr->configY = wmPtr->y; + } else { + wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_FULLSCREEN; + wmPtr->x = wmPtr->configX; + wmPtr->y = wmPtr->configY; + } + + /* + * If the window has been mapped, then we need to update the native + * wrapper window, and reset the focus to the widget that had it + * before. + */ + + if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED) + && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) { + TkWindow *focusWinPtr; + + UpdateWrapper(winPtr); + + focusWinPtr = TkGetFocusWin(winPtr); + if (focusWinPtr) { + TkSetFocusWin(focusWinPtr, 1); + } + } } - return 1; } /* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinGetState -- + * + * This function returns state value of a toplevel window. + * + * Results: + * none + * + * Side effects: + * May deiconify the toplevel window. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +int +TkpWmGetState( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + return winPtr->wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state; +} + +/* *-------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkWmDeadWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is - * about to be deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data - * structures for the window. + * This function is invoked when a top-level window is about to be + * deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -2414,8 +2641,8 @@ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state) */ void -TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */ +TkWmDeadWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's being deleted. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; WmInfo *wmPtr2; @@ -2433,7 +2660,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) } else { register WmInfo *prevPtr; for (prevPtr = winPtr->dispPtr->firstWmPtr; ; - prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) { + prevPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr) { if (prevPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("couldn't unlink window in TkWmDeadWindow"); } @@ -2453,8 +2680,8 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) { wmPtr->numTransients--; Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr, - VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask, - WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr); + VisibilityChangeMask|StructureNotifyMask, + WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr); wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL; if ((wmPtr2->wrapper != None) && !(wmPtr2->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { @@ -2463,7 +2690,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) } } if (wmPtr->numTransients != 0) - Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0"); + Tcl_Panic("numTransients should be 0"); if (wmPtr->title != NULL) { ckfree(wmPtr->title); @@ -2507,10 +2734,11 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) } if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { wmPtr2 = wmPtr->masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; + /* - * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied - * to them anymore + * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them anymore. */ + if (wmPtr2 != NULL) { wmPtr2->numTransients--; } @@ -2531,17 +2759,22 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) { DestroyWindow(wmPtr->wrapper); - } else { + } else if (winPtr->window) { DestroyWindow(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window)); } + } else { + if (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) { + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0); + } } if (wmPtr->iconPtr != NULL) { /* - * This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we - * should do this after destroying the decorative frame, - * because the decorative frame is using this icon. + * This may delete the icon resource data. I believe we should do this + * after destroying the decorative frame, because the decorative frame + * is using this icon. */ - DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr); + + DecrIconRefCount(wmPtr->iconPtr); } ckfree((char *) wmPtr); @@ -2553,11 +2786,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) * * TkWmSetClass -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's - * class is changed. If the window has been mapped then this - * procedure updates the window manager property for the - * class. If the window hasn't been mapped, the update is - * deferred until just before the first mapping. + * This function is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is + * changed. If the window has been mapped then this function updates the + * window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been + * mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping. * * Results: * None. @@ -2569,9 +2801,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr) */ void -TkWmSetClass(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Newly-created top-level window. */ +TkWmSetClass( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ { + /* Do nothing */ return; } @@ -2580,8 +2813,8 @@ TkWmSetClass(winPtr) * * Tk_WmObjCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the user + * documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2594,49 +2827,51 @@ TkWmSetClass(winPtr) /* ARGSUSED */ int -Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with - * interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_WmObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; static const char *optionStrings[] = { "aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows", - "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "frame", + "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame", "geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap", "iconify", "iconmask", "iconname", "iconphoto", "iconposition", - "iconwindow", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect", - "positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", - "stackorder", "state", "title", "transient", - "withdraw", (char *) NULL }; + "iconwindow", "manage", "maxsize", "minsize", "overrideredirect", + "positionfrom", "protocol", "resizable", "sizefrom", + "stackorder", "state", "title", "transient", + "withdraw", NULL + }; enum options { - WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS, - WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FRAME, + WMOPT_ASPECT, WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES, WMOPT_CLIENT, WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS, + WMOPT_COMMAND, WMOPT_DEICONIFY, WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL, WMOPT_FORGET, WMOPT_FRAME, WMOPT_GEOMETRY, WMOPT_GRID, WMOPT_GROUP, WMOPT_ICONBITMAP, WMOPT_ICONIFY, WMOPT_ICONMASK, WMOPT_ICONNAME, WMOPT_ICONPHOTO, WMOPT_ICONPOSITION, - WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, - WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, - WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, - WMOPT_WITHDRAW }; + WMOPT_ICONWINDOW, WMOPT_MANAGE, WMOPT_MAXSIZE, WMOPT_MINSIZE, WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, + WMOPT_POSITIONFROM, WMOPT_PROTOCOL, WMOPT_RESIZABLE, WMOPT_SIZEFROM, + WMOPT_STACKORDER, WMOPT_STATE, WMOPT_TITLE, WMOPT_TRANSIENT, + WMOPT_WITHDRAW + }; int index, length; char *argv1; - TkWindow *winPtr; + TkWindow *winPtr, **winPtrPtr = &winPtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; if (objc < 2) { - wrongNumArgs: + wrongNumArgs: Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } argv1 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[1], &length); - if ((argv1[0] == 't') && (strncmp(argv1, "tracing", length) == 0) + if ((argv1[0] == 't') && !strncmp(argv1, "tracing", (unsigned) length) && (length >= 3)) { int wmTracing; + if ((objc != 2) && (objc != 3)) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "?boolean?"); return TCL_ERROR; @@ -2667,76 +2902,81 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) goto wrongNumArgs; } - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr) + if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[2], (Tk_Window *) winPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr)) { + if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && + (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } switch ((enum options) index) { - case WMOPT_ASPECT: + case WMOPT_ASPECT: return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: + case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_CLIENT: + case WMOPT_CLIENT: return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: + case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COMMAND: + case WMOPT_COMMAND: return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: + case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: + case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FRAME: + case WMOPT_FORGET: + return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_FRAME: return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: + case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GRID: + case WMOPT_GRID: return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GROUP: + case WMOPT_GROUP: return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: + case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONIFY: + case WMOPT_ICONIFY: return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONMASK: + case WMOPT_ICONMASK: return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONNAME: + case WMOPT_ICONNAME: return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: - return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: + case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: + return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: + case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: + case WMOPT_MANAGE: + return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MINSIZE: + case WMOPT_MINSIZE: return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: + case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: + case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: + case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: + case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: + case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STACKORDER: + case WMOPT_STACKORDER: return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STATE: + case WMOPT_STATE: return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TITLE: + case WMOPT_TITLE: return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: + case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: + case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); } @@ -2749,8 +2989,8 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) * * WmAspectCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2762,12 +3002,12 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmAspectCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2; @@ -2797,10 +3037,8 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } - if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || - (denom2 <= 0)) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", - TCL_STATIC); + if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || (denom2 <= 0)) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1; @@ -2818,7 +3056,7 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmAttributesCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm attributes" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -2831,31 +3069,34 @@ WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmAttributesCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr; + LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL; char *string; - int i, boolean, length, updatewrapper = 0; + int i, boolean, length; + int config_fullscreen = 0, updatewrapper = 0; + int fullscreen_attr_changed = 0, fullscreen_attr = 0; if ((objc < 3) || ((objc > 5) && ((objc%2) == 0))) { - configArgs: + configArgs: Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window" " ?-alpha ?double??" " ?-transparentcolor ?color??" " ?-disabled ?bool??" + " ?-fullscreen ?bool??" " ?-toolwindow ?bool??" " ?-topmost ?bool??"); return TCL_ERROR; } exStyle = wmPtr->exStyleConfig; - style = wmPtr->styleConfig; + style = wmPtr->styleConfig; if (objc == 3) { Tcl_Obj *objPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, @@ -2870,6 +3111,10 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((style & WS_DISABLED))); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, + Tcl_NewStringObj("-fullscreen", -1)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, + Tcl_NewBooleanObj((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN))); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewStringObj("-toolwindow", -1)); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, objPtr, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((exStyle & WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW))); @@ -2885,16 +3130,19 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if ((length < 2) || (string[0] != '-')) { goto configArgs; } - if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", length) == 0) { + if (strncmp(string, "-disabled", (unsigned) length) == 0) { stylePtr = &style; styleBit = WS_DISABLED; - } else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", length) == 0) + } else if ((strncmp(string, "-alpha", (unsigned) length) == 0) || ((length > 2) && (strncmp(string, "-transparentcolor", - length) == 0))) { + (unsigned) length) == 0))) { stylePtr = &exStyle; styleBit = WS_EX_LAYERED; + } else if (strncmp(string, "-fullscreen", (unsigned) length) == 0) { + config_fullscreen = 1; + styleBit = 0; } else if ((length > 3) - && (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", length) == 0)) { + && (strncmp(string, "-toolwindow", (unsigned) length) == 0)) { stylePtr = &exStyle; styleBit = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; if (objc != 4) { @@ -2904,13 +3152,12 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) updatewrapper = 1; } } else if ((length > 3) - && (strncmp(string, "-topmost", length) == 0)) { + && (strncmp(string, "-topmost", (unsigned) length) == 0)) { stylePtr = &exStyle; styleBit = WS_EX_TOPMOST; if ((i < objc-1) && (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't set topmost flag on ", - winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window", - (char *) NULL); + winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } else { @@ -2987,20 +3234,17 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * Set the window directly regardless of UpdateWrapper. * The user supplies a double from [0..1], but Windows * wants an int (transparent) 0..255 (opaque), so do the - * translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value. + * translation. Add the 0.5 to round the value. */ + if (!(wmPtr->exStyleConfig & WS_EX_LAYERED)) { -#ifdef _WIN64 SetWindowLongPtr(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE, *stylePtr); -#else - SetWindowLong(wmPtr->wrapper, GWL_EXSTYLE, - *stylePtr); -#endif } setLayeredWindowAttributesProc((HWND) wmPtr->wrapper, wmPtr->colorref, (BYTE) (wmPtr->alpha * 255 + 0.5), - LWA_ALPHA | (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0)); + (unsigned) (LWA_ALPHA | + (wmPtr->crefObj ? LWA_COLORKEY : 0))); } } } else { @@ -3009,7 +3253,16 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) != TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } - if (objc == 4) { + if (config_fullscreen) { + if (objc == 4) { + Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), + (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN)); + } else { + fullscreen_attr_changed = 1; + fullscreen_attr = boolean; + } + config_fullscreen = 0; + } else if (objc == 4) { Tcl_SetIntObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), ((*stylePtr & styleBit) != 0)); } else if (boolean) { @@ -3032,9 +3285,10 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (wmPtr->styleConfig != style) { /* - * Currently this means only WS_DISABLED changed, which we can - * effect with EnableWindow. + * Currently this means only WS_DISABLED changed, which we can effect + * with EnableWindow. */ + wmPtr->styleConfig = style; if ((wmPtr->exStyleConfig == exStyle) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -3048,11 +3302,43 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * UpdateWrapper ensure that all effects are properly handled, * such as TOOLWINDOW disappearing from the taskbar. */ + if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { UpdateWrapper(winPtr); } } } + if (fullscreen_attr_changed) { + if (fullscreen_attr) { + if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "can't set fullscreen attribute for \"", + winPtr->pathName, "\": override-redirect flag is set", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * Check max width and height if set by the user, don't worry + * about the default values since they will likely be smaller than + * screen width/height. + */ + + if (((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) && + (WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxWidth)) || + ((wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) && + (HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)) > wmPtr->maxHeight))) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "can't set fullscreen attribute for \"", + winPtr->pathName, "\": max width/height is too small", + NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } + + TkpWmSetFullScreen(winPtr, fullscreen_attr); + } + return TCL_OK; } @@ -3061,8 +3347,8 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmClientCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3074,12 +3360,12 @@ WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmClientCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -3102,8 +3388,7 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) wmPtr->clientMachine = NULL; if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, - "WM_CLIENT_MACHINE")); + Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr,"WM_CLIENT_MACHINE")); } } return TCL_OK; @@ -3116,6 +3401,7 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3); if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XTextProperty textProp; + if (XStringListToTextProperty(&wmPtr->clientMachine, 1, &textProp) != 0) { XSetWMClientMachine(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, @@ -3131,9 +3417,8 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmColormapwindowsCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3145,16 +3430,16 @@ WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmColormapwindowsCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow **cmapList; - TkWindow *winPtr2; + TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2; int i, windowObjc, gotToplevel; Tcl_Obj **windowObjv; @@ -3182,8 +3467,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) gotToplevel = 0; for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) { if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i], - (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) - { + (Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) { ckfree((char *) cmapList); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -3226,8 +3510,8 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmCommandCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm command" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3239,12 +3523,12 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmCommandCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -3258,8 +3542,7 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (objc == 3) { if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, - Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv), - TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv), TCL_DYNAMIC); } return TCL_OK; } @@ -3294,7 +3577,7 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmDeiconifyCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm deiconify" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3307,12 +3590,12 @@ WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmDeiconifyCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -3322,56 +3605,18 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName, - ": it is an embedded window", (char *) NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN; - - /* - * If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may - * need to be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry - * before it is deiconified by TkpWmSetState. - * Don't bother if we've never been mapped. - */ - if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) && - !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); - UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr); - } - - /* - * If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify' - * should not cause the window to shrink - */ - if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) { - TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState); - } else { - TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); - } - - /* - * An unmapped window will be mapped at idle time - * by a call to MapFrame. That calls CreateWrapper - * which sets the focus and raises the window. - */ - if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { + if (!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DEICONIFY, 0, 0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't deiconify ", winPtr->pathName, + ": the container does not support the request", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } return TCL_OK; } - - /* - * Follow Windows-like style here, raising the window to the top. - */ - TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL); - if (!(Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect)) { - TkSetFocusWin(winPtr, 1); - } + TkpWinToplevelDeiconify(winPtr); return TCL_OK; } @@ -3380,7 +3625,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmFocusmodelCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm focusmodel" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3393,18 +3638,20 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmFocusmodelCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static const char *optionStrings[] = { - "active", "passive", (char *) NULL }; + "active", "passive", NULL + }; enum options { - OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE }; + OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE + }; int index; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { @@ -3432,9 +3679,9 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * WmFrameCmd -- + * WmForgetCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm forget" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3447,13 +3694,54 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) +WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ + TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ { + register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; + + if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { + Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); + winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); + Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window)winPtr->parentPtr); + RemapWindows(winPtr, Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->parentPtr->window)); + TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr); + /* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */ + /* TkMapTopFrame (below) */ + TkMapTopFrame(frameWin); + } else { + /* Already not managed by wm - ignore it */ + } + return TCL_OK; +} +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * WmFrameCmd -- + * + * This function is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. + * + * Results: + * A standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * See the user documentation. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +WmFrameCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ +{ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; HWND hwnd; char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; @@ -3469,7 +3757,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (hwnd == NULL) { hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId((Tk_Window) winPtr)); } - sprintf(buf, "0x%x", (unsigned int) hwnd); + sprintf(buf, "0x%x", PTR2INT(hwnd)); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); return TCL_OK; } @@ -3479,7 +3767,7 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmGeometryCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm geometry" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3492,12 +3780,12 @@ WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmGeometryCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char xSign, ySign; @@ -3510,6 +3798,7 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (objc == 3) { char buf[16 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 4]; + int x, y; xSign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) ? '-' : '+'; ySign = (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) ? '-' : '+'; @@ -3522,8 +3811,14 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) width = winPtr->changes.width; height = winPtr->changes.height; } - sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, - ySign, wmPtr->y); + if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + int result = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1); + wmPtr->x = result >> 16; + wmPtr->y = result & 0x0000ffff; + } + x = wmPtr->x; + y = wmPtr->y; + sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, x, ySign, y); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); return TCL_OK; } @@ -3542,8 +3837,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmGridCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See the + * user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3555,12 +3850,12 @@ WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmGridCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc; @@ -3583,8 +3878,8 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { /* - * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height - * to make sense as ungridded numbers. + * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as + * ungridded numbers. */ wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc); @@ -3631,8 +3926,8 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmGroupCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3644,12 +3939,12 @@ WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmGroupCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -3694,7 +3989,7 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconbitmapCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconbitmap" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3707,12 +4002,12 @@ WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconbitmapCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */ @@ -3722,17 +4017,23 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? ?image?"); return TCL_ERROR; } else if (objc == 5) { - /* If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag */ + /* + * If we have 5 arguments, we must have a '-default' flag. + */ + char *argv3 = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]); + if (strcmp(argv3, "-default")) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "illegal option \"", - argv3, "\" must be \"-default\"", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "illegal option \"", argv3, + "\" must be \"-default\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } useWinPtr = NULL; } else if (objc == 3) { - /* No arguments were given */ + /* + * No arguments were given. + */ + if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconPixmapHint) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap), @@ -3754,42 +4055,46 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } else { /* * In the future this block of code will use Tk's 'image' - * functionality to allow all supported image formats. - * However, this will require a change to the way icons are - * handled. We will need to add icon<->image conversions - * routines. + * functionality to allow all supported image formats. However, this + * will require a change to the way icons are handled. We will need to + * add icon<->image conversions routines. * - * Until that happens we simply try to find an icon in the - * given argument, and if that fails, we use the older - * bitmap code. We do things this way round (icon then - * bitmap), because the bitmap code actually seems to have - * no visible effect, so we want to give the icon code the - * first try at doing something. + * Until that happens we simply try to find an icon in the given + * argument, and if that fails, we use the older bitmap code. We do + * things this way round (icon then bitmap), because the bitmap code + * actually seems to have no visible effect, so we want to give the + * icon code the first try at doing something. */ /* - * Either return NULL, or return a valid titlebaricon with its - * ref count already incremented. + * Either return NULL, or return a valid titlebaricon with its ref + * count already incremented. */ + WinIconPtr titlebaricon = ReadIconFromFile(interp, objv[objc-1]); if (titlebaricon != NULL) { /* - * Try to set the icon for the window. If it is a '-default' - * icon, we must pass in NULL + * Try to set the icon for the window. If it is a '-default' icon, + * we must pass in NULL */ + if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) { - /* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all */ + /* + * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all. + */ + DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon); titlebaricon = NULL; } } if (titlebaricon == NULL) { /* - * We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid - * icon. Try as a bitmap. First we must clear the - * error message which was placed in the interpreter + * We didn't manage to handle the argument as a valid icon. Try as + * a bitmap. First we must clear the error message which was + * placed in the interpreter. */ + Pixmap pixmap; Tcl_ResetResult(interp); pixmap = Tk_GetBitmap(interp, (Tk_Window) winPtr, string); @@ -3799,13 +4104,14 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) wmPtr->hints.icon_pixmap = pixmap; wmPtr->hints.flags |= IconPixmapHint; titlebaricon = GetIconFromPixmap(Tk_Display(winPtr), pixmap); - if (titlebaricon != NULL) { - if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) - != TCL_OK) { - /* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all */ - DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon); - titlebaricon = NULL; - } + if (titlebaricon != NULL && WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, + (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) { + /* + * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all. + */ + + DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon); + titlebaricon = NULL; } } } @@ -3817,8 +4123,8 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconifyCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconify" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3830,37 +4136,38 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconifyCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); return TCL_ERROR; } + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + if(!SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_ICONIFY, 0, 0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName, + ": the container does not support the request", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\": override-redirect flag is set", (char *) NULL); + "\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\": it is a transient", (char *) NULL); + "\": it is a transient", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName, - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify ", winPtr->pathName, - ": it is an embedded window", (char *) NULL); + ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState); @@ -3872,7 +4179,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconmaskCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconmask" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3885,12 +4192,12 @@ WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconmaskCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -3930,7 +4237,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconnameCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconname" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3943,12 +4250,12 @@ WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconnameCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -3982,8 +4289,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconphotoCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" - * Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -3996,30 +4302,36 @@ WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconphotoCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */ Tk_PhotoHandle photo; Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; - int i, size, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3; - unsigned char *bgraPixelPtr; + int i, width, height, idx, bufferSize, startObj = 3; + union {unsigned char *ptr; void *voidPtr;} bgraPixel; + void *bgraMaskPtr; BlockOfIconImagesPtr lpIR; WinIconPtr titlebaricon = NULL; HICON hIcon; + unsigned size; + BITMAPINFO bmInfo; + ICONINFO iconInfo; if (objc < 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?-default? image1 ?image2 ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } + /* * Iterate over all images to validate their existence. */ + if (strcmp(Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "-default") == 0) { useWinPtr = NULL; startObj = 4; @@ -4033,58 +4345,120 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); if (photo == NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), - "\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", (char *) NULL); + "\" as iconphoto: not a photo image", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } } - /* We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed - * memory space. */ - size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) - + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc - (startObj+1))); - lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) Tcl_AttemptAlloc(size); + + /* + * We have calculated the size of the data. Try to allocate the needed + * memory space. + */ + + size = sizeof(BlockOfIconImages) + (sizeof(ICONIMAGE) * (objc-startObj-1)); + lpIR = (BlockOfIconImagesPtr) attemptckalloc(size); if (lpIR == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } ZeroMemory(lpIR, size); lpIR->nNumImages = objc - startObj; + for (i = startObj; i < objc; i++) { photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); Tk_PhotoGetImage(photo, &block); /* - * Convert the image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD) and then - * encode the image data into an HICON. + * Don't use CreateIcon to create the icon, as it requires color + * bitmap data in device-dependent format. Instead we use + * CreateIconIndirect which takes device-independent bitmaps + * and converts them as required. Initialise icon info structure. + */ + + ZeroMemory( &iconInfo, sizeof iconInfo ); + iconInfo.fIcon = TRUE; + + /* + * Create device-independant color bitmap. + */ + ZeroMemory(&bmInfo,sizeof bmInfo); + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biWidth = width; + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biHeight = -height; + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biPlanes = 1; + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 32; + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB; + + iconInfo.hbmColor = CreateDIBSection( NULL, &bmInfo, + DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bgraPixel.voidPtr, NULL, 0 ); + if ( !iconInfo.hbmColor ) { + ckfree((char *) lpIR); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create color bitmap for \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + /* + * Convert the photo image data into BGRA format (RGBQUAD). */ - bufferSize = height * width * block.pixelSize; - bgraPixelPtr = (unsigned char *) ckalloc(bufferSize); + bufferSize = height * width * 4; for (idx = 0 ; idx < bufferSize ; idx += 4) { - bgraPixelPtr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2]; - bgraPixelPtr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1]; - bgraPixelPtr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0]; - bgraPixelPtr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3]; - } - hIcon = CreateIcon(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), width, height, 1, 32, - NULL, (BYTE *) bgraPixelPtr); - ckfree((char *) bgraPixelPtr); + bgraPixel.ptr[idx] = block.pixelPtr[idx+2]; + bgraPixel.ptr[idx+1] = block.pixelPtr[idx+1]; + bgraPixel.ptr[idx+2] = block.pixelPtr[idx+0]; + bgraPixel.ptr[idx+3] = block.pixelPtr[idx+3]; + } + + /* + * Create a dummy mask bitmap. The contents of this don't + * appear to matter, as CreateIconIndirect will setup the icon + * mask based on the alpha channel in our color bitmap. + */ + bmInfo.bmiHeader.biBitCount = 1; + + iconInfo.hbmMask = CreateDIBSection( NULL, &bmInfo, + DIB_RGB_COLORS, &bgraMaskPtr, NULL, 0 ); + if ( !iconInfo.hbmMask ) { + DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor); + ckfree((char *) lpIR); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create mask bitmap for \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + ZeroMemory( bgraMaskPtr, width*height/8 ); + + /* + * Create an icon from the bitmaps. + */ + hIcon = CreateIconIndirect( &iconInfo); + DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmColor); + DeleteObject(iconInfo.hbmMask); if (hIcon == NULL) { - /* XXX should free up created icons */ - Tcl_Free((char *) lpIR); + /* + * XXX should free up created icons. + */ + + ckfree((char *) lpIR); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "failed to create icon for \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", (char *) NULL); + Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width; + lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Width = width; lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Height = height; lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].Colors = 4; - lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon; + lpIR->IconImages[i-startObj].hIcon = hIcon; } + titlebaricon = (WinIconPtr) ckalloc(sizeof(WinIconInstance)); titlebaricon->iconBlock = lpIR; titlebaricon->refCount = 1; if (WinSetIcon(interp, titlebaricon, (Tk_Window) useWinPtr) != TCL_OK) { - /* We didn't use the titlebaricon after all */ + /* + * We didn't use the titlebaricon after all. + */ + DecrIconRefCount(titlebaricon); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -4096,8 +4470,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconpositionCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" - * Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4110,12 +4483,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconpositionCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y; @@ -4153,7 +4526,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmIconwindowCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm iconwindow" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4166,12 +4539,12 @@ WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmIconwindowCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -4192,8 +4565,8 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) wmPtr->hints.flags &= ~IconWindowHint; if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { /* - * Let the window use button events again, then remove - * it as icon window. + * Let the window use button events again, then remove it as icon + * window. */ atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(wmPtr->icon)->event_mask @@ -4210,14 +4583,14 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), - " as icon window: not at top level", (char *) NULL); + " as icon window: not at top level", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr2 = ((TkWindow *) tkwin2)->wmInfoPtr; if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), - " is already an icon for ", - Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), (char *) NULL); + " is already an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), + NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->icon != NULL) { @@ -4234,10 +4607,9 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } /* - * Disable button events in the icon window: some window - * managers (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, - * but X only allows one application at a time to receive - * button events for a window. + * Disable button events in the icon window: some window managers + * (like olvwm) want to get the events themselves, but X only allows + * one application at a time to receive button events for a window. */ atts.event_mask = Tk_Attributes(tkwin2)->event_mask @@ -4259,9 +4631,9 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * WmMaxsizeCmd -- + * WmManageCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4274,13 +4646,66 @@ WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) +WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ + TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ { + register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { + if (!Tk_IsManageable(frameWin)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", + Tk_PathName(frameWin), "\" is not manageable: must be " + "a frame, labelframe or toplevel", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + TkFocusSplit(winPtr); + Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); + winPtr->flags |= TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED; + RemapWindows(winPtr, NULL); + if (wmPtr == NULL) { + TkWmNewWindow(winPtr); + } + wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; + /* flags (above) must be set before calling */ + /* TkMapTopFrame (below) */ + TkMapTopFrame (frameWin); + } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { + /* Already managed by wm - ignore it */ + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * WmMaxsizeCmd -- + * + * This function is invoked to process the "wm maxsize" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. + * + * Results: + * A standard Tcl result. + * + * Side effects: + * See the user documentation. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static int +WmMaxsizeCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ +{ register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -4311,8 +4736,8 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmMinsizeCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm minsize" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -4324,12 +4749,12 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmMinsizeCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -4361,9 +4786,8 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmOverrideredirectCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -4375,12 +4799,12 @@ WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmOverrideredirectCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int boolean, curValue; @@ -4390,7 +4814,16 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?boolean?"); return TCL_ERROR; } - curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect; + if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + curValue = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, -1, -1)-1; + if (curValue < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "Container does not support overrideredirect", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } else { + curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect; + } if (objc == 3) { Tcl_SetBooleanObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), curValue); return TCL_OK; @@ -4399,16 +4832,21 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_ERROR; } if (curValue != boolean) { - /* - * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it - * causes some funky stuff to occur - */ - atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False; - Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, - &atts); - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED) - && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED))) { - UpdateWrapper(winPtr); + if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT, boolean, 0); + } else { + /* + * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes + * some funky stuff to occur. + */ + + atts.override_redirect = (boolean) ? True : False; + Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, + &atts); + if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) + && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { + UpdateWrapper(winPtr); + } } } return TCL_OK; @@ -4419,8 +4857,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmPositionfromCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" - * Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm positionfrom" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4433,18 +4870,20 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmPositionfromCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static const char *optionStrings[] = { - "program", "user", (char *) NULL }; + "program", "user", NULL + }; enum options { - OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; + OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER + }; int index; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { @@ -4483,7 +4922,7 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmProtocolCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm protocol" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4496,12 +4935,12 @@ WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmProtocolCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr; @@ -4517,8 +4956,9 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window. */ + for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { + protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { Tcl_AppendElement(interp, Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protPtr->protocol)); } @@ -4529,8 +4969,9 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) /* * Return the command to handle a given protocol. */ + for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; - protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { + protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, protPtr->command, TCL_STATIC); return TCL_OK; @@ -4540,13 +4981,12 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } /* - * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new - * one with the specified command, unless the command is - * empty. + * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the + * specified command, unless the command is empty. */ for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL; - prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { + prevPtr = protPtr, protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { if (protPtr->protocol == protocol) { if (prevPtr == NULL) { wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; @@ -4574,7 +5014,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmResizableCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm resizable" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4587,12 +5027,12 @@ WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmResizableCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -4605,8 +5045,8 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2]; sprintf(buf, "%d %d", - (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1, - (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1); + (wmPtr->flags & WM_WIDTH_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1, + (wmPtr->flags & WM_HEIGHT_NOT_RESIZABLE) ? 0 : 1); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); return TCL_OK; } @@ -4637,7 +5077,7 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmSizefromCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm sizefrom" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4650,18 +5090,20 @@ WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmSizefromCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static const char *optionStrings[] = { - "program", "user", (char *) NULL }; + "program", "user", NULL + }; enum options { - OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; + OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER + }; int index; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { @@ -4701,7 +5143,7 @@ WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmStackorderCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm stackorder" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4714,18 +5156,20 @@ WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmStackorderCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr; static const char *optionStrings[] = { - "isabove", "isbelow", (char *) NULL }; + "isabove", "isbelow", NULL + }; enum options { - OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW }; + OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW + }; int index; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 5)) { @@ -4745,55 +5189,57 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_OK; } } else { - TkWindow *winPtr2; + TkWindow *winPtr2, **winPtr2Ptr = &winPtr2; int index1=-1, index2=-1, result; - if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) - != TCL_OK) { + if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[4], + (Tk_Window *) winPtr2Ptr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName, - "\" isn't a top-level window", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName, - "\" isn't mapped", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't mapped", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (!Tk_IsMapped(winPtr2)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr2->pathName, - "\" isn't mapped", (char *) NULL); + "\" isn't mapped", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } /* - * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children - * of "." and find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 - * in the stacking order. + * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and + * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order. */ windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr); if (windows == NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "TkWmStackorderToplevel failed", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } else { for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { - if (*window_ptr == winPtr) + if (*window_ptr == winPtr) { index1 = (window_ptr - windows); - if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) + } + if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) { index2 = (window_ptr - windows); + } } - if (index1 == -1) + if (index1 == -1) { Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found"); - if (index2 == -1) + } + if (index2 == -1) { Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found"); + } ckfree((char *) windows); } @@ -4818,8 +5264,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmStateCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -4831,18 +5277,20 @@ WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmStateCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; static const char *optionStrings[] = { - "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", (char *) NULL }; + "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL + }; enum options { - OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED }; + OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN, OPT_ZOOMED + }; int index; if ((objc < 3) || (objc > 4)) { @@ -4852,15 +5300,12 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (objc == 4) { if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), ": it is an icon for ", + Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ", - winPtr->pathName, ": it is an embedded window", - (char *) NULL); + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0, + &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -4869,25 +5314,52 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) return TCL_ERROR; } + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + int state = 0; + + switch (index) { + case OPT_NORMAL: + state = NormalState; + break; + case OPT_ICONIC: + state = IconicState; + break; + case OPT_WITHDRAWN: + state = WithdrawnState; + break; + case OPT_ZOOMED: + state = ZoomState; + break; + default: + Tcl_Panic("unexpected index"); + } + + if (state+1 != SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, state, 0)) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't change state of ", + winPtr->pathName, + ": the container does not support the request", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + return TCL_OK; + } + if (index == OPT_NORMAL) { wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN; TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); + /* - * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not - * force the window to be raised and receive focus + * This varies from 'wm deiconify' because it does not force the + * window to be raised and receive focus. */ } else if (index == OPT_ICONIC) { if (Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", - winPtr->pathName, - "\": override-redirect flag is set", - (char *) NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", winPtr->pathName, + "\": override-redirect flag is set", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't iconify \"", - winPtr->pathName, - "\": it is a transient", (char *) NULL); + winPtr->pathName, "\": it is a transient", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState); @@ -4903,17 +5375,24 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_SetResult(interp, "icon", TCL_STATIC); } else { - switch (wmPtr->hints.initial_state) { - case NormalState: + int state; + + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1)-1; + } else { + state = wmPtr->hints.initial_state; + } + switch (state) { + case NormalState: Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC); break; - case IconicState: + case IconicState: Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC); break; - case WithdrawnState: + case WithdrawnState: Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC); break; - case ZoomState: + case ZoomState: Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC); break; } @@ -4927,8 +5406,8 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmTitleCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -4940,26 +5419,43 @@ WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmTitleCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; int length; + HWND wrapper; if (objc > 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?newTitle?"); return TCL_ERROR; } + + if(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + wrapper = (HWND)SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GETFRAMEWID, 0, 0); + } else { + wrapper = wmPtr->wrapper; + } if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) - ((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), - TCL_STATIC); - return TCL_OK; + if (wrapper) { + char buf[512]; + Tcl_DString titleString; + int size = tkWinProcs->useWide ? 256 : 512; + + (*tkWinProcs->getWindowText)(wrapper, (LPCTSTR)buf, size); + Tcl_WinTCharToUtf(buf, -1, &titleString); + Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString),TCL_VOLATILE); + Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); + } else { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) + ((wmPtr->title != NULL) ? wmPtr->title : winPtr->nameUid), + TCL_STATIC); + } } else { if (wmPtr->title != NULL) { ckfree((char *) wmPtr->title); @@ -4971,7 +5467,7 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) && wmPtr->wrapper != NULL) { Tcl_DString titleString; Tcl_WinUtfToTChar(wmPtr->title, -1, &titleString); - (*tkWinProcs->setWindowText)(wmPtr->wrapper, + (*tkWinProcs->setWindowText)(wrapper, (LPCTSTR) Tcl_DStringValue(&titleString)); Tcl_DStringFree(&titleString); } @@ -4984,7 +5480,7 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmTransientCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm transient" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -4997,15 +5493,15 @@ WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmTransientCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr; + TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr; WmInfo *wmPtr2; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { @@ -5021,8 +5517,8 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) if (Tcl_GetString(objv[3])[0] == '\0') { if (masterPtr != NULL) { /* - * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied - * to them anymore + * If we had a master, tell them that we aren't tied to them + * anymore. */ masterPtr->wmInfoPtr->numTransients--; @@ -5034,7 +5530,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) wmPtr->masterPtr = NULL; } else { if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, objv[3], - (Tk_Window *) &masterPtr) != TCL_OK) { + (Tk_Window *) masterPtrPtr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } while (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(masterPtr)) { @@ -5047,35 +5543,30 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) masterPtr); if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), "\" a transient: it is an icon for ", - Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr2 = masterPtr->wmInfoPtr; if (wmPtr2->iconFor != NULL) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), "\" a master: it is an icon for ", - Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + Tk_PathName(wmPtr2->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (masterPtr == winPtr) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't make \"", Tk_PathName(winPtr), - "\" its own master", - (char *) NULL); + "\" its own master", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } else if (masterPtr != wmPtr->masterPtr) { /* - * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting - * the new master. The event handler will ensure that - * transient states reflect the state of the master. + * Remove old master map/unmap binding before setting the new + * master. The event handler will ensure that transient states + * reflect the state of the master. */ if (wmPtr->masterPtr != NULL) { @@ -5110,7 +5601,7 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmWithdrawCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. + * This function is invoked to process the "wm withdraw" Tcl command. * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: @@ -5123,12 +5614,12 @@ WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) */ static int -WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *const objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmWithdrawCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -5138,23 +5629,32 @@ WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) } if (wmPtr->iconFor != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw ", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), - (char *) NULL); + ": it is an icon for ", Tk_PathName(wmPtr->iconFor), NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN; - TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); + + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + if (SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_WITHDRAW, 0, 0) < 0) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't withdraw", Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), + ": the container does not support the request", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + } else { + wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN; + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); + } return TCL_OK; } /* - * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. - * Schedules a geometry update. + * Invoked by those wm subcommands that affect geometry. Schedules a geometry + * update. */ + static void -WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; - TkWindow *winPtr; +WmUpdateGeom( + WmInfo *wmPtr, + TkWindow *winPtr) { if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); @@ -5164,9 +5664,9 @@ WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr) /*ARGSUSED*/ static void -WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to window. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Information about event. */ +WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to window. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; TkWindow *masterPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr->masterPtr; @@ -5175,8 +5675,9 @@ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(clientData, eventPtr) return; if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { - if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) + if (!(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_WITHDRAWN)) { TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); + } } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); } @@ -5198,34 +5699,34 @@ WmWaitVisibilityOrMapProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * Tk_SetGrid -- * - * This procedure is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid - * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. - * It provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and - * is usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option. + * This function is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid + * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It + * provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is + * usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so - * that the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on - * even grid units. If some other window already controls gridding - * for the top-level window then this procedure call has no effect. + * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that + * the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid + * units. If some other window already controls gridding for the + * top-level window then this function call has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. New window mgr info - * will be posted for the top-level window +Tk_SetGrid( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will + * be posted for the top-level window * associated with this window. */ - int reqWidth; /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to - * the requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int reqHeight; /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to - * the requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int widthInc, heightInc; /* Pixel increments corresponding to a - * change of one grid unit. */ + int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the + * requested geometry for tkwin. */ + int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the + * requested geometry for tkwin. */ + int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change + * of one grid unit. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; register WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -5233,6 +5734,7 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) /* * Ensure widthInc and heightInc are greater than 0 */ + if (widthInc <= 0) { widthInc = 1; } @@ -5240,7 +5742,6 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) heightInc = 1; } - /* * Find the top-level window for tkwin, plus the window manager * information. @@ -5268,15 +5769,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) } /* - * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window - * size requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are - * in pixel units and there's no easy way to translate them to - * grid units since the new requested size of the top-level window in - * pixels may not yet have been registered yet (it may filter up - * the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers). However, if the window - * has never been mapped yet then just leave the window size alone: - * assume that it is intended to be in grid units but just happened - * to have been specified before this procedure was called. + * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size + * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel + * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the + * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have + * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle + * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just + * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid + * units but just happened to have been specified before this function was + * called. */ if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -5285,8 +5786,8 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) } /* - * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing - * all of this information to the window manager. + * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all + * of this information to the window manager. */ wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin; @@ -5306,23 +5807,22 @@ Tk_SetGrid(tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc) * * Tk_UnsetGrid -- * - * This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call - * to Tk_SetGrid. + * This function cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window, - * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other - * window controls gridding then this procedure has no effect. + * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window + * controls gridding then this function has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window that is currently +Tk_UnsetGrid( + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window that is currently * controlling gridding. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -5367,23 +5867,23 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid(tkwin) * * TopLevelEventProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level (or other externally- - * managed window) is restructured in any way. + * This function is invoked when a top-level (or other externally-managed + * window) is restructured in any way. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to - * reflect the structural change. + * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect + * the structural change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) - ClientData clientData; /* Window for which event occurred. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* Event that just happened. */ +TopLevelEventProc( + ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */ { register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; @@ -5393,8 +5893,8 @@ TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD)) { /* * A top-level window was deleted externally (e.g., by the window - * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as - * best we can. The error handler is needed because + * manager). This is probably not a good thing, but cleanup as + * best we can. The error handler is needed because * Tk_DestroyWindow will try to destroy the window, but of course * it's already gone. */ @@ -5405,16 +5905,6 @@ TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); } } - else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { - WmInfo *wmPtr; - wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - - if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; - SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin), - Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)); - } - } } /* @@ -5422,36 +5912,38 @@ TopLevelEventProc(clientData, eventPtr) * * TopLevelReqProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever - * the requested size for a top-level window is changed. + * This function is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the + * requested size for a top-level window is changed. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request - * (this happens as a when-idle action). + * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this + * happens as a when-idle action). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* ARGSUSED */ static void -TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin) - ClientData dummy; /* Not used. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Information about window. */ +TopLevelReqProc( + ClientData dummy, /* Not used. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Information about window. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WmInfo *wmPtr; wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) { - SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin), - Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)); - } - if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; + if (wmPtr) { + if ((winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) && (wmPtr->wrapper != NULL)) { + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, Tk_ReqWidth(tkwin), + Tk_ReqHeight(tkwin)); + } + if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); + wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; + } } } @@ -5460,26 +5952,25 @@ TopLevelReqProc(dummy, tkwin) * * UpdateGeometryInfo -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first - * mapped, and also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the - * geometry and/or position of a top-level window back into - * line with what has been requested by the user and/or widgets. - * This procedure doesn't return until the system has + * This function is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and + * also as a when-idle function, to bring the geometry and/or position of + * a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by the + * user and/or widgets. This function doesn't return until the system has * responded to the geometry change. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents - * that from happening. + * The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents that + * from happening. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) - ClientData clientData; /* Pointer to the window's record. */ +UpdateGeometryInfo( + ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */ { int x, y; /* Position of border on desktop. */ int width, height; /* Size of client area. */ @@ -5491,24 +5982,23 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_PENDING; /* - * If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update - * our geometry since it will end up with the wrong values. - * ConfigureToplevel will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the - * state of the window changes. + * If the window is minimized or maximized, we should not update our + * geometry since it will end up with the wrong values. ConfigureToplevel + * will reschedule UpdateGeometryInfo when the state of the window + * changes. */ if (wmPtr->wrapper && (IsIconic(wmPtr->wrapper) || - IsZoomed(wmPtr->wrapper))) { + IsZoomed(wmPtr->wrapper) || (wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN))) { return; } /* - * Compute the border size for the current window style. This - * size will include the resize handles, the title bar and the - * menubar. Note that this size will not be correct if the - * menubar spans multiple lines. The height will be off by a - * multiple of the menubar height. It really only measures the - * minimum size of the border. + * Compute the border size for the current window style. This size will + * include the resize handles, the title bar and the menubar. Note that + * this size will not be correct if the menubar spans multiple lines. The + * height will be off by a multiple of the menubar height. It really only + * measures the minimum size of the border. */ rect.left = rect.right = rect.top = rect.bottom = 0; @@ -5518,15 +6008,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) wmPtr->borderHeight = rect.bottom - rect.top; /* - * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the - * user documentation for details on this, but the size - * requested depends on (a) the size requested internally - * by the window's widgets, (b) the size requested by the - * user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based interactive - * resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is - * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for - * the toplevel. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets - * the X server. + * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user + * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on + * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size + * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based + * interactive resizing (if any), (c) whether or not the window is + * gridded, and (d) the current min or max size for the toplevel. Don't + * permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server. */ if (wmPtr->width == -1) { @@ -5540,15 +6028,17 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) if (width <= 0) { width = 1; } + /* * Account for window max/min width */ + if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { min = winPtr->reqWidth + (wmPtr->minWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; if (wmPtr->maxWidth > 0) { max = winPtr->reqWidth - + (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; + + (wmPtr->maxWidth - wmPtr->reqGridWidth)*wmPtr->widthInc; } else { max = 0; } @@ -5573,15 +6063,17 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) if (height <= 0) { height = 1; } + /* * Account for window max/min height */ + if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { min = winPtr->reqHeight + (wmPtr->minHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; if (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0) { max = winPtr->reqHeight - + (wmPtr->maxHeight - wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; + + (wmPtr->maxHeight-wmPtr->reqGridHeight)*wmPtr->heightInc; } else { max = 0; } @@ -5597,55 +6089,37 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) /* * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's - * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the - * border widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, - * but can't use the parent's current overall size since that may - * change as a result of this code. + * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border + * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't + * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result + * of this code. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->x - (width + wmPtr->borderWidth); } else { - x = wmPtr->x; + x = wmPtr->x; } if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - wmPtr->y - (height + wmPtr->borderHeight); } else { - y = wmPtr->y; + y = wmPtr->y; } /* - * If this window is embedded and the container is also in this - * process, we don't need to do anything special about the - * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known - * by the container. Also, zero out any position information, - * since embedded windows are not allowed to move. - */ - - if (winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES) { - TkWindow *childPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(winPtr); - - wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0; - wmPtr->flags &= ~(WM_NEGATIVE_X|WM_NEGATIVE_Y); - if (childPtr != NULL) { - Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) childPtr, width, height); - } - return; - } - - /* - * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. Base + * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. Base * the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got. * Return immediately if there have been no changes in the requested * geometry of the toplevel. */ + /* TODO: need to add flag for possible menu size change */ - if (!((wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) - || (width != wmPtr->configWidth) - || (height != wmPtr->configHeight))) { + if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_MOVE_PENDING) + && (width == wmPtr->configWidth) + && (height == wmPtr->configHeight)) { return; } wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_MOVE_PENDING; @@ -5654,9 +6128,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) wmPtr->configHeight = height; /* - * Don't bother moving the window if we are in the process of - * creating it. Just update the geometry info based on what - * we asked for. + * Don't bother moving the window if we are in the process of creating it. + * Just update the geometry info based on what we asked for. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_CREATE_PENDING) { @@ -5670,12 +6143,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { /* - * The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need - * to send it a geometry request. This protocol assumes that - * the other process understands this Tk message, otherwise - * our requested geometry will be ignored. + * The wrapper window is in a different process, so we need to send it + * a geometry request. This protocol assumes that the other process + * understands this Tk message, otherwise our requested geometry will + * be ignored. */ + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_MOVEWINDOW, x, y); SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_GEOMETRYREQ, width, height); } else { int reqHeight, reqWidth; @@ -5684,15 +6158,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) int newHeight; /* - * We have to keep resizing the window until we get the - * requested height in the client area. If the client - * area has zero height, then the window rect is too - * small by definition. Try increasing the border height - * and try again. Once we have a positive size, then - * we can adjust the height exactly. If the window - * rect comes back smaller than we requested, we have - * hit the maximum constraints that Windows imposes. - * Once we find a positive client size, the next size + * We have to keep resizing the window until we get the requested + * height in the client area. If the client area has zero height, then + * the window rect is too small by definition. Try increasing the + * border height and try again. Once we have a positive size, then we + * can adjust the height exactly. If the window rect comes back + * smaller than we requested, we have hit the maximum constraints that + * Windows imposes. Once we find a positive client size, the next size * is the one we try no matter what. */ @@ -5724,11 +6196,13 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) /* * We're done. */ + break; } else if (newHeight > height) { /* * One last resize to get rid of the extra space. */ + menuInc = newHeight - height; reqHeight -= menuInc; if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { @@ -5739,11 +6213,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) } /* - * We didn't get enough space to satisfy our requested - * height, so the menu must have wrapped. Increase the - * size of the window by one menu height and move the - * window if it is positioned relative to the lower right - * corner of the screen. + * We didn't get enough space to satisfy our requested height, so + * the menu must have wrapped. Increase the size of the window by + * one menu height and move the window if it is positioned + * relative to the lower right corner of the screen. */ reqHeight += menuInc; @@ -5763,13 +6236,12 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) * * ParseGeometry -- * - * This procedure parses a geometry string and updates - * information used to control the geometry of a top-level - * window. + * This function parses a geometry string and updates information used to + * control the geometry of a top-level window. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in - * the interp's result if an error occurs. + * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's + * result if an error occurs. * * Side effects: * The size and/or location of winPtr may change. @@ -5778,12 +6250,12 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo(clientData) */ static int -ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Used for error reporting. */ - char *string; /* String containing new geometry. Has the +ParseGeometry( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ + char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Pointer to top-level window whose - * geometry is to be changed. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry + * is to be changed. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y, width, height, flags; @@ -5799,9 +6271,9 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } /* - * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't - * actually update any of the fields of wmPtr until we've - * successfully parsed the entire geometry string. + * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update + * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire + * geometry string. */ width = wmPtr->width; @@ -5855,10 +6327,10 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } /* - * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, - * unless an explicit source has been specified. Otherwise - * most window managers assume that the size hints were - * program-specified and they ignore them. + * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an + * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers + * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore + * them. */ if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) { @@ -5867,9 +6339,9 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } /* - * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and - * arrange for the appropriate information to be percolated out - * to the window manager at the next idle moment. + * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for + * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager + * at the next idle moment. */ wmPtr->width = width; @@ -5885,9 +6357,8 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) } return TCL_OK; - error: - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", - string, "\"", (char *) NULL); + error: + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -5896,13 +6367,13 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) * * Tk_GetRootCoords -- * - * Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the - * window's lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates - * corresponding to point (0,0) in the window. + * Given a token for a window, this function traces through the window's + * lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to + * point (0,0) in the window. * * Results: - * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with - * the root coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. + * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root + * coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -5911,10 +6382,10 @@ ParseGeometry(interp, string, winPtr) */ void -Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window. */ - int *xPtr; /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */ - int *yPtr; /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */ +Tk_GetRootCoords( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. */ + int *xPtr, /* Where to store x-displacement of (0,0). */ + int *yPtr) /* Where to store y-displacement of (0,0). */ { register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -5944,13 +6415,13 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) * * Tk_CoordsToWindow -- * - * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this procedure - * returns the token for the top-most window covering that point, - * if there exists such a window in this application. + * Given the (virtual) root coordinates of a point, this function returns + * the token for the top-most window covering that point, if there exists + * such a window in this application. * * Results: - * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding - * to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such + * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to + * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such * window. * * Side effects: @@ -5960,13 +6431,13 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr) */ Tk_Window -Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) - int rootX, rootY; /* Coordinates of point in root window. If - * a virtual-root window manager is in use, +Tk_CoordsToWindow( + int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a + * virtual-root window manager is in use, * these coordinates refer to the virtual * root, not the real root. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for any window in application; - * used to identify the display. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used + * to identify the display. */ { POINT pos; HWND hwnd; @@ -5988,16 +6459,15 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) * * Tk_GetVRootGeometry -- * - * This procedure returns information about the virtual root - * window corresponding to a particular Tk window. + * This function returns information about the virtual root window + * corresponding to a particular Tk window. * * Results: - * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set - * with the offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding - * to tkwin. If tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window - * manager these values correspond to the virtual root window being - * used for tkwin; otherwise the offsets will be 0 and the - * dimensions will be those of the screen. + * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the + * offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If + * tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values + * correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise + * the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen. * * Side effects: * Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date. @@ -6006,12 +6476,13 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow(rootX, rootY, tkwin) */ void -Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window whose virtual root is to be +Tk_GetVRootGeometry( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose virtual root is to be * queried. */ - int *xPtr, *yPtr; /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root + int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Store x and y offsets of virtual root * here. */ - int *widthPtr, *heightPtr; /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */ + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr) + /* Store dimensions of virtual root here. */ { *xPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN); *yPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN); @@ -6024,27 +6495,25 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry(tkwin, xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, heightPtr) * * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow -- * - * This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust - * the x-y location of a top-level window. It delays the actual - * move to a later time and keeps window-manager information - * up-to-date with the move + * This function is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y + * location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later + * time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner - * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative - * frame, if there is one) is at (x,y). + * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if + * there is one) is at (x,y). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Window to move. */ - int x, y; /* New location for window (within - * parent). */ +Tk_MoveToplevelWindow( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */ + int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -6062,9 +6531,8 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) /* * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry - * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the - * server that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the - * new position. + * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server + * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position. */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -6080,25 +6548,23 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow(tkwin, x, y) * * TkWmProtocolEventProc -- * - * This procedure is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a - * ClientMessage event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". - * This procedure handles the message from the window manager - * in an appropriate fashion. + * This function is called by the Tk_HandleEvent whenever a ClientMessage + * event arrives whose type is "WM_PROTOCOLS". This function handles the + * message from the window manager in an appropriate fashion. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the - * protocol. + * Depends on what sort of handler, if any, was set up for the protocol. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to which the event was sent. */ - XEvent *eventPtr; /* X event. */ +TkWmProtocolEventProc( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was sent. */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr; register ProtocolHandler *protPtr; @@ -6115,14 +6581,15 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { if (protocol == protPtr->protocol) { /* - * Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a - * result of the eval. + * Cache atom name, as we might destroy the window as a result of + * the eval. */ + const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol); Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr); - interp = protPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + interp = protPtr->interp; + Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); result = Tcl_GlobalEval(interp, protPtr->command); if (result != TCL_OK) { Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (command for \""); @@ -6130,15 +6597,15 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\" window manager protocol)"); Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); Tcl_Release((ClientData) protPtr); return; } } /* - * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a - * WM_DELETE_WINDOW message then just destroy the window. + * No handler was present for this protocol. If this is a WM_DELETE_WINDOW + * message then just destroy the window. */ if (protocol == Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW")) { @@ -6151,9 +6618,8 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) * * TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked once for each HWND Window on the - * display as a result of calling EnumWindows from - * TkWmStackorderToplevel. + * This function is invoked once for each HWND Window on the display as a + * result of calling EnumWindows from TkWmStackorderToplevel. * * Results: * TRUE to request further iteration. @@ -6164,30 +6630,37 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, eventPtr) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -BOOL CALLBACK TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(hwnd, lParam) - HWND hwnd; /* handle to parent window */ - LPARAM lParam; /* application-defined value */ +BOOL CALLBACK +TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc( + HWND hwnd, /* Handle to parent window */ + LPARAM lParam) /* Application-defined value */ { Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; TkWindow *childWinPtr; TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *pair = - (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam; + (TkWmStackorderToplevelPair *) lParam; /*fprintf(stderr, "Looking up HWND %d\n", hwnd);*/ hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(pair->table, (char *) hwnd); if (hPtr != NULL) { - childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - /* Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice */ - if (childWinPtr == NULL) { - Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc"); - } else { - Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL); - } - /*fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd, - childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName);*/ - *(pair->window_ptr)-- = childWinPtr; + childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + + /* + * Double check that same HWND does not get passed twice. + */ + + if (childWinPtr == NULL) { + Tcl_Panic("duplicate HWND in TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc"); + } else { + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, NULL); + } + /* + fprintf(stderr, "Found mapped HWND %d -> %x (%s)\n", hwnd, + childWinPtr, childWinPtr->pathName); + */ + *(pair->window_ptr)-- = childWinPtr; } return TRUE; } @@ -6197,8 +6670,8 @@ BOOL CALLBACK TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(hwnd, lParam) * * TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap -- * - * This procedure will create a table that maps the wrapper - * HWND id for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. + * This function will create a table that maps the wrapper HWND id for a + * toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. * * Results: * None. @@ -6210,10 +6683,10 @@ BOOL CALLBACK TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc(hwnd, lParam) */ static void -TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* TkWindow to recurse on */ - Display *display; /* X display of parent window */ - Tcl_HashTable *table; /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */ +TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* TkWindow to recurse on */ + Display *display, /* X display of parent window */ + Tcl_HashTable *table) /* Table to maps HWND to TkWindow */ { TkWindow *childPtr; Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; @@ -6221,20 +6694,21 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) int newEntry; if (Tk_IsMapped(winPtr) && Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) && - !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) { - wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); + !Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr) && (winPtr->display == display)) { + wrapper = TkWinGetWrapperWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); - /*fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper, - winPtr, winPtr->pathName);*/ + /* + fprintf(stderr, "Mapped HWND %d to %x (%s)\n", wrapper, + winPtr, winPtr->pathName); + */ - hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, - (char *) wrapper, &newEntry); - Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr); + hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, (char *) wrapper, &newEntry); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr); } for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; - childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { - TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table); + childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { + TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(childPtr, display, table); } } /* @@ -6242,11 +6716,11 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) * * TkWmStackorderToplevel -- * - * This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows. + * This function returns the stack order of toplevel windows. * * Results: - * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order - * or else NULL if there was an error. + * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else + * NULL if there was an error. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -6255,8 +6729,8 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(winPtr, display, table) */ TkWindow ** -TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) - TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Parent toplevel window. */ +TkWmStackorderToplevel( + TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */ { TkWmStackorderToplevelPair pair; TkWindow **windows; @@ -6272,28 +6746,28 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) TkWmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); windows = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) - * sizeof(TkWindow *)); + * sizeof(TkWindow *)); /* - * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped - * there is no need to call EnumWindows. + * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to + * call EnumWindows. */ switch (table.numEntries) { case 0: - windows[0] = NULL; - goto done; + windows[0] = NULL; + goto done; case 1: - hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); - windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - windows[1] = NULL; - goto done; + hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); + windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + windows[1] = NULL; + goto done; } /* - * We will be inserting into the array starting at the end - * and working our way to the beginning since EnumWindows - * returns windows in highest to lowest order. + * We will be inserting into the array starting at the end and working our + * way to the beginning since EnumWindows returns windows in highest to + * lowest order. */ pair.table = &table; @@ -6302,14 +6776,13 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) if (EnumWindows((WNDENUMPROC) TkWmStackorderToplevelEnumProc, (LPARAM) &pair) == 0) { - ckfree((char *) windows); - windows = NULL; - } else { - if (pair.window_ptr != (windows-1)) - Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children"); + ckfree((char *) windows); + windows = NULL; + } else if (pair.window_ptr != (windows-1)) { + Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num children"); } - done: + done: Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table); return windows; } @@ -6319,33 +6792,33 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) * * TkWmRestackToplevel -- * - * This procedure restacks a top-level window. + * This function restacks a top-level window. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. - * This procedure doesn't return until the restack has taken - * effect and the ConfigureNotify event for it has been received. + * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. This + * function doesn't return until the restack has taken effect and the + * ConfigureNotify event for it has been received. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window to restack. */ - int aboveBelow; /* Gives relative position for restacking; +TkWmRestackToplevel( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */ + int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking; * must be Above or Below. */ - TkWindow *otherPtr; /* Window relative to which to restack; - * if NULL, then winPtr gets restacked - * above or below *all* siblings. */ + TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if + * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or + * below *all* siblings. */ { HWND hwnd, insertAfter; /* - * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the - * screen (mapping it may give it a reparent window). + * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen + * (mapping it may give it a reparent window). */ if (winPtr->window == None) { @@ -6365,12 +6838,17 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) TkWmMapWindow(otherPtr); } insertAfter = (otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper != NULL) - ? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window); + ? otherPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper : Tk_GetHWND(otherPtr->window); } else { insertAfter = NULL; } - TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow); + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, TK_RAISEWINDOW, + (WPARAM)insertAfter, aboveBelow); + } else { + TkWinSetWindowPos(hwnd, insertAfter, aboveBelow); + } } /* @@ -6378,28 +6856,27 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, aboveBelow, otherPtr) * * TkWmAddToColormapWindows -- * - * This procedure is called to add a given window to the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it - * isn't already there. It is invoked by the Tk code that - * creates a new colormap, in order to make sure that colormap - * information is propagated to the window manager by default. + * This function is called to add a given window to the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already + * there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in + * order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the + * window manager by default. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS - * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the - * colormaps have been set explicitly with the - * "wm colormapwindows" command. + * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its + * nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set + * explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window with a non-default colormap. - * Should not be a top-level window. */ +TkWmAddToColormapWindows( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should + * not be a top-level window. */ { TkWindow *topPtr; TkWindow **oldPtr, **newPtr; @@ -6412,7 +6889,7 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) { if (topPtr == NULL) { /* - * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation. + * Window is being deleted. Skip the whole operation. */ return; @@ -6444,8 +6921,7 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) /* * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. - * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element - * of the list. + * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list. */ newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) ((count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow*))); @@ -6480,26 +6956,26 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows(winPtr) * * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows -- * - * This procedure is called to remove a given window from the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked - * when windows are deleted. + * This function is called to remove a given window from the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when + * windows are deleted. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS - * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the - * top-level itself is being deleted too. + * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of + * its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being + * deleted too. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that may be present in +TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that may be present in * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its - * top-level. Should not be a top-level + * top-level. Should not be a top-level * window. */ { TkWindow *topPtr; @@ -6521,8 +6997,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) } if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) { /* - * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup - * the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. + * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. */ return; @@ -6533,8 +7009,7 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) } /* - * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover - * it up. + * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up. */ count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount; @@ -6561,36 +7036,42 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows(winPtr) * None. * * Side effects: - * The menu will end up being drawn in the window, and the geometry - * of the window will have to be changed. + * The menu will end up being drawn in the window, and the geometry of + * the window will have to be changed. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, hMenu) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* the window to put the menu in */ - HMENU hMenu; /* the menu to set */ +TkWinSetMenu( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* the window to put the menu in */ + HMENU hMenu) /* the menu to set */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - wmPtr->hMenu = hMenu; + /* Could be a Frame (i.e. not a Toplevel) */ + if (wmPtr == NULL) + return; - if (!(wmPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { - int syncPending = wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING; + wmPtr->hMenu = hMenu; + if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { + int syncPending = wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING; - wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; - SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu); - if (!syncPending) { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; - } + wmPtr->flags |= WM_SYNC_PENDING; + SetMenu(wmPtr->wrapper, hMenu); + if (!syncPending) { + wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_SYNC_PENDING; } + } + if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_MOVE_PENDING; } + } else { + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, + (WPARAM)hMenu, (LPARAM)Tk_GetMenuHWND(tkwin)); } } @@ -6600,7 +7081,7 @@ TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, hMenu) * ConfigureTopLevel -- * * Generate a ConfigureNotify event based on the current position - * information. This procedure is called by TopLevelProc. + * information. This function is called by TopLevelProc. * * Results: * None. @@ -6612,12 +7093,12 @@ TkWinSetMenu(tkwin, hMenu) */ static void -ConfigureTopLevel(pos) - WINDOWPOS *pos; +ConfigureTopLevel( + WINDOWPOS *pos) { TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(pos->hwnd); WmInfo *wmPtr; - int state = 0; /* Current window state. */ + int state; /* Current window state. */ RECT rect; WINDOWPLACEMENT windowPos; @@ -6637,15 +7118,16 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) windowPos.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT); GetWindowPlacement(wmPtr->wrapper, &windowPos); switch (windowPos.showCmd) { - case SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED: - state = ZoomState; - break; - case SW_SHOWMINIMIZED: - state = IconicState; - break; - case SW_SHOWNORMAL: - state = NormalState; - break; + case SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED: + state = ZoomState; + break; + case SW_SHOWMINIMIZED: + state = IconicState; + break; + case SW_SHOWNORMAL: + default: + state = NormalState; + break; } } @@ -6657,27 +7139,26 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state != state) { wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state; switch (state) { - case WithdrawnState: - case IconicState: - XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); - break; + case WithdrawnState: + case IconicState: + XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); + break; - case NormalState: - /* - * Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry - * requests while in any other state, the geometry info - * may be stale. - */ + case NormalState: + /* + * Schedule a geometry update. Since we ignore geometry requests + * while in any other state, the geometry info may be stale. + */ - if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); - wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; - } - /* fall through */ - case ZoomState: - XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); - pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE; - break; + if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING)) { + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; + } + /* fall through */ + case ZoomState: + XMapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); + pos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE; + break; } } @@ -6691,8 +7172,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) /* - * Compute the current geometry of the client area, reshape the - * Tk window and generate a ConfigureNotify event. + * Compute the current geometry of the client area, reshape the Tk window + * and generate a ConfigureNotify event. */ GetClientRect(wmPtr->wrapper, &rect); @@ -6712,16 +7193,16 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) if (state == NormalState) { /* - * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of + * Update size information from the event. There are a couple of * tricky points here: * * 1. If the user changed the size externally then set wmPtr->width * and wmPtr->height just as if a "wm geometry" command had been * invoked with the same information. - * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request - * coming from us (sync is set), then don't set - * wmPtr->width or wmPtr->height (otherwise the window will stop - * tracking geometry manager requests). + * 2. However, if the size is changing in response to a request coming + * from us (sync is set), then don't set wmPtr->width or + * wmPtr->height (otherwise the window will stop tracking geometry + * manager requests). */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_SYNC_PENDING)) { @@ -6729,14 +7210,14 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) if ((wmPtr->width == -1) && (winPtr->changes.width == winPtr->reqWidth)) { /* - * Don't set external width, since the user didn't - * change it from what the widgets asked for. + * Don't set external width, since the user didn't change + * it from what the widgets asked for. */ } else { if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { wmPtr->width = wmPtr->reqGridWidth - + (winPtr->changes.width - winPtr->reqWidth) - / wmPtr->widthInc; + + (winPtr->changes.width - winPtr->reqWidth) + / wmPtr->widthInc; if (wmPtr->width < 0) { wmPtr->width = 0; } @@ -6753,8 +7234,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) } else { if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { wmPtr->height = wmPtr->reqGridHeight - + (winPtr->changes.height - winPtr->reqHeight) - / wmPtr->heightInc; + + (winPtr->changes.height - winPtr->reqHeight) + / wmPtr->heightInc; if (wmPtr->height < 0) { wmPtr->height = 0; } @@ -6765,9 +7246,10 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) wmPtr->configWidth = winPtr->changes.width; wmPtr->configHeight = winPtr->changes.height; } + /* - * If the user moved the window, we should switch back - * to normal coordinates. + * If the user moved the window, we should switch back to normal + * coordinates. */ if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) { @@ -6781,15 +7263,15 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { wmPtr->x = DisplayWidth(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - - winPtr->changes.x - (winPtr->changes.width - + wmPtr->borderWidth); + - winPtr->changes.x - (winPtr->changes.width + + wmPtr->borderWidth); } else { wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x; } if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_Y) { wmPtr->y = DisplayHeight(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum) - - winPtr->changes.y - (winPtr->changes.height - + wmPtr->borderHeight); + - winPtr->changes.y - (winPtr->changes.height + + wmPtr->borderHeight); } else { wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y; } @@ -6801,8 +7283,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) * * GenerateConfigureNotify -- * - * Generate a ConfigureNotify event from the current geometry - * information for the specified toplevel window. + * Generate a ConfigureNotify event from the current geometry information + * for the specified toplevel window. * * Results: * None. @@ -6814,8 +7296,8 @@ ConfigureTopLevel(pos) */ static void -GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +GenerateConfigureNotify( + TkWindow *winPtr) { XEvent event; @@ -6844,8 +7326,8 @@ GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr) * * InstallColormaps -- * - * Installs the colormaps associated with the toplevel which is - * currently active. + * Installs the colormaps associated with the toplevel which is currently + * active. * * Results: * None. @@ -6857,12 +7339,12 @@ GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr) */ static int -InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost) - HWND hwnd; /* Toplevel wrapper window whose colormaps +InstallColormaps( + HWND hwnd, /* Toplevel wrapper window whose colormaps * should be installed. */ - int message; /* Either WM_PALETTECHANGED or + int message, /* Either WM_PALETTECHANGED or * WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE */ - int isForemost; /* 1 if window is foremost, else 0 */ + int isForemost) /* 1 if window is foremost, else 0 */ { int i; HDC dc; @@ -6870,7 +7352,7 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost) TkWindow *winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); WmInfo *wmPtr; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (winPtr == NULL || (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) ) { return 0; @@ -6909,11 +7391,11 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost) } else { /* - * Window is being notified of a change in the system palette. - * If this window is the foreground window, then we should only - * install the secondary palettes, since the primary was installed - * in response to the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install - * all of the palettes. + * Window is being notified of a change in the system palette. If this + * window is the foreground window, then we should only install the + * secondary palettes, since the primary was installed in response to + * the WM_QUERYPALETTE message. Otherwise, install all of the + * palettes. */ @@ -6955,11 +7437,10 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost) * * RefreshColormap -- * - * This function is called to force all of the windows that use - * a given colormap to redraw themselves. The quickest way to - * do this is to iterate over the toplevels, looking in the - * cmapList for matches. This will quickly eliminate subtrees - * that don't use a given colormap. + * This function is called to force all of the windows that use a given + * colormap to redraw themselves. The quickest way to do this is to + * iterate over the toplevels, looking in the cmapList for matches. This + * will quickly eliminate subtrees that don't use a given colormap. * * Results: * None. @@ -6971,9 +7452,9 @@ InstallColormaps(hwnd, message, isForemost) */ static void -RefreshColormap(colormap, dispPtr) - Colormap colormap; - TkDisplay *dispPtr; +RefreshColormap( + Colormap colormap, + TkDisplay *dispPtr) { WmInfo *wmPtr; int i; @@ -6998,9 +7479,9 @@ RefreshColormap(colormap, dispPtr) * * InvalidateSubTree -- * - * This function recursively generates damage for a window and - * all of its mapped children that belong to the same toplevel and - * are using the specified colormap. + * This function recursively generates damage for a window and all of its + * mapped children that belong to the same toplevel and are using the + * specified colormap. * * Results: * None. @@ -7012,15 +7493,15 @@ RefreshColormap(colormap, dispPtr) */ static void -InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap) - TkWindow *winPtr; - Colormap colormap; +InvalidateSubTree( + TkWindow *winPtr, + Colormap colormap) { TkWindow *childPtr; /* - * Generate damage for the current window if it is using the - * specified colormap. + * Generate damage for the current window if it is using the specified + * colormap. */ if (winPtr->atts.colormap == colormap) { @@ -7030,8 +7511,7 @@ InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap) for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { /* - * We can stop the descent when we hit an unmapped or - * toplevel window. + * We can stop the descent when we hit an unmapped or toplevel window. */ if (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr) && Tk_IsMapped(childPtr)) { @@ -7045,8 +7525,8 @@ InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap) * * InvalidateSubTreeDepth -- * - * This function recursively updates depth info for a window and - * all of its children that belong to the same toplevel. + * This function recursively updates depth info for a window and all of + * its children that belong to the same toplevel. * * Results: * None. @@ -7058,8 +7538,8 @@ InvalidateSubTree(winPtr, colormap) */ static void -InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +InvalidateSubTreeDepth( + TkWindow *winPtr) { Display *display = Tk_Display(winPtr); int screenNum = Tk_ScreenNumber(winPtr); @@ -7069,10 +7549,10 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr) #if 0 /* - * XXX: What other elements may require changes? Changing just - * the depth works for standard windows and 16/24/32-bpp changes. - * I suspect 8-bit (palettized) displays may require colormap and/or - * visual changes as well. + * XXX: What other elements may require changes? Changing just the depth + * works for standard windows and 16/24/32-bpp changes. I suspect 8-bit + * (palettized) displays may require colormap and/or visual changes as + * well. */ if (winPtr->window) { @@ -7084,13 +7564,13 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr) #endif for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; - childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { + childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { /* - * We can stop the descent when we hit a toplevel window, as it - * should get its own message. + * We can stop the descent when we hit a non-embedded toplevel window, + * as it should get its own message. */ - if (!Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr)) { + if (childPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED || !Tk_TopWinHierarchy(childPtr)) { InvalidateSubTreeDepth(childPtr); } } @@ -7104,8 +7584,8 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr) * Retrieves the currently installed foreground palette. * * Results: - * Returns the global foreground palette, if there is one. - * Otherwise, returns NULL. + * Returns the global foreground palette, if there is one. Otherwise, + * returns NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -7114,10 +7594,10 @@ InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr) */ HPALETTE -TkWinGetSystemPalette() +TkWinGetSystemPalette(void) { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); return tsdPtr->systemPalette; } @@ -7127,17 +7607,16 @@ TkWinGetSystemPalette() * * GetMinSize -- * - * This procedure computes the current minWidth and minHeight - * values for a window, taking into account the possibility - * that they may be defaulted. + * This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a + * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be + * defaulted. * * Results: - * The values at *minWidthPtr and *minHeightPtr are filled - * in with the minimum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, - * in grid units. If the requested minimum is smaller than the - * system required minimum, then this procedure computes the - * smallest size that will satisfy both the system and the - * grid constraints. + * The values at *minWidthPtr and *minHeightPtr are filled in with the + * minimum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If the + * requested minimum is smaller than the system required minimum, then + * this function computes the smallest size that will satisfy both the + * system and the grid constraints. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -7146,21 +7625,21 @@ TkWinGetSystemPalette() */ static void -GetMinSize(wmPtr, minWidthPtr, minHeightPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information for the +GetMinSize( + WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the * window. */ - int *minWidthPtr; /* Where to store the current minimum - * width of the window. */ - int *minHeightPtr; /* Where to store the current minimum - * height of the window. */ + int *minWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current minimum width of + * the window. */ + int *minHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current minimum height + * of the window. */ { int tmp, base; TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; /* - * Compute the minimum width by taking the default client size - * and rounding it up to the nearest grid unit. Return the greater - * of the default minimum and the specified minimum. + * Compute the minimum width by taking the default client size and + * rounding it up to the nearest grid unit. Return the greater of the + * default minimum and the specified minimum. */ tmp = wmPtr->defMinWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth; @@ -7205,16 +7684,15 @@ GetMinSize(wmPtr, minWidthPtr, minHeightPtr) * * GetMaxSize -- * - * This procedure computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight - * values for a window, taking into account the possibility - * that they may be defaulted. + * This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a + * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be + * defaulted. * * Results: - * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled - * in with the maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, - * in grid units. If no maximum has been specified for the - * window, then this procedure computes the largest sizes that - * will fit on the screen. + * The values at *maxWidthPtr and *maxHeightPtr are filled in with the + * maximum allowable dimensions of wmPtr's window, in grid units. If no + * maximum has been specified for the window, then this function computes + * the largest sizes that will fit on the screen. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -7223,13 +7701,13 @@ GetMinSize(wmPtr, minWidthPtr, minHeightPtr) */ static void -GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) - WmInfo *wmPtr; /* Window manager information for the +GetMaxSize( + WmInfo *wmPtr, /* Window manager information for the * window. */ - int *maxWidthPtr; /* Where to store the current maximum - * width of the window. */ - int *maxHeightPtr; /* Where to store the current maximum - * height of the window. */ + int *maxWidthPtr, /* Where to store the current maximum width of + * the window. */ + int *maxHeightPtr) /* Where to store the current maximum height + * of the window. */ { int tmp; @@ -7237,14 +7715,14 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) *maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth; } else { /* - * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a - * bit of extra space for the window manager's borders. + * Must compute a default width. Fill up the display, leaving a bit of + * extra space for the window manager's borders. */ tmp = wmPtr->defMaxWidth - wmPtr->borderWidth; if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { /* - * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units. + * Gridding is turned on; convert from pixels to grid units. */ tmp = wmPtr->reqGridWidth @@ -7269,8 +7747,7 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) * * TopLevelProc -- * - * Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a top level - * window. + * Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a top level window. * * Results: * Standard Windows return value. @@ -7282,13 +7759,13 @@ GetMaxSize(wmPtr, maxWidthPtr, maxHeightPtr) */ static LRESULT CALLBACK -TopLevelProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +TopLevelProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { - if (message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED) { + if (message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED || message == WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING) { WINDOWPOS *pos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam; TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(pos->hwnd); @@ -7305,8 +7782,10 @@ TopLevelProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) winPtr->changes.height = pos->cy; } if (!(pos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) { - winPtr->changes.x = pos->x; - winPtr->changes.y = pos->y; + long result = SendMessage(winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper, + TK_MOVEWINDOW, -1, -1); + winPtr->wmInfoPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x = result >> 16; + winPtr->wmInfoPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y = result & 0xffff; } GenerateConfigureNotify(winPtr); @@ -7335,180 +7814,257 @@ TopLevelProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) */ static LRESULT CALLBACK -WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +WmProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { static int inMoveSize = 0; - static int oldMode; /* This static is set upon entering move/size mode - * and is used to reset the service mode after - * leaving move/size mode. Note that this mechanism - * assumes move/size is only one level deep. */ - LRESULT result; + static int oldMode; /* This static is set upon entering move/size + * mode and is used to reset the service mode + * after leaving move/size mode. Note that + * this mechanism assumes move/size is only + * one level deep. */ + LRESULT result = 0; TkWindow *winPtr = NULL; - if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, &result)) { - goto done; - } - switch (message) { - case WM_KILLFOCUS: - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - result = 0; - goto done; - - case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: - inMoveSize = 1; + case WM_KILLFOCUS: + case WM_ERASEBKGND: + result = 0; + goto done; - /* - * Cancel any current mouse timer. If the mouse timer - * fires during the size/move mouse capture, it will - * release the capture, which is wrong. - */ + case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE: + inMoveSize = 1; - TkWinCancelMouseTimer(); + /* + * Cancel any current mouse timer. If the mouse timer fires during the + * size/move mouse capture, it will release the capture, which is + * wrong. + */ - oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); - break; + TkWinCancelMouseTimer(); - case WM_ACTIVATE: - case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: - if (inMoveSize) { - inMoveSize = 0; - Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); - } - break; + oldMode = Tcl_SetServiceMode(TCL_SERVICE_ALL); + break; - case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: - SetLimits(hwnd, (MINMAXINFO *) lParam); - result = 0; - goto done; - - case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: - /* display and/or color resolution changed */ + case WM_ACTIVATE: + if ( WA_ACTIVE == LOWORD(wParam) ) { winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); - if (winPtr) { - Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr); - if (screen->root_depth != (int) wParam) { - /* - * Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of - * display parameters. This will affect the display for - * all Tk windows. We will receive this event for each - * toplevel, but this check makes us update only once, for - * the first toplevel that receives the message. - */ - TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr)); - } else { - HDC dc = GetDC(NULL); - screen->width = LOWORD(lParam); /* horizontal res */ - screen->height = HIWORD(lParam); /* vertical res */ - screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254, - GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10); - screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254, - GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10); - ReleaseDC(NULL, dc); - } - if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) { - /* - * Defer the window depth check to here so that each - * toplevel will properly update depth info. - */ - InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr); - } + if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) { + /* + * There is a grab in progress so queue an Activate event + */ + + GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize); + result = 0; + goto done; } - result = 0; - goto done; + } + /* fall through */ - case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: - /* - * XXX: Called when system color changes. We need to - * update any widgets that use a system color. - */ - break; + case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE: + if (inMoveSize) { + inMoveSize = 0; + Tcl_SetServiceMode(oldMode); + } + break; - case WM_PALETTECHANGED: - result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, - hwnd == (HWND)wParam); - goto done; + case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: + SetLimits(hwnd, (MINMAXINFO *) lParam); + result = 0; + goto done; - case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: - result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE); - goto done; + case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: + /* + * Display and/or color resolution changed. + */ - case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: - ConfigureTopLevel((WINDOWPOS *) lParam); - result = 0; - goto done; + winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); + if (winPtr) { + Screen *screen = Tk_Screen(winPtr); + if (screen->root_depth != (int) wParam) { + /* + * Color resolution changed, so do extensive rebuild of + * display parameters. This will affect the display for all Tk + * windows. We will receive this event for each toplevel, but + * this check makes us update only once, for the first + * toplevel that receives the message. + */ - case WM_NCHITTEST: { - winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); - if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) { + TkWinDisplayChanged(Tk_Display(winPtr)); + } else { + HDC dc = GetDC(NULL); + + screen->width = LOWORD(lParam); /* horizontal res */ + screen->height = HIWORD(lParam); /* vertical res */ + screen->mwidth = MulDiv(screen->width, 254, + GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSX) * 10); + screen->mheight = MulDiv(screen->height, 254, + GetDeviceCaps(dc, LOGPIXELSY) * 10); + ReleaseDC(NULL, dc); + } + if (Tk_Depth(winPtr) != (int) wParam) { /* - * This window is outside the grab heirarchy, so don't let any - * of the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this - * implementation is not strictly correct because the grab - * might change between now and when the event would have been - * processed by Tk, but it's close enough. + * Defer the window depth check to here so that each toplevel + * will properly update depth info. */ - result = HTCLIENT; - goto done; + InvalidateSubTreeDepth(winPtr); } - break; } + result = 0; + goto done; - case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: { - ActivateEvent *eventPtr; - winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam); + case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: + /* + * XXX: Called when system color changes. We need to update any + * widgets that use a system color. + */ - if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) { - /* - * This allows us to pass the message onto the - * native menus [Bug: 2272] - */ - result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message, - wParam, lParam); - goto done; - } + break; + + case WM_PALETTECHANGED: + result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_PALETTECHANGED, + hwnd == (HWND)wParam); + goto done; + + case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE: + result = InstallColormaps(hwnd, WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE, TRUE); + goto done; + case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: + if (wParam == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS) { + winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); + TkWinSetupSystemFonts(winPtr->mainPtr); + result = 0; + goto done; + } + break; + + case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED: + ConfigureTopLevel((WINDOWPOS *) lParam); + result = 0; + goto done; + + case WM_NCHITTEST: { + winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); + if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) { /* - * Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab - * that takes precedence. Instead we need to queue - * an event so we can check the grab state right before we - * handle the mouse event. + * This window is outside the grab heirarchy, so don't let any of + * the normal non-client processing occur. Note that this + * implementation is not strictly correct because the grab might + * change between now and when the event would have been processed + * by Tk, but it's close enough. */ - if (winPtr) { - eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent)); - eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow; - eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr; - Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event*)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); - } - result = MA_NOACTIVATE; + result = HTCLIENT; goto done; } + break; + } - case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: { - XEvent event; + case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE: { + winPtr = GetTopLevel((HWND) wParam); + if (winPtr && (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED)) { + /* + * This allows us to pass the message onto the native menus [Bug: + * 2272] + */ - winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); - event.xclient.message_type = - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS"); - event.xclient.data.l[0] = - Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF"); - TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, &event); - break; + result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message, + wParam, lParam); + goto done; } - default: - break; + /* + * Don't activate the window yet since there is a grab that takes + * precedence. Instead we need to queue an event so we can check the + * grab state right before we handle the mouse event. + */ + + if (winPtr) { + GenerateActivateEvent(winPtr, &inMoveSize); + } + result = MA_NOACTIVATE; + goto done; + } + + case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: { + XEvent event; + + /* + * Synthesize WM_SAVE_YOURSELF wm protocol message on Windows logout + * or restart. + */ + winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); + event.xclient.message_type = + Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS"); + event.xclient.data.l[0] = + Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF"); + TkWmProtocolEventProc(winPtr, &event); + break; + } + + default: + break; } winPtr = GetTopLevel(hwnd); + switch(message) { + case WM_SYSCOMMAND: + /* + * If there is a grab in effect then ignore the minimize command + * unless the grab is on the main window (.). This is to permit + * applications that leave a grab on . to work normally. + * All other toplevels are deemed non-minimizable when a grab is + * present. + * If there is a grab in effect and this window is outside the + * grab tree then ignore all system commands. [Bug 1847002] + */ + + if (winPtr) { + int cmd = wParam & 0xfff0; + int grab = TkGrabState(winPtr); + if ((SC_MINIMIZE == cmd) + && (grab == TK_GRAB_IN_TREE || grab == TK_GRAB_ANCESTOR) + && (winPtr != winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr)) { + goto done; + } + if (grab == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED + && !(SC_MOVE == cmd || SC_SIZE == cmd)) { + goto done; + } + } + /* fall through */ + + case WM_INITMENU: + case WM_COMMAND: + case WM_MENUCHAR: + case WM_MEASUREITEM: + case WM_DRAWITEM: + case WM_MENUSELECT: + case WM_ENTERIDLE: + case WM_INITMENUPOPUP: + if (winPtr) { + HWND hMenuHWnd = Tk_GetEmbeddedMenuHWND((Tk_Window)winPtr); + + if (hMenuHWnd) { + if (SendMessage(hMenuHWnd, message, wParam, lParam)) { + goto done; + } + } else if (TkWinHandleMenuEvent(&hwnd, &message, &wParam, &lParam, + &result)) { + goto done; + } + } + break; + } + if (winPtr && winPtr->window) { HWND child = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window); + if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) { SetFocus(child); result = 0; @@ -7521,7 +8077,7 @@ WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) result = (*tkWinProcs->defWindowProc)(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); } - done: + done: Tcl_ServiceAll(); return result; } @@ -7531,8 +8087,8 @@ WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) * * TkpMakeMenuWindow -- * - * Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) - * menu, or as a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette. + * Configure the window to be either a pull-down (or pop-up) menu, or as + * a toplevel (torn-off) menu or palette. * * Results: * None. @@ -7544,12 +8100,12 @@ WmProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) */ void -TkpMakeMenuWindow(tkwin, transient) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* New window. */ - int transient; /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as - * a popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means - * menu is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off - * menu. Determines whether save_under and +TkpMakeMenuWindow( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */ + int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a + * popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu + * is always visible, e.g. as a torn-off menu. + * Determines whether save_under and * override_redirect should be set. */ { XSetWindowAttributes atts; @@ -7593,23 +8149,21 @@ TkWinGetWrapperWindow( TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)tkwin; return (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->wrapper); } - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkWmFocusToplevel -- * - * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It - * exists because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under - * Unix; its job is to map from wrapper windows to the - * corresponding toplevel windows. On PCs and Macs there are no - * wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary; this procedure just - * determines whether a window is a toplevel or not. + * This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It exists + * because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under Unix; its job is + * to map from wrapper windows to the corresponding toplevel windows. On + * PCs and Macs there are no wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary; + * this function just determines whether a window is a toplevel or not. * * Results: - * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the - * window; otherwise returns NULL. + * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window; + * otherwise returns NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -7618,8 +8172,8 @@ TkWinGetWrapperWindow( */ TkWindow * -TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that received a focus-related +TkWmFocusToplevel( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window that received a focus-related * event. */ { if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { @@ -7627,19 +8181,19 @@ TkWmFocusToplevel(winPtr) } return winPtr; } - + /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkpGetWrapperWindow -- * - * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It - * maps to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same - * as the top-level on Macs and PCs. + * This is a utility function invoked by focus-management code. It maps + * to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same as the + * top-level on Macs and PCs. * * Results: - * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the - * window; otherwise returns NULL. + * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window; + * otherwise returns NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -7661,6 +8215,26 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow( /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * + * GenerateActivateEvent -- + * + * This function is called to activate a Tk window. + */ + +static void +GenerateActivateEvent(TkWindow * winPtr, const int *flagPtr) +{ + ActivateEvent *eventPtr; + eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)ckalloc(sizeof(ActivateEvent)); + eventPtr->ev.proc = ActivateWindow; + eventPtr->winPtr = winPtr; + eventPtr->flagPtr = flagPtr; + eventPtr->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window); + Tcl_QueueEvent((Tcl_Event *)eventPtr, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * * ActivateWindow -- * * This function is called when an ActivateEvent is processed. @@ -7679,39 +8253,65 @@ ActivateWindow( Tcl_Event *evPtr, /* Pointer to ActivateEvent. */ int flags) /* Notifier event mask. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr; + ActivateEvent *eventPtr = (ActivateEvent *)evPtr; + TkWindow *winPtr = eventPtr->winPtr; if (! (flags & TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) { return 0; } - winPtr = ((ActivateEvent *) evPtr)->winPtr; + /* + * Ensure the window has not been destroyed while we delayed + * processing the WM_ACTIVATE message [Bug 2899949]. + */ + + if (!IsWindow(eventPtr->hwnd)) { + return 1; + } + + /* + * If the toplevel is in the middle of a move or size operation then + * we must delay handling of this event to avoid stealing the focus + * while the window manage is in control. + */ + + if (eventPtr->flagPtr && *eventPtr->flagPtr) { + return 0; + } /* - * If the window is excluded by a grab, call SetFocus on the - * grabbed window instead. [Bug 220908] + * If the window is excluded by a grab, call SetFocus on the grabbed + * window instead. [Bug 220908] */ if (winPtr) { + Window window; if (TkGrabState(winPtr) != TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) { - SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window)); + window = winPtr->window; } else { - SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr->window)); + window = winPtr->dispPtr->grabWinPtr->window; + } + + /* + * Ensure the window was not destroyed while we were postponing + * the activation [Bug 2799589] + */ + + if (window) { + SetFocus(Tk_GetHWND(window)); } } return 1; } - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkWinSetForegroundWindow -- * - * This function is a wrapper for SetForegroundWindow, calling - * it on the wrapper window because it has no affect on child - * windows. + * This function is a wrapper for SetForegroundWindow, calling it on the + * wrapper window because it has no affect on child windows. * * Results: * none @@ -7723,8 +8323,8 @@ ActivateWindow( */ void -TkWinSetForegroundWindow(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; +TkWinSetForegroundWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -7736,6 +8336,313 @@ TkWinSetForegroundWindow(winPtr) } /* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinToplevelWithdraw -- + * + * This function is to be used by a window manage to withdraw a toplevel + * window. + * + * Results: + * none + * + * Side effects: + * May withdraw the toplevel window. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpWinToplevelWithDraw( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + wmPtr->flags |= WM_WITHDRAWN; + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, WithdrawnState); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinToplevelIconify -- + * + * This function is to be used by a window manage to iconify a toplevel + * window. + * + * Results: + * none + * + * Side effects: + * May iconify the toplevel window. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpWinToplevelIconify( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, IconicState); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinToplevelDeiconify -- + * + * This function is to be used by a window manage to deiconify a toplevel + * window. + * + * Results: + * none + * + * Side effects: + * May deiconify the toplevel window. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpWinToplevelDeiconify( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_WITHDRAWN; + + /* + * If WM_UPDATE_PENDING is true, a pending UpdateGeometryInfo may need to + * be called first to update a withdrawn toplevel's geometry before it is + * deiconified by TkpWmSetState. Don't bother if we've never been mapped. + */ + + if ((wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) && + !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr); + } + + /* + * If we were in the ZoomState (maximized), 'wm deiconify' should not + * cause the window to shrink + */ + + if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == ZoomState) { + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, ZoomState); + } else { + TkpWmSetState(winPtr, NormalState); + } + + /* + * An unmapped window will be mapped at idle time by a call to MapFrame. + * That calls CreateWrapper which sets the focus and raises the window. + */ + + if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { + return; + } + + /* + * Follow Windows-like style here, raising the window to the top. + */ + + TkWmRestackToplevel(winPtr, Above, NULL); + if (!(Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect)) { + TkSetFocusWin(winPtr, 1); + } +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinGeometryIsControlledByWm -- + * + * This function is to be used by a window manage to see if wm has + * canceled geometry control. + * + * Results: + * 0 - if the window manager has canceled its control + * 1 - if the window manager controls the geometry + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +long +TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + if (wmPtr) { + return ((wmPtr->width != -1) && (wmPtr->height != -1))? 1:0; + } else { + return 0; + } +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinToplevelMove -- + * + * This function is to be used by a container to move an embedded window. + * + * Results: + * position of the upper left frame in a 32-bit long: + * 16-MSBits - x; 16-LSBits - y + * + * Side effects: + * May move the embedded window. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +long +TkpWinToplevelMove( + TkWindow *winPtr, + int x, int y) +{ + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + if (wmPtr && x >= 0 && y >= 0 && !TkpWinToplevelIsControlledByWm(winPtr)) { + Tk_MoveToplevelWindow((Tk_Window)winPtr, x, y); + } + return ((winPtr->changes.x << 16) & 0xffff0000) + | (winPtr->changes.y & 0xffff); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect -- + * + * This function is to be used by a container to overrideredirect the + * contaner's frame window. + * + * Results: + * The current overrideredirect value + * + * Side effects: + * May change the overrideredirect value of the container window + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +long +TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect( + TkWindow *winPtr, + int reqValue) +{ + int curValue; + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + curValue = Tk_Attributes((Tk_Window) winPtr)->override_redirect; + if(reqValue < 0) return curValue; + + if (curValue != reqValue) { + XSetWindowAttributes atts; + + /* + * Only do this if we are really changing value, because it causes + * some funky stuff to occur + */ + + atts.override_redirect = reqValue ? True : False; + Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes((Tk_Window) winPtr, CWOverrideRedirect, + &atts); + if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) + && !(winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED)) { + UpdateWrapper(winPtr); + } + } + return reqValue; +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow -- + * + * This function is to be usd for changing a toplevel's wrapper or + * container. + * + * Results: + * The window's wrapper/container is removed. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +TkpWinToplevelDetachWindow( + TkWindow *winPtr) +{ + register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + + if (winPtr->flags & TK_EMBEDDED) { + int state = SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_STATE, -1, -1) - 1; + + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_SETMENU, 0, 0); + SendMessage(wmPtr->wrapper, TK_DETACHWINDOW, 0, 0); + winPtr->flags &= ~TK_EMBEDDED; + winPtr->privatePtr = NULL; + wmPtr->wrapper = None; + if (state >= 0 && state <= 3) { + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = state; + } + } + if (winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL) { + TkpWinToplevelOverrideRedirect(winPtr, 1); + } +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * RemapWindows + * + * Adjust parent/child relation ships of + * the given window hierarchy. + * + * Results: + * none + * + * Side effects: + * keeps windowing system happy + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +static void +RemapWindows(winPtr, parentHWND) + TkWindow *winPtr; + HWND parentHWND; +{ + TkWindow *childPtr; + const char *className = Tk_Class(winPtr); + + /* Skip Menus as they are handled differently */ + if (className != NULL && strcmp(className, "Menu") == 0) { + return; + } + if (winPtr->window) { + SetParent(Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window), parentHWND); + } + + /* Repeat for all the children */ + for (childPtr = winPtr->childList; childPtr != NULL; + childPtr = childPtr->nextPtr) { + RemapWindows(childPtr, + winPtr->window ? Tk_GetHWND(winPtr->window) : NULL); + } +} + +/* * Local Variables: * mode: c * c-basic-offset: 4 diff --git a/win/tkWinX.c b/win/tkWinX.c index 48fedea..1e218ec 100644 --- a/win/tkWinX.c +++ b/win/tkWinX.c @@ -7,16 +7,24 @@ * Copyright (c) 1994 Software Research Associates, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-2000 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ +/* + * Make sure the SendInput API is available (NT SP 3): + */ +#if (_WIN32_WINNT <= 0x0400) +#undef _WIN32_WINNT +#define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0403 +#endif + #include "tkWinInt.h" /* - * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE - * by default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API - * in commctrl.h. + * The w32api 1.1 package (included in Mingw 1.1) does not define _WIN32_IE by + * default. Define it here to gain access to the InitCommonControlsEx API in + * commctrl.h. */ #ifndef _WIN32_IE @@ -24,6 +32,10 @@ #endif #include <commctrl.h> +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma comment (lib, "comctl32.lib") +# pragma comment (lib, "advapi32.lib") +#endif /* * The zmouse.h file includes the definition for WM_MOUSEWHEEL. @@ -36,6 +48,9 @@ */ #include <imm.h> +#ifdef _MSC_VER +# pragma comment (lib, "imm32.lib") +#endif /* * WM_UNICHAR is a message for Unicode input on all windows systems. @@ -61,6 +76,7 @@ static TkWinProcs asciiProcs = { HINSTANCE hInstance, LPVOID lpParam)) CreateWindowExA, (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HMENU hMenu, UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT uIDNewItem, LPCTSTR lpNewItem)) InsertMenuA, + (int (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount)) GetWindowTextA, }; static TkWinProcs unicodeProcs = { @@ -78,6 +94,7 @@ static TkWinProcs unicodeProcs = { HINSTANCE hInstance, LPVOID lpParam)) CreateWindowExW, (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HMENU hMenu, UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT uIDNewItem, LPCTSTR lpNewItem)) InsertMenuW, + (int (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount)) GetWindowTextW, }; TkWinProcs *tkWinProcs; @@ -86,51 +103,52 @@ TkWinProcs *tkWinProcs; * Declarations of static variables used in this file. */ -static char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */ -static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL; /* Application instance handle. */ -static int childClassInitialized; /* Registered child class? */ -static WNDCLASS childClass; /* Window class for child windows. */ -static int tkPlatformId = 0; /* version of Windows platform */ -static int tkWinTheme = 0; /* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */ -static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL;/* The current character - * encoding for keyboard input */ -static int keyInputCharset = -1; /* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard - * encoding */ -static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL; /* unicode encoding */ +static char winScreenName[] = ":0"; /* Default name of windows display. */ +static HINSTANCE tkInstance = NULL; /* Application instance handle. */ +static int childClassInitialized; /* Registered child class? */ +static WNDCLASS childClass; /* Window class for child windows. */ +static int tkPlatformId = 0; /* version of Windows platform */ +static int tkWinTheme = 0; /* See TkWinGetPlatformTheme */ +static Tcl_Encoding keyInputEncoding = NULL; + /* The current character encoding for + * keyboard input */ +static int keyInputCharset = -1; /* The Win32 CHARSET for the keyboard + * encoding */ +static Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = NULL; + /* The UNICODE encoding */ /* - * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its - * own TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of - * the thread-specific date for threads. + * Thread local storage. Notice that now each thread must have its own + * TkDisplay structure, since this structure contains most of the thread- + * specific date for threads. */ + typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { - TkDisplay *winDisplay; /* TkDisplay structure that * - * represents Windows screen. */ - int updatingClipboard; /* If 1, we are updating the clipboard */ + TkDisplay *winDisplay; /* TkDisplay structure that represents Windows + * screen. */ + int updatingClipboard; /* If 1, we are updating the clipboard. */ } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; /* - * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file. + * Forward declarations of functions used in this file. */ -static void GenerateXEvent _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, UINT message, - WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)); -static unsigned int GetState _ANSI_ARGS_((UINT message, WPARAM wParam, - LPARAM lParam)); -static void GetTranslatedKey _ANSI_ARGS_((XKeyEvent *xkey)); -static void UpdateInputLanguage _ANSI_ARGS_((int charset)); -static int HandleIMEComposition _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, - LPARAM lParam)); +static void GenerateXEvent(HWND hwnd, UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); +static unsigned int GetState(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); +static void GetTranslatedKey(XKeyEvent *xkey); +static void UpdateInputLanguage(int charset); +static int HandleIMEComposition(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkGetServerInfo -- * - * Given a window, this procedure returns information about - * the window server for that window. This procedure provides - * the guts of the "winfo server" command. + * Given a window, this function returns information about the window + * server for that window. This function provides the guts of the "winfo + * server" command. * * Results: * None. @@ -142,11 +160,11 @@ static int HandleIMEComposition _ANSI_ARGS_((HWND hwnd, */ void -TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* The server information is returned in - * this interpreter's result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Token for window; this selects a - * particular display and server. */ +TkGetServerInfo( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this + * interpreter's result. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a particular + * display and server. */ { char buffer[60]; OSVERSIONINFO os; @@ -160,7 +178,7 @@ TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin) #else "Win32" #endif - ); + ); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buffer, TCL_VOLATILE); } @@ -181,7 +199,7 @@ TkGetServerInfo(interp, tkwin) */ HINSTANCE -Tk_GetHINSTANCE() +Tk_GetHINSTANCE(void) { if (tkInstance == NULL) { tkInstance = GetModuleHandle(NULL); @@ -194,8 +212,8 @@ Tk_GetHINSTANCE() * * TkWinSetHINSTANCE -- * - * Sets the global instance handle used by the Tk library. - * This should be called by DllMain. + * Sets the global instance handle used by the Tk library. This should be + * called by DllMain. * * Results: * None. @@ -207,8 +225,8 @@ Tk_GetHINSTANCE() */ void -TkWinSetHINSTANCE(hInstance) - HINSTANCE hInstance; +TkWinSetHINSTANCE( + HINSTANCE hInstance) { tkInstance = hInstance; } @@ -230,9 +248,10 @@ TkWinSetHINSTANCE(hInstance) */ void -TkWinXInit(hInstance) - HINSTANCE hInstance; +TkWinXInit( + HINSTANCE hInstance) { + INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX comctl; CHARSETINFO lpCs; DWORD lpCP; @@ -241,16 +260,13 @@ TkWinXInit(hInstance) } childClassInitialized = 1; - if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { - /* - * This is necessary to enable the use of themeable elements on XP, - * so we don't even try and call it for Win9*. - */ - - INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX comctl; - ZeroMemory(&comctl, sizeof(comctl)); - (void) InitCommonControlsEx(&comctl); + comctl.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX); + comctl.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES; + if (!InitCommonControlsEx(&comctl)) { + Tcl_Panic("Unable to load common controls?!"); + } + if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { tkWinProcs = &unicodeProcs; } else { tkWinProcs = &asciiProcs; @@ -273,23 +289,24 @@ TkWinXInit(hInstance) childClass.hCursor = NULL; if (!RegisterClass(&childClass)) { - panic("Unable to register TkChild class"); + Tcl_Panic("Unable to register TkChild class"); } /* * Initialize input language info */ - if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(GetKeyboardLayout(0)), + if (GetLocaleInfo(LANGIDFROMLCID(PTR2INT(GetKeyboardLayout(0))), LOCALE_IDEFAULTANSICODEPAGE | LOCALE_RETURN_NUMBER, (LPTSTR) &lpCP, sizeof(lpCP)/sizeof(TCHAR)) - && TranslateCharsetInfo((DWORD *)lpCP, &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) { - UpdateInputLanguage(lpCs.ciCharset); + && TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(lpCP), &lpCs, TCI_SRCCODEPAGE)) { + UpdateInputLanguage((int) lpCs.ciCharset); } /* * Make sure we cleanup on finalize. */ + TkCreateExitHandler(TkWinXCleanup, (ClientData) hInstance); } @@ -310,17 +327,18 @@ TkWinXInit(hInstance) */ void -TkWinXCleanup(clientData) - ClientData clientData; +TkWinXCleanup( + ClientData clientData) { HINSTANCE hInstance = (HINSTANCE) clientData; + /* * Clean up our own class. */ if (childClassInitialized) { - childClassInitialized = 0; - UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, hInstance); + childClassInitialized = 0; + UnregisterClass(TK_WIN_CHILD_CLASS_NAME, hInstance); } if (unicodeEncoding != NULL) { @@ -333,6 +351,7 @@ TkWinXCleanup(clientData) */ TkWinWmCleanup(hInstance); + TkWinCleanupContainerList(); } /* @@ -340,8 +359,8 @@ TkWinXCleanup(clientData) * * TkWinGetPlatformId -- * - * Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow - * runtime conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported. + * Determines whether running under NT, 95, or Win32s, to allow runtime + * conditional code. Win32s is no longer supported. * * Results: * The return value is one of: @@ -356,7 +375,7 @@ TkWinXCleanup(clientData) */ int -TkWinGetPlatformId() +TkWinGetPlatformId(void) { if (tkPlatformId == 0) { OSVERSIONINFO os; @@ -365,28 +384,32 @@ TkWinGetPlatformId() GetVersionEx(&os); tkPlatformId = os.dwPlatformId; - /* Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. - * The TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running - * under XP if the windows classic theme was selected. */ + /* + * Set tkWinTheme to be TK_THEME_WIN_XP or TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC. The + * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC could be set even when running under XP if the + * windows classic theme was selected. + */ + if ((os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) && - (os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) { - HKEY hKey; - LPCSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance"); + (os.dwMajorVersion == 5 && os.dwMinorVersion == 1)) { + HKEY hKey; + LPCSTR szSubKey = TEXT("Control Panel\\Appearance"); LPCSTR szCurrent = TEXT("Current"); - DWORD dwSize = 200; + DWORD dwSize = 200; char pBuffer[200]; + memset(pBuffer, 0, dwSize); if (RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, szSubKey, 0L, - KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) { - tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP; + KEY_READ, &hKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS) { + tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP; } else { - RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (BYTE *) pBuffer, &dwSize); - RegCloseKey(hKey); - if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) { - tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC; - } else { - tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP; - } + RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szCurrent, NULL, NULL, (LPBYTE) pBuffer, &dwSize); + RegCloseKey(hKey); + if (strcmp(pBuffer, "Windows Standard") == 0) { + tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC; + } else { + tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_XP; + } } } else { tkWinTheme = TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC; @@ -404,8 +427,8 @@ TkWinGetPlatformId() * * Results: * The return value is one of: - * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC 95/98/NT or XP in classic mode - * TK_THEME_WIN_XP XP not in classic mode + * TK_THEME_WIN_CLASSIC 95/98/NT or XP in classic mode + * TK_THEME_WIN_XP XP not in classic mode * * Side effects: * Could invoke TkWinGetPlatformId. @@ -414,10 +437,10 @@ TkWinGetPlatformId() */ int -TkWinGetPlatformTheme() +TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void) { if (tkPlatformId == 0) { - TkWinGetPlatformId(); + TkWinGetPlatformId(); } return tkWinTheme; } @@ -440,9 +463,9 @@ TkWinGetPlatformTheme() */ CONST char * -TkGetDefaultScreenName(interp, screenName) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Not used. */ - CONST char *screenName; /* If NULL, use default string. */ +TkGetDefaultScreenName( + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Not used. */ + CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */ { if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) { screenName = winScreenName; @@ -468,7 +491,8 @@ TkGetDefaultScreenName(interp, screenName) */ void -TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display) +TkWinDisplayChanged( + Display *display) { HDC dc; Screen *screen; @@ -489,14 +513,14 @@ TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display) /* * On windows, when creating a color bitmap, need two pieces of * information: the number of color planes and the number of pixels per - * plane. Need to remember both quantities so that when constructing an + * plane. Need to remember both quantities so that when constructing an * HBITMAP for offscreen rendering, we can specify the correct value for - * the number of planes. Otherwise the HBITMAP won't be compatible with + * the number of planes. Otherwise the HBITMAP won't be compatible with * the HWND and we'll just get blank spots copied onto the screen. */ - screen->ext_data = (XExtData *) GetDeviceCaps(dc, PLANES); - screen->root_depth = GetDeviceCaps(dc, BITSPIXEL) * (int) screen->ext_data; + screen->ext_data = INT2PTR(GetDeviceCaps(dc, PLANES)); + screen->root_depth = GetDeviceCaps(dc, BITSPIXEL) * PTR2INT(screen->ext_data); if (screen->root_visual != NULL) { ckfree((char *) screen->root_visual); @@ -549,8 +573,8 @@ TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display) * * TkpOpenDisplay -- * - * Create the Display structure and fill it with device - * specific information. + * Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific + * information. * * Results: * Returns a TkDisplay structure on success or NULL on failure. @@ -562,8 +586,8 @@ TkWinDisplayChanged(Display *display) */ TkDisplay * -TkpOpenDisplay(display_name) - CONST char *display_name; +TkpOpenDisplay( + CONST char *display_name) { Screen *screen; TkWinDrawable *twdPtr; @@ -572,8 +596,7 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(display_name) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->winDisplay != NULL) { - if (strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name) - == 0) { + if (!strcmp(tsdPtr->winDisplay->display->display_name, display_name)) { return tsdPtr->winDisplay; } else { return NULL; @@ -587,9 +610,9 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(display_name) strcpy(display->display_name, display_name); display->cursor_font = 1; - display->nscreens = 1; - display->request = 1; - display->qlen = 0; + display->nscreens = 1; + display->request = 1; + display->qlen = 0; screen = (Screen *) ckalloc(sizeof(Screen)); ZeroMemory(screen, sizeof(Screen)); @@ -614,7 +637,7 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(display_name) screen->white_pixel = RGB(255, 255, 255); screen->black_pixel = RGB(0, 0, 0); - screen->cmap = None; + screen->cmap = None; display->screens = screen; display->nscreens = 1; @@ -648,49 +671,34 @@ TkpOpenDisplay(display_name) */ void -TkpCloseDisplay(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; +TkpCloseDisplay( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) { Display *display = dispPtr->display; - HWND hwnd; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (dispPtr != tsdPtr->winDisplay) { - panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on another display"); - return; - } - - /* - * Force the clipboard to be rendered if we are the clipboard owner. - */ - - if (dispPtr->clipWindow) { - hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->clipWindow)); - if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) { - OpenClipboard(hwnd); - EmptyClipboard(); - TkWinClipboardRender(dispPtr, CF_TEXT); - CloseClipboard(); - } + Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on another display"); + return; /* not reached */ } tsdPtr->winDisplay = NULL; - if (display->display_name != (char *) NULL) { - ckfree(display->display_name); + if (display->display_name != NULL) { + ckfree(display->display_name); } - if (display->screens != (Screen *) NULL) { - if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) { - ckfree((char *) display->screens->root_visual); - } - if (display->screens->root != None) { - ckfree((char *) display->screens->root); - } - if (display->screens->cmap != None) { - XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap); - } - ckfree((char *) display->screens); + if (display->screens != NULL) { + if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) { + ckfree((char *) display->screens->root_visual); + } + if (display->screens->root != None) { + ckfree((char *) display->screens->root); + } + if (display->screens->cmap != None) { + XFreeColormap(display, display->screens->cmap); + } + ckfree((char *) display->screens); } ckfree((char *) display); } @@ -700,11 +708,10 @@ TkpCloseDisplay(dispPtr) * * TkClipCleanup -- * - * This procedure is called to cleanup resources associated with - * claiming clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get - * results. This function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be - * called by the display cleanup function because we still need the - * access display elements. + * This function is called to cleanup resources associated with claiming + * clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get results. This + * function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be called by the display + * cleanup function because we still need the access display elements. * * Results: * None. @@ -716,8 +723,8 @@ TkpCloseDisplay(dispPtr) */ void -TkClipCleanup(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* display associated with clipboard */ +TkClipCleanup( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Display associated with clipboard. */ { if (dispPtr->clipWindow != NULL) { /* @@ -725,6 +732,7 @@ TkClipCleanup(dispPtr) */ HWND hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->clipWindow)); + if (GetClipboardOwner() == hwnd) { OpenClipboard(hwnd); EmptyClipboard(); @@ -760,9 +768,9 @@ TkClipCleanup(dispPtr) */ int -XBell(display, percent) - Display* display; - int percent; +XBell( + Display *display, + int percent) { MessageBeep(MB_OK); return Success; @@ -773,8 +781,7 @@ XBell(display, percent) * * TkWinChildProc -- * - * Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a child - * window. + * Callback from Windows whenever an event occurs on a child window. * * Results: * Standard Windows return value. @@ -786,75 +793,83 @@ XBell(display, percent) */ LRESULT CALLBACK -TkWinChildProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +TkWinChildProc( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { LRESULT result; switch (message) { - case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: - UpdateInputLanguage(wParam); - result = 1; - break; - - case WM_IME_COMPOSITION: - result = 0; - if (HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) == 0) { - result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); - } - break; - - case WM_SETCURSOR: - /* - * Short circuit the WM_SETCURSOR message since we set - * the cursor elsewhere. - */ - - result = TRUE; - break; - - case WM_CREATE: - case WM_ERASEBKGND: - result = 0; - break; - - case WM_PAINT: - GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE: + UpdateInputLanguage((int) wParam); + result = 1; + break; + + case WM_IME_COMPOSITION: + result = 0; + if (HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) == 0) { result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); - break; + } + break; - case TK_CLAIMFOCUS: - case TK_GEOMETRYREQ: - case TK_ATTACHWINDOW: - case TK_DETACHWINDOW: - result = TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); - break; + case WM_SETCURSOR: + /* + * Short circuit the WM_SETCURSOR message since we set the cursor + * elsewhere. + */ - case WM_UNICHAR: - if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) { - /* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes - * this message, then return TRUE. */ - result = 1; + result = TRUE; + break; + + case WM_CREATE: + case WM_ERASEBKGND: + result = 0; + break; + + case WM_PAINT: + GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + break; + + case TK_CLAIMFOCUS: + case TK_GEOMETRYREQ: + case TK_ATTACHWINDOW: + case TK_DETACHWINDOW: + case TK_ICONIFY: + case TK_DEICONIFY: + case TK_MOVEWINDOW: + case TK_WITHDRAW: + case TK_RAISEWINDOW: + case TK_GETFRAMEWID: + case TK_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: + case TK_SETMENU: + case TK_STATE: + case TK_INFO: + result = TkWinEmbeddedEventProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + break; + + case WM_UNICHAR: + if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR) { + /* If wParam is UNICODE_NOCHAR and the application processes + * this message, then return TRUE. */ + result = 1; + } else { + /* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */ + if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { + result = 0; } else { - /* If the event was translated, we must return 0 */ - if (Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, - &result)) { - result = 0; - } else { - result = 1; - } + result = 1; } - break; + } + break; - default: - if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, - &result)) { - result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); - } - break; + default: + if (!Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, &result)) { + result = DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + } + break; } /* @@ -870,8 +885,8 @@ TkWinChildProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) * * Tk_TranslateWinEvent -- * - * This function is called by widget window procedures to handle - * the translation from Win32 events to Tk events. + * This function is called by widget window functions to handle the + * translation from Win32 events to Tk events. * * Results: * Returns 1 if the event was handled, else 0. @@ -883,75 +898,80 @@ TkWinChildProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) */ int -Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, resultPtr) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; - LRESULT *resultPtr; +Tk_TranslateWinEvent( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam, + LRESULT *resultPtr) { *resultPtr = 0; switch (message) { - case WM_RENDERFORMAT: { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); - if (winPtr) { - TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam); - } - return 1; + case WM_RENDERFORMAT: { + TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); + + if (winPtr) { + TkWinClipboardRender(winPtr->dispPtr, wParam); } + return 1; + } - case WM_COMMAND: - case WM_NOTIFY: - case WM_VSCROLL: - case WM_HSCROLL: { - /* - * Reflect these messages back to the sender so that they - * can be handled by the window proc for the control. Note - * that we need to be careful not to reflect a message that - * is targeted to this window, or we will loop. - */ + case WM_COMMAND: + case WM_NOTIFY: + case WM_VSCROLL: + case WM_HSCROLL: { + /* + * Reflect these messages back to the sender so that they can be + * handled by the window proc for the control. Note that we need to be + * careful not to reflect a message that is targeted to this window, + * or we will loop. + */ - HWND target = (message == WM_NOTIFY) + HWND target = (message == WM_NOTIFY) ? ((NMHDR*)lParam)->hwndFrom : (HWND) lParam; - if (target && target != hwnd) { - *resultPtr = SendMessage(target, message, wParam, lParam); - return 1; - } - break; - } - case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: - case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: - case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: - case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: - case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: - case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: - case WM_LBUTTONUP: - case WM_MBUTTONUP: - case WM_RBUTTONUP: - case WM_MOUSEMOVE: - Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), - (short) HIWORD(lParam)); + if (target && target != hwnd) { + *resultPtr = SendMessage(target, message, wParam, lParam); return 1; + } + break; + } - case WM_CLOSE: - case WM_SETFOCUS: - case WM_KILLFOCUS: - case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD: - case WM_UNICHAR: - case WM_CHAR: - case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: - case WM_SYSKEYUP: - case WM_KEYDOWN: - case WM_KEYUP: - case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: - GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); - return 1; - case WM_MENUCHAR: - GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); - /* MNC_CLOSE is the only one that looks right. This is a hack. */ - *resultPtr = MAKELONG (0, MNC_CLOSE); - return 1; + case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: + case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: + case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: + case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK: + case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: + case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK: + case WM_LBUTTONUP: + case WM_MBUTTONUP: + case WM_RBUTTONUP: + case WM_MOUSEMOVE: + Tk_PointerEvent(hwnd, (short) LOWORD(lParam), (short) HIWORD(lParam)); + return 1; + + case WM_CLOSE: + case WM_SETFOCUS: + case WM_KILLFOCUS: + case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD: + case WM_UNICHAR: + case WM_CHAR: + case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: + case WM_SYSKEYUP: + case WM_KEYDOWN: + case WM_KEYUP: + case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: + GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + return 1; + case WM_MENUCHAR: + GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam); + + /* + * MNC_CLOSE is the only one that looks right. This is a hack. + */ + + *resultPtr = MAKELONG (0, MNC_CLOSE); + return 1; } return 0; } @@ -961,8 +981,8 @@ Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, resultPtr) * * GenerateXEvent -- * - * This routine generates an X event from the corresponding - * Windows event. + * This routine generates an X event from the corresponding Windows + * event. * * Results: * None. @@ -974,281 +994,286 @@ Tk_TranslateWinEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam, resultPtr) */ static void -GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) - HWND hwnd; - UINT message; - WPARAM wParam; - LPARAM lParam; +GenerateXEvent( + HWND hwnd, + UINT message, + WPARAM wParam, + LPARAM lParam) { XEvent event; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); + TkWindow *winPtr; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + winPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); if (!winPtr || winPtr->window == None) { return; } + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent)); event.xany.serial = winPtr->display->request++; event.xany.send_event = False; event.xany.display = winPtr->display; event.xany.window = winPtr->window; switch (message) { - case WM_PAINT: { - PAINTSTRUCT ps; - - event.type = Expose; - BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps); - event.xexpose.x = ps.rcPaint.left; - event.xexpose.y = ps.rcPaint.top; - event.xexpose.width = ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left; - event.xexpose.height = ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top; - EndPaint(hwnd, &ps); - event.xexpose.count = 0; - break; - } + case WM_PAINT: { + PAINTSTRUCT ps; + + event.type = Expose; + BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps); + event.xexpose.x = ps.rcPaint.left; + event.xexpose.y = ps.rcPaint.top; + event.xexpose.width = ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left; + event.xexpose.height = ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top; + EndPaint(hwnd, &ps); + event.xexpose.count = 0; + break; + } - case WM_CLOSE: - event.type = ClientMessage; - event.xclient.message_type = + case WM_CLOSE: + event.type = ClientMessage; + event.xclient.message_type = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_PROTOCOLS"); - event.xclient.format = 32; - event.xclient.data.l[0] = + event.xclient.format = 32; + event.xclient.data.l[0] = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window) winPtr, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW"); - break; + break; - case WM_SETFOCUS: - case WM_KILLFOCUS: { - TkWindow *otherWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) wParam); + case WM_SETFOCUS: + case WM_KILLFOCUS: { + TkWindow *otherWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow((HWND) wParam); - /* - * Compare toplevel windows to avoid reporting focus - * changes within the same toplevel. - */ + /* + * Compare toplevel windows to avoid reporting focus changes within + * the same toplevel. + */ - while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) { - winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; - if (winPtr == NULL) { - return; - } - } - while (otherWinPtr && !(otherWinPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) { - otherWinPtr = otherWinPtr->parentPtr; + while (!(winPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) { + winPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; + if (winPtr == NULL) { + return; } + } + while (otherWinPtr && !(otherWinPtr->flags & TK_TOP_LEVEL)) { + otherWinPtr = otherWinPtr->parentPtr; + } - /* - * Do a catch-all Tk_SetCaretPos here to make sure that the - * window receiving focus sets the caret at least once. - */ - if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) { - Tk_SetCaretPos((Tk_Window) winPtr, 0, 0, 0); - } + /* + * Do a catch-all Tk_SetCaretPos here to make sure that the window + * receiving focus sets the caret at least once. + */ - if (otherWinPtr == winPtr) { - return; - } + if (message == WM_SETFOCUS) { + Tk_SetCaretPos((Tk_Window) winPtr, 0, 0, 0); + } + + if (otherWinPtr == winPtr) { + return; + } + + event.xany.window = winPtr->window; + event.type = (message == WM_SETFOCUS) ? FocusIn : FocusOut; + event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal; + event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear; + + /* + * Destroy the caret if we own it. If we are moving to another Tk + * window, it will reclaim and reposition it with Tk_SetCaretPos. + */ - event.xany.window = winPtr->window; - event.type = (message == WM_SETFOCUS) ? FocusIn : FocusOut; - event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal; - event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear; + if (message == WM_KILLFOCUS) { + DestroyCaret(); + } + break; + } + case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD: + if (tsdPtr->updatingClipboard == TRUE) { /* - * Destroy the caret if we own it. If we are moving to another Tk - * window, it will reclaim and reposition it with Tk_SetCaretPos. + * We want to avoid this event if we are the ones that caused this + * event. */ - if (message == WM_KILLFOCUS) { - DestroyCaret(); - } - break; - } - case WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD: - if (tsdPtr->updatingClipboard == TRUE) { - /* - * We want to avoid this event if we are the ones that caused - * this event. - */ - return; - } - event.type = SelectionClear; - event.xselectionclear.selection = + return; + } + event.type = SelectionClear; + event.xselectionclear.selection = Tk_InternAtom((Tk_Window)winPtr, "CLIPBOARD"); - event.xselectionclear.time = TkpGetMS(); - break; + event.xselectionclear.time = TkpGetMS(); + break; + case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: + /* + * The mouse wheel event is closer to a key event than a mouse event + * in that the message is sent to the window that has focus. + */ + + case WM_CHAR: + case WM_UNICHAR: + case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: + case WM_SYSKEYUP: + case WM_KEYDOWN: + case WM_KEYUP: { + unsigned int state = GetState(message, wParam, lParam); + Time time = TkpGetMS(); + POINT clientPoint; + union {DWORD msgpos; POINTS point;} root; /* Note: POINT and POINTS are different */ + + /* + * Compute the screen and window coordinates of the event. + */ + + root.msgpos = GetMessagePos(); + clientPoint.x = root.point.x; + clientPoint.y = root.point.y; + ScreenToClient(hwnd, &clientPoint); + + /* + * Set up the common event fields. + */ + + event.xbutton.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); + event.xbutton.subwindow = None; + event.xbutton.x = clientPoint.x; + event.xbutton.y = clientPoint.y; + event.xbutton.x_root = root.point.x; + event.xbutton.y_root = root.point.y; + event.xbutton.state = state; + event.xbutton.time = time; + event.xbutton.same_screen = True; + + /* + * Now set up event specific fields. + */ + + switch (message) { case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: /* - * The mouse wheel event is closer to a key event than a - * mouse event in that the message is sent to the window - * that has focus. + * We have invented a new X event type to handle this event. It + * still uses the KeyPress struct. However, the keycode field has + * been overloaded to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to + * 0 to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym in + * TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340]. */ - case WM_CHAR: - case WM_UNICHAR: + event.type = MouseWheelEvent; + event.xany.send_event = -1; + event.xkey.nbytes = 0; + event.xkey.keycode = (short) HIWORD(wParam); + break; case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: - case WM_SYSKEYUP: case WM_KEYDOWN: - case WM_KEYUP: { - unsigned int state = GetState(message, wParam, lParam); - Time time = TkpGetMS(); - POINT clientPoint; - POINTS rootPoint; /* Note: POINT and POINTS are different */ - DWORD msgPos; - /* - * Compute the screen and window coordinates of the event. + * Check for translated characters in the event queue. Setting + * xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the Windows implementation + * of TkpGetString() that this event was generated by windows and + * that the Windows extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the + * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage call. */ - msgPos = GetMessagePos(); - rootPoint = MAKEPOINTS(msgPos); - clientPoint.x = rootPoint.x; - clientPoint.y = rootPoint.y; - ScreenToClient(hwnd, &clientPoint); + event.type = KeyPress; + event.xany.send_event = -1; + event.xkey.keycode = wParam; + GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey); + break; + case WM_SYSKEYUP: + case WM_KEYUP: /* - * Set up the common event fields. + * We don't check for translated characters on keyup because Tk + * won't know what to do with them. Instead, we wait for the + * WM_CHAR messages which will follow. */ - event.xbutton.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, - winPtr->screenNum); - event.xbutton.subwindow = None; - event.xbutton.x = clientPoint.x; - event.xbutton.y = clientPoint.y; - event.xbutton.x_root = rootPoint.x; - event.xbutton.y_root = rootPoint.y; - event.xbutton.state = state; - event.xbutton.time = time; - event.xbutton.same_screen = True; + event.type = KeyRelease; + event.xkey.keycode = wParam; + event.xkey.nbytes = 0; + break; + case WM_CHAR: /* - * Now set up event specific fields. + * Synthesize both a KeyPress and a KeyRelease. Strings generated + * by Input Method Editor are handled in the following manner: + * 1. A series of WM_KEYDOWN & WM_KEYUP messages that cause + * GetTranslatedKey() to be called and return immediately + * because the WM_KEYDOWNs have no associated WM_CHAR messages + * -- the IME window is accumulating the characters and + * translating them itself. In the "bind" command, you get an + * event with a mystery keysym and %A == "" for each WM_KEYDOWN + * that actually was meant for the IME. + * 2. A WM_KEYDOWN corresponding to the "confirm typing" + * character. This causes GetTranslatedKey() to be called. + * 3. A WM_IME_NOTIFY message saying that the IME is done. A side + * effect of this message is that GetTranslatedKey() thinks + * this means that there are no WM_CHAR messages and returns + * immediately. In the "bind" command, you get an another event + * with a mystery keysym and %A == "". + * 4. A sequence of WM_CHAR messages that correspond to the + * characters in the IME window. A bunch of simulated + * KeyPress/KeyRelease events will be generated, one for each + * character. Adjacent WM_CHAR messages may actually specify + * the high and low bytes of a multi-byte character -- in that + * case the two WM_CHAR messages will be combined into one + * event. It is the event-consumer's responsibility to convert + * the string returned from XLookupString from system encoding + * to UTF-8. + * 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm typing" + * character. */ - switch (message) { - case WM_MOUSEWHEEL: - /* - * We have invented a new X event type to handle - * this event. It still uses the KeyPress struct. - * However, the keycode field has been overloaded - * to hold the zDelta of the wheel. Set nbytes to 0 - * to prevent conversion of the keycode to a keysym - * in TkpGetString. [Bug 1118340]. - */ - - event.type = MouseWheelEvent; - event.xany.send_event = -1; - event.xkey.nbytes = 0; - event.xkey.keycode = (short) HIWORD(wParam); - break; - case WM_SYSKEYDOWN: - case WM_KEYDOWN: - /* - * Check for translated characters in the event queue. - * Setting xany.send_event to -1 indicates to the - * Windows implementation of TkpGetString() that this - * event was generated by windows and that the Windows - * extension xkey.trans_chars is filled with the - * MBCS characters that came from the TranslateMessage - * call. - */ - - event.type = KeyPress; - event.xany.send_event = -1; - event.xkey.keycode = wParam; - GetTranslatedKey(&event.xkey); - break; - - case WM_SYSKEYUP: - case WM_KEYUP: - /* - * We don't check for translated characters on keyup - * because Tk won't know what to do with them. Instead, we - * wait for the WM_CHAR messages which will follow. - */ - event.type = KeyRelease; - event.xkey.keycode = wParam; - event.xkey.nbytes = 0; - break; - - case WM_CHAR: - /* - * Synthesize both a KeyPress and a KeyRelease. - * Strings generated by Input Method Editor are handled - * in the following manner: - * 1. A series of WM_KEYDOWN & WM_KEYUP messages that - * cause GetTranslatedKey() to be called and return - * immediately because the WM_KEYDOWNs have no - * associated WM_CHAR messages -- the IME window is - * accumulating the characters and translating them - * itself. In the "bind" command, you get an event - * with a mystery keysym and %A == "" for each - * WM_KEYDOWN that actually was meant for the IME. - * 2. A WM_KEYDOWN corresponding to the "confirm typing" - * character. This causes GetTranslatedKey() to be - * called. - * 3. A WM_IME_NOTIFY message saying that the IME is - * done. A side effect of this message is that - * GetTranslatedKey() thinks this means that there - * are no WM_CHAR messages and returns immediately. - * In the "bind" command, you get an another event - * with a mystery keysym and %A == "". - * 4. A sequence of WM_CHAR messages that correspond to - * the characters in the IME window. A bunch of - * simulated KeyPress/KeyRelease events will be - * generated, one for each character. Adjacent - * WM_CHAR messages may actually specify the high - * and low bytes of a multi-byte character -- in that - * case the two WM_CHAR messages will be combined into - * one event. It is the event-consumer's - * responsibility to convert the string returned from - * XLookupString from system encoding to UTF-8. - * 5. And finally we get the WM_KEYUP for the "confirm - * typing" character. - */ - - event.type = KeyPress; - event.xany.send_event = -1; - event.xkey.keycode = 0; - event.xkey.nbytes = 1; - event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam; - - if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) { - MSG msg; - - if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0) - && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) { - GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0); - event.xkey.nbytes = 2; - event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam; - } - } - Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); - event.type = KeyRelease; - break; - - case WM_UNICHAR: { - char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX+1]; - int i; - event.type = KeyPress; - event.xany.send_event = -3; - event.xkey.keycode = wParam; - event.xkey.nbytes = Tcl_UniCharToUtf(wParam, buffer); - for (i=0; i<event.xkey.nbytes && i<TCL_UTF_MAX; ++i) { - event.xkey.trans_chars[i] = buffer[i]; - } - Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); - event.type = KeyRelease; - break; + event.type = KeyPress; + event.xany.send_event = -1; + event.xkey.keycode = 0; + event.xkey.nbytes = 1; + event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) wParam; + + if (IsDBCSLeadByte((BYTE) wParam)) { + MSG msg; + + if ((PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE) != 0) + && (msg.message == WM_CHAR)) { + GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0); + event.xkey.nbytes = 2; + event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) msg.wParam; } } + Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); + event.type = KeyRelease; + break; + + case WM_UNICHAR: { + char buffer[TCL_UTF_MAX+1]; + int i; + event.type = KeyPress; + event.xany.send_event = -3; + event.xkey.keycode = wParam; + event.xkey.nbytes = Tcl_UniCharToUtf((int)wParam, buffer); + for (i=0; i<event.xkey.nbytes && i<TCL_UTF_MAX; ++i) { + event.xkey.trans_chars[i] = buffer[i]; + } + Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); + event.type = KeyRelease; break; } - default: - return; + } + break; } + + default: + /* + * Don't know how to translate this event, so ignore it. (It probably + * should not have got here, but ignoring it should be harmless.) + */ + + return; + } + + /* + * Post the translated event to the main Tk event queue. + */ + Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); } @@ -1257,12 +1282,12 @@ GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) * * GetState -- * - * This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons - * and modifier keys as they were before the event occured. + * This function constructs a state mask for the mouse buttons and + * modifier keys as they were before the event occured. * * Results: - * Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state - * flags that were set at the time the event occurred. + * Returns a composite value of all the modifier and button state flags + * that were set at the time the event occurred. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -1271,18 +1296,18 @@ GenerateXEvent(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam) */ static unsigned int -GetState(message, wParam, lParam) - UINT message; /* Win32 message type */ - WPARAM wParam; /* wParam of message, used if key message */ - LPARAM lParam; /* lParam of message, used if key message */ +GetState( + UINT message, /* Win32 message type */ + WPARAM wParam, /* wParam of message, used if key message */ + LPARAM lParam) /* lParam of message, used if key message */ { int mask; int prevState; /* 1 if key was previously down */ unsigned int state = TkWinGetModifierState(); /* - * If the event is a key press or release, we check for modifier - * keys so we can report the state of the world before the event. + * If the event is a key press or release, we check for modifier keys so + * we can report the state of the world before the event. */ if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN @@ -1290,39 +1315,46 @@ GetState(message, wParam, lParam) mask = 0; prevState = HIWORD(lParam) & KF_REPEAT; switch(wParam) { - case VK_SHIFT: - mask = ShiftMask; - break; - case VK_CONTROL: - mask = ControlMask; - break; - case VK_MENU: - mask = ALT_MASK; - break; - case VK_CAPITAL: - if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { - mask = LockMask; - prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1; - } - break; - case VK_NUMLOCK: - if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { - mask = Mod1Mask; - prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1; - } - break; - case VK_SCROLL: - if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { - mask = Mod3Mask; - prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1; - } - break; + case VK_SHIFT: + mask = ShiftMask; + break; + case VK_CONTROL: + mask = ControlMask; + break; + case VK_MENU: + mask = ALT_MASK; + break; + case VK_CAPITAL: + if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { + mask = LockMask; + prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1; + } + break; + case VK_NUMLOCK: + if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { + mask = Mod1Mask; + prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1; + } + break; + case VK_SCROLL: + if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { + mask = Mod3Mask; + prevState = ((state & mask) ^ prevState) ? 0 : 1; + } + break; } if (prevState) { state |= mask; } else { state &= ~mask; } + if (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) { + if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN || message == WM_KEYDOWN) { + state |= EXTENDED_MASK; + } else { + state &= ~EXTENDED_MASK; + } + } } return state; } @@ -1332,23 +1364,23 @@ GetState(message, wParam, lParam) * * GetTranslatedKey -- * - * Retrieves WM_CHAR messages that are placed on the system queue - * by the TranslateMessage system call and places them in the - * given KeyPress event. + * Retrieves WM_CHAR messages that are placed on the system queue by the + * TranslateMessage system call and places them in the given KeyPress + * event. * * Results: * Sets the trans_chars and nbytes member of the key event. * * Side effects: - * Removes any WM_CHAR messages waiting on the top of the system - * event queue. + * Removes any WM_CHAR messages waiting on the top of the system event + * queue. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void -GetTranslatedKey(xkey) - XKeyEvent *xkey; +GetTranslatedKey( + XKeyEvent *xkey) { MSG msg; @@ -1356,37 +1388,35 @@ GetTranslatedKey(xkey) while ((xkey->nbytes < XMaxTransChars) && PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)) { - if ((msg.message == WM_CHAR) || (msg.message == WM_SYSCHAR)) { - GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0); + if ((msg.message != WM_CHAR) && (msg.message != WM_SYSCHAR)) { + break; + } + + GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0); + + /* + * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip off the + * Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't want to do this + * for system messages, because those were presumably generated as an + * Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator keys). + */ + + if ((msg.message == WM_CHAR) && (msg.lParam & 0x20000000)) { + xkey->state = 0; + } + xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) msg.wParam; + xkey->nbytes++; + if (((unsigned short) msg.wParam) > ((unsigned short) 0xff)) { /* - * If this is a normal character message, we may need to strip - * off the Alt modifier (e.g. Alt-digits). Note that we don't - * want to do this for system messages, because those were - * presumably generated as an Alt-char sequence (e.g. accelerator - * keys). + * Some "addon" input devices, such as the popular PenPower + * Chinese writing pad, generate 16 bit values in WM_CHAR messages + * (instead of passing them in two separate WM_CHAR messages + * containing two 8-bit values. */ - if ((msg.message == WM_CHAR) && (msg.lParam & 0x20000000)) { - xkey->state = 0; - } - xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) msg.wParam; - xkey->nbytes++; - - if (((unsigned short) msg.wParam) > ((unsigned short) 0xff)) { - /* - * Some "addon" input devices, such as the popular - * PenPower Chinese writing pad, generate 16 bit - * values in WM_CHAR messages (instead of passing them - * in two separate WM_CHAR messages containing two - * 8-bit values. - */ - - xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) (msg.wParam >> 8); - xkey->nbytes ++; - } - } else { - break; + xkey->trans_chars[xkey->nbytes] = (char) (msg.wParam >> 8); + xkey->nbytes ++; } } } @@ -1397,11 +1427,11 @@ GetTranslatedKey(xkey) * UpdateInputLanguage -- * * Gets called when a WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE message is received by the Tk - * child window procedure. This message is sent by the Input Method - * Editor system when the user chooses a different input method. All - * subsequent WM_CHAR messages will contain characters in the new - * encoding. We record the new encoding so that TkpGetString() knows how - * to correctly translate the WM_CHAR into unicode. + * child window function. This message is sent by the Input Method Editor + * system when the user chooses a different input method. All subsequent + * WM_CHAR messages will contain characters in the new encoding. We + * record the new encoding so that TkpGetString() knows how to correctly + * translate the WM_CHAR into unicode. * * Results: * Records the new encoding in keyInputEncoding. @@ -1413,8 +1443,8 @@ GetTranslatedKey(xkey) */ static void -UpdateInputLanguage(charset) - int charset; +UpdateInputLanguage( + int charset) { CHARSETINFO charsetInfo; Tcl_Encoding encoding; @@ -1423,8 +1453,8 @@ UpdateInputLanguage(charset) if (keyInputCharset == charset) { return; } - if (TranslateCharsetInfo((DWORD*)charset, &charsetInfo, TCI_SRCCHARSET) - == 0) { + if (TranslateCharsetInfo(INT2PTR(charset), &charsetInfo, + TCI_SRCCHARSET) == 0) { /* * Some mysterious failure. */ @@ -1455,8 +1485,8 @@ UpdateInputLanguage(charset) * * TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding -- * - * Returns the current keyboard input encoding selected by the - * user (with WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE events). + * Returns the current keyboard input encoding selected by the user (with + * WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE events). * * Results: * The current keyboard input encoding. @@ -1468,7 +1498,7 @@ UpdateInputLanguage(charset) */ Tcl_Encoding -TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding() +TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding(void) { return keyInputEncoding; } @@ -1490,7 +1520,7 @@ TkWinGetKeyInputEncoding() */ Tcl_Encoding -TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding() +TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(void) { if (unicodeEncoding == NULL) { unicodeEncoding = Tcl_GetEncoding(NULL, "unicode"); @@ -1503,23 +1533,22 @@ TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding() * * HandleIMEComposition -- * - * This function works around a definciency in some versions - * of Windows 2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual - * characters under all versions of Windows 2000. + * This function works around a definciency in some versions of Windows + * 2000 to make it possible to entry multi-lingual characters under all + * versions of Windows 2000. * - * When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input - * characters to an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION - * message with the GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() - * on English Windows 2000 arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 - * characters in the composition to "?". + * When an Input Method Editor (IME) is ready to send input characters to + * an application, it sends a WM_IME_COMPOSITION message with the + * GCS_RESULTSTR. However, The DefWindowProc() on English Windows 2000 + * arbitrarily converts all non-Latin-1 characters in the composition to + * "?". * - * This function correctly processes the composition data and - * sends the UNICODE values of the composed characters to - * TK's event queue. + * This function correctly processes the composition data and sends the + * UNICODE values of the composed characters to TK's event queue. * * Results: * If this function has processed the composition data, returns 1. - * Otherwise returns 0. + * Otherwise returns 0. * * Side effects: * Key events are put into the TK event queue. @@ -1528,109 +1557,115 @@ TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding() */ static int -HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) - HWND hwnd; /* Window receiving the message. */ - LPARAM lParam; /* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION - * message */ +HandleIMEComposition( + HWND hwnd, /* Window receiving the message. */ + LPARAM lParam) /* Flags for the WM_IME_COMPOSITION message */ { HIMC hIMC; - int i, n; - XEvent event; - char * buff; - TkWindow *winPtr; - Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); + int n; BOOL isWinNT = (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT); if ((lParam & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) { - /* - * Composition is not finished yet. - */ + /* + * Composition is not finished yet. + */ - return 0; + return 0; } hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd); - if (hIMC) { + if (!hIMC) { + return 0; + } + + if (isWinNT) { + n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0); + } else { + n = ImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0); + } + + if (n > 0) { + char *buff = ckalloc((unsigned) n); + TkWindow *winPtr; + XEvent event; + int i; + if (isWinNT) { - n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0); + n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, + (unsigned) n); } else { - n = ImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0); - } + Tcl_DString utfString, unicodeString; + Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); + + n = ImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, + (unsigned) n); + Tcl_DStringInit(&utfString); + Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(keyInputEncoding, buff, n, &utfString); + Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, + Tcl_DStringValue(&utfString), -1, &unicodeString); + i = Tcl_DStringLength(&unicodeString); + if (n < i) { + /* + * Only alloc more space if we need, otherwise just use what + * we've created. Don't realloc as that may copy data we no + * longer need. + */ - if ((n > 0) && ((buff = (char *) ckalloc(n)) != NULL)) { - if (isWinNT) { - n = ImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, n); - } else { - Tcl_DString utfString, unicodeString; - - n = ImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS_RESULTSTR, buff, n); - Tcl_DStringInit(&utfString); - Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(keyInputEncoding, buff, n, - &utfString); - Tcl_UtfToExternalDString(unicodeEncoding, - Tcl_DStringValue(&utfString), -1, &unicodeString); - i = Tcl_DStringLength(&unicodeString); - if (n < i) { - /* - * Only alloc more space if we need, otherwise just - * use what we've created. Don't realloc as that may - * copy data we no longer need. - */ - ckfree((char *) buff); - buff = (char *) ckalloc(i); - } - n = i; - memcpy(buff, Tcl_DStringValue(&unicodeString), n); - Tcl_DStringFree(&utfString); - Tcl_DStringFree(&unicodeString); + ckfree((char *) buff); + buff = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) i); } + n = i; + memcpy(buff, Tcl_DStringValue(&unicodeString), (unsigned) n); + Tcl_DStringFree(&utfString); + Tcl_DStringFree(&unicodeString); + } + + /* + * Set up the fields pertinent to key event. + * + * We set send_event to the special value of -2, so that TkpGetString + * in tkWinKey.c knows that trans_chars[] already contains a UNICODE + * char and there's no need to do encoding conversion. + * + * Note that the event *must* be zeroed out first; Tk plays cunning + * games with the overalls structure. [Bug 2992129] + */ + winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); + + memset(&event, 0, sizeof(XEvent)); + event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++; + event.xkey.send_event = -2; + event.xkey.display = winPtr->display; + event.xkey.window = winPtr->window; + event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); + event.xkey.subwindow = None; + event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState(); + event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS(); + event.xkey.same_screen = True; + event.xkey.keycode = 0; + event.xkey.nbytes = 2; + + for (i=0; i<n; ) { /* - * Set up the fields pertinent to key event. - * - * We set send_event to the special value of -2, so that - * TkpGetString() in tkWinKey.c knows that trans_chars[] - * already contains a UNICODE char and there's no need to - * do encoding conversion. + * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events for each + * UNICODE character in the composition. */ - winPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_HWNDToWindow(hwnd); - - event.xkey.serial = winPtr->display->request++; - event.xkey.send_event = -2; - event.xkey.display = winPtr->display; - event.xkey.window = winPtr->window; - event.xkey.root = RootWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->screenNum); - event.xkey.subwindow = None; - event.xkey.state = TkWinGetModifierState(); - event.xkey.time = TkpGetMS(); - event.xkey.same_screen = True; - event.xkey.keycode = 0; - event.xkey.nbytes = 2; - - for (i=0; i<n;) { - /* - * Simulate a pair of KeyPress and KeyRelease events - * for each UNICODE character in the composition. - */ - - event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) buff[i++]; - event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) buff[i++]; - - event.type = KeyPress; - Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); - - event.type = KeyRelease; - Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); - } - - ckfree(buff); - } - ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC); - return 1; - } + event.xkey.trans_chars[0] = (char) buff[i++]; + event.xkey.trans_chars[1] = (char) buff[i++]; - return 0; + event.type = KeyPress; + Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); + + event.type = KeyRelease; + Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_TAIL); + } + + ckfree(buff); + } + ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC); + return 1; } /* @@ -1650,10 +1685,11 @@ HandleIMEComposition(hwnd, lParam) */ void -Tk_FreeXId(display, xid) - Display *display; - XID xid; +Tk_FreeXId( + Display *display, + XID xid) { + /* Do nothing */ } /* @@ -1661,65 +1697,66 @@ Tk_FreeXId(display, xid) * * TkWinResendEvent -- * - * This function converts an X event into a Windows event and - * invokes the specified windo procedure. + * This function converts an X event into a Windows event and invokes the + * specified windo function. * * Results: * A standard Windows result. * * Side effects: - * Invokes the window procedure + * Invokes the window function * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ LRESULT -TkWinResendEvent(wndproc, hwnd, eventPtr) - WNDPROC wndproc; - HWND hwnd; - XEvent *eventPtr; +TkWinResendEvent( + WNDPROC wndproc, + HWND hwnd, + XEvent *eventPtr) { UINT msg; WPARAM wparam; LPARAM lparam; - if (eventPtr->type == ButtonPress) { - switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) { - case Button1: - msg = WM_LBUTTONDOWN; - wparam = MK_LBUTTON; - break; - case Button2: - msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN; - wparam = MK_MBUTTON; - break; - case Button3: - msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN; - wparam = MK_RBUTTON; - break; - default: - return 0; - } - if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button1Mask) { - wparam |= MK_LBUTTON; - } - if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button2Mask) { - wparam |= MK_MBUTTON; - } - if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) { - wparam |= MK_RBUTTON; - } - if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) { - wparam |= MK_SHIFT; - } - if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ControlMask) { - wparam |= MK_CONTROL; - } - lparam = MAKELPARAM((short) eventPtr->xbutton.x, - (short) eventPtr->xbutton.y); - } else { + if (eventPtr->type != ButtonPress) { return 0; } + + switch (eventPtr->xbutton.button) { + case Button1: + msg = WM_LBUTTONDOWN; + wparam = MK_LBUTTON; + break; + case Button2: + msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN; + wparam = MK_MBUTTON; + break; + case Button3: + msg = WM_RBUTTONDOWN; + wparam = MK_RBUTTON; + break; + default: + return 0; + } + + if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button1Mask) { + wparam |= MK_LBUTTON; + } + if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button2Mask) { + wparam |= MK_MBUTTON; + } + if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & Button3Mask) { + wparam |= MK_RBUTTON; + } + if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ShiftMask) { + wparam |= MK_SHIFT; + } + if (eventPtr->xbutton.state & ControlMask) { + wparam |= MK_CONTROL; + } + lparam = MAKELPARAM((short) eventPtr->xbutton.x, + (short) eventPtr->xbutton.y); return CallWindowProc(wndproc, hwnd, msg, wparam, lparam); } @@ -1728,8 +1765,8 @@ TkWinResendEvent(wndproc, hwnd, eventPtr) * * TkpGetMS -- * - * Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter - * when the epoch was. + * Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter when the + * epoch was. * * Results: * Number of milliseconds. @@ -1741,7 +1778,7 @@ TkWinResendEvent(wndproc, hwnd, eventPtr) */ unsigned long -TkpGetMS() +TkpGetMS(void) { return GetTickCount(); } @@ -1762,7 +1799,8 @@ TkpGetMS() */ void -TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode) +TkWinUpdatingClipboard( + int mode) { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); @@ -1775,17 +1813,17 @@ TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode) * * Tk_SetCaretPos -- * - * This enables correct movement of focus in the MS Magnifier, as well - * as allowing us to correctly position the IME Window. The following - * Win32 APIs are used to work with MS caret: + * This enables correct movement of focus in the MS Magnifier, as well as + * allowing us to correctly position the IME Window. The following Win32 + * APIs are used to work with MS caret: * * CreateCaret DestroyCaret SetCaretPos GetCaretPos * - * Only one instance of caret can be active at any time - * (e.g. DestroyCaret API does not take any argument such as handle). - * Since do-it-right approach requires to track the create/destroy - * caret status all the time in a global scope among windows (or - * widgets), we just implement this minimal setup to get the job done. + * Only one instance of caret can be active at any time (e.g. + * DestroyCaret API does not take any argument such as handle). Since + * do-it-right approach requires to track the create/destroy caret status + * all the time in a global scope among windows (or widgets), we just + * implement this minimal setup to get the job done. * * Results: * None @@ -1797,16 +1835,20 @@ TkWinUpdatingClipboard(int mode) */ void -Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height) +Tk_SetCaretPos( + Tk_Window tkwin, + int x, int y, + int height) { static HWND caretHWND = NULL; TkCaret *caretPtr = &(((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr->caret); Window win; /* - * Prevent processing anything if the values haven't changed. - * Windows only has one display, so we can do this with statics. + * Prevent processing anything if the values haven't changed. Windows only + * has one display, so we can do this with statics. */ + if ((caretPtr->winPtr == ((TkWindow *) tkwin)) && (caretPtr->x == x) && (caretPtr->y == y)) { return; @@ -1818,9 +1860,8 @@ Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height) caretPtr->height = height; /* - * We adjust to the toplevel to get the coords right, as setting - * the IME composition window is based on the toplevel hwnd, so - * ignore height. + * We adjust to the toplevel to get the coords right, as setting the IME + * composition window is based on the toplevel hwnd, so ignore height. */ while (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin)) { @@ -1853,11 +1894,13 @@ Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height) * The IME composition window should be updated whenever the caret * position is changed because a clause of the composition string may * be converted to the final characters and the other clauses still - * stay on the composition window. -- yamamoto + * stay on the composition window. -- yamamoto */ + hIMC = ImmGetContext(hwnd); if (hIMC) { COMPOSITIONFORM cform; + cform.dwStyle = CFS_POINT; cform.ptCurrentPos.x = x; cform.ptCurrentPos.y = y; @@ -1866,3 +1909,102 @@ Tk_SetCaretPos(Tk_Window tkwin, int x, int y, int height) } } } + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Tk_GetUserInactiveTime -- + * + * Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive. + * + * Results: + * Milliseconds of user inactive time or -1 if the user32.dll doesn't + * have the symbol GetLastInputInfo or GetLastInputInfo returns an error. + * + * Side effects: + * None. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +long +Tk_GetUserInactiveTime( + Display *dpy) /* Ignored on Windows */ +{ + struct tagLASTINPUTINFO { + UINT cbSize; + DWORD dwTime; + } li; + + /* + * Multiple settings of either of these variables should be OK; any thread + * hazards should just cause inefficiency... + */ + + static FARPROC pfnGetLastInputInfo = NULL; + static int initinfo = 0; + + if (!initinfo) { + HMODULE hMod = GetModuleHandleA("USER32.DLL"); + + initinfo = 1; + if (hMod){ + pfnGetLastInputInfo = GetProcAddress(hMod, "GetLastInputInfo"); + } + } + if (pfnGetLastInputInfo == NULL) { + return -1; + } + li.cbSize = sizeof(li); + if (!(BOOL)(pfnGetLastInputInfo)(&li)) { + return -1; + } + + /* + * Last input info is in milliseconds, since restart time. + */ + + return (GetTickCount()-li.dwTime); +} + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime -- + * + * Reset the user inactivity timer + * + * Results: + * none + * + * Side effects: + * The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset + * to zero. + * + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ + +void +Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime( + Display *dpy) +{ + INPUT inp; + + inp.type = INPUT_MOUSE; + inp.mi.dx = 0; + inp.mi.dy = 0; + inp.mi.mouseData = 0; + inp.mi.dwFlags = MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE; + inp.mi.time = 0; + inp.mi.dwExtraInfo = (DWORD) 0; + + SendInput(1, &inp, sizeof(inp)); +} + +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/ttkWinMonitor.c b/win/ttkWinMonitor.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25c9c0c --- /dev/null +++ b/win/ttkWinMonitor.c @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif + +#include <tkWinInt.h> +#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" + +#if !defined(WM_THEMECHANGED) +#define WM_THEMECHANGED 0x031A +#endif + +static LRESULT WINAPI WndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp); + +/* + * RegisterSystemColors -- + * Register all known Windows system colors (as per GetSysColor) as Tk + * named colors. + */ + +typedef struct { + const char *name; + int index; +} SystemColorEntry; + +static SystemColorEntry sysColors[] = { + { "System3dDarkShadow", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW }, + { "System3dLight", COLOR_3DLIGHT }, + { "SystemActiveBorder", COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER }, + { "SystemActiveCaption", COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION }, + { "SystemAppWorkspace", COLOR_APPWORKSPACE }, + { "SystemBackground", COLOR_BACKGROUND }, + { "SystemButtonFace", COLOR_BTNFACE }, + { "SystemButtonHighlight", COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT }, + { "SystemButtonShadow", COLOR_BTNSHADOW }, + { "SystemButtonText", COLOR_BTNTEXT }, + { "SystemCaptionText", COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT }, + { "SystemDisabledText", COLOR_GRAYTEXT }, + { "SystemGrayText", COLOR_GRAYTEXT }, + { "SystemHighlight", COLOR_HIGHLIGHT }, + { "SystemHighlightText", COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT }, + { "SystemInactiveBorder", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER }, + { "SystemInactiveCaption", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION }, + { "SystemInactiveCaptionText", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT }, + { "SystemInfoBackground", COLOR_INFOBK }, + { "SystemInfoText", COLOR_INFOTEXT }, + { "SystemMenu", COLOR_MENU }, + { "SystemMenuText", COLOR_MENUTEXT }, + { "SystemScrollbar", COLOR_SCROLLBAR }, + { "SystemWindow", COLOR_WINDOW }, + { "SystemWindowFrame", COLOR_WINDOWFRAME }, + { "SystemWindowText", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT }, + { NULL, 0 } +}; + +static void RegisterSystemColors(Tcl_Interp *interp) +{ + Ttk_ResourceCache cache = Ttk_GetResourceCache(interp); + SystemColorEntry *sysColor; + + for (sysColor = sysColors; sysColor->name; ++sysColor) { + DWORD pixel = GetSysColor(sysColor->index); + XColor colorSpec; + colorSpec.red = GetRValue(pixel) * 257; + colorSpec.green = GetGValue(pixel) * 257; + colorSpec.blue = GetBValue(pixel) * 257; + Ttk_RegisterNamedColor(cache, sysColor->name, &colorSpec); + } +} + +static HWND +CreateThemeMonitorWindow(HINSTANCE hinst, Tcl_Interp *interp) +{ + WNDCLASSEX wc; + HWND hwnd = NULL; + TCHAR title[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorWindow"); + TCHAR name[32] = TEXT("TtkMonitorClass"); + + wc.cbSize = sizeof(WNDCLASSEX); + wc.style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; + wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)WndProc; + wc.cbClsExtra = 0; + wc.cbWndExtra = 0; + wc.hInstance = hinst; + wc.hIcon = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION); + wc.hIconSm = LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION); + wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); + wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)COLOR_WINDOW; + wc.lpszMenuName = name; + wc.lpszClassName = name; + + if (RegisterClassEx(&wc)) { + hwnd = CreateWindow( name, title, WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW, + CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, + NULL, NULL, hinst, NULL ); + SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)interp); + ShowWindow(hwnd, SW_HIDE); + UpdateWindow(hwnd); + } + return hwnd; +} + +static void +DestroyThemeMonitorWindow(void *clientData) +{ + HWND hwnd = (HWND)clientData; + DestroyWindow(hwnd); +} + +static LRESULT WINAPI +WndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp) +{ + Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA); + Ttk_Theme theme; + + switch (msg) { + case WM_DESTROY: + break; + + case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE: + RegisterSystemColors(interp); + break; + + case WM_THEMECHANGED: + /* + * Reset the application theme to 'xpnative' if present, + * which will in turn fall back to 'winnative' if XP theming + * is disabled. + */ + + theme = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "xpnative"); + if (theme) { + Ttk_UseTheme(interp, theme); + /* @@@ What to do about errors here? */ + } + break; + } + return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, wp, lp); +} + +/* + * Windows-specific platform initialization: + */ + +MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWinTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd); +MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *, HWND hwnd); + +MODULE_SCOPE int Ttk_WinPlatformInit(Tcl_Interp *interp) +{ + HWND hwnd; + + hwnd = CreateThemeMonitorWindow(Tk_GetHINSTANCE(), interp); + Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, (ClientData)hwnd, DestroyThemeMonitorWindow); + + TtkWinTheme_Init(interp, hwnd); + TtkXPTheme_Init(interp, hwnd); + + return TCL_OK; +} diff --git a/win/ttkWinTheme.c b/win/ttkWinTheme.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0a0eda --- /dev/null +++ b/win/ttkWinTheme.c @@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ +/* winTheme.c - Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> + */ + +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif + +#include <tkWinInt.h> + +#ifndef DFCS_HOT /* Windows 98/Me, Windows 200/XP only */ +#define DFCS_HOT 0 +#endif + +#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" + +/* + * BoxToRect -- + * Helper routine. Converts a Ttk_Box to a Win32 RECT. + */ +static RECT BoxToRect(Ttk_Box b) +{ + RECT rc; + rc.top = b.y; + rc.left = b.x; + rc.bottom = b.y + b.height; + rc.right = b.x + b.width; + return rc; +} + +/* + * ReliefToEdge -- + * Convert a Tk "relief" value into an Windows "edge" value. + * NB: Caller must check for RELIEF_FLAT and RELIEF_SOLID, + * which must be handled specially. + * + * Passing the BF_FLAT flag to DrawEdge() yields something similar + * to TK_RELIEF_SOLID. TK_RELIEF_FLAT can be implemented by not + * drawing anything. + */ +static unsigned int ReliefToEdge(int relief) +{ + switch (relief) { + case TK_RELIEF_RAISED: return EDGE_RAISED; + case TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN: return EDGE_SUNKEN; + case TK_RELIEF_RIDGE: return EDGE_BUMP; + case TK_RELIEF_GROOVE: return EDGE_ETCHED; + case TK_RELIEF_SOLID: return BDR_RAISEDOUTER; + default: + case TK_RELIEF_FLAT: return BDR_RAISEDOUTER; + } +} + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ State tables for FrameControlElements. + */ + +static Ttk_StateTable checkbutton_statemap[] = { /* see also SF#1865898 */ + { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE, + TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED, + TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT, + TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { DFCS_BUTTON3STATE|DFCS_CHECKED, + TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 }, + + { DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { DFCS_CHECKED|DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { DFCS_CHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 }, + + { DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { 0, 0, 0 }, +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] = { + { DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { DFCS_PUSHED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { DFCS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable arrow_statemap[] = { + { DFCS_INACTIVE, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { DFCS_PUSHED | DFCS_FLAT, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { 0, 0, 0 } +}; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ FrameControlElement -- + * General-purpose element for things drawn with DrawFrameControl + */ +typedef struct { + const char *name; /* element name */ + int classId; /* class id for DrawFrameControl */ + int partId; /* part id for DrawFrameControl */ + int cxId; /* system metric ids for width/height... */ + int cyId; /* ... or size if FIXEDSIZE bit set */ + Ttk_StateTable *stateMap; /* map Tk states to Win32 flags */ + Ttk_Padding margins; /* additional placement padding */ +} FrameControlElementData; + +#define _FIXEDSIZE 0x80000000L +#define _HALFMETRIC 0x40000000L +#define FIXEDSIZE(id) (id|_FIXEDSIZE) +#define HALFMETRIC(id) (id|_HALFMETRIC) +#define GETMETRIC(m) \ + ((m) & _FIXEDSIZE ? (int)((m) & ~_FIXEDSIZE) : GetSystemMetrics((m)&0x0fffffff)) + +static FrameControlElementData FrameControlElements[] = { + { "Checkbutton.indicator", + DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONCHECK, FIXEDSIZE(13), FIXEDSIZE(13), + checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} }, + { "Radiobutton.indicator", + DFC_BUTTON, DFCS_BUTTONRADIO, FIXEDSIZE(13), FIXEDSIZE(13), + checkbutton_statemap, {0,0,4,0} }, + { "uparrow", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLUP, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL, + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + { "downarrow", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLDOWN, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL, + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + { "leftarrow", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLLEFT, SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + { "rightarrow", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLRIGHT, SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + { "sizegrip", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLSIZEGRIP, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + { "Spinbox.uparrow", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLUP, SM_CXVSCROLL, HALFMETRIC(SM_CYVSCROLL), + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + { "Spinbox.downarrow", + DFC_SCROLL, DFCS_SCROLLDOWN, SM_CXVSCROLL, HALFMETRIC(SM_CYVSCROLL), + arrow_statemap, {0,0,0,0} }, + + { 0,0,0,0,0,0, {0,0,0,0} } +}; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +static void FrameControlElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + FrameControlElementData *p = clientData; + int cx = GETMETRIC(p->cxId); + int cy = GETMETRIC(p->cyId); + if (p->cxId & _HALFMETRIC) cx /= 2; + if (p->cyId & _HALFMETRIC) cy /= 2; + *widthPtr = cx + Ttk_PaddingWidth(p->margins); + *heightPtr = cy + Ttk_PaddingHeight(p->margins); +} + +static void FrameControlElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + FrameControlElementData *elementData = clientData; + RECT rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->margins)); + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + + DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc, + elementData->classId, + elementData->partId|Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->stateMap, state)); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec FrameControlElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + FrameControlElementSize, + FrameControlElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Border element implementation. + */ + +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; +} BorderElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec BorderElementOptions[] = { + { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF,Tk_Offset(BorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" }, + {NULL, 0, 0, NULL} +}; + +static void BorderElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE); + paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE); +} + +static void BorderElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + BorderElement *border = elementRecord; + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc; + + Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, border->reliefObj, &relief); + + if (relief != TK_RELIEF_FLAT) { + UINT xFlags = (relief == TK_RELIEF_SOLID) ? BF_FLAT : 0; + hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, ReliefToEdge(relief), BF_RECT | xFlags); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); + } +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec BorderElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(BorderElement), + BorderElementOptions, + BorderElementSize, + BorderElementDraw +}; + +/* + * Entry field borders: + * Sunken border; also fill with window color. + */ + +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *backgroundObj; +} FieldElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FieldElementOptions[] = { + { "-fieldbackground", TK_OPTION_BORDER, + Tk_Offset(FieldElement,backgroundObj), "white" }, + { NULL, 0, 0, NULL } +}; + +static void FieldElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE); + paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE); +} + +static void FieldElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + FieldElement *field = elementRecord; + Tk_3DBorder bg = Tk_Get3DBorderFromObj(tkwin, field->backgroundObj); + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc; + + Tk_Fill3DRectangle( + tkwin, d, bg, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, 0, TK_RELIEF_FLAT); + + hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_SUNKEN, BF_RECT); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec FieldElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(FieldElement), + FieldElementOptions, + FieldElementSize, + FieldElementDraw +}; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ Button borders. + * Drawn with DrawFrameControl instead of DrawEdge; + * Also draw default indicator and focus ring. + */ +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *reliefObj; + Tcl_Obj *highlightColorObj; + Tcl_Obj *defaultStateObj; +} ButtonBorderElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ButtonBorderElementOptions[] = { + { "-relief",TK_OPTION_RELIEF, + Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,reliefObj), "flat" }, + { "-highlightcolor",TK_OPTION_COLOR, + Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,highlightColorObj), "black" }, + { "-default", TK_OPTION_ANY, + Tk_Offset(ButtonBorderElement,defaultStateObj), "disabled" }, + {NULL, 0, 0, NULL} +}; + +static void ButtonBorderElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord; + int relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; + int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED; + short int cx, cy; + + Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief); + Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState); + cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE); + cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE); + + /* Space for default indicator: + */ + if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) { + ++cx; ++cy; + } + + /* Space for focus ring: + */ + cx += 2; + cy += 2; + + *paddingPtr = Ttk_MakePadding(cx,cy,cx,cy); +} + +static void ButtonBorderElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + ButtonBorderElement *bd = elementRecord; + int relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; + int defaultState = TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED; + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc; + RECT rc; + + Tk_GetReliefFromObj(NULL, bd->reliefObj, &relief); + Ttk_GetButtonDefaultStateFromObj(NULL, bd->defaultStateObj, &defaultState); + + if (defaultState == TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_ACTIVE) { + XColor *highlightColor = + Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, bd->highlightColorObj); + GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(highlightColor, d); + XDrawRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, gc, b.x,b.y,b.width-1,b.height-1); + } + if (defaultState != TTK_BUTTON_DEFAULT_DISABLED) { + ++b.x; ++b.y; b.width -= 2; b.height -= 2; + } + + hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + + rc = BoxToRect(b); + DrawFrameControl(hdc, &rc, + DFC_BUTTON, /* classId */ + DFCS_BUTTONPUSH | Ttk_StateTableLookup(pushbutton_statemap, state)); + + /* Draw focus ring: + */ + if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) { + short int borderWidth = 3; /* @@@ Use GetSystemMetrics?*/ + rc = BoxToRect(Ttk_PadBox(b, Ttk_UniformPadding(borderWidth))); + DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc); + } + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec ButtonBorderElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(ButtonBorderElement), + ButtonBorderElementOptions, + ButtonBorderElementSize, + ButtonBorderElementDraw +}; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ Focus element. + * Draw dashed focus rectangle. + */ + +static void FocusElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + *paddingPtr = Ttk_UniformPadding(1); +} + +static void FocusElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) { + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); + } +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec FocusElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + FocusElementSize, + FocusElementDraw +}; + +/* FillFocusElement -- + * Draws a focus ring filled with the selection color + */ + +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *fillColorObj; +} FillFocusElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec FillFocusElementOptions[] = { + { "-focusfill", TK_OPTION_COLOR, + Tk_Offset(FillFocusElement,fillColorObj), "white" }, + {NULL, 0, 0, NULL} +}; + + /* @@@ FIX THIS */ +static void FillFocusElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + FillFocusElement *focus = elementRecord; + if (state & TTK_STATE_FOCUS) { + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + TkWinDCState dcState; + XColor *fillColor = Tk_GetColorFromObj(tkwin, focus->fillColorObj); + GC gc = Tk_GCForColor(fillColor, d); + HDC hdc; + + XFillRectangle(Tk_Display(tkwin),d,gc, b.x,b.y,b.width,b.height); + hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawFocusRect(hdc, &rc); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); + } +} + +/* + * ComboboxFocusElement -- + * Read-only comboboxes have a filled focus ring, editable ones do not. + */ +static void ComboboxFocusElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + if (state & TTK_STATE_READONLY) { + FillFocusElementDraw(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, d, b, state); + } +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec ComboboxFocusElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(FillFocusElement), + FillFocusElementOptions, + FocusElementSize, + ComboboxFocusElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Scrollbar trough element. + * + * The native windows scrollbar is drawn using a pattern brush giving a + * stippled appearance when the trough might otherwise be invisible. + * We can deal with this here. + */ + +typedef struct { /* clientData for Trough element */ + HBRUSH PatternBrush; + HBITMAP PatternBitmap; +} TroughClientData; + +static const WORD Pattern[] = { + 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa, 0x5555, 0xaaaa +}; + +static void TroughClientDataDeleteProc(void *clientData) +{ + TroughClientData *cd = clientData; + DeleteObject(cd->PatternBrush); + DeleteObject(cd->PatternBitmap); + ckfree(clientData); +} + +static TroughClientData *TroughClientDataInit(Tcl_Interp *interp) +{ + TroughClientData *cd = (TroughClientData*)ckalloc(sizeof(*cd)); + cd->PatternBitmap = CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, Pattern); + cd->PatternBrush = CreatePatternBrush(cd->PatternBitmap); + Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, cd, TroughClientDataDeleteProc); + return cd; +} + +static void TroughElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + TroughClientData *cd = clientData; + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + HBRUSH hbr; + COLORREF bk, oldbk, oldtxt; + + hbr = SelectObject(hdc, GetSysColorBrush(COLOR_SCROLLBAR)); + bk = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT); + oldtxt = SetTextColor(hdc, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE)); + oldbk = SetBkColor(hdc, bk); + + /* WAS: if (bk (COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT) == GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW)) ... */ + if (GetSysColor(COLOR_SCROLLBAR) == GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE)) { + /* Draw using the pattern brush */ + SelectObject(hdc, cd->PatternBrush); + } + + PatBlt(hdc, b.x, b.y, b.width, b.height, PATCOPY); + SetBkColor(hdc, oldbk); + SetTextColor(hdc, oldtxt); + SelectObject(hdc, hbr); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec TroughElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + TtkNullElementSize, + TroughElementDraw +}; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ Thumb element. + */ + +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *orientObj; +} ThumbElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec ThumbElementOptions[] = { + { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY,Tk_Offset(ThumbElement,orientObj),"horizontal"}, + { NULL, 0, 0, NULL } +}; + +static void ThumbElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + ThumbElement *thumbPtr = elementRecord; + int orient; + + Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, thumbPtr->orientObj, &orient); + if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { + *widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB); + *heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL); + } else { + *widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL); + *heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB); + } +} + +static void ThumbElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc; + + /* Windows doesn't show a thumb when the scrollbar is disabled */ + if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) + return; + + hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(ThumbElement), + ThumbElementOptions, + ThumbElementSize, + ThumbElementDraw +}; + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * The slider element is the shaped thumb used in the slider widget. + * Windows likes to call this a trackbar. + */ + +typedef struct { + Tcl_Obj *orientObj; /* orientation of the slider widget */ +} SliderElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec SliderElementOptions[] = { + { "-orient", TK_OPTION_ANY, Tk_Offset(SliderElement,orientObj), + "horizontal" }, + { NULL, 0, 0, NULL } +}; + +static void SliderElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + SliderElement *slider = elementRecord; + int orient; + + Ttk_GetOrientFromObj(NULL, slider->orientObj, &orient); + if (orient == TTK_ORIENT_HORIZONTAL) { + *widthPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXHTHUMB) / 2) | 1; + *heightPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL); + } else { + *widthPtr = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL); + *heightPtr = (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYVTHUMB) / 2) | 1; + } +} + +static void SliderElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc; + + hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_MIDDLE); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec SliderElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(SliderElement), + SliderElementOptions, + SliderElementSize, + SliderElementDraw +}; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ Notebook elements. + */ + +static void ClientElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + paddingPtr->left = paddingPtr->right = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXEDGE); + paddingPtr->top = paddingPtr->bottom = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYEDGE); +} + +static void ClientElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + TkWinDCState dcState; + HDC hdc = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, &dcState); + DrawEdge(hdc, &rc, EDGE_RAISED, BF_RECT | BF_SOFT); + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC(d, hdc, &dcState); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec ClientElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + ClientElementSize, + ClientElementDraw +}; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * +++ Layouts. + */ + +TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable) + +TTK_LAYOUT("TButton", + TTK_GROUP("Button.border", TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH)))) + +TTK_LAYOUT("TCombobox", + TTK_GROUP("Combobox.field", TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_NODE("Combobox.downarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y) + TTK_GROUP("Combobox.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Combobox.focus", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_NODE("Combobox.textarea", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))) + +TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE + +/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +MODULE_SCOPE +int TtkWinTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) +{ + Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr; + FrameControlElementData *fce = FrameControlElements; + + parentPtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "alt"); + themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "winnative", parentPtr); + if (!themePtr) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "border", &BorderElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Button.border", + &ButtonBorderElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "field", &FieldElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "focus", &FocusElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Combobox.focus", + &ComboboxFocusElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "slider", &SliderElementSpec, NULL); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scrollbar.trough", &TroughElementSpec, + TroughClientDataInit(interp)); + + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "client", &ClientElementSpec, NULL); + + for (fce = FrameControlElements; fce->name != 0; ++fce) { + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, fce->name, + &FrameControlElementSpec, fce); + } + + Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable); + + Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::winnative", TTK_VERSION); + return TCL_OK; +} + diff --git a/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c b/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fda7b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c @@ -0,0 +1,1324 @@ +/* + * Tk theme engine which uses the Windows XP "Visual Styles" API + * Adapted from Georgios Petasis' XP theme patch. + * + * Copyright (c) 2003 by Georgios Petasis, petasis@iit.demokritos.gr. + * Copyright (c) 2003 by Joe English + * Copyright (c) 2003 by Pat Thoyts + * + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution + * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * + * See also: + * + * <URL: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/ + * shellcc/platform/commctls/userex/refentry.asp > + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_UXTHEME_H +/* Stub for platforms that lack the XP theme API headers: */ +#include <tkWinInt.h> +int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) { return TCL_OK; } +#else + +#define WINVER 0x0501 /* Requires Windows XP APIs */ + +#include <windows.h> +#include <uxtheme.h> +#ifdef HAVE_VSSYM32_H +# include <vssym32.h> +#else +# include <tmschema.h> +#endif + +#include <tkWinInt.h> + +#include "ttk/ttkTheme.h" + +typedef HTHEME (STDAPICALLTYPE OpenThemeDataProc)(HWND hwnd, + LPCWSTR pszClassList); +typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE CloseThemeDataProc)(HTHEME hTheme); +typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeBackgroundProc)(HTHEME hTheme, + HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, const RECT *pRect, + OPTIONAL const RECT *pClipRect); +typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemePartSizeProc)(HTHEME,HDC, + int iPartId, int iStateId, + RECT *prc, enum THEMESIZE eSize, SIZE *psz); +typedef int (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeSysSizeProc)(HTHEME,int); +/* GetThemeTextExtent and DrawThemeText only used with BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT */ +typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeTextExtentProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc, + int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount, + DWORD dwTextFlags, const RECT *pBoundingRect, RECT *pExtent); +typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeTextProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc, + int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount, + DWORD dwTextFlags, DWORD dwTextFlags2, const RECT *pRect); +typedef BOOL (STDAPICALLTYPE IsThemeActiveProc)(void); +typedef BOOL (STDAPICALLTYPE IsAppThemedProc)(void); + +typedef struct +{ + OpenThemeDataProc *OpenThemeData; + CloseThemeDataProc *CloseThemeData; + GetThemePartSizeProc *GetThemePartSize; + GetThemeSysSizeProc *GetThemeSysSize; + DrawThemeBackgroundProc *DrawThemeBackground; + DrawThemeTextProc *DrawThemeText; + GetThemeTextExtentProc *GetThemeTextExtent; + IsThemeActiveProc *IsThemeActive; + IsAppThemedProc *IsAppThemed; + + HWND stubWindow; +} XPThemeProcs; + +typedef struct +{ + HINSTANCE hlibrary; + XPThemeProcs *procs; +} XPThemeData; + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * + * LoadXPThemeProcs -- + * Initialize XP theming support. + * + * XP theme support is included in UXTHEME.DLL + * We dynamically load this DLL at runtime instead of linking + * to it at build-time. + * + * Returns: + * A pointer to an XPThemeProcs table if successful, NULL otherwise. + */ + +static XPThemeProcs * +LoadXPThemeProcs(HINSTANCE *phlib) +{ + /* + * Load the library "uxtheme.dll", where the native widget + * drawing routines are implemented. This will only succeed + * if we are running at least on Windows XP. + */ + HINSTANCE handle; + *phlib = handle = LoadLibrary(TEXT("uxtheme.dll")); + if (handle != 0) + { + /* + * We have successfully loaded the library. Proceed in storing the + * addresses of the functions we want to use. + */ + XPThemeProcs *procs = (XPThemeProcs*)ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeProcs)); +#define LOADPROC(name) \ + (0 != (procs->name = (name ## Proc *)GetProcAddress(handle, #name) )) + + if ( LOADPROC(OpenThemeData) + && LOADPROC(CloseThemeData) + && LOADPROC(GetThemePartSize) + && LOADPROC(GetThemeSysSize) + && LOADPROC(DrawThemeBackground) + && LOADPROC(GetThemeTextExtent) + && LOADPROC(DrawThemeText) + && LOADPROC(IsThemeActive) + && LOADPROC(IsAppThemed) + ) + { + return procs; + } +#undef LOADPROC + ckfree((char*)procs); + } + return 0; +} + +/* + * XPThemeDeleteProc -- + * + * Release any theme allocated resources. + */ + +static void +XPThemeDeleteProc(void *clientData) +{ + XPThemeData *themeData = clientData; + FreeLibrary(themeData->hlibrary); + ckfree(clientData); +} + +static int +XPThemeEnabled(Ttk_Theme theme, void *clientData) +{ + XPThemeData *themeData = clientData; + int active = themeData->procs->IsThemeActive(); + int themed = themeData->procs->IsAppThemed(); + return (active && themed); +} + +/* + * BoxToRect -- + * Helper routine. Returns a RECT data structure. + */ +static RECT +BoxToRect(Ttk_Box b) +{ + RECT rc; + rc.top = b.y; + rc.left = b.x; + rc.bottom = b.y + b.height; + rc.right = b.x + b.width; + return rc; +} + +/* + * Map Tk state bitmaps to XP style enumerated values. + */ +static Ttk_StateTable null_statemap[] = { {0,0,0} }; + +/* + * Pushbuttons (Tk: "Button") + */ +static Ttk_StateTable pushbutton_statemap[] = +{ + { PBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { PBS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { PBS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { PBS_DEFAULTED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0 }, + { PBS_NORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +/* + * Checkboxes (Tk: "Checkbutton") + */ +static Ttk_StateTable checkbox_statemap[] = +{ +{CBS_MIXEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, +{CBS_MIXEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0}, +{CBS_MIXEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0}, +{CBS_MIXEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_ALTERNATE, 0}, +{CBS_CHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, +{CBS_CHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0}, +{CBS_CHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0}, +{CBS_CHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0}, +{CBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, +{CBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0}, +{CBS_UNCHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0}, +{CBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, 0,0 } +}; + +/* + * Radiobuttons: + */ +static Ttk_StateTable radiobutton_statemap[] = +{ +{RBS_CHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, +{RBS_CHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0}, +{RBS_CHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0}, +{RBS_CHECKEDNORMAL, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0}, +{RBS_UNCHECKEDDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, +{RBS_UNCHECKEDPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0}, +{RBS_UNCHECKEDHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0}, +{RBS_UNCHECKEDNORMAL, 0,0 } +}; + +/* + * Groupboxes (tk: "frame") + */ +static Ttk_StateTable groupbox_statemap[] = +{ +{GBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0}, +{GBS_NORMAL, 0,0 } +}; + +/* + * Edit fields (tk: "entry") + */ +static Ttk_StateTable edittext_statemap[] = +{ + { ETS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { ETS_READONLY, TTK_STATE_READONLY, 0 }, + { ETS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 }, + { ETS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { ETS_NORMAL, 0, 0 } +/* NOT USED: ETS_ASSIST, ETS_SELECTED */ +}; + +/* + * Combobox text field statemap: + * Same as edittext_statemap, but doesn't use ETS_READONLY + * (fixes: #1032409) + */ +static Ttk_StateTable combotext_statemap[] = +{ + { ETS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { ETS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 }, + { ETS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { ETS_NORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +/* + * Combobox button: (CBP_DROPDOWNBUTTON) + */ +static Ttk_StateTable combobox_statemap[] = { + { CBXS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { CBXS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { CBXS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { CBXS_HOT, TTK_STATE_HOVER, 0 }, + { CBXS_NORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +/* + * Toolbar buttons (TP_BUTTON): + */ +static Ttk_StateTable toolbutton_statemap[] = { + { TS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { TS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { TS_HOTCHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED|TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { TS_CHECKED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 }, + { TS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { TS_NORMAL, 0,0 } +}; + +/* + * Scrollbars (Tk: "Scrollbar.thumb") + */ +static Ttk_StateTable scrollbar_statemap[] = +{ + { SCRBS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { SCRBS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { SCRBS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { SCRBS_NORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable uparrow_statemap[] = +{ + { ABS_UPDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { ABS_UPPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { ABS_UPHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { ABS_UPNORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable downarrow_statemap[] = +{ + { ABS_DOWNDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { ABS_DOWNPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { ABS_DOWNHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { ABS_DOWNNORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable leftarrow_statemap[] = +{ + { ABS_LEFTDISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { ABS_LEFTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { ABS_LEFTHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { ABS_LEFTNORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable rightarrow_statemap[] = +{ + { ABS_RIGHTDISABLED,TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { ABS_RIGHTPRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { ABS_RIGHTHOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { ABS_RIGHTNORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable spinbutton_statemap[] = +{ + { DNS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { DNS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { DNS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { DNS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }, +}; + +/* + * Trackbar thumb: (Tk: "scale slider") + */ +static Ttk_StateTable scale_statemap[] = +{ + { TUS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { TUS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { TUS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 }, + { TUS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { TUS_NORMAL, 0, 0 } +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable tabitem_statemap[] = +{ + { TIS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { TIS_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0 }, + { TIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { TIS_FOCUSED, TTK_STATE_FOCUS, 0 }, + { TIS_NORMAL, 0, 0 }, +}; + + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Element data: + * + * The following structure is passed as the 'clientData' pointer + * to most elements in this theme. It contains data relevant + * to a single XP Theme "part". + * + * <<NOTE-GetThemeMargins>>: + * In theory, we should be call GetThemeMargins(...TMT_CONTENTRECT...) + * to calculate the internal padding. In practice, this routine + * only seems to work properly for BP_PUSHBUTTON. So we hardcode + * the required padding at element registration time instead. + * + * The PAD_MARGINS flag bit determines whether the padding + * should be added on the inside (0) or outside (1) of the element. + * + * <<NOTE-GetThemePartSize>>: + * This gives bogus metrics for some parts (in particular, + * BP_PUSHBUTTONS). Set the IGNORE_THEMESIZE flag to skip this call. + */ + +typedef struct /* XP element specifications */ +{ + const char *elementName; /* Tk theme engine element name */ + Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec; + /* Element spec (usually GenericElementSpec) */ + LPCWSTR className; /* Windows window class name */ + int partId; /* BP_PUSHBUTTON, BP_CHECKBUTTON, etc. */ + Ttk_StateTable *statemap; /* Map Tk states to XP states */ + Ttk_Padding padding; /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */ + int flags; +# define IGNORE_THEMESIZE 0x80000000 /* See NOTE-GetThemePartSize */ +# define PAD_MARGINS 0x40000000 /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins */ +# define HEAP_ELEMENT 0x20000000 /* ElementInfo is on heap */ +# define HALF_HEIGHT 0x10000000 /* Used by GenericSizedElements */ +# define HALF_WIDTH 0x08000000 /* Used by GenericSizedElements */ +} ElementInfo; + +typedef struct +{ + /* + * Static data, initialized when element is registered: + */ + ElementInfo *info; + XPThemeProcs *procs; /* Pointer to theme procedure table */ + + /* + * Dynamic data, allocated by InitElementData: + */ + HTHEME hTheme; + HDC hDC; + HWND hwnd; + + /* For TkWinDrawableReleaseDC: */ + Drawable drawable; + TkWinDCState dcState; +} ElementData; + +static ElementData * +NewElementData(XPThemeProcs *procs, ElementInfo *info) +{ + ElementData *elementData = (ElementData*)ckalloc(sizeof(ElementData)); + + elementData->procs = procs; + elementData->info = info; + elementData->hTheme = elementData->hDC = 0; + + return elementData; +} + +/* + * Destroy elements. If the element was created by the element factory + * then the info member is dynamically allocated. Otherwise it was + * static data from the C object and only the ElementData needs freeing. + */ +static void DestroyElementData(void *clientData) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + if (elementData->info->flags & HEAP_ELEMENT) { + ckfree((char *)elementData->info->statemap); + ckfree((char *)elementData->info->className); + ckfree((char *)elementData->info->elementName); + ckfree((char *)elementData->info); + } + ckfree(clientData); +} + +/* + * InitElementData -- + * Looks up theme handle. If Drawable argument is non-NULL, + * also initializes DC. + * + * Returns: + * 1 on success, 0 on error. + * Caller must later call FreeElementData() so this element + * can be reused. + */ + +static int +InitElementData(ElementData *elementData, Tk_Window tkwin, Drawable d) +{ + Window win = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); + + if (win != None) { + elementData->hwnd = Tk_GetHWND(win); + } else { + elementData->hwnd = elementData->procs->stubWindow; + } + + elementData->hTheme = elementData->procs->OpenThemeData( + elementData->hwnd, elementData->info->className); + + if (!elementData->hTheme) + return 0; + + elementData->drawable = d; + if (d != 0) { + elementData->hDC = TkWinGetDrawableDC(Tk_Display(tkwin), d, + &elementData->dcState); + } + + return 1; +} + +static void +FreeElementData(ElementData *elementData) +{ + elementData->procs->CloseThemeData(elementData->hTheme); + if (elementData->drawable != 0) { + TkWinReleaseDrawableDC( + elementData->drawable, elementData->hDC, &elementData->dcState); + } +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Generic element implementation. + * + * Used for elements which are handled entirely by the XP Theme API, + * such as radiobutton and checkbutton indicators, scrollbar arrows, etc. + */ + +static void GenericElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + HRESULT result; + SIZE size; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0)) + return; + + if (!(elementData->info->flags & IGNORE_THEMESIZE)) { + result = elementData->procs->GetThemePartSize( + elementData->hTheme, + elementData->hDC, + elementData->info->partId, + Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0), + NULL /*RECT *prc*/, + TS_TRUE, + &size); + + if (SUCCEEDED(result)) { + *widthPtr = size.cx; + *heightPtr = size.cy; + } + } + + /* See NOTE-GetThemeMargins + */ + *paddingPtr = elementData->info->padding; + if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) { + *widthPtr += Ttk_PaddingWidth(elementData->info->padding); + *heightPtr += Ttk_PaddingHeight(elementData->info->padding); + } +} + +static void GenericElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + RECT rc; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) { + return; + } + + if (elementData->info->flags & PAD_MARGINS) { + b = Ttk_PadBox(b, elementData->info->padding); + } + rc = BoxToRect(b); + + elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground( + elementData->hTheme, + elementData->hDC, + elementData->info->partId, + Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), + &rc, + NULL/*pContentRect*/); + + FreeElementData(elementData); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericElementSpec = +{ + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + GenericElementSize, + GenericElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Sized element implementation. + * + * Used for elements which are handled entirely by the XP Theme API, + * but that require a fixed size adjustment. + * Note that GetThemeSysSize calls through to GetSystemMetrics + */ + +static void +GenericSizedElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0)) + return; + + GenericElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, + widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr); + + *widthPtr = elementData->procs->GetThemeSysSize(NULL, + (elementData->info->flags >> 8) & 0xff); + *heightPtr = elementData->procs->GetThemeSysSize(NULL, + elementData->info->flags & 0xff); + if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_HEIGHT) + *heightPtr /= 2; + if (elementData->info->flags & HALF_WIDTH) + *widthPtr /= 2; +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec GenericSizedElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + GenericSizedElementSize, + GenericElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Spinbox arrow element. + * These are half-height scrollbar buttons. + */ + +static void +SpinboxArrowElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0)) + return; + + GenericSizedElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, + widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr); + + /* force the arrow button height to half size */ + *heightPtr /= 2; +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec SpinboxArrowElementSpec = { + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + SpinboxArrowElementSize, + GenericElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Scrollbar thumb element. + * Same as a GenericElement, but don't draw in the disabled state. + */ + +static void ThumbElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + unsigned stateId = Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state); + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + + /* + * Don't draw the thumb if we are disabled. + */ + if (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) + return; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) + return; + + elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground(elementData->hTheme, + elementData->hDC, elementData->info->partId, stateId, + &rc, NULL); + + FreeElementData(elementData); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec ThumbElementSpec = +{ + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + GenericElementSize, + ThumbElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Progress bar element. + * Increases the requested length of PP_CHUNK and PP_CHUNKVERT parts + * so that indeterminate progress bars show 3 bars instead of 1. + */ + +static void PbarElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + int nBars = 3; + + GenericElementSize(clientData, elementRecord, tkwin, + widthPtr, heightPtr, paddingPtr); + + if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNK) { + *widthPtr *= nBars; + } else if (elementData->info->partId == PP_CHUNKVERT) { + *heightPtr *= nBars; + } +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec PbarElementSpec = +{ + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + PbarElementSize, + GenericElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Notebook tab element. + * Same as generic element, with additional logic to select + * proper iPartID for the leftmost tab. + * + * Notes: TABP_TABITEMRIGHTEDGE (or TABP_TOPTABITEMRIGHTEDGE, + * which appears to be identical) should be used if the + * tab is exactly at the right edge of the notebook, but + * not if it's simply the rightmost tab. This information + * is not available. + * + * The TIS_* and TILES_* definitions are identical, so + * we can use the same statemap no matter what the partId. + */ +static void TabElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + int partId = elementData->info->partId; + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) + return; + if (state & TTK_STATE_USER1) + partId = TABP_TABITEMLEFTEDGE; + elementData->procs->DrawThemeBackground( + elementData->hTheme, elementData->hDC, partId, + Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), &rc, NULL); + FreeElementData(elementData); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec TabElementSpec = +{ + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + GenericElementSize, + TabElementDraw +}; + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Tree indicator element. + * + * Generic element, but don't display at all if TTK_STATE_LEAF (=USER2) set + */ + +#define TTK_STATE_OPEN TTK_STATE_USER1 +#define TTK_STATE_LEAF TTK_STATE_USER2 + +static Ttk_StateTable header_statemap[] = +{ + { HIS_PRESSED, TTK_STATE_PRESSED, 0 }, + { HIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { HIS_NORMAL, 0,0 }, +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable treeview_statemap[] = +{ + { TREIS_DISABLED, TTK_STATE_DISABLED, 0 }, + { TREIS_SELECTED, TTK_STATE_SELECTED, 0}, + { TREIS_HOT, TTK_STATE_ACTIVE, 0 }, + { TREIS_NORMAL, 0,0 }, +}; + +static Ttk_StateTable tvpglyph_statemap[] = +{ + { GLPS_OPENED, TTK_STATE_OPEN, 0 }, + { GLPS_CLOSED, 0,0 }, +}; + +static void TreeIndicatorElementDraw( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + if (!(state & TTK_STATE_LEAF)) { + GenericElementDraw(clientData,elementRecord,tkwin,d,b,state); + } +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec TreeIndicatorElementSpec = +{ + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(NullElement), + TtkNullElementOptions, + GenericElementSize, + TreeIndicatorElementDraw +}; + +#if BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT + +/* + *---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Text element (does not work yet). + * + * According to "Using Windows XP Visual Styles", we need to select + * a font into the DC before calling DrawThemeText(). + * There's just no easy way to get an HFONT out of a Tk_Font. + * Maybe GetThemeFont() would work? + * + */ + +typedef struct +{ + Tcl_Obj *textObj; + Tcl_Obj *fontObj; +} TextElement; + +static Ttk_ElementOptionSpec TextElementOptions[] = +{ + { "-text", TK_OPTION_STRING, + Tk_Offset(TextElement,textObj), "" }, + { "-font", TK_OPTION_FONT, + Tk_Offset(TextElement,fontObj), DEFAULT_FONT }, + { NULL } +}; + +static void TextElementSize( + void *clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Ttk_Padding *paddingPtr) +{ + TextElement *element = elementRecord; + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + RECT rc = {0, 0}; + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, 0)) + return; + + hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent( + elementData->hTheme, + elementData->hDC, + elementData->info->partId, + Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0), + Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj), + -1, + DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX, + NULL, + &rc); + + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) { + *widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left; + *heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top; + } + if (*widthPtr < 80) *widthPtr = 80; + if (*heightPtr < 20) *heightPtr = 20; + + FreeElementData(elementData); +} + +static void TextElementDraw( + ClientData clientData, void *elementRecord, Tk_Window tkwin, + Drawable d, Ttk_Box b, unsigned int state) +{ + TextElement *element = elementRecord; + ElementData *elementData = clientData; + RECT rc = BoxToRect(b); + HRESULT hr = S_OK; + + if (!InitElementData(elementData, tkwin, d)) + return; + + hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText( + elementData->hTheme, + elementData->hDC, + elementData->info->partId, + Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state), + Tcl_GetUnicode(element->textObj), + -1, + DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX, + (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0, + &rc); + FreeElementData(elementData); +} + +static Ttk_ElementSpec TextElementSpec = +{ + TK_STYLE_VERSION_2, + sizeof(TextElement), + TextElementOptions, + TextElementSize, + TextElementDraw +}; + +#endif /* BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT */ + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Widget layouts: + */ + +TTK_BEGIN_LAYOUT_TABLE(LayoutTable) + +TTK_LAYOUT("TButton", + TTK_GROUP("Button.button", TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Button.focus", TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Button.padding", TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_NODE("Button.label", TTK_FILL_BOTH))))) + +TTK_LAYOUT("TMenubutton", + TTK_NODE("Menubutton.dropdown", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_FILL_Y) + TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.button", TTK_PACK_RIGHT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Menubutton.padding", TTK_PACK_LEFT|TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_X, + TTK_NODE("Menubutton.label", 0)))) + +TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScrollbar", + TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_X, + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.leftarrow", TTK_PACK_LEFT) + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.rightarrow", TTK_PACK_RIGHT) + TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_UNIT, + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scrollbar.grip", 0)))) + +TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScrollbar", + TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", TTK_FILL_Y, + TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.uparrow", TTK_PACK_TOP) + TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.downarrow", TTK_PACK_BOTTOM) + TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", TTK_FILL_BOTH|TTK_UNIT, + TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scrollbar.grip", 0)))) + +TTK_LAYOUT("Horizontal.TScale", + TTK_GROUP("Scale.focus", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Horizontal.Scale.trough", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.track", TTK_FILL_X) + TTK_NODE("Horizontal.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_LEFT) ))) + +TTK_LAYOUT("Vertical.TScale", + TTK_GROUP("Scale.focus", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_GROUP("Vertical.Scale.trough", TTK_EXPAND|TTK_FILL_BOTH, + TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.track", TTK_FILL_Y) + TTK_NODE("Vertical.Scale.slider", TTK_PACK_TOP) ))) + +TTK_END_LAYOUT_TABLE + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ XP element info table: + */ + +#define PAD(l,t,r,b) {l,t,r,b} +#define NOPAD {0,0,0,0} + +/* name spec className partId statemap padding flags */ + +static ElementInfo ElementInfoTable[] = { + { "Checkbutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON", + BP_CHECKBOX, checkbox_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS }, + { "Radiobutton.indicator", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON", + BP_RADIOBUTTON, radiobutton_statemap, PAD(0, 0, 4, 0), PAD_MARGINS }, + { "Button.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON", + BP_PUSHBUTTON, pushbutton_statemap, PAD(3, 3, 3, 3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE }, + { "Labelframe.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"BUTTON", + BP_GROUPBOX, groupbox_statemap, PAD(2, 2, 2, 2), 0 }, + { "Entry.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT", EP_EDITTEXT, + edittext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 }, + { "Combobox.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT", + EP_EDITTEXT, combotext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 }, + { "Combobox.downarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"COMBOBOX", + CP_DROPDOWNBUTTON, combobox_statemap, NOPAD, + (SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL }, + { "Vertical.Scrollbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_UPPERTRACKVERT, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Vertical.Scrollbar.thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_THUMBBTNVERT, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Vertical.Scrollbar.grip", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_GRIPPERVERT, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Horizontal.Scrollbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_UPPERTRACKHORZ, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Horizontal.Scrollbar.thumb", &ThumbElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_THUMBBTNHORZ, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Horizontal.Scrollbar.grip", &GenericElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_GRIPPERHORZ, scrollbar_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Scrollbar.uparrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_ARROWBTN, uparrow_statemap, NOPAD, + (SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL }, + { "Scrollbar.downarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_ARROWBTN, downarrow_statemap, NOPAD, + (SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL }, + { "Scrollbar.leftarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_ARROWBTN, leftarrow_statemap, NOPAD, + (SM_CXHSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYHSCROLL }, + { "Scrollbar.rightarrow", &GenericSizedElementSpec, L"SCROLLBAR", + SBP_ARROWBTN, rightarrow_statemap, NOPAD, + (SM_CXHSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYHSCROLL }, + { "Horizontal.Scale.slider", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR", + TKP_THUMB, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Vertical.Scale.slider", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR", + TKP_THUMBVERT, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Horizontal.Scale.track", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR", + TKP_TRACK, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Vertical.Scale.track", &GenericElementSpec, L"TRACKBAR", + TKP_TRACKVERT, scale_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + /* ttk::progressbar elements */ + { "Horizontal.Progressbar.pbar", &PbarElementSpec, L"PROGRESS", + PP_CHUNK, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Vertical.Progressbar.pbar", &PbarElementSpec, L"PROGRESS", + PP_CHUNKVERT, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Horizontal.Progressbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"PROGRESS", + PP_BAR, null_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE }, + { "Vertical.Progressbar.trough", &GenericElementSpec, L"PROGRESS", + PP_BARVERT, null_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,3), IGNORE_THEMESIZE }, + /* ttk::notebook */ + { "tab", &TabElementSpec, L"TAB", + TABP_TABITEM, tabitem_statemap, PAD(3,3,3,0), 0 }, + { "client", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB", + TABP_PANE, null_statemap, PAD(1,1,3,3), 0 }, + { "NotebookPane.background", &GenericElementSpec, L"TAB", + TABP_BODY, null_statemap, NOPAD, 0 }, + { "Toolbutton.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR", + TP_BUTTON, toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 }, + { "Menubutton.button", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR", + TP_SPLITBUTTON,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 }, + { "Menubutton.dropdown", &GenericElementSpec, L"TOOLBAR", + TP_SPLITBUTTONDROPDOWN,toolbutton_statemap, NOPAD,0 }, + { "Treeview.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW", + TVP_TREEITEM, treeview_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 }, + { "Treeitem.indicator", &TreeIndicatorElementSpec, L"TREEVIEW", + TVP_GLYPH, tvpglyph_statemap, PAD(1,1,6,0), PAD_MARGINS }, + { "Treeheading.border", &GenericElementSpec, L"HEADER", + HP_HEADERITEM, header_statemap, PAD(4,0,4,0),0 }, + { "sizegrip", &GenericElementSpec, L"STATUS", + SP_GRIPPER, null_statemap, NOPAD,0 }, + { "Spinbox.field", &GenericElementSpec, L"EDIT", + EP_EDITTEXT, edittext_statemap, PAD(1, 1, 1, 1), 0 }, + { "Spinbox.uparrow", &SpinboxArrowElementSpec, L"SPIN", + SPNP_UP, spinbutton_statemap, NOPAD, + PAD_MARGINS | ((SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL) }, + { "Spinbox.downarrow", &SpinboxArrowElementSpec, L"SPIN", + SPNP_DOWN, spinbutton_statemap, NOPAD, + PAD_MARGINS | ((SM_CXVSCROLL << 8) | SM_CYVSCROLL) }, + +#if BROKEN_TEXT_ELEMENT + { "Labelframe.text", &TextElementSpec, L"BUTTON", + BP_GROUPBOX, groupbox_statemap, NOPAD,0 }, +#endif + + { 0,0,0,0,0,NOPAD,0 } +}; +#undef PAD + + +static int +GetSysFlagFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, int *resultPtr) +{ + static const char *names[] = { + "SM_CXBORDER", "SM_CYBORDER", "SM_CXVSCROLL", "SM_CYVSCROLL", + "SM_CXHSCROLL", "SM_CYHSCROLL", "SM_CXMENUCHECK", "SM_CYMENUCHECK", + "SM_CXMENUSIZE", "SM_CYMENUSIZE", "SM_CXSIZE", "SM_CYSIZE", "SM_CXSMSIZE", + "SM_CYSMSIZE" + }; + int flags[] = { + SM_CXBORDER, SM_CYBORDER, SM_CXVSCROLL, SM_CYVSCROLL, + SM_CXHSCROLL, SM_CYHSCROLL, SM_CXMENUCHECK, SM_CYMENUCHECK, + SM_CXMENUSIZE, SM_CYMENUSIZE, SM_CXSIZE, SM_CYSIZE, SM_CXSMSIZE, + SM_CYSMSIZE + }; + + Tcl_Obj **objv; + int i, objc; + + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objPtr, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + if (objc != 2) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "wrong # args", TCL_STATIC); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + for (i = 0; i < objc; ++i) { + int option; + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], names, "system constant", 0, &option) + != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + *resultPtr |= (flags[option] << (8 * (1 - i))); + } + return TCL_OK; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * Windows Visual Styles API Element Factory + * + * The Vista release has shown that the Windows Visual Styles can be + * extended with additional elements. This element factory can permit + * the programmer to create elements for use with script-defined layouts + * + * eg: to create the small close button: + * style element create smallclose vsapi \ + * WINDOW 19 {disabled 4 pressed 3 active 2 {} 1} + */ + +static int +Ttk_CreateVsapiElement( + Tcl_Interp *interp, + void *clientData, + Ttk_Theme theme, + const char *elementName, + int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) +{ + XPThemeData *themeData = clientData; + ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL; + ClientData elementData; + Tcl_UniChar *className; + int partId = 0; + Ttk_StateTable *stateTable; + Ttk_Padding pad = {0, 0, 0, 0}; + int flags = 0; + int length = 0; + char *name; + LPWSTR wname; + Ttk_ElementSpec *elementSpec = &GenericElementSpec; + + static const char *optionStrings[] = + { "-padding","-width","-height","-margins", "-syssize", + "-halfheight", "-halfwidth", NULL }; + enum { O_PADDING, O_WIDTH, O_HEIGHT, O_MARGINS, O_SYSSIZE, + O_HALFHEIGHT, O_HALFWIDTH }; + + if (objc < 2) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, + "missing required arguments 'class' and/or 'partId'", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[1], &partId) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + className = Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(objv[0], &length); + + /* flags or padding */ + if (objc > 3) { + int i = 3, option = 0; + for (i = 3; i < objc; i += 2) { + int tmp = 0; + if (i == objc -1) { + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Missing value for \"", + Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\".", NULL); + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, + "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + switch (option) { + case O_PADDING: + if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + case O_MARGINS: + if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + flags |= PAD_MARGINS; + break; + case O_WIDTH: + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + pad.left = pad.right = tmp; + flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; + break; + case O_HEIGHT: + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp; + flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; + break; + case O_SYSSIZE: + if (GetSysFlagFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + elementSpec = &GenericSizedElementSpec; + flags |= (tmp & 0xFFFF); + break; + case O_HALFHEIGHT: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (tmp) + flags |= HALF_HEIGHT; + break; + case O_HALFWIDTH: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (tmp) + flags |= HALF_WIDTH; + break; + } + } + } + + /* convert a statemap into a state table */ + if (objc > 2) { + Tcl_Obj **specs; + int n,j,count, status = TCL_OK; + if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, objv[2], &count, &specs) != TCL_OK) + return TCL_ERROR; + /* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */ + stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *) + ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); + memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); + for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) { + Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0}; + status = Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, specs[n], &spec); + if (status == TCL_OK) { + stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits; + stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits; + status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1], + &stateTable[j].index); + } + } + if (status != TCL_OK) { + ckfree((char *)stateTable); + return status; + } + } else { + stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *)ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable)); + memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable)); + } + + elementPtr = (ElementInfo *)ckalloc(sizeof(ElementInfo)); + elementPtr->elementSpec = elementSpec; + elementPtr->partId = partId; + elementPtr->statemap = stateTable; + elementPtr->padding = pad; + elementPtr->flags = HEAP_ELEMENT | flags; + + /* set the element name to an allocated copy */ + name = ckalloc(strlen(elementName) + 1); + strcpy(name, elementName); + elementPtr->elementName = name; + + /* set the class name to an allocated copy */ + wname = (LPWSTR) ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1)); + wcscpy(wname, className); + elementPtr->className = wname; + + elementData = NewElementData(themeData->procs, elementPtr); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec( + theme, elementName, elementPtr->elementSpec, elementData); + + Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, elementData, DestroyElementData); + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName, -1)); + return TCL_OK; +} + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------------- + * +++ Initialization routine: + */ + +MODULE_SCOPE int TtkXPTheme_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp, HWND hwnd) +{ + XPThemeData *themeData; + XPThemeProcs *procs; + HINSTANCE hlibrary; + Ttk_Theme themePtr, parentPtr, vistaPtr; + ElementInfo *infoPtr; + OSVERSIONINFO os; + + os.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(os); + GetVersionEx(&os); + + procs = LoadXPThemeProcs(&hlibrary); + if (!procs) + return TCL_ERROR; + procs->stubWindow = hwnd; + + /* + * Create the new style engine. + */ + parentPtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, "winnative"); + themePtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "xpnative", parentPtr); + + if (!themePtr) + return TCL_ERROR; + + /* + * Set theme data and cleanup proc + */ + + themeData = (XPThemeData *)ckalloc(sizeof(XPThemeData)); + themeData->procs = procs; + themeData->hlibrary = hlibrary; + + Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(themePtr, XPThemeEnabled, themeData); + Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, themeData, XPThemeDeleteProc); + Ttk_RegisterElementFactory(interp, "vsapi", Ttk_CreateVsapiElement, themeData); + + /* + * Create the vista theme on suitable platform versions and set the theme + * enable function. The theme itself is defined in script. + */ + + if (os.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT && os.dwMajorVersion > 5) { + vistaPtr = Ttk_CreateTheme(interp, "vista", themePtr); + if (vistaPtr) { + Ttk_SetThemeEnabledProc(vistaPtr, XPThemeEnabled, themeData); + } + } + + /* + * New elements: + */ + for (infoPtr = ElementInfoTable; infoPtr->elementName != 0; ++infoPtr) { + ClientData clientData = NewElementData(procs, infoPtr); + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec( + themePtr, infoPtr->elementName, infoPtr->elementSpec, clientData); + Ttk_RegisterCleanup(interp, clientData, DestroyElementData); + } + + Ttk_RegisterElementSpec(themePtr, "Scale.trough", &ttkNullElementSpec, 0); + + /* + * Layouts: + */ + Ttk_RegisterLayouts(themePtr, LayoutTable); + + Tcl_PkgProvide(interp, "ttk::theme::xpnative", TTK_VERSION); + + return TCL_OK; +} + +#endif /* HAVE_UXTHEME_H */ diff --git a/win/winMain.c b/win/winMain.c index b4e11f7..eea7004 100644 --- a/win/winMain.c +++ b/win/winMain.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* +/* * winMain.c -- * * Main entry point for wish and other Tk-based applications. @@ -6,60 +6,58 @@ * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright (c) 1998-1999 by Scriptics Corporation. * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. */ -#include <tk.h> +#include "tkInt.h" #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #include <windows.h> #undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#include <malloc.h> #include <locale.h> -#include "tkInt.h" - /* - * The following declarations refer to internal Tk routines. These - * interfaces are available for use, but are not supported. + * The following declarations refer to internal Tk routines. These interfaces + * are available for use, but are not supported. */ +#ifdef TK_TEST +extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Tktest_Init; +#endif /* TK_TEST */ +#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES +extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Registry_Init; +extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_Init; +extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_SafeInit; +#endif /* * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: */ -static void setargv _ANSI_ARGS_((int *argcPtr, char ***argvPtr)); -static Tcl_PanicProc WishPanic; - -#ifdef TK_TEST -extern int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); -#endif /* TK_TEST */ +static void WishPanic(CONST char *format, ...); static BOOL consoleRequired = TRUE; /* - * The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit - * function by using a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead - * of rewriting this entire file. The #if checks for that - * #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist. + * The following #if block allows you to change the AppInit function by using + * a #define of TCL_LOCAL_APPINIT instead of rewriting this entire file. The + * #if checks for that #define and uses Tcl_AppInit if it doesn't exist. */ - + #ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT -#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit +#define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit #endif -extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp)); - +extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *interp); + /* * The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup - * script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, - * etc., without needing to rewrite Tk_Main() + * script, prime the library or encoding paths, fiddle with the argv, etc., + * without needing to rewrite Tk_Main() */ #ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK -extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK _ANSI_ARGS_((int *argc, char ***argv)); +extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, char ***argv); #endif - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -69,8 +67,7 @@ extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK _ANSI_ARGS_((int *argc, char ***argv)); * Main entry point from Windows. * * Results: - * Returns false if initialization fails, otherwise it never - * returns. + * Returns false if initialization fails, otherwise it never returns. * * Side effects: * Just about anything, since from here we call arbitrary Tcl code. @@ -79,43 +76,45 @@ extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK _ANSI_ARGS_((int *argc, char ***argv)); */ int APIENTRY -WinMain(hInstance, hPrevInstance, lpszCmdLine, nCmdShow) - HINSTANCE hInstance; - HINSTANCE hPrevInstance; - LPSTR lpszCmdLine; - int nCmdShow; +WinMain( + HINSTANCE hInstance, + HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, + LPSTR lpszCmdLine, + int nCmdShow) { char **argv; int argc; - char buffer[MAX_PATH+1]; char *p; Tcl_SetPanicProc(WishPanic); /* - * Create the console channels and install them as the standard - * channels. All I/O will be discarded until Tk_CreateConsoleWindow is - * called to attach the console to a text widget. + * Create the console channels and install them as the standard channels. + * All I/O will be discarded until Tk_CreateConsoleWindow is called to + * attach the console to a text widget. */ consoleRequired = TRUE; /* - * Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing - * is performed correctly. + * Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing is + * performed correctly. */ setlocale(LC_ALL, "C"); - setargv(&argc, &argv); /* - * Replace argv[0] with full pathname of executable, and forward - * slashes substituted for backslashes. + * Get our args from the c-runtime. Ignore lpszCmdLine. */ - GetModuleFileName(NULL, buffer, sizeof(buffer)); - argv[0] = buffer; - for (p = buffer; *p != '\0'; p++) { + argc = __argc; + argv = __argv; + + /* + * Forward slashes substituted for backslashes. + */ + + for (p = argv[0]; *p != '\0'; p++) { if (*p == '\\') { *p = '/'; } @@ -128,20 +127,19 @@ WinMain(hInstance, hPrevInstance, lpszCmdLine, nCmdShow) Tk_Main(argc, argv, TK_LOCAL_APPINIT); return 1; } - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tcl_AppInit -- * - * This procedure performs application-specific initialization. - * Most applications, especially those that incorporate additional - * packages, will have their own version of this procedure. + * This procedure performs application-specific initialization. Most + * applications, especially those that incorporate additional packages, + * will have their own version of this procedure. * * Results: - * Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error - * message in the interp's result if an error occurs. + * Returns a standard Tcl completion code, and leaves an error message in + * the interp's result if an error occurs. * * Side effects: * Depends on the startup script. @@ -150,9 +148,12 @@ WinMain(hInstance, hPrevInstance, lpszCmdLine, nCmdShow) */ int -Tcl_AppInit(interp) - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter for application. */ +Tcl_AppInit( + Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter for application. */ { +#define TK_MAX_WARN_LEN 1024 + WCHAR msgString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 5]; + if (Tcl_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { goto error; } @@ -171,40 +172,69 @@ Tcl_AppInit(interp) goto error; } } -#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && defined(TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES) - { - extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Registry_Init; - extern Tcl_PackageInitProc Dde_Init; - - if (Registry_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "registry", Registry_Init, NULL); +#if defined(STATIC_BUILD) && TCL_USE_STATIC_PACKAGES + if (Registry_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { + goto error; + } + Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "registry", Registry_Init, NULL); - if (Dde_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "dde", Dde_Init, NULL); - } + if (Dde_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { + goto error; + } + Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "dde", Dde_Init, NULL); #endif #ifdef TK_TEST if (Tktest_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { goto error; } - Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, - (Tcl_PackageInitProc *) NULL); + Tcl_StaticPackage(interp, "Tktest", Tktest_Init, NULL); #endif /* TK_TEST */ + /* + * Call the init procedures for included packages. Each call should look + * like this: + * + * if (Mod_Init(interp) == TCL_ERROR) { + * return TCL_ERROR; + * } + * + * where "Mod" is the name of the module. (Dynamically-loadable packages + * should have the same entry-point name.) + */ + + /* + * Call Tcl_CreateCommand for application-specific commands, if they + * weren't already created by the init procedures called above. + */ + + /* + * Specify a user-specific startup file to invoke if the application is + * run interactively. Typically the startup file is "~/.apprc" where "app" + * is the name of the application. If this line is deleted then no user- + * specific startup file will be run under any conditions. + */ + Tcl_SetVar(interp, "tcl_rcFileName", "~/wishrc.tcl", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); return TCL_OK; error: + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), -1, + msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN); + /* + * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen + * and cause possible oversized window error. + */ + memcpy(msgString + TK_MAX_WARN_LEN, L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR)); MessageBeep(MB_ICONEXCLAMATION); - MessageBox(NULL, Tcl_GetStringResult(interp), "Error in Wish", + MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, L"Error in Wish", MB_ICONSTOP | MB_OK | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND); ExitProcess(1); - /* we won't reach this, but we need the return */ + + /* + * We won't reach this, but we need the return. + */ + return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -225,141 +255,32 @@ error: */ void -WishPanic TCL_VARARGS_DEF(CONST char *,arg1) +WishPanic( + CONST char *format, ...) { va_list argList; - char buf[1024]; - CONST char *format; - - format = TCL_VARARGS_START(CONST char *,arg1,argList); + char buf[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN]; + WCHAR msgString[TK_MAX_WARN_LEN + 5]; + + va_start(argList, format); vsprintf(buf, format, argList); + MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, buf, -1, msgString, TK_MAX_WARN_LEN); + /* + * Truncate MessageBox string if it is too long to not overflow the screen + * and cause possible oversized window error. + */ + memcpy(msgString + TK_MAX_WARN_LEN, L" ...", 5 * sizeof(WCHAR)); MessageBeep(MB_ICONEXCLAMATION); - MessageBox(NULL, buf, "Fatal Error in Wish", + MessageBoxW(NULL, msgString, L"Fatal Error in Wish", MB_ICONSTOP | MB_OK | MB_TASKMODAL | MB_SETFOREGROUND); #ifdef _MSC_VER DebugBreak(); #endif ExitProcess(1); } -/* - *------------------------------------------------------------------------- - * - * setargv -- - * - * Parse the Windows command line string into argc/argv. Done here - * because we don't trust the builtin argument parser in crt0. - * Windows applications are responsible for breaking their command - * line into arguments. - * - * 2N backslashes + quote -> N backslashes + begin quoted string - * 2N + 1 backslashes + quote -> literal - * N backslashes + non-quote -> literal - * quote + quote in a quoted string -> single quote - * quote + quote not in quoted string -> empty string - * quote -> begin quoted string - * - * Results: - * Fills argcPtr with the number of arguments and argvPtr with the - * array of arguments. - * - * Side effects: - * Memory allocated. - * - *-------------------------------------------------------------------------- - */ - -static void -setargv(argcPtr, argvPtr) - int *argcPtr; /* Filled with number of argument strings. */ - char ***argvPtr; /* Filled with argument strings (malloc'd). */ -{ - char *cmdLine, *p, *arg, *argSpace; - char **argv; - int argc, size, inquote, copy, slashes; - - cmdLine = GetCommandLine(); /* INTL: BUG */ - - /* - * Precompute an overly pessimistic guess at the number of arguments - * in the command line by counting non-space spans. - */ - - size = 2; - for (p = cmdLine; *p != '\0'; p++) { - if ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')) { /* INTL: ISO space. */ - size++; - while ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')) { /* INTL: ISO space. */ - p++; - } - if (*p == '\0') { - break; - } - } - } - argSpace = (char *) Tcl_Alloc( - (unsigned) (size * sizeof(char *) + strlen(cmdLine) + 1)); - argv = (char **) argSpace; - argSpace += size * sizeof(char *); - size--; - - p = cmdLine; - for (argc = 0; argc < size; argc++) { - argv[argc] = arg = argSpace; - while ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')) { /* INTL: ISO space. */ - p++; - } - if (*p == '\0') { - break; - } - - inquote = 0; - slashes = 0; - while (1) { - copy = 1; - while (*p == '\\') { - slashes++; - p++; - } - if (*p == '"') { - if ((slashes & 1) == 0) { - copy = 0; - if ((inquote) && (p[1] == '"')) { - p++; - copy = 1; - } else { - inquote = !inquote; - } - } - slashes >>= 1; - } - - while (slashes) { - *arg = '\\'; - arg++; - slashes--; - } - - if ((*p == '\0') - || (!inquote && ((*p == ' ') || (*p == '\t')))) { /* INTL: ISO space. */ - break; - } - if (copy != 0) { - *arg = *p; - arg++; - } - p++; - } - *arg = '\0'; - argSpace = arg + 1; - } - argv[argc] = NULL; - - *argcPtr = argc; - *argvPtr = argv; -} -#if !defined(__GNUC__) || defined(TK_TEST) +#if defined(TK_TEST) /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * @@ -368,8 +289,8 @@ setargv(argcPtr, argvPtr) * Main entry point from the console. * * Results: - * None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never - * returns either. + * None: Tk_Main never returns here, so this procedure never returns + * either. * * Side effects: * Whatever the applications does. @@ -377,21 +298,23 @@ setargv(argcPtr, argvPtr) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -int main(int argc, char **argv) +int +main( + int argc, + char **argv) { Tcl_SetPanicProc(WishPanic); /* - * Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing - * is performed correctly. + * Set up the default locale to be standard "C" locale so parsing is + * performed correctly. */ setlocale(LC_ALL, "C"); /* - * Create the console channels and install them as the standard - * channels. All I/O will be discarded until Tk_CreateConsoleWindow is - * called to attach the console to a text widget. + * Console emulation widget not required as this entry is from the + * console subsystem, thus stdin,out,err already have end-points. */ consoleRequired = FALSE; @@ -399,4 +322,11 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv) Tk_Main(argc, argv, Tcl_AppInit); return 0; } -#endif /* !__GNUC__ || TK_TEST */ +#endif /* TK_TEST */ +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 4 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/win/wish.exe.manifest.in b/win/wish.exe.manifest.in index 236768e..2cae0c0 100644 --- a/win/wish.exe.manifest.in +++ b/win/wish.exe.manifest.in @@ -1,22 +1,29 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?> -<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0"> -<assemblyIdentity - version="@TK_WIN_VERSION@" - processorArchitecture="@MACHINE@" - name="Tcl.Tk.wish" - type="win32" -/> -<description>Tcl/Tk windowing shell (wish)</description> -<dependency> -<dependentAssembly> -<assemblyIdentity - type="win32" - name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls" - version="6.0.0.0" - processorArchitecture="@MACHINE@" - publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df" - language="*" -/> -</dependentAssembly> -</dependency> +<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0" + xmlns:asmv3="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v3"> + <assemblyIdentity + version="@TK_WIN_VERSION@" + processorArchitecture="@MACHINE@" + name="Tcl.Tk.wish" + type="win32" + /> + <description>Tcl/Tk windowing shell (wish)</description> + <asmv3:application> + <asmv3:windowsSettings + xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/SMI/2005/WindowsSettings"> + <dpiAware>true</dpiAware> + </asmv3:windowsSettings> + </asmv3:application> + <dependency> + <dependentAssembly> + <assemblyIdentity + type="win32" + name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls" + version="6.0.0.0" + processorArchitecture="@MACHINE@" + publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df" + language="*" + /> + </dependentAssembly> + </dependency> </assembly> |
